@prefix edm: . @prefix dcterms: . @prefix dc: . @prefix skos: . edm:dataProvider "CONTENTdm"@en ; dcterms:isReferencedBy "http://resolve.library.ubc.ca/cgi-bin/catsearch?bid=1209095"@en ; dcterms:isPartOf "University Publications"@en ; dcterms:issued "2016-06-22"@en, "1945"@en ; edm:aggregatedCHO "https://open.library.ubc.ca/collections/calendars/items/1.0169865/source.json"@en ; dc:format "application/pdf"@en ; skos:note """ PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Wtjt Untersrttp OF Jfrtttei) Columbia CALENDAR THIRTY-FIRST SESSION 1945-1946 VANCOUVER. BRITISH COLUMBIA 1945 Vol. 31 No. 1 B B IMPORTANT NOTICE THE DOMINION-PROVINCIAL YOUTH TRAINING BURSARIES Under the Dominion-Provincial Youth Training Programme a sum of money has been set aside to aid University students who can offer proof of scholastic ability and financial need. Applications may be filed under one of the following sections. SECTION I. Regular students in any year, in any Faculty, who are not eligible under Section II. SECTION II Regular students (but not First Year students) who are proceeding to degrees in Engineering, Science (Mathematics, Physics, or Chemistry), Medicine, Dentistry, or Nursing. Application forms may be secured from Colonel F. T. Fairey, Director of Technical Education, Victoria, B. C, to whom they must be returned by September 1st, 1945. The awards will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, in consultation with Colonel Fairey. ®f)e Unfoergttp OF ISrttfeJ) Columbia CALENDAR THIRTY-FIRST SESSION 1945-1946 VANCOUVER, BRITISH COLUMBIA 1945 '■■&<$■• . *tr*>„;;« . - , x ,.-=-.■ m>wm> m $ ; •t;.- 'k? *:< CONTENTS Visitor Chancellor Page ..... 5 ..... 7 .... 7 President 7 The Board of Governors ..'. 7 Hie Senate 7 Convocation ;...-. 8 Officers and Staff. _.. 9 Historical Sketch 17 \\"pie Constitution of the University 19 Location and Buildings 20 General Information 26 Admission to the University 30 Registration and Attendance 32 Fees 35 Medals, Scholarships, Prizes, Bursaries, and Loans 89 Faculty of Arts and Science Time Table of Lectures 74 Regulations in Reference to Courses: Courses Leading to the Degree of B.A 83 Course Leading to the Degree of B.Com 99 Course Leading to the Degree of B.H.E - 102 Course Leading to the Degree of B.Ed „. „ 103 Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A 104 Teacher Training Course 118 Professional Course in Social Work 115 Pre-Medical Courses .-. 117 Examinations and Advancement.. 117 Courses of Instruction: Department of Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine 119 Biology and Botany 123 Chemistry 130 Classics - 187 Commerce 143 Economics, Political Science, and Sociology : 145 154 158 163 171 178 183 187 193 199 206 208 Education English Geology and Geography History Home Economics Mathematics Modern Languages Philosophy and Psychology Physics , Social Work Zoology Faculty of Applied Science Time Table Foreword Admission Regulations in Reference to Courses... General Outline of Courses Courses in , Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering Electrical Engineering 216 221 222 228 225 229 Forestry and Forest Engineering... Geological Engineering - Mechanical Engineering Metallurgical Engineering 284 236 288 ■< '-4 " ' . .". '. " *^3Boip Mining Engineering . Nursing and Health Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A.Sc. Examinations and Advancement Courses of Instruction: Department of Biology and Botany 254 " " Chemistry 256 " Civil Engineering _ 258 " " English 266 " Forestry 266 " " Geology and Geography 271 " Mathematics 273 " " Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 274 ' " " Mining and Metallurgy 282 " Nursing and Health 287 " " Physics 290 " Zoology 291 Faculty of Agriculture General Information 295, Regulations in Reference to Courses: For the B.S.A. Degree 296 The Occupational Course, Short Courses, Extension Courses 297 Courses Leading to the Degree of M.S.A 299 Teacher Training Course - 301 Examinations and Advancement 301 Courses of Instruction: Department of Agricultural Economics 303 " " Agronomy 304 " " Animal Husbandry f307 ;" " Dairying 308 " Horticulture 310 " « Poultry Husbandry - 813 " English 316 Genetics ~~ - 816 Double Courses For B.A. and BA.Sc.: Arts and Science, and Nursing 321 Arts and Science, and Engineering 321. For B.A. and B.S.F.: Biology and Botany (Forestry Option), and Forestry 322 Economics or Political Science, and Forestry 323 For B.Com. and B.S.F. 323 For BA. and B.S.A 324 For B.Com. and B.S.A 324 Endowments and Donations 326 List of Students in Attendance, Session 1944-45 .,. 330 Degrees Conferred, 1944 357 ,'-l Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes Awarded, 1944 366 , •-tj'sj University Summer Session 371 Department of University Extension 374 i University Service, Training Corps 376' Government Training Provisions for Discharged Men 378 ' *» Student Organization 381 Alumni Association > 385 Summer Session Students' Association 386 > j,t :j Inter-University Exchange of Undergraduates 387 jail Affiliated Colleges: ''1«H Victoria College 887 >fR| Union College of British Columbia 389 '-.-4* The Anglican Theological College of British Columbia 889 -| ,' fSfSftpS^MgSR -Jf '-■ August IMh Friday ) llth Saturday J ■ 15th Wednesday 15th- Wednesday September 1st Saturday 3rd Monday 4th Tuesday llth Tuesday 18th Tuesday 21st Friday - to. 20th Thursday, 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. 21st Friday, 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. 24th Monday ACADEMIC YEAR 19 4 5 Supplemental examinations—Second Year Nursing. Last day for submission of applications for supplemental examinations. Last day for submission of applications for admission to Second Year Nursing. ACADEMIC YEAR begins. Labour Day. University closed September 1st to 3rd inclusive. Supplemental examinations. Last day for registration of all First and Second Year students. (See August 15th, above.) Last day for registration of all other undergraduates except students in Extra-Sessional v Classes and Directed Reading Courses. I Programme for students registering for the first time. Lectures begin at 8:30 a.m. ~f'T" . ■•'"l. \\ October ^ 1st Monday 5th Friday 8th Monday 10th Wednesday 10th Wednesday 12th Friday 15th Monday 24th Wednesday 31st Wednesday Last day for handing in graduation essays and theses (Autumn Congregation). Meeting of. the Faculty Council. (Subsequent meetings to be held at the call of the President.) Last day for change in students' courses. , Last day for payment of First Term fees of all undergraduates except students in Extra-Sessional Classes and Directed Reading Courses. Payment of first instalment of scholarship money. Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science. Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture. Thanksgiving Day.- University closed. Last day for registration and payment of fees of graduate students and of students in Extra- Sessional Classes and Directed Reading Courses. Meeting of the Senate. Congregation. m: December 5th Wednesday 7tb Friday 19th Wednesday 21st Friday 25th Tuesday Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science. Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture. Meeting of the Senate. First Term ends. Christmas Day. University closed December 24th to 26th inclusive. - - .-n The University op British Columbia January 1st Tuesday 7th Monday 16th Wednesday 1946 New Year's Day. University closed December 31st to January 2nd inclusive. Second Term begins. Last day for payment of Second Term fees. Payment of second instalment of scholarship money. February 6th Wednesday 8th Friday 20th Wednesday April 18th Thursday 18th Thursday 19th Friday 22nd Monday to May 3rd Friday 3rd Friday 3rd Friday llth Saturday 13th Monday 14th Tuesday 16th Thursday 16th Thursday 24th Friday Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science. Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture. Meeting of the Senate. \\ Last day of lectures. a , Last day for handing in graduation essays and theses. Good Friday. University closed April 19th and 20th. Sessional examinations. Last day for handing in applications for scholarships. * Field work in Applied Science begins immediately at the close of the examinations. Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture. Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science. Meeting of the Senate. Congregation. Meeting of Convocation. Victoria Day. University closed May 24th and 25th. June July 1st Monday 2nd Tuesday King's Birthday. University closed. Dominion Day. University closed June 29th and July 1st. Summer Session begins. August 15th Thursday 16th Friday 23rd Friday 23rd Friday 31st Saturday Last day for submission of applications for supplemental examinations. Summer Session ends. Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science. Meeting of the Senate. ACADEMIC YEAR ends. IpHf^f^ .$p '':> - . M ' •■■■■•■• "^ t?l ■Si'? THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA VISITOR Col. The Hon. W. C. Woodward, LieHitenant-Governor of British Columbia. CHANCELLOR The Hon. Eric W. Hamber, B.A., LL.D. PRESIDENT Norman A. M. MacKenzie, M.M. and Bar, B.A., LL.B., LL.M., LL.D., K.C, F.R.S.C BOARD OF GOVERNORS (a) Ex-officio: The Hon. Eaic W. Hamber, B.A., LL.D. (Chairman). Norman A. M. MacKenzie, M.M. and Bar, B.A., LL.B., LL.M., LL.D., K.C., F.RS.C. (b) Elected by Senate: ^M s" Arthur E. Lord, B.A., Vancouver. H. T. Logan, M.C, M.A., Duncan. r Terms expire 1947. J. F. Waiter, B.A.Sc, Ph.D., F.R.CS., F.G.S.A., Victoria. Term expires 1946. (c) Appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council: 1 William George Motrin, Vancouver,. Term expires 1949. j Edward H. Barton, Chilliwack. Term expires 1949. The Hon. Mr. Justice Denis Murphy, B.A., LL.D., Vancouver. Term expires 1945. Joseph Badenoch Clearihue, M.C, M.A., B.C.L., K.C, Victoria. 1 '* Term expires 1945. R. H. Neelands, Vancouver. Term expires 1947. '--V George T. Cunningham, Vancouver. Term expires 1947. SENATE (a) The Chancellor, The' Hon. E^tc W. Hamber, B.A., LL.D. The President (Chairman), Norman A. M. MacKenzie, M.M. and Bar, B.A, LL.B., LL.M., LL.D., K.C, F.RS.C (b) Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture, F. M. Clement, B.S.A., M.A. Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, John Norison Finlayson, M.Sc'., LL.D., M.E.I.C, M.Am.Soc.CE. Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science, Daniel Buchanan, M.A., Ph.D., LL.D., F.R.S.C Representatives of the Faculty of Agriculture: ?,'-•' J. C Berry, M.S.A., Ph.D.; G. H. Harris, B.S.A., M.S., Ph.D. Terms expire 1948. The University or British Columbia " 131 "■■ ■_'-?! Representatives of the Faculty of Applied Science: F. A. Forward, B.A.Sc, M.C.I.M., Mem.A.LM.E., M.Aust.I.M.M.; H. J. MacLeod, O.B.E., B.Sc, M.Sc, A.M, Ph.D, MemA.I.E.E, M.E.I.C, Mem.I.R.E. Terms expire 1948. Representatives of the Faculty of Arts and Science: Walter H. Gage, M.A, 0. J. Todd, A.B, Ph.D, F.R.S.C. Terms expire 19487- (c) Appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council: H. N. MacCorkindale, B.A, Vancouver. Term expires 1946. Francis J. Burd, Vancouver. Term expires 1946. John W. Spencer, Victoria. Term expires 1946. (d) The Principal of the Provincial Normal School, Vancouver, A. R. Lord, B.A. The Principal of the Provincial Normal School, Victoria, H. O. Enolish, B.A, B.S.A. (e) Representative of the High School Principals and Assistants, W. R. McDougall, B.A, North Vancouver. Term expires 1947. (f) Representatives of Affiliated Colleges: Victoria College, Victoria, John M. Ewing, B.A, D.Paed. Term expires 1948. Union College of British Columbia, Vancouver (Theological), Rev. J. G. Brown, M.A, D.D. Term expires 1948. The Anglican Theological College of British Columbia, Vancouver, Rev. H. R. Trumpour, MA, B.D, D.D. Term expires 19,48. (g) Elected by Convocation: Sherwood Li:tt, D.S.O, M.C, E.D, B.A, Vancouver. V H. T. Logan, M.C, M.A., Duncan. G. G. Sedgewick, B.A, Ph.D, Vancouver. Miss M. Dorothy Mawdsley, B.A, M.A, Ph.D., Vancouver, v A. E. D. Grauer, B.A, Ph.D., Vancouver. A. E. Lord, B.A, Vancouver. Mrs. Sally Murphy Creighton, B.A, M.A, Vancouver. s Walter N. Sage, M.A, Ph.D, F.R.Hist.S, F.R.S.C, Vancouver. \\ Frank A. Turnbull, B.A, M.D, Vancouver. H. V. Warren, B.A, B.A.Sc, B.Sc, D.Phil, Assoc.Inst.M.M, F.G.S.A, Vancouver. Kenneth P. Caple, M.S.A, Vancouver. \\ / J. F. Walker, B.A.Sc, Ph.D., F.R.S.C, F.G.S.A, Victoria. Austin B. Sohinbein, M.B, F.A.C.S, Vancouver. C. A. H. Wright, M.Sc, Ph.D, Trail. Mrs. KEinMsJVI.. Beckett, B.A, B.L.Sc, Vancouver. Terms explre"•fii4^;, (h) Representative of the British Columbia Teachers' Federation: Miss Florence S. Mulloy, B.A, Vancouver. Term expires 1946. CONVOCATION The Hon. Eric W. Hamber, B.A, LL.D, Chancellor of the University of British Columbia, Chairman. F. D. Bolton, BA, B.A.Sc, Secretary. ■ ' ' wm -;'••'': In? OFFICERS AND STAFF Norman A. M. MacKenzie, M.M. and Bar, B.A, LL.B. (Dalhousie), LL.M. (Harvard), LLD. (Mount Allison and New Brunswick), K.C, F.R.S.C, President. Daniel Buchanan, M.A.' (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), LL.D. (McMaster), F.R.S.C, Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science. John Norison Finlayson, M.Sc. (McGill), LL.D. (Manitoba), M.E.I.C, M.Am.Soc.C.E, Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science. F. M. Clement, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture. Miss M. Dorothy Mawdsley, BA. (McGill), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Chicago), Dean of Women. Walter H. Gage, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Director of the Summer Session and Assistant to the Dean, Faculty of Arts and Science. Charles B. Wood, B.A. (Toronto), A.M. (Columbia), Registrar. Miss M. G. Morrison, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Registrar. Angus MacLucas, Bursar. William Kaye Lamb, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (London), Librarian. Miss M. W. Johnston, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Secretary to the President. John D. Lee, Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds. FACULTY COUNCIL The President (Chairman): Norman A. M. MacKenzie, M.M. and Bar, B.A., LL.B, LL.M, LL.D, K.C, F.R.S.C. Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science, Daniel Buchanan, M.A., Ph.D., LL.D, F.R.S.C. ' Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, John Norison Finlayson, M.Sc, LL.D, M.E.I.C, MAm.SocCE. Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture, F. M. Clement, B.S.A, M.A. Representatives of the Faculties: H. M. King, B.S.A, M.S.; Miss M. Dorothy Mawdsley, B.A., M.A, Ph.D.; W. O. Richmond, B.A.Sc, M.S., MemA.S.M.E.; J. F. Muir, B.Sc; Miss Isabel MacInnes, M.A, Ph.D. ^. President Emeritus L. S. Klinck, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S.A, D.Sc (Iowa State College and Brit. Col.), LL.D. (Western Ontario), Officier de l'Instruction Publique, F.RS.C *6Wi'y: Professors Emeriti James Henderson, M.A. (Glasgow), Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. P. A. Boving, Cand.Ph. (Malmo, Sweden), Cand.Agr. (Alnarp, Agriculture, Sweden), LL.D. (Brit. Col.), Professor Emeritus of Agronomy. C McLean Fraser, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Iowa), LL.D. (Brit., Col.), F.R.S.C, Professor Emeritus of Zoology. Lemuel Robertson, M.A. (McGill), LL.D. (Brit. Col.), Professor Emeritus of Classics. E. H. Archibald, B.Sc. (Dal.), A.M, Ph.D. (Harvard), F.R.S.E.&C, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. _ H. T. J. Coleman, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.Dr (Columbia), Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and Psychology. S. J. Schofield, M.A, B.Sc (Queen's), Ph.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology), F.G.S.A, F.R.S.C, Professor Emeritus of Geology. v 10 The University of British Columbia Department of Agricultural Economics F. M. Clement, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Professor and Head of the Department. Department of Agronomy G. G. Moe, B.S.A, M.Sc (McGill), Ph.D. (Cornell), Professor and Head of the Department. D. G. Laird, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S., Ph.D. (Wisconsin), Professor of Soils. Vernon C. Brink, M.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Wisconsin), Assistant Professor. Department of Animal Husbandry H. M. King, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S. (Oregon Agricultural College), Professor and Head of the Department. Stanley N. Wood, B.S.A. (Sask.), D.V.M. (Iowa State College), Associate Professor. J. C. Berry, M.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Iowa State College), Assistant Professor. Department of Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine C E. Dolman, M.R.C.S. (England), M.B, B.S, M.R.C.P, D.P.H, Ph.D. (London), F.A.P.H.A, Professor and Head of the Department. D. C. B. Duff, M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), Associate Professor. Lawrence E. Ranta, M.D, D.P.H. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. Miss Marjorie Todd, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Department of Biology and Botany Andrew H. Hutchinson, M.A. (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. Frank Dickson, B.A. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Cornell), Professor. John Davidson, F.L.S, F.B.S.E, Associate Professor. John Allardyce, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (McGill), Associate Professor. Miss Ruth E. Fields, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (California), Assistant Professor. ^Department of Chemistry Robert H. Clark, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Leipzig), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. W. F. Seyer, B.A, M.Sc. (Alberta), Ph.D. (McGill), M.A.I.Ch.E, Professor. M. J. Marshall, M.Sc. (McGill), Ph.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology), F.R.S.C, Professor. William Ure, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Cal. Inst, of Technology), F.R.S.C, Associate Professor. J. Allen Harris, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Illinois), Associate Professor. J. Gilbert Hooley, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology), Assistant Professor. Michael Stusiak, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Robert A. MacLeod, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Percy Mundell, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Department of Civil Engineering John Norison Finlayson, M.Sc. (McGill), LL.D. (Manitoba), M.E.I.C, M.Am.Soc.C.E, Professor and Head of the Department. J. Fred Mura, B.Sc. (Manitoba), Professor. Allan H. Finlay, M.C, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M.S. in C.E. (Illinois), Assoc.M.Am.Soc.CE, Professor. ^v5*^5^.' > "r- v M" ; I -i I ., Officers and Staff 11 t<* A. Lighthall, B.Sc. (McGill), Associate Professor. (Session 1944-45). Edward S. Pretious, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M.Sc. (Iowa), Assoc M.Am.Soc.C.E, Assistant Professor. Archie Peebles, B.A.Sc, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.Sc. (Iowa State College), M.E.I.C, Assoc.M.Am.Soc.C.E, Assistant Professor. Alexander Hrennikoff, Grad, Inst, of Communication Engineering, Moscow, Russia, M.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Sc.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology), Assoc M.Am.Soc.C.E, Assistant Professor. J. B. Alexander, M.Sc. (New Brunswick), Part-time Lecturer. Department of Classics O. J. Todd, A.B., Ph.D. (Harvard), F.RS.C, Professor and Head of the j Department. ~~ Louis A. MacKay, M.A. (Toronto), B.A. (Oxon.), Associate Professor. (On leave of absence.) Geoffrey B. Riddehough, M.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (California), Assistant Professor. j^JT^ Patrick C. F. Guthrie, B.A. (Manitoba), M.A. (Toronto), Instructor. (Ob . leave of absence.) William Leonard Grant, B.A. (Brit. CoL), A.M. (Harvard), Ph.D. (Toronto), Lecturer. ' Department of Commerce Ellis H. Morrow, B.A. (Queen's), M.B.A. (Harvard), Professor and Head of the Department. Archibald W. Currie, B.A, B.Com. (Queen's), M.B.A, Dr.Com.Sc. (Harvard), Associate Professor. Frederick Field, C.A., Lecturer in Accountancy. , Lecturer in Commercial Law. Department of Dairying Blythe Eagles, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Toronto), Professor and Head of the Department. Miss Nora Neilson, M.S.A. (Brit. CoL), Instructor. Department of Economics, Political Science, and Sociology Henry F. Angus, B.A. (McGill), B.C.L, M.A. (Oxon.), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. G. F. Drummond, M.A. (St. Andrew's), M.Sc. (Econ.) (London), Professor. C W. Topping, B.A. (Queen's), S.T.D. (Wesleyan Theol. College), A.M, Ph.D. (Columbia), Associate Professor. Joseph A. Crumb, B.B.A. (Wash.), M.S., Ph.D. (Calif.), Associate Professor. Norman A. M. Mackenzie, M.M. and Bar, B.A, LLB. (Dalhousie), LL.M. (Harvard), LL.D. (Mount Allison and New Brunswick), K.C, F.R.S.C, Honorary Lecturer in Government. Department of Education George M. Weir, B.A. (McGill), M.A. (Sask.), D.Paed. (Queen's), Professor and Head of the Department. Maxwell A. Cameron, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Toronto), Professor. Frederick T. Tyler, B.Sc, M.A, B.Ed. (Alberta), Ph.D. (California), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology. (On leave of absence.) 12 The University of British Columbia Department of English G. G. Sedgewick, B.A. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Harvard), Professor and Head of the Department. W. L. MacDonald, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Ph.D. (Harvard), Professor. Frederick G. C Wood, BA. (McGill), A.M. (Harvard), Professor. Thorleif Larsen, M.A. (Toronto), B.A. (Oxon.), F.R.S.C, Professor. Miss M. Dorothy Mawdsley, B.A. (McGill), M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. ' (Chicago), Professor. Hunter Campbell Lewis, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Associate Professor.i; Mm. Dorothy Blakey Smith, M.A. (Brit. CoL), MA. (Toronto), Ph.D. (London), Assistant Professor. Edmund Morrison, B.A. (Brit. CoL), A.M, Ph.D. (California), Assistant Professor. John H. Creighton, M.A. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. Wiliiam Robbins, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. G. Philip V. Akrigg, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Calif.), Assistant Professor. Holger O. V. Nygard, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Instructor. Department of Forestry John Edward Liersch, B.A, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.F. (Washington), M.CS.F.E, M.S.A.F, Professor and Head of the Department. F. Malcolm Knapp, B.S.F. (Syracuse), M.S.F. (Wash.), M.CS.F.E, M.S.A.F, Associate Professor. Braham G. Griffith, M.A. (Brit. CoL), M.F. (Harvard), Ph.D. (Washington), M.CS.F.E, Assistant Professor. Thomas G. Wright, B.F. (Penn. State), M.F. (Duke), M.CS.F.E, M.S.A.F, Assistant Professor. (On leave of absence.) J. L. Alexander, B.Sc.F. (Toronto), Special Lecturer. R. M. Brown, B.Sc.F. (Toronto), M.CS.F.E, Honorary Lecturer in Forest Products. Edgar R. Sprott, B.A, B.Com. (Queens!), B.S.F. (Brit. CoL), Lecturer. (Session 1944-45.) L B. Dixon, Part-time Lecturer. William Byers, M.CS.F.E, Part-time Lecturer. Department of Geology and Geography M. Y. Williams, B.Sc. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Yale), F.G.S.A, F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. Clarence Otto Swanson, M.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Wisconsin), F.G.S.A, F.R.S.C, Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography. Henry Cecil Gunning, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.S., Ph.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology), F.G.S.A, F.R.S.C, Professor of Economic Geology. H. V. Warren, B.A, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), B.Sc, D.Phil. (Oxon.), Assoc. Inst. M.M, F.G.S.A, Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography. Vladimir J. Okulitch, M.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (McGill), F.G.S.A, Assistant Professor. Department of History W. N. Sage, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Oxon.), Ph.D. (Toronto), F.R.Hist.S, F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. F. H. Soward, B.A. (Toronto), B.Litt, (Oxon.), Professor. (On leave of absence.) A. C. Cooke, B.A. (Manitoba), M.A. (Oxon.), Associate Professor. Miss Sylvia Thrupp, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (London), F.R.Hist.S, Assistant Professor. (On leave of absence.) Miss Margaret A. Ormsby, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Bryn Mawr), Lecturer. T. J. Oleson, M.A. (Manitoba), Lecturer. W-- -v Department of Home Economics Miss Dorothy P. Lefebvbe, B.H.Sc (Sask.), M.S. (Iowa State College), Asso- •'' ciate Professor and Acting Head of the Department. Miss Stella Beil, B.S, M.S. (Kansas State College), Assistant Professor. Miss Charlotte S. Black, B.Sc (H.Ec.) (Manitoba), A.M. (Columbia), Assistant Professor. Miss Nina H. Morley, M.A. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. Department of Horticulture A. F. Barss, A.B. (Rochester), B.S. in Agr. (Cornell), M.S. (Oregon Agricultural College), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor and Head of the Department. G. H. Harris, B.S.A. (Brit. CoL), M.S. (Oregon State College), Ph.D. (California), Professor. Frank E. Buck, B.S.A. (McGill), Lecturer. && m Department of Mathematics Daniel Buchanan, MA. (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), LLD. (McMaster), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. F. S. Nowlan, B.A. (Acadia), A.M. (Harvard), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor. R. D. James, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Chicago), F.RS.C, Professor. (On leave of absence.) A Walter IJ. Gage, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Professor. S. A. Jennings, M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), Associate Professor. D. C Murdoch, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Toronto), Associate Professor. Miss May L. Barclay, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Instructor. Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering Hector John MacLeod, O.B.E, B.Sc. (McGill), M.Sc. (Alberta), A.M, Ph.D. (Harvard), Mem.A.I.E.E, M.E.I.C, Mem.I.R.E, Professor and Head of the Department. F. W. Vernon, B.Sc. Eng. (London), Wh.Sch, A.M.I.Mech.E, A.F.R.A.S, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. S. C Morgan, B.Sc. (Queen's), M.Sc. (Alberta), M.S. (Calif. Inst, of Tech.), Assoc.A.I.E.E, As.M.I.E.S, Professor of Electrical Engineering. W. B. Coulthard, B.Sc. (London), Mem.A.I.E.E, A.M.I.E.E, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. W. O. Richmond, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.S. (Pittsburg), Mem.A.S.M.E, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. H. M. McIlroy, M.Sc. (Queen's), Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. D. W. Thomson, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.Sc. (Illinois), Assistant Professor • of Mechanical Engineering. Lorne R. Kersey, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Instructor. ' Department of Mining and Metallurgy J. M. Turnbull, B.A.Sc (McGill), M.C.I.M, M.Inst.Met, Professor and Head of the Department. (Session 1944-45.) George A. Gillies, M.Sc (McGill), M.CI.M, M.A.I.M.E, Professor of Metallurgy. Frank A.Forward,B.A.Sc. (Toronto),M.CI.M, Mem.A.I.M.E, M.Aust.I.M.M, Professor of Metallurgy. m ■•¥. 14 The University of British Columbia Department of Modern Languages David Owen Evans, M.A, D.Phil. (Oxon.), D.Lett. (Univ. of Paris), Professor and Head of the Department. A. F. B. Clark, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Harvard), Officier d'Academie, F.R.S.C. Professor of French. Miss Isabel MacInnes, M.A. (Queen's), Ph.D. (California), Professor of German. Miss Dorothy Dallas, M.A. (Brit. CoL), DXett. (Univ. of Paris), Assistant Professor of French. Miss Deborah A. K. Aish, M.A. (Brit. CoL), DXett. (Univ. of Paris), Assistant Professor of French. Miss Joyce Hallamore, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Munich), Assistant Professor of Germaa. Charles Ernest Borden, M.A, Ph.D. (California), Assistant Professor of German. Charles Vyner Brooke, B.A. (Queen's), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), Assistant Professor of Spanish. Jack Horace Parker, M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), Assistant Professor of Spanish. Madame Y. Darlington, Instructor in French. 1 Miss Ethel Harris, A.B. (Columbia), M.A. (Toronto), D.Lett (Paris), Officier de l'Instruction Publique, Lecturer. Department of Nursing and Health C. E. Dolman, M.R.CS. (England), M.B., B.S, M.R.C.P, D.P.tl., Ph.D. (London), F.A.P.H.A, Professor and Head of the Department. Miss H. Evelyn Mallory, RN, B.Sc. (Columbia), Associate Professor. , Assistant Professor. Miss Pauline Capelle, R.N., B.A., BA.Sc (Brit. CoL), Instructor. Lawrence E. Ranta, M.D, D.P.H. (Toronto), Lecturer. Department of Philosophy and Psychology John Allan Irving, M.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Cambridge), Professor and Head of the Department. (Session 1944-45.) Thomas Greenshields Henderson, M.A. (McGill), Ph.D. (Harvard), Associate Professor. Joseph E. Morsh, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins), Associate Professor. (On leave of absence.) Alexander P. Maslow, A.B, A.M. (Michigan), Ph.D. (California), Associate Professor. Frederick T. Tyler, B.Sc, M.A, B.Ed. (Alberta), Ph.D. (California), Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education. (On leave of absence.) Department of Physics Gordon Merritt Shrum, M.M, M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. A. E. Hennings, M.A. (Lake Forest College), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor. Harold D. Smith, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Toronto), Associate Professor. A. M. Crooker, B.A. (McMaster), M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. (On leave of absence.) Kenneth C Mann, B.A. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. (On leave of absence.) George Michael Volkoff, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (California), Assistant Professor. (On leave of .absence.) *■ '^C*'-" :i^^:W-0^W^W: Officers and Staff 15 R. Eric Langton, M.A (Brit. CoL), Lecturer. William Petrje, B.A. (Brit. CoL), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), Lecturer. R. Keith Brown, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. J. H. L. Watson, BA. (McMaster), M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), Lecturer. (Session 1944-45.) H. R. Milley, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Lecturer. Department of Poultry Husbandry E. A. Lloyd, B.S.A. (Sask.), M.S.A. (Washington State College), Professor and Head of the Department. Jacob Biely, M.S.A. (Brit. CoL), M.S. (Kansas State College), Associate Professor. Department of Social Work Miss Marjorie J. Smith, A.B. (Minn.), A.M. (Chicago), Professor and Head of the Department. Miss Katherine Reebel, B.A. (Penn. College for Women), M.A. (Pittsburgh), M.S.S. (Smith), Associate Professor. Department of Zoology W. A. Clemens, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Cornell), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. »■ G. J. Spencer, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S. (Illinois), Professor. Ian McTaggart Cowan, BA. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (California), Professor. Department of University Extension Gordon Merritt Shrum, M.M, M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), F.R.S.C, Director. Robert T. McKenzie, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Assistant to the Director. (On leave of absence.) Miss Dorothy Somerset, A.B. (Radcliffe), Assistant in Dramatics. Norman Barton, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Assistant in Visual Education. Mhs Marjorie V. Smith, B.A. (Sask.), Assistant. University Health Service Stewart Murray, M.D, D.P.H. (Toronto), Medical Health Officer, Metropolitan Health Committee, University Health Officer. J. S. Kitching, B.A, M.D, D.P.H. (Toronto), Assistant Senior Medical Health Officer of the Metropolitan Health Department of Vancouver and Director of the University Health Service. C. H. Gundry, M.D, Director of Mental Hygiene, Metropolitan Health Committee. (On leave of absence.) George T. Cunningham, Esa,- University representative on the Metropolitan Health Committee. Miss Muriel Upshall, R.N, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Public Health Nurse. Physical Education Maurice Van Vliet, M.S. (Oregon), Associate Director of Physical Education. Miss Gertrude E. Moore, Instructor in Physical Education for Women. (Session 1944-45.) Assistants Anderson, Miss Joan, M.A. (McGill) Zoology Armstead, Mrs. Miriam, A.B. (London), M.A. (Brit. Col.)...Biology and Botany Ash, Bruce, B.S A. (Brit. Col.) Agronomy Assaly, Thomas C, BA.Sc (Brit. Col.) Chemistry Barton, Miss Dorothy, B.A. (Brit. Col.)...Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Barton, Norman, M.A. (Brit. Col.) Physics 16 The University of British Columbia Bennett, Reginald B, B.A.Sc (Brit. Col.) Chemistry Bouttlier, Miss Helen, M.A. (Brit. Col.) History Boyd, Miss Ottilie, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Zoology Buchanan, James B, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Chemistry Butler, Mrs. Jean, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.A. (Toronto) English and Commerce Casselman, W. G. Bruce, M.A. (Brit. Col.) Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Cooper, W. Charles, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Chemistry Dauphinee, Thomas McG, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Physics Davis, Russell L, M.S.A. (Iowa State College) _ Animal Husbandry DeLeen, John L, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.) Geology and Geography Ellis, Herbert W, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.) Poultry Husbandry Ferguson, William C, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Physics Fisher, H. Dean, B.A. (Brit. CoL) .'. Zoology Forster, John H, B.A. (Brit. Col.) ). Physics Friesen, Edward P, B.Com. (Brit. CoL) Commerce Frith, Mrs. Mary E, B.Sc. in Home Econ. (Alberta) Home Economics Gilmour, Campbell, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.) Agronomy Goodman, Abraham H, B.A. (Brit. CoL) History Grigg, Vernon H, B.Com, B.A. (Brit. CoL) Statistics Gruenberg, Harry, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL)...Mechanical and Electrical Engineering Hooley, Mrs. J. G, B.A. (Brit. Col.) - Chemistry Hopper, D. Allan, BA.Sc (Brit. Col.) Chemistry Ivey, Donald G, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Physics and Mathematics Jenkinson, Miss Elizabeth, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Mathematics Johnson, Arthur C, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Physics and Mathematics Johnson, Miss Patricia, B.A. (Brit. Col.) History Lazenby, Mrs. Doris, M.A. (Brit. Col.) Economics Marshall, Rexford S, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.) Horticulture Matheson, Miss Helen, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Chemistry and Physical Education Mercer, Jack, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Extension Morrison, Bernard H, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.) Mining and Metallurgy Munro, Miss Marjory, B.A. (Brit. Col.) ...Philosophy and Psychology McGeer, J. Peter, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Chemistry McLeod, R. Raymond, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Physics McMabon, Vernon H, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Biology and Botany, and Zoology Novikoff, Morris, B.S.A. (Brit. CoL) Poultry Husbandry O'Brien, Mrs. Gwendolen, B.A. (London) _ Geology and Geography O'Neill, Albert N, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Chemistry Pickering, Miss Mary, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Philosophy and Psychology Rattenbury, John, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Biology and Botany Robertson, Roderick F, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Chemistry Russell, Miss Rosamund, B.A. (Brit. Col.) _ English Shephard, Alfred H, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Philosophy and Psychology Short, John, B.Com. (Brit. Col.) Statistics Taylor, Arthur E, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Chemistry Taylor, Edward R, B.A. (Brit. CoL) Zoology Taylor, Mrs. Pauline, M.A. (Brit. CoL) German Tiedje, John L, BA.Sc. (Brit. CoL) Chemistry Walsh, Mrs. George C, B.A. (Brit. Col.) French Warden, John, B.A. (Toronto) Biology and Botany Wright, Donald McT, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.) - Metallurgy Wright, Norman S, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.) Biology and Botany THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA HISTORICAL SKETCH The creation of a university ^ in British Columbia was first advocated by Superintendent Jessop in 1877, but it was not until 1890 that the Provincial Legislature passed an act establishing a body politic and corporate named "The University of British Columbia." In 1891 this act was amended to require that a meeting of the Senate be held within one month after the election of the Senators by Convocation.' The Senators were elected, but a quorum did not assemble on the date fixed by the Chancellor, Dr. I. W. Powell, of Victoria. Thus the first attempt to establish a university in British Columbia failed. However, some of the work normally done in a university was begun in 1894, when an act was passed which permitted the affiliation of high schools in the Province with recognized Canadian universities. In 1899 Vancouver High School was affiliated with McGill University in order to provide First Year work in Arts, and took the name of Vancouver College. First Year work in Arts was offered by Victoria High School when it became Victoria College by affiliation with McGill University in 1902. In the same year Vancouver College undertook the Second Year in Arts. In 1906 an act was passed incorporating the Royal Institution for the Advancement of Learning of British Columbia, which, in the same year, established at Vancouver the McGill University College of British Columbia. The scope of the work undertaken by this college was gradually increased until at the time it was taken over by the University of British Columbia it was giving three years in Arts and Science and two years in Applied Science. "When the University of British Columbia opened in the autumn of 1915, both the McGill University College of Vancouver and Victoria College, which since 1907 had been a part of it, ceased to exist. Definite steps to establish the University were taken by Dr. H. E. Young, Minister of Education, in 1907, when he introduced a "University Endowment Act." This act was followed in 1908 by an act establishing and incorporating the University of British Columbia and repealing the old act of 1890-1. This act, with its subsequent amendments, determines the present constitution of the University. As authorized by an act passed by the Provincial Legislature in 1910, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed a Site Commission to decide upon a site for the proposed University. The Commission held its first meeting on May 25th, 1910, in Victoria, and after a thorough examination of the Province recommended the vicinity of Vancouver. In the autumn the Executive Council "5f 18 The University oe British Columbia decided to place the University at Point Grey—the site which the Commission had named as its first choice. In 1911 the Legislature passed an act authorizing the Lieutenant-Governor in Council to grant this site to the University. The grant was increased in 1915, so that it now consists of 548 acres at the extremity of Point Grey. The waters of the Gulf of Georgia form more than half the boundary of the University campus. A tract of some 3,000 acres of Government land immediately adjoining the site, and lying between it and the City of Vancouver, has been set aside by the Government in order that University revenue may be provided by its sale or lease. In February, 1912, the Hon. H. E. Young, Minister of Education, called for competitive plans which should include plans in detail for four buildings to be erected immediately, and a block plan showing all the proposed buildings on the campus. Messrs. Sharp and Thompson, of Vancouver, B. C, were the successful competitors, and were appointed University Architects. , The first Convocation, held on August 21st, 1912, chose Mr. F. L. Carter-Cotton as first Chancellor of the University. When he retired at the end of two terms in 1918, Dr. R. E. McKechnie was elected Chancellor, and served continuously until his death, May 24th, 1944. On September 18th of that year the Hon. Eric W. Hamber was elected by acclamation to fill out Dr. McKechnie's unexpired term, and on March 7th, 1945, again by acclamation, for the ensuing regular term. In March, 1913, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed as first President of the University F. F. Wesbrook, M.A, M.D, C.M, LL.D. On his death, October 20th, 1918, L. S. Klinck, Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture, was appointed by the Board of Governors as Acting President, and on June 1st, 1919, as President. When he retired, June 30th, 1944, he was succeeded by Dr. Norman A. M. MacKenzie. From its opening in 1915 till the Summer of 1925, the University carried on its work in temporary quarters on part of the site of the General Hospital in Fairview. Construction work was commenced on the Science Building at the permanent site in Point Grey in 1914, but was interrupted because of war conditions. Work on this building was resumed in 1923,. and in the autumn of the same year the contract was let for the Library. These two buildings, which are of stone and are fireproof, conform closely to the original plans as prepared by the architects in 1914. The initial units of these structures, as well as nine other buildings which are of a less permanent character, were completed in 1925, and at the beginning o2 Session 1925-26 the University commenced work in its new quarters. Historical Sketch 19 The inauguration of the new buildings was held on October 15th and 16th, 1925, on which occasion honorary degrees were granted by the University for the first time. THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNIVERSITY The Constitution of the University is governed by the British Columbia University Act, B.C.R.S. 1936, c. 299, and Amending Acts, which provide That the University shall consist of a Chancellor, Convocation, Board of Governors, Senate, Faculty Council, and the Faculties; that the Convocation shall be composed of the Chancellor, the Senate,' all persons who became members of the Convocation prior to the first day of January, 1919, all persons holding academic appointments within the University and whose names are added to the roll of Convocation by the* Registrar of the University from time to time upon instructions from the President, and all persons who have become graduates of the University; that the Chancellor shall be elected by the members of the Convocation; that the Board of Governors shall consist of eleven members—the Chancellor, who shall be the Chairman thereof, the President, three persons elected by the Senate from among its members, and six members appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council; that the Senate shall consist of: (a) The, Chancellor, and the President of the University, who shall be chairman thereof; (b) the deans and two professors of each of the Faculties elected by members of the Faculty; (c) three members to be appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council; (d) the principals of the normal schools; (e) one member elected by the high school principals and assistants who are actually engaged in teaching; (f) one member to be elected by the governing body of every affiliated college or school in this Province; (g) fifteen members to be elected by Convocation from the members thereof; (h) one member elected by the British Columbia Teachers' Federation. It is further provided that the University shall be non-sectarian. The University Act gives the University full powers to grant such degrees in the several Faculties and different branches of knowledge as the Senate may from time to time determine. It reserves for the University the sole right in this Province to confer degrees, except in Theology, and it expressly enacts that "No other university having corporate powers capable of being exercised within the Province shall be known by the same name, nor shall any such university have power to grant degrees." .jmuii W^^M ■ml LOCATION AND BUILDINGS Location The University is situated on the promontory which forms the western extremity of the Point Grey Peninsula. On three sides it is bounded by the Gulf of Georgia. The site comprises an area of 548 acres, of which approximately one-half is campus. In all directions appear snow-capped mountains, strikingly rugged and impressive. Buildings The buildings, planned to meet the requirements of fifteen hundred students, are of two classes, permanent and semi-permanent. The" former were designed by the University architects, Messrs. Sharp and Thompson, the latter by architects of the Department of Public Works of the Provincial Government. The permanent buildings have been erected in the location originally assigned for them; the others in the quadrangle designated as "unassigned" in the original plan. By utilizing the "unassigned" area for the semi-permanent buildings, all the locations intended for future expansion have been left available. The entire mechanical equipment of these buildings was designed after a close study had been made not only of present requirements, but of the ultimate development of the institution. This consideration accounts for the fact that only a part of the present equipment is permanent. After a careful survey of the whole situation, a forced hot water system was found to present advantages that made its adoption advisable. Direct radiation with a system of warmed air supply and extraction for ventilation is used to take care of the heat losses in the buildings. A separate system of ventilation is installed for all sanitary conveniences, and a specially constructed system for fume closets. The various services throughout these buildings, such as hot and cold water, distilled water, gas and steam for laboratory purposes, compressed air, etc., with the necessary apparatus, are all of a modern type. An attempt has been made to reduce vibration and noise to a minimum by installing all moving apparatus oh floating slabs, with a further insulation of cork. Library • The University Library consists of more than 150,000 volumes. It includes representative works in all the courses offered by the University, and a growing collection of books in other subjects. It is notable for its high percentage of the transactions and pro- pgrjpjS^W*^■*-'. *"'-».:' ' ~ — i^B I Location and Buildings 21 ceedings of learned societies, and its long runs of scholarly periodicals—the materials essential to research. It is one of three Canadian Depositories of the Library of Congress Catalogue, a collection of 1,750,000 printed cards. The catalogue is kept fully up to date, and between 50,000 and 60,000 new cards, issued e'ach year, are interfiled as received. , The Library also possesses a College Art Teaching , Equipment Set, organized and presented by the Carnegie Corporation of New York. This consists of about 185 specially selected works covering the fine and applied arts, and of more than 2,000 reproductions, photographed or coloured, illustrating these. , Another notable gift to the University, made by the Carnegie Corporation of New York, is the College Music Set. This now consists of over 1,500 records representing musical development in all its forms, with-reproducing instruments specially designed for a large auditorium, and a collection of books on musical theory and history, together with a large number of orchestral scores. The, Set is regularly used for student recitals, and to illustrate lectures on the appreciation of music. The Library receives regularly over 900 serial publications, The book collection is classified throughout on the Congressional system. -A Books to which the teaching staff have specially referred their students are placed in a "Reserved" class. These are shelved apart from the main collection, and are loaned only for use in the building, and for a limited period. Unbound periodicals are not loaned. Bound periodicals, and books that are costly, rare, or unsuitable for general circulation, are loaned only under special conditions. While the Library is primarily for the staff and students of the University, its resources are available to those of the general public engaged in research or special study, and who make personal application to the Librarian for the privilege of its use. Such persons are known as "extra-mural readers." By order of the Board of Governors a fee of $1.00 per calendar year is charged such readers'. In addition,' they pay necessary mailing costs, a deposit being required from those unable to call personally for books loaned. The Library also administers the book collection of the University Extension Department. This consists of about 1,600 volumes, and is increasing as the Department's work develops. ( The University of British Columbia The Extension Department's collection also includes more than 4,000 plays, for the service of dramatic groups and theatre students throughout the Province. The Extension Department's book and play collections are available to those who have registered with the Department. The University is deeply indebted to all who have made gifts to the Library. These have been both valuable and numerous. Their number prevents detailed acknowledgment, but recognition should be made of a number of sets of transactions, and complete or partial sets of scientific periodicals, given by societies and friends of the University. The most interesting and valuable of these gifts are listed in the annual report of the Library to the Senate. Museums These consist of (1) the Burnet Collection of South Seas and other ethnological specimens, housed on the main floor of the Library; (2) the Geological and Geographical Museum, in Room 116, Applied Science Building; (3) the Zoological Museum, housed in various rooms of the Applied Science Building. The Burnet Collection was made by the late Frank Burnet, who donated it and arranged it in its present home. It contains groups of artifacts representative of the ethnology and archaeology of various parts of the Pacific Basin. The largest unit, 1170 catalogued items, is from the islands of the South Pacific, but Malaysia and North and South America are also strongly represented. Doors are open from 4 to 6 hours on every week-day throughout the year. The Geological and Geographical Museum has been developed as a medium for the visual instruction of students and visitors. It is closely coordinated with the Department of Geology and Geography, but is used freely by students of sociology and history, as well as by art students from city studios. The exhibits include the Dr. H. M. Ami collection of pre-historical artifacts from Les Eyzies, France; the Buttimer collection of Indian baskets; the Michell Pierce collection of Eskimo clothing and utensils; the Peach and Home geological model of the Assynt Mountains, Scotland; suites of fossils, minerals, birds, and mammals, relief map-models, and many other things of interest. The Zoological Museum, containing material representative of both the vertebrate and the invertebrate fields, is housed mainly in the northern wing of the Applied Science Building. Owing to lack of room in the museum, the collection is scattered in hallways and rooms wherever space can be found. The collection of marine invertebrates of the northeastern Pacific Ocean is one of the largest iiwjVTf"* ''..'- •,.,- ' ' • '■■*■ '"• . '■,:"■ .. ■ •■■■■'-■■ -..-via Location and Buildings 23 extant. A collection of 12 beautifully mounted heads of B. C. game, donated by Messrs. G. L. and R. J. Pop, hangs on the walls of Room 100, Applied Science Building, and a fine suite of African game horns, donated by Mr. W. F. Byers, hangs in Room 120 of the same building. The collections are freely available to students and research institutions. Gymnasium This building was completed in 1929 and presented to the University by the Alma Mater Society. It is situated adjacent to the tennis courts and conveniently close to the playing fields. The style of architecture and exterior finish harmonizes well with that of the other buildings on the campus. The playing floor has an area of 6,000 square feet, and is surrounded on three sides by tiers of benches which will accommodate 1,400 persons. In the space behind these seats are located the dressing rooms, drying rooms, locker rooms, and shower baths. Approximately one-third of this space has been set aside for the exclusive use of the women students. The offices of the instructors in physical education are located in the gymnasium. In the building are included also a properly equipped training and first-aid room, an equipment room, and a kitchen. Facilities for general gymnasium and indoor athletic work have been provided. Stadium and Playing Fields In accordance with the original landscape plan prepared by Mawson in 1913, the main playing field area, consisting of about 16 acres, is situated east of the East Mall and north of the University Boulevard. Development work was- started early in January, 1931, as an aid to the acute unemployment situation, and was made possible by funds provided chiefly by subscriptions from the Faculty, students, and friends of the University. Much of the labour was obtained through the courtesy of the Relief Department of the City of Vancouver. Twenty thousand cubic yards of soil and gravel were used to bring the track and field to grade. In addition to the main playing field of the stadium, there are three other full-size fields and a number of smaller areas set aside for outdoor games. The first section of the grandstand for the stadium was erected in the summer of 1937 on the west side of the main playing field. It is a covered, reinforced concrete structure, 126 feet long and provides seating accommodation for 1,600 spectators. On either ■- •■ -■ V 24< The University of British Columbia side are two wooden bleacher sections of 500 seats each. The plan provides for the ultimate continuance of the main section around the field and therefore the present bleachers are constructed in movable sections. Underneath the present main stand there are locker rooms, dressing rooms, showers, ticket booths, and specially constructed drying rooms. Space is also provided for two squash racket courts, which will be completed as soon as funds are available. Funds for the construction of the grandstand were provided through a $40,000 bond issue by the Alma Mater Society. The Provincial Government has undertaken to assume the annual charges for interest on the bonds. The Brock Memorial Building In connection with the celebration of the twenty-first anniversary of the opening of the University in 1936, it was decided that a memorial be established by general appeal to students, graduates, and friends of the University throughout Canada. A committee representing all branches of the University decided that the memorial should take the form of a student union building, dedicated to the memory of the late Dean of Applied Science, Reginald W. Brock, and Mrs. Brock, by whose tragic deaths as a result of an aeroplane accident the University suffered a great loss. The original fund for the construction of the building was subscribed by relatives of Dean and Mrs. Brock, friends of the University throughout Canada and the United States, alumni and students of the University, and former colleagues of Dean Brock. The balance of the amount required to complete construction was provided by the students and the Board of Governors in cash and through a bond issue of the Alma Mater Society. Furnishings for the building were provided from a fund raised over a period of years by the Women's Union Building Committee of the University. The building is situated adjacent to the playing fields and gymnasium. In it are located the offices of the Alma Mater Society and various clubs and student activities. The building contains, also, common rooms, lunch and tea rooms, and accommodation for social activities. In architectural design and exterior finish, it harmonizes well with the other buildings on the campus. The Brock Memorial Building was dedicated in January, 1940. Forest Products Laboratories The Forest Products Laboratories of Canada, Vancouver Laboratory, which is maintained by the Forest Service of the Department Location and Buildings 25 of Mines and Resources, Canada, occupies three buildings provided and kept up through a co-operative agreement between the University and the Dominion Government. Plan of Campus The plan at the back of the Calendar shows the buildings which have been erected and indicates the nature of their construction. It also shows their relation to the other groups of buildings which are to be erected in the future. -1.1*11.-I- If-*" 26 The University of. British Columbia GENERAL INFORMATION The Session Tfie academic year begins on the first of September and ends on the last day of August. The Winter Session is divided into two terms—the first, September to December; the second, January to May. The Summer Session consists of seven weeks' instruction in July and August. For Admission to the University, see page 30, and for Registration and Attendance, see page 32. Courses of Study The University offers instruction in each of the three Faculties, Arts and Science, Applied Science (including Nursing), and Agriculture, leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Education, Bachelor of Home Economics, Bachelor of Applied Science, Bachelor of Science in Forestry, and Bachelor of Science in Agriculture. In the Faculty of Arts and Science courses are offered leading to a Diploma in Social Work and a Teacher Training Diploma. Advanced courses of instruction and facilities for research leading to a Master's degree are offered in each Faculty. Admission to these advanced courses, or to the privileges of research, does not in itself imply admission to candidacy for a higher degree. Academic Dress The undergraduate's gown is black in colour and of the ordinary stuff material, of ankle length, and with long sleeves and the yoke edged with khaki cord. The graduate's gown is the same, without cord. The Bachelor's hood is of the Cambridge pattern, black bordered with the distinctive colour of the particular Faculty; the Master's hood is the same, lined with the distinctive colour. The Bachelor of Commerce hood differs from that of Bachelor of Arts by the addition of a white cord; that of the Bachelor of Science in Forestry from that of Bachelor of Applied Science by the addition of a green cord; while the Bachelor of Education hood has a border of white edged with a cord of University blue.. The colours are, for Arts and Science, the University blue; for Applied Science, red; for Agriculture, maize. University Health Service This service was begun in 1925 when the Lieutenant-Governor in Council, upon the recommendation of the Provincial Health Officer, appointed a Medical Health Officer for the University Area. ZW/VW'^V™?^*"" ■■■■"% General Information 27 In the Fall of 1927, the Provincial Health Officer added to the University Health Service a Public Health Nurse, thus commencing the continuous operation of a full-time local Health Department on the campus and University Endowment Area. In November, 1936, the University Endowment Area became part of the Metropolitan Health Area under the direction of the Metropolitan Health Committee, thus affording the University the •extra services and facilities enjoyed by the larger organization, which provides through its Health Units a Public Health Service to the entire Greater Vancouver Area. The University Area is now Health Unit 3A of the Greater Vancouver Area. The offices of the University Health Service are located in the Auditorium Building. The first aid furniture and supplies for this office were the generous gift of the Graduating Class of 1927. Purposes of the University Health Service • The first purpose of the Health Service for Students is to supervise the physical and mental health of the student from the time of admission to the University until graduation, so that as the student takes his place in the outside world he will not be handicapped by physical defects or mental breakdown during the period in which he is adjusting himself to his career. On admission to the University each new student must report to the Health Service Office to make arrangements for a medical examination. Those students who have been out a year or more are also required to report. All undergraduate women students are required to report immediately for a re-cheek medical examination to determine their capacity for physical training. The student is informed of any physical defect, given advice, and urged to have remedial conditions corrected. Evidence, satisfactory to the medical officer, of successful immunization against smallpox is required. Preventive vaccinations and inoculations are given by the Health Service. The Medical Officer is available at specified hours for consultations with students on health problems. One of the most important tasks of the Health Service is the control of communicable disease. Much valuable time can be saved the student body by the prompt and immediate application ■of preventive measures in checking the spread of communicable disease. Tuberculosis Control Because tuberculosis occupies first place as a cause of death of persons of college age, it is given special attention. The University Health Service therefore gives to each new student at the time of »■■■" mm 28 The University of British Columbia his entrance examination a tuberculin skin test and provides for an X-ray of the chest to those showing a skin reaction to tuberculosis. This project is of very great value, for when tuberculosis is diagnosed and treatment instituted before physical breakdown occurs, the patient is saved from years of invalidism and perhaps death, and his fellow students are protected from infection. Rules Governing Communicable and Other Illnesses Students developing any illness or suffering from any injury while on the campus should apply for first aid to the University Health Service. This is particularly required if the student develops any illness of a communicable nature, including the common cold. Students developing any illness or suffering any injury while at home, boarding house, fraternity house, etc., are required to report the same to the University Health Service. The development of any communicable disease in a University Student or any person living in the same house, must be reported by the student to the University Health Service without delay. Students exposed to a communicable disease may be permitted, by special order of the Medical Health Officer, to attend the University for a prescribed period, despite the exposure. Such students shall report daily (or oftener, at the discretion of the Medical Health Officer) to the University Health Service for such prescribed period. Failure to so report will result in immediate exclusion from the University. Students absent on account of illness must report to the Health Service Office before attending lectures. If a doctor has been in attendance the student is to bring a medical certificate from him. All certificates and re-admission slips are forwarded to f;he Dean of the Faculty. If the student is absent from an examination the student must present a medical certificate, which is to be in the Health Service Office within one day after the termination of the examination period. A medical certificate must show the nature and the period of the disability. Medical report forms may be obtained from the Health Service Office. The Health Service is a preventive service and can not provide treatment for sick students. Summer Session The University Health Service provides a health service for students attending the Summer Session. Details of this service may be found in the Announcement of the Summer Session. •ft'-i' --••% '- -■•**- •• - . • thtrm General Information Physical Education Physical Education was organized at the University during the session 1935-36. The work for the present is under the general supervision of a committee appointed by the President of the University. War-time conditions serve to emphasize the need for physical fitness. All medically fit men and women students are now required to devote at least one hour a week to physical training. The men take their work as part of the military training programme. Particular attention is given to activities which develop all-round physical condition rather than special techniques and skills in recreational or team sports. The Physical Education programme contributes to the mental and physical health of the student body. Participation is encouraged in physical activities which will be useful as a health measure and in providing social Opportunities in adult life. The activities are limited by the accommodation at the gymnasium. They include for men: badminton, basketball, boxing, cross-country running, golf, tumbling, volleyball, wrestling, track and field, football, and rugby. The women's activities are: archery, badminton, basketball, dancing, gymnastics, group games, light apparatus, and volleyball. A course in recreational leadership is given for those who are interested in play leadership in schools, playgrounds, social centres, and leisure time organizations. The geographic location of the University precludes .the possibility of any extensive intercollegiate athletic competition and consequently great emphasis is placed for both men and women upon intramural athletics. Dean of Women During the session the Dean of Women may be consulted by parents and students on matters pertaining to living conditions, vocational guidance, and other questions that directly affect the social and intellectual life of the women students. Board and Residence A list of boarding-houses which receive men students may be obtained from the Registrar, and a similar list for women students may be obtained from the Dean of Women. Men and women students are not permitted to lodge in the same house, unless they are members of the same family, or receive special permission from the Senate. Women students under twenty-five years of age are A permitted to occupy suites in apartment houses only when accom- - --. •■■ 3*» 80 The University of British Columbia * panied by some older person. The Dean of Women undertakes the inspection of all boarding houses and housekeeping rooms listed for the accommodation of women students. Any residence accommodation arranged by women students for themselves must also meet with the approval of the Dean of Women, who should be informed of such plans in advance. The cost of good board and lodging is from $33 to $40 a month; of a room alone, $10 to $15 a month. A grill is operated under the supervision of the University, and lunch, afternoon tea, and light supper may be obtained there at very reasonable prices. General Conduct The University authorities do not assume responsibilities which naturally rest with parents. This being so, it is the policy of the University to rely on the good sense and on the home training of students for the preservation of good moral standards. ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY All enquiries relating to admission to the University should be addressed to the Registrar. The accommodation for students in the University is limited. The University, therefore, reserves the right to limit the attendance. The Faculty of Applied Science reserves the right of selection and admission of students entering the Second Year of the Combined Course and the Third Year of the Double Course in Arts and Science and Nursing. The University reserves the right to limit the registration in, or to cancel, any of the courses listed. Limitation may be imposed if the numbers desiring any course are found to be too large for the lecture rooms and laboratories available for that course, or for the number of instructors in the department concerned, or for the. equipment and supplies which can be obtained. Certain courses may be cancelled if the numbers of instructors in the departments concerned prove to be inadequate to offer all the courses listed. 1. Except under special circumstances, no student under the age of sixteen is admitted to the University. For admission to the Second Year of the course in Nursing (or the Third Year of the Double Course in Arts and Nursing) a student, must be eighteen years of age, and for admission to any course in Social Work, twenty-one years of age. 2. Candidates for admission to the courses in the First Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science or the Faculty of Agriculture - ■—,. Admission to the University ^81 and to the course in Nursing in Applied Science are required to pass the University Entrance (Junior Matriculation) examination of the Province of British Columbia or to submit certificates showing that they have passed an equivalent examination elsewhere. Special regulations are prescribed for admission to courses in Applied Science, and are given under the heading of Admission in the Applied Science section of the Calendar. 3. Students who have passed the Senior Matriculation examination are admitted to the courses of the Second Year in the Faculty of Arts and Science. Students who have partial Senior Matriculation standing will be granted credit in the First Yei.r in each subject in which they have made 50 per cent, or over. 4. A student who has a failure in a subject of the University Entrance examination standing against him will not be admitted to the University. . 5. The University Entrance and Senior Matriculation examinations of the Province of British Columbia are conducted by the High School and University Matriculation Board of the Province. This Board consists of members appointed by the Department of Education and by the University. The requirements for these examinations are stated in the publication, Requirements for University Entrance and Senior Matriculation, issued by the University. The courses of study for the various grades in the high schools are given in the Programme of Studies for the High Schools, issued by the Provincial Department of Education. 6. Certificates or diplomas showing that a candidate has passed the matriculation examination of another university will be accepted in lieu of the University Entrance or Senior Matriculation examinations if the Faculty concerned considers that the examination has covered the same subjects and required the same standards. If, however, the examinations cover some but not all of the necessary subjects, the candidate will be required to pass, the examinations in the subjects not covered. 7. A candidate who wishes to enter by certificates other than a Matriculation or University Entrance certificate issued in British Columbia should submit to the Registrar the original certificates. If he wisnes these returned to him, he must present also a copy of each certificate for record at the University. He should under no circumstances come to the University without having first obtained from the Registrar a statement of the value of the certificates he holds, as these may lack one or more essential subjects, or the work done in a subject may not be adequate, or, again, the percentage gained may not be sufficiently high. Moreover, it must be remembered that a certificate may admit to one Faculty and not to ,.-:fo The University of British Columbia another. When an applicant's diploma or certificate does not show the marks obtained in the several subjects of the examination, he must arrange to have a statement of his marks sent to the Registrar by the Education Department or University issuing such diploma or certificate. 8. A student of another university applying for exemption from any subject or subjects which he has already studied is required to submit with his application a calendar of the university in which he has previously studied, together with a complete statement of the course he has followed and a certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects.* The Faculty concerned will determine the standing of such a student in this University. REGISTRATION AND ATTENDANCE Those who intend to register as students of the University are required to make application to the Registrar, on forms to be obtained from the Registrar's office. This application should be made in person or by mail early in August, or as soon as the results of the matriculation examinations are known, and must be accompanied by the registration fee of $5.00. (See regulations in reference to Admission to the University, page 30.) No student with unsatisfactory standing will be permitted to register in September without the permission of Faculty. The Faculty of Applied Science reserves the right of selection and admission of students entering the Second Year of the Combined Course in Nursing and the Third Year of the Double Course in Arts and Science and Nursing. Application for admission to Second Year Nursing must be made to the Registrar on or before August 15th. A selection of candidates will be made immediately thereafter on the basis of qualifications. Forms of application for admission to these courses may be obtained from the Registrar's office. The last days for registration are: for First and Second Year students, Tuesday, September 18th; for other undergraduate students of the regular Winter Session, Friday, September 21st; for graduate students, and for students in Extra-Sessional Classes and Directed Reading Courses, Monday, October 15th. *For the conditions under which exemption Is granted in the Faculty of Arts and Science, see Courses Leading to the Degree of B.A. ^^^^W^T^^^^n Registration and Attendance 1. There are four classes of students: (a) Graduate students—Students who are pursuing courses of study in a, Faculty in which they hold a degree, whether they are proceeding to a Master's degree or not. Students, however, who are proceeding to a Bachelor's degree in another course in the same Faculty in which they hold a degree, or in another Faculty, will register as undergraduates. (b) Full undergraduates—Students .proceeding to a degree in any Faculty who have passed all the examinations precedent to the year in which they are registered. (c) Conditioned undergraduates — Students proceeding to a degree with defects in- their standing which do not prevent their entering a higher year under the regulations governing Examinations and Advancement of the Faculty in which they are registered. (d) Partial students—Students not belonging to one of the three preceding classes. (See 7, below.) 2. All students are required to register at the office of the Registrar on or before the last day for registration, to furnish the information necessary for the University records, to enrol for the particular classes which they wish to attend, and to sign the following declaration: '' I hereby accept and submit myself to the statutes, rules, regulations, and ordinances of The University of British Columbia, and of the Faculty or Faculties in which I am registered, and to any amendments thereto which may be made while I am a student of the University, and I promise to observe the same." In the information furnished for the University records, students are requested to state what church they propose,to make their place of worship. This information is available for any of the city churches desiring it. 3. A late registration fee of $2.00 will be. charged all students who register after the above dates. No registration for undergraduate students of the regular Winter Session will be accepted after Monday, October 1st, without the special permission of the Faculty concerned, and a candidate so accepted for registration may be required to take fewer courses than the regular year's work. 4. Students registering for the first time must present the certificates which constitute their qualification for admission to the course of study for which they wish to register. The Registrar 34 The University of British Columbia is empowered to register all duly qualified students. Doubtful cases will be dealt with by the Faculty concerned. 5. Students doing work in two academic years will register in the lower year and fill out their course cards in such a way as to make clear which courses are required to complete the lower year. 6. Students desiring to make a change in the course for which they have registered must apply to the Registrar on the proper form for a "change of course." Except in special circumstances, no change will be allowed after the second week of the session. If the application is approved by the Faculty concerned, the Registrar will give the necessary notifications. 7. Partial students, who are not proceeding to a degree, are not normally required to pass an examination for admission, but before registering they must produce a certificate showing that they have satisfied the Dean and the heads of the departments concerned that they are qualified to pursue with advantage the course of study which they propose to undertake. 8. Students are required to attend at least seven-eighths of the lectures in each course that they take. Admission to a lecture or laboratory and credit for attendance may be refused by the instructor for lateness, misconduct, inattention, or neglect of duty. Absence consequent on illness or domestic affliction may be excused only by the Dean of the Faculty concerned, and medical certificates or other evidence must be presented. If the absence occurs during the session, the student must appear in person, with the certificate, at the University Health Service immediately on return to the University, and before attendance upon class work. The University Health Service will examine the person concerned and will immediately forward the certificate, with report thereon, to the Dean of the Faculty, // the absence occurs during the examinations, the certificate must be sent to the Dean of the Faculty within two days after the termination of the examination period. A medical certificate must show the nature and the period of the disability. Medical report forms may be obtained from the Dean's office. In cases of deficient attendance students may (with the sanction of the Dean and the head of the department concerned) be excluded from the Christmas or the final examinations in a course; but, in the case of a final examination, unless the unexcused absences exceed one-fourth of the total number of lectures in a course, such student may be permitted to sit for supplemental examination. (See regulation in each Faculty in reference to Examinations and Advancement.) 9. All candidates for a degree must make formal application for graduation at least one month previous to the Congregation at Registration and Attendance which they expect to obtain the degree. Special forms for this purpose may be obtained from the Registrar's office. LECTURESHIPS The Hewitt Bostock Lectureship Through the generosity of the Misses Bostock a lectureship has been established in honour of their father, the late Senator Hewitt Bostock, providing for a public lecture at least once in three years by a speaker of national or international reputation on a subject of educational or social importance. FEES All cheques must be certified and made payable to "The University of British Columbia.'' The registration fee is not returnable. If fees are not paid when due an additional fee of $2.00 will be charged. J Fees are not transferable from one session to another. A request for a REFUND OF FEES must be made by the student to the BURSAR within FOUR WEEKS after the student has discontinued his work; and fees for which a refund has not been so requested WILL NOT BE RETURNED. The Sessional Fees are as follows: Foe Full and Conditioned Undeegeaduates in aets and science ! Registration—Payable before registration $ 5.00 First Term—Payable on or before October 10th: Sessional Fee . $ 78.00 Alma Mater Fee 13.00 Caution Money 5.00 96.00 Second Term—Payable on or before January 16th . 75.00 $176.00 in social work course : Registration—Payable before registration For 6 units or less $ 2.00 For over 6 units 5.00 Caution Money—Payable October 15th 5.00 Alma Mater Fee*—Payable October 15th 13.00 Course Fees (payable at $10.00 per unit for courses taken) 150.00 Course fees due in any session may be paid in two equal instalments, on October 15th and January 16th. •Social Work students taking any of Courses 1-13, Nursing 5, Nursing 27, and these courses only, are relieved from paying the Alma Mater fee. •' ~v 36 The University of British Columbia in teacher training course: Registration—Payable before registration $ 5.00 First Term—Payable on or before October 10th: Sessional Fee . $ 75.00 Alma Mater Fee 13.00_ Caution Money 5.00' 93.00 Second Term—Payable on or before January 16th 75.00 $173.00 in applied SCIENCE : Registration—Payable before registration $ 5.00 First Term—Payable on or before October 10th: Sessional Fee $103.00 Alma Mater Fee . 13.00 Caution Money 5.00 4>. 121.00 Second Term—Payable on or before January 16th 100.00 $226.00 All students taking the Spring Surveying School are required to pay 13.00 Caution Money when paying their Second Term Sessional Fee. IN NURSING AND PUBLIC HEALTH* : Registration—-Payable before registration $ 5.00 First Term—Payable on or before October 10th: Sessional Fee $ 78.00 Alma Mater Fee 13.00 Caution Monev 5.00 96.00 Second-Term—Payable on or before January 16th 75.00 $176.00 IN AGEICULTURE : == Registration—Payable before registration $ 5.00 First Term—Payable on or before October 10th: Sessional Fee $ 78.00 Alma Mater Fee. - - 13.00 Caution Money 5.00 96.00 Second Term—Payable on or before January 16th 75.00 $176.00 •For Third, Fourth, and Fifth Year students in Nursing (i.e., students In the affiliated hospital) the Sessional fee is $1.00, payable with an Alma Mater fee of J4.00, on or before October 10th. Students admitted to a one-year course for graduate nurses and proceeding to the Certificate on a basis of part-time attendance over two or more years will pay $10.00 per unit. •■' •' ' Fees 37 OCCUPATIONAL COUESE:* Registration—Payable before registration .....$ 5.00 First Term—Payable on or before October 10th: Sessional Fee - $ 30.00 Alma Mater Fee _ .. . 13.00 Caution Money - . 5.00 •19 00 * Second Term—Payable on or before January 16th 30.00 i For Partial Students Fees per "Unit" ll_. Registration—Payable before registration For fi units or less .... _ " ..... .____ _ $ 83.00 $10.00 _ 3.00 For over 6 units 5.00 First Half payable on or before October 10th, along with Alma Mater Fee 13.00 Caution Money _ 5.00 Second Half payable on or before January 16th. Foe Students in Extea-sessional Classes and Dieected Reading Courses Registration—Payable before registration $ 3.00 Fees per 3-Unit Course ... 30.00 First Half Unit Fees payable on or before October 15th. Second Half Unit Fees payable on or before January 16th. FOR GRADUATES Registration—Payable before registration For 6 units or less $ 2.00 For over 6 units . . 5.00 Caution Money—Payable October 15th 5.00 Course Fees (payable at $10.00 per unit for courses taken) 125.00 Course fees due in any session may be paid in two equal instalments, on October 15th and January 16th. FOR BACHELOR OF EDUCATION Registration—Payable before registration For 6 units or less . $ 2.00 For over 6 units 5.00 Caution Money—Payable 'October 15th 5.00 Course Fees (payable at $10.00 per unit for courses taken) 150.00 Course fees due in any session may be paid in two equal instalments, on October 15th and January 16th. *NOTE.—Students transferring credit from the Occupational to the Degree Course in Agriculture must pay the difference in fees. The University of British Columbia Late Registration See page 33 $ 2.00 The Alma Mater Fee is a fee exacted from all students for the support of the Alma Mater Society. It was authorized by the Board of Governors at the request of the students themselves. The Caution Money is a deposit from which deductions will be made to cover breakages, wastage, and use of special materials in laboratories, Library, etc. If the balance to the credit of a student falls below $1.50, a further deposit of $5.00 may be required. Caution Money will be refunded after the 30th day of April. Immediately after the last day for the payment of fees, students whose fees have not been paid will have their registrations cancelled, and will be excluded from classes. Such students will not be permitted to register again during the term until they obtain the consent of the Dean, pay all fees, and present to the Registrar a statement from the Bursar certifying that fees have been paid. Students registering after October 10th shall pay their fees at the time of registration, failing which they become subject to the provisions of the preceding regulation. Students borrowing books from the University Library for preparatory reading courses will be required to make the usual deposit of $2.00 with the Librarian to cover mailing cost. Foe Summee Session Students Fees are payable on registration, otherwise an additional fee of $2.00 will be exacted. Registration—Payable before registration $ 3.00 Minimum Class Fee 15.00 Per '' Unit'' 10.00 Summer Session Association 2.00 Special Fees Regular supplemental examination, per paper $ 5.00 Special examination (Applied Science and Agriculture), per paper 7.50 Re-reading, per paper 2.00 Supplemental examination fees must be paid by August 15th when application for examination is made. Special examination fees and fees for re-reading are payable with application. •>«* -T Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS, PRIZES, BURSARIES, AND LOANS FOR 1945-46 GENERAL REGULATIONS 1. Scholarships, prizes, and bursaries which are not based solely on academic standing are indicated by an asterisk. Unless other instructions are given in the Calendar notice, intending candidates must make application to the Registrar not later than the last day of the final examinations on forms provided for the purpose. 2. All awards of medals, scholarships, prizes, and bursaries are made by Senate, unless otherwise provided for by special resolution of Senate. The award of a medal, prize, scholarship, or bursary is final when announced by the University. 3. Medals, scholarships, prizes, bursaries, and loans are open to Winter Session students only, unless otherwise stated, and marks obtained in Summer Session courses are not taken into account in awarding them. 4. If the award of a medal, scholarship, or prize is based on an examination, no award will be made to a candidate who obtains less than 75 per cent, of the -possible marks. 5. To be eligible for a General Proficiency Scholarship a student must take the full year's course, which must include the required courses for the year in which he is registered, except that in the Faculty of Arts and Science and in Agriculture other subjects may be substituted for the required courses if credit for these has already been obtained. The standing of students taking more than the required number of units will be determined on the basis of the required number of units to be chosen in a manner most advantageous to the students. 6. Unless otherwise specified in the Calendar notice, no student may enjoy the proceeds of more than one scholarship in the same academic year, and the scholarships thus relinquished will be awarded to the candidates next in order of merit. Winners of more than one scholarship will be given recognition in the published lists. 7. Winners of scholarships who desire to do so may resign the monetary value. Nevertheless, their names will appear as winners in the University lists. Any funds thus made available will be used for additional scholarships, bursaries, or student loans. 40 The University of British Columbia 8. Scholarships under the jurisdiction of the University are payable in two instalments—on the last day for the payment of fees in each term. Undergraduate winners must continue their courses to the satisfaction of the Faculty concerned during the session following the award. The payment for the Second Term may be withheld in the case of an undergraduate scholarship holder whose work in the First Term has been unsatisfactory. A Faculty is authorized to permit a scholarship to be reserved for one year, provided the student shows satisfactory reasons for postponing attendance. In the case of University Entrance and Senior Matriculation scholarships, postponement will be granted on medical grounds only. Application for reservation should be made to the Registrar. 9. In awarding bursaries consideration will be given to the financial need of applicants. 10. Endowed scholarships and bursaries will be paid provided the invested funds produce the necessary revenue. If the invested funds do not produce the revenue required for the amount of scholarships and bursaries as named in the Calendar, these scholarships and bursaries will be correspondingly reduced. 11. The University does not guarantee the payment of any prizes or scholarships other than those from the funds of the University. With respect to prizes or scholarships based upon the gifts of individuals or associations other than the University, no award will be made unless the funds required for the same have been actually received from the private donor or donors. 12. The Senate of the University of British Columbia reserves the right so to change the terms under which any exhibition, schblarship, or prize may be established at the University of British Columbia that the terms may better meet new conditions as they arise and may more fully carry out the intentions of the donor and maintain the usefulness of the benefaction. The right so reserved shall be exercised by a resolution of the Senate duly confirmed by the Board of Governors, provided always that a year's notice shall be given in Senate of any proposed change and that the donor or his representatives, if living, shall be consulted about the proposed change. 13. Limited funds are provided from which loans, not to exceed $100, may be made to undergraduate students who have completed satisfactorily two years' University work and who can show that they are in need of pecuniary assistance. Interest at the rate of 5 per cent, per annum is charged on these loans. They must be secured ' ■.■-'iv."'"- , '" ■ ■ :"■■■■■ ■•■'■. 1 •■ :-.| Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 41 by approved joint promissory note given for a definite term and signed by the applicant and his parent or guardian. Loans are not granted to graduate students, except in the Teacher Training Course, nor to students in diploma courses. Applications for loans should be addressed to the Bursar of the University. 14. The University is in possession of a great deal of information regarding graduate scholarships, fellowships, and assistantships which other universities and various research bodies make available. This information may be obtained from the Registrar. MEDALS The Governor-General's Gold Medal A gold medal, presented by His Excellency the Governor-General of Canada, will be awarded to the student standing at the head of the graduating class for the B.A. degree. Honours and General Course students are eligible for this medal. The Kiwanis Club Gold Medal A gold medal, given by the Kiwanis Club of Vancouver, will be awarded to the student standing at the head of the graduating class for the B.Com. degree. The United Empire Loyalists' Association Medal* The Vancouver Branch of the United Empire Loyalists' Association of Canada is offering a silver medal, and a book prize to the value of $10,, for the best essay received during the session 1945-46 on any topic dealing with the history of the United Empire Loyalists and their influence on the development of Canada. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Department of History. The competition is open to all undergraduates of the University, but preference is given to students enrolled in a Canadian History course. The Lefevre Gold Medal and Scholarship Out of funds provided by the late Mrs. Lefevre in memory of her husband, Dr. J. M. Lefevre, a gold medal and scholarship will be awarded annually to the student standing highest in general proficiency and research ability in one of the following courses: (a) Honours in Chemistry in the Faculty of Arts and Science; (b) Chemical Engineering in the Faculty of Applied Science. The award will be based upon the work of the last two years in these courses. The value of the scholarship is approximately $150. The *See paragraph 1, page 39. ■^"p-WWW^tW 42 The University of British Columbia winning of this scholarship will not preclude the holder from enjoying the proceeds of a further award. The Wilfrid Sadler Memorial Gold Medal A gold medal, given by Sigma Tau Upsilon Honorary Agricultural Fraternity in memory of Professor Wilfrid Sadler, Professor and Head of the Department of Dairying, 1918-33, will be awarded to the student standing at the head of the graduating class for the B.S.A. degree. SCHOLARSHIPS FOR GRADUATES University Graduate Scholarship* A scholarship of $200 may be awarded to a student of the graduating class who shows special aptitude for graduate studies and who is proceeding in the following year to graduate study in this or any other approved university. The Anne Wesbrook Scholarship* This scholarship of $125, given by the Faculty Women's Club of the University, is open to a student of the graduating class of this University who is proceeding in the following year to graduate study in this or any other approved university. The Dr. F. J. Nicholson Scholarship* Out of the proceeds of a fund donated by Dr. Francis John Nicholson, the following scholarships will be awarded annually for the purpose of enabling students to do graduate study in the .University of British Columbia or in any other approved,university: (1) One scholarship of the value of $500 for graduate work in Chemistry. Applicants must be Honours graduates in Chemistry of the Faculty of Arts and Science, with the degree of B.A. or M.A., or graduates in Chemical Engineering of the Faculty of Applied Science, with the degree of B.A.Sc. or M.A.Sc. (2) One scholarship of the value of $500 for graduate work in Geology. Applicants must be graduates of the Faculty of Applied Science in Geological or Mining Engineering, with the degree of B.A.Sc. or M.A.Sc. Normally the scholarships will be payable in two instalments of $250 each to provide for two years of graduate work. The payment of the second instalment will be subject to approval by the University of British Columbia of the first year's graduate work. In exceptional circumstances the full sum of $500 may be made available for work to be completed in a single year. *See paragraph 1, page 89. ^^-^■-J-JTU.. *-^ r«y -Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes Recipients must be qualified to undertake graduate and research work, in respect of scholarship, ability, character, and health. These scholarships will be granted with due consideration for the financial status of the candidate. The spirit of the endowment is to aid those to whom financial help is necessary or of material assistance in furthering their studies. Applicants must be graduates of the University of British Columbia, have British citizenship, and be not more than 30 years of age on the last day for receiving applications. Preference will be given in making awards to native-born British Columbians. The John and Annie Southcott Memorial Scholarship* A scholarship of the value of $100, given annually by Mrs. Thomas H. Kirk, will be awarded to that student who, possessing exceptional aptitude for research, either intends to pursue, or is already pursuing some approved investigation in the field of British Columbia history. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of History. The scholarship will normally be awarded to a Fourth Year student or to a graduate proceeding to a higher degree, but may be awarded to a student of the Third Year. The Native Daughters of British Columbia Scholarship* A scholarship of $50'is given by the Native Daughters of British Columbia to a Canadian-born graduate student for research work in the early history of British Columbia, such work to be carried on in the Provincial Archives in Victoria, B. C. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of History. The B'nai B'rith District No. 4 Hillel Foundation Scholarships* From the sum of $250 made available by District Grand Lodge No. 4, B'nai B'rith, through Vancouver Lodge, Vancouver, B. C., two scholarships of the value of $125 each were available in the session 1944-45. The terms of award were as follows: These scholarships will be awarded to outstanding graduate students in any of the three Faculties — Arts and Science, Agriculture, and Applied Science. The winners shall indicate satisfactory plans for graduate study at the University of British Columbia or at any other university approved by the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Only one scholarship shall be available in any *See paragraph 1, page 39. 44 . The University of British Columbia one Faculty in one year. Applications must De made on forms available at the Registrar's office. The Standard Oil Co. of British Columbia Limited Scholarship* For research in petroleum engineering the Standard Oil Company of British Columbia Limited offers a scholarship of $600 open to Honours graduates in Chemistry in the Faculty of Arts and Science or graduates in Chemical Engineering in the Faculty of Applied Seienee. A portion of the scholarship not to exceed $100 may be used for special equipment for the research problem. The topic of research shall be chosen after consultation with the Department of Chemistry of the University and the Standard Oil Company. Recipients must be qualified to undertake graduate and research work in respect of scholarship, research ability, personality, and health. The Britannia Mining and Smelting Company Limited Scholarship* For research in mineralography the Britannia Mining and Smelting Company Limited offers a scholarship of $250, open to graduates in Geological, Mining, or Metallurgical Engineering in the Faculty of Applied Science. A portion of the scholarship not to exceed $50 may be used for special equipment for the research problem. The topic of research shall be chosen after consultation with the Geology Department of the University of British Columbia and the Britannia Mining and Smelting Company. Applications should be in the hands of the Registrar by December 10th. Recipients must be qualified to undertake the research work not only in respect of scholarship and research ability but also in personality and health. The Cariboo Gold Quartz Mining Company Limited Scholarship* A scholarship of $100, given by the Cariboo Gold Quartz Mining Company Limited, for research in mineralography, was available in the session 1944-45. The terms of award were as follows: This scholarship will be awarded to a graduate in Geological, Mining, or Metallurgical Engineering in the Faculty of Applied Science. A portion of the scholarship not to exceed $20 may be used for special equipment for the research problem. The topic of research shall be chosen after consultation with the Geology Department of the University of British Columbia and the Cariboo Gold Quartz *See paragraph 1, page 39. " * ---.**■ -. ' Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 45 fiftning Company Limited. Applications should be in the hands of the Registrar by December 10th. Recipients must be qualified to undertake the research work not only in respect of scholarship and research ability but also in personality and health. The Powell River Company Limited Scholarship* For research in wood chemistry, the Powell River Company Limited offers annually a scholarship of $700, open to Honours graduates in Chemistry in the Faculty of Arts and Science, or graduates in Chemical Engineering in the 'Faculty of Applied Science. A portion of the scholarship, not to exceed $100, may be used for special equipment for the research problem. The topic of research shall be chosen after consultation with the Department of Chemistry of the University and the Powell River Company. Recipients must be qualified in respect of scholarship, research ability, personality, and health to undertake graduate and research work. Furthermore, if special aptitude is shown in carrying out this work, an equal amount may be offered for further graduate study and research in wood chemistry, in this or any other approved university. The British Columbia Electric Rail-way Company Limited Research Scholarship* The British Columbia Electric Railway Company Limited offers a scholarship of $500 for research related to electrical and mechanical engineering problems. An additional amount not to exceed $100 will be available for special equipment, for other expenses, or for extensionsof the research beyond the close of the Second Term. The scholarship is open to graduates in the Electrical and Mechanical Engineering courses in the Faculty of Applied Science. The topic of research will be chosen after consultation with the Dean of the Faculty, the Head of the Department, and the donors. The award will be made by Senate on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, after consultation with the Dean of the Faculty. The Cominco Fellowship* The Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada, Limited, offers annually a fellowship of $750 for research related to non-ferrous metals, fertilizers, and chemicals. An additional amount, not to exceed $450, will be available for special equipment and supplies. The fellowship is open to graduates in the Faculty of Arts and Science, Applied Science, or Agriculture of this or any *See paragraph l, page 39. 46 The University of British Columbia approved university, provided that in the Faculty of Arts and Science their undergraduate work has been in the field of the sciences. The topic of research will be chosen after consultation with the Deans of the Faculties and the donors. Copies of the full terms of award, which must be read by all applicants, may be obtained at the Registrar's office. The award will be made, by Senate on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications for the Cominco Fellowship should be submitted to the Registrar not later than March 15th. The Edith Ashton Memorial Scholarship* A scholarship of $250, given by Mr. and Mrs. Daniel M. Arm- stead in memory of Edith Ashton, will be offered in the Department of Biology and Botany. This scholarship will be awarded to an outstanding graduate student whose topic of research is in the field of marine and freshwater botany or some field approved by the Head of the Department. The award will be made by the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries in consultation with the Head of the Department of Biology and Botany. SCHOLARSHIPS FOR UNDERGRADUATES 1. IN ALL FACULTIES University Great War Scholarships* Two scholarships of $200 each may be awarded, on the basis of the work of the First Year, to returned soldiers, their dependents, and the children of deceased soldiers, proceeding to a higher year. 2. IN ARTS AND SCIENCE University Scholarships in Arts and Science Two scholarships in Arts and Science of $200 each will be awarded to students proceeding to the Fourth Year, the award to be based on the work of the Third Year. These scholarships will be awarded respectively: 1. To the student standing highest with majors in group (1). (See page 87.) 2. To the student standing highest with majors in group (2). (See page 88.) Students taking full Honours in Mathematics will be classified in group (1). Two scholarships in Arts and Science of $200 each will be awarded on the basis of the work of the Second Year to students proceeding to a higher year. *See paragraph J, page : --,- -mr ■ Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 47 The Shaw Memorial Scholarshipf This scholarship of $125, founded by friends of the late James Curtis Shaw, Principal of Vancouver College, and afterwards of McGill University College, Vancouver, will be awarded upon the results of the examinations of the Second Year in Arts and Science to the undergraduate student standing highest in any two of three courses, English 2, Latin 2, Greek (Beginners' Greek, Greek 1, or Greek 2), and proceeding to a higher year. • The McGill Graduates' Scholarshipf A scholarship of $125, founded by the McGill Graduates' Society of British Columbia, will be awarded to the student standing highest in English and French of the Second Year in Arts and Science and proceeding to a higher "year. The Terminal City Club Memorial Scholarship This scholarship of $100, founded by the members of the Terminal City Club as a memorial to those members of the Club who lost their lives in the Great War, will be awarded to the student standing highest in English 2 and Economics 1 or 2 in the Second Year in Arts and Science, and proceeding to a higher year. The Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire Scott Memorial Scholarship* This Scholarship of $100, derived from an endowment founded by the Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire of the City of Vancouver, in memory of Captain Robert Falcon Scott, R.N., the Antarctic explorer, who sacrificed his life in the cause of science, will be awarded to a student who combines high standing in Biology 2 with promise of service in the Empire. The award will be made by the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes and Scholarships in consultation with the Head of the Department of Biology and Botany. Applications should be submitted to the Registrar not later than the last day of the final examinations on forms provided for the purpose. Royal Institution Scholarship in Arts and Science A scholarship of $200 will be awarded to the student taking first place in the examinations of the First Year in Arts and Science, and proceeding to a higher year. tOriginally donated to the Royal Institution (see Historical Sketch), this has been transferred by that body, with the consent of the donors, to the University of British Columbia. ~- *See paragraph 1, page 39. is^lfjp 48 The University of British Columbia University Scholarships in Arts and Science Two scholarships of $200 each will be awarded to the students taking second and third places in the examinations of the First Year in Arts and Science, and proceeding to a higher year. The Beverley Cayley Scholarship A scholarship of $100, in memory of Beverley Cayley, Arts '18, given under the terms of the will of his mother, the late Mrs. Cayley, will be awarded to the male student standing highest in English 1 in the First Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science. The N. Leo Klein Memorial Scholarship A scholarship of $50, in memory of N. Leo Klein, given by Mr. 1. J. Klein, Vancouver, B. C, will be awarded to the student obtaining first place in the examinations of the Third Year of the course in Commerce. The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship A scholarship of $100, the proceeds of a fund created by the Vancouver Women's Canadian Club, will be awarded to the undergraduate obtaining first place in Canadian History (History 2, or 3, or 20). The John and Annie Southcott Memorial m Scholarship* As on page 43. The Summer Session Students' Association Scholarship* A scholarship of $40, given by the Summer Session Students' Association, will be awarded at the close of the Summer Session to the Summer Session student who in that session completes the Second Year with the highest standing. To be eligible a student must have taken his entire Second Year in the University of British Columbia Summer Session, extra-sessional classes, or reading courses and must be proceeding to a higher year in the University of British Columbia. The British Columbia Teachers' Federation Scholarship* A scholarship of $50 given by the British Columbia Teachers' Federation will be awarded at the close of the Summer Session to *See paragraph 1, page «Sg!» "- -fFfUBltrV ™. T*$ftt. iWf ■ • Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 49 the Summer Session student who, having been an active member of the British Columbia Teachers' Federation for the three years previous to the granting of the scholarship, completes, in" that session, the Third Year of his University work with the highest standing in that year. To be eligible a student must have taken his entire Third Year in the University of British Columbia Summer Session, extra-sessional classes, or reading courses, and must continue in his Fourth Year at the University of British Columbia. The Vancouver Sun Scholarships for Carriers* The Vancouver Sun offers annually two scholarships of $200 each to students entering the First Year at the University of' British Columbia. The terms of the scholarships require that applicants must have been carriers of the Vancouver Sun for at least two years. The scholarships will be awarded to the two applicants who rank highest on the basis of the marks obtained in any year on the written examinations in the scholarship subjects of University Entrance as outlined in The Requirements for University Entrance and Senior Matriculation. The selection of the winners will be made by the University, and applications, accompanied by the service certificate of the Vancouver Sun, should be forwarded to the Registrar not later than September 10th. The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship for Home Economics A scholarship of $100, given by the Vancouver Women's Canadian Club, will be awarded for general proficiency in the work' of the Third Year of the Home Economics course to a student proceeding to the Fourth Year of that course. The Edwin Water house Scholarship* A scholarship of $250, the gift of Price, Waterhouse, and Company, will be awarded to a student ip Commerce who has completed his Third Year with high standing in the firial examinations, and is proceeding to his Fourth Year. The award will be made by Senate, on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee in consultation with the Head of the Department, to an applicant whose academic record, ability, and other qualifications are considered to be outstanding and who is deserving of financial assistance. Applications must be submitted to the Registrar not later than the last day of the final examinations. *See paragraph 1, page 89. 50 The University of British Columbia 3. IN APPLIED SCIENCE University Scholarship in Nursing and Health* A scholarship of $200 will be awarded for general proficiency in previous work of university grade (which must include a minimum of two years' work in the Province of British Columbia), to a student proceeding to the Third Year (or in the Double Course, proceeding to the Fourth Year) of the Course in Nursing and Health and having successfully completed the hospital probationary period. Applications shall be made to the Registrar not later than December 1st. The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship A scholarship of $100, given by the Vancouver Women's Canadian Club, will be awarded to the student who attains the highest standing in the first four years' training, academic and practical (or in the first five years' training, academic and practical, in the double course) of the Nursing and Health course. The Dunsmuir Scholarshipf A scholarship of $150, founded by the Hon. James Dunsmuir, will be awarded to the undergraduate student standing highest in the Mining Engineering Course of the Fourth Year in Applied Science, and proceeding to the Fifth Year. University Scholarship in Applied Science A scholarship of $200 will be awarded to the student who obtains the highest marks in the Third Year in Applied Science and who is proceeding to the Fourth Year in that Faculty. Royal Institution Scholarship in Applied Science A scholarship of $200 will be awarded for general proficiency in the work of the Second Year in Applied Science to a student who is proceeding to the Third Year in that Faculty. The G. M. Dawson Scholarship A scholarship of $50 will be awarded to the undergraduate student standing highest in the Geological Engineering course, in Geological subjects, in the Fourth Year of the Faculty of Applied Science, and proceeding to the Fifth Year. ' *See paragraph 1, page 39. tOriginally donated to the Royal Institution (see Historical Sketch), this has been transferred by that body, with the consent of the donors, to the University of British Columbia. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 51 The B'nai B'rith Auxiliary No. 77 Scholarship A scholarship of $50, given by the Women's Auxiliary No. 77 of the B'nai B'rith, will be awarded to the student in Fourth Year Applied Science standing highest in the class of Chemical Engin- , eering or Chemistry and proceeding to the Fifth Year. The R. Randolph Bruce Scholarship Out of the proceeds of a fund bequeathed to the University of British Columbia by the late Honourable R. Randolph Bruce in memory of his term as Official Visitor, a scholarship of $200 will be offered annually to the undergraduate student standing highest in the Metallurgical Engineering course of the Fourth Year in Applied Science and proceeding to the Fifth Year. The British Columbia Electric Railway Company Limited Scholarships Two scholarships given by the British Columbia Electric Railway Company Limited will be available as follows: (1) the sum of $200 will be awarded to the undergraduate student standing highest in the Electrical Engineering course of the Fourth Year in Applied Science, and proceeding to the Fifth Year; (2) the sum of $200 will be awarded to the undergraduate student standing highest in the Mechanical Engineering course of the Fourth Year in Applied Science, and proceeding to the Fifth Year. 4. IN AGRICULTURE University Scholarship in Agriculture A scholarship in Agriculture of $200 will be awarded to a student proceeding to a higher year, the award to be based" on the work of the First Year. The David Thom Scholarship A scholarship in Agriculture of $100 will be awarded to a student proceeding to a higher year in that Faculty, the award to be based on the work of the Second Year. ■•■«•,-■- ■..-■.■■■••■ ■ , • ■ rw^r^Trr^ffgji, 52 The University of British Columbia The British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association Golden Jubilee Scholarship* This scholarship, of the annual value of $125, donated by the British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association, will be awarded to a student taking the horticultural options of the Third Year. To qualify for this scholarship candidates must obtain scholarship standing, not only in horticultural subjects, but also in the work of the year, and must be proceeding to the Horticultural Course of the Fourth Year—the year in which the scholarship shall be enjoyed. UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE AND SENIOR MATRICULATION SCHOLARSHIPS University Scholarships for University Entrance Fifteen general proficiency scholarships will be awarded on the result of the University Entrance examinations: (a) $175 to the candidate of highest standing in the Province, and (b) $175 each to the two candidates of next highest standing in each of the following districts: (1) Victoria District, (2) Vancouver Island (exclusive of Victoria District), and Northern Mainland (exclusive of North Vancouver and West Vancouver), (3) Vancouver Central District (comprising the former limits of the City of Vancouver), together with West Vancouver and North Vancouver, (4) the part of the Lower Mainland in the Fraser Harbour area, (5) the Fraser Valley, (6) Yale, (7) the Kootenays. Royal Institution Scholarships for Senior Matriculation Six general proficiency scholarships will be awarded on the result of the Senior Matriculation examinations: (a) $200 to the candidate of highest standing in the Province, (b) $200 to the candidate of next highest standing in the Province, (c) $200 to the candidate of next highest standing in all school districts of the Province other than the City of Vancouver, the City of North Vancouver, the District Municipalities of North Vancouver, West Vancouver, and Burnaby, and the City of New Westminster, and (d) $200 each to the three candidates of next highest standing in Districts (2) Vancouver Island (exclusive of Victoria District), and Northern Mainland (exclusive of North Vancouver and West Vancouver), (5) the Fraser Valley, (6) Yale, and (7) the Kootenays. *See paragraph 1, page 39. ^W^^-:r^^^4iW^^Wi^^im?. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 58 These scholarships will be paid only to students in attendance at the University of British Columbia,,with the exception that the Victoria District University Entrance Scholarships will be paid to any winners of those scholarships in attendance at Victoria College. Winners of all University Entrance and Senior Matriculation scholarships must notify the Registrar before September 1st of their intention of attending the University (or Victoria College in the case of the Victoria District University Entrance Scholarships) during the following session; failing such notification, the winner's rights will lapse. Postponement of University Entrance and Senior Matriculation scholarships will be granted only on medical grounds. PRIZES } 1. IN ALL FACULTIES The University Essay Prize* A book prize of the value of $25 will be awarded to a Fourth Year student for the best essay presented in any of the courses regularly given by the Department of English. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of English. The Dorothy and William Dorbils Prize in Canadian Literature* A cash prize of $50 offered by Dorothy and William Dorbils will be awarded annually to the registered undergraduate or graduate student who writes the best essay on a subject in Canadian Literature. The subject will be set or approved by the Head of the Department of English, and the prize will be awarded on his recommendation. The essay must be 3000 words or more in length and must be typed; a copy of the winning essay must be forwarded to the donors of the prize. If in any year no essay of sufficient merit is presented, the sum of $50.00 will be used, or funded for use, in purchasing for the University an item or items of Canadiana, the selection.to be made by the Head of the Department of English and the University Librarian. *See paragraph 1, page 39. 54 The University of British Columbia The News-Herald Awards in Journalism* The Vancouver News-Herald offers annually two prizes to students who show promise in journalism. The first prize of $200 is" open to undergraduates of the Third Year or higher years of any Faculty. The second prize of $150 is open to First or Second Year students of any Faculty. A winner in one of these categories is not eligible for a second award in the same category. Each competitor must submit five original articles published or suitable for publication in the Ubyssey or other newspapers, during the year preceding the awards. These articles may be news-stories, feature articles, reports, reviews, or editorials. Awards will be made by Senate on the recommendation of a committee consisting of the Editor of the News-Herald and the Head of the Department of English. Articles must be in the hands of the Registrar not later than March 31st. The Dorothy and William Dorbils Essay Prize in Botany and Geology* A cash prize of $100, the gift of Dorothy and William Dorbils, will be awarded to the student who submits the best essay on the subject of plant indicators in relation to sub-surface geology including deposits of economic minerals. The essay shall include a review of the knowledge already available in this field and the results of some preliminary work carried on by the applicant. In awarding the prize, consideration will be given to the ability of the applicant to carry on independent research. Provided satisfactory arrangements are made with the departments concerned, the essay may be accepted as fulfilling part of the student's academic requirements. A copy of the winning essay must be forwarded to the donors. Students who intend to submit essays must consult the Chairman of the Scholarship Committee before October 15th. Essays must be submitted by the last day of lectures. The award will be made on the recommendation of the departments concerned. 2. IN ARTS AND SCIENCE Frances Willard Prize* A prize of $50, given by the Woman's Christian Temperance Union of British Columbia, will be awarded to Third or Fourth Year undergraduates or to graduate students for an essay in the field of Economics, Education, History, Psychology, or Sociology, on a subject to be approved by the department concerned in consultation with a committee of the Woman's Christian Temperance Union *See paragraph 1, page 39. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 55 The award will be made for the session 1945-46 on recommendation of the Heads of the Department of Education and the Department of Economics, Political Science, and Sociology. Essays must be submitted by April 10th, 1946. If in any year no student reaches the required standard the award will be withheld. The David Bolocan Memorial Prize A prize of $25 given by Mr. and Mrs. J. L. Bolocan will be awarded to the student in the Fourth Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science who is regarded by the Department of Philosophy and Psychology as the outstanding student in that subject in the graduating year. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Philosophy and Psychology. The Ahepa Prize A prize of $100, given by the Gladstone Chapter No. 6, C.J., Order of Ahepa, will be awarded on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Classics to the student of the Fourth Year who has shown the greatest promise in Greek studies. If possible, the award will be made to an Honours student, but if there is no outstanding Honours student the scholarship may be given to a Pass student. The Dorothy and William Dorbils Prize in Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine A cash prize of $50 offered by Dorothy and William Dorbils will be awarded to the student in the graduating year of the Faculty of Arts and Science whose work as an Honours student in Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine is regarded as outstanding. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine. If no Honours student presents work of sufficient calibre, the prize may be awarded at the discretion of the Department to the best student majoring in Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine who has a First Class average in the advanced courses offered by the Department. The Dorothy and William Dorbils Prize in Zoology A cash prize of $50 offered by Dorothy and William Dorbils will be awarded to the student in the graduating year of the Faculty of Arts and Science whose academic work and promise of research ability in the Honours course in Zoology have been outstanding. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Zoology. -1-j-sbmbwhb 56 The University of British Columbia If no Honours student presents work sufficiently outstanding, the sum of $50 will be used to purchase for the Library special research literature in zoology, the selection to be made by the Head of the Department of Zoology. The Armstead Prize in Biology and Botany A prize of $50, the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Daniel M. Armstead, will be awarded to a graduating student in the Honours course of the Department of Biology and Botany. The winner will be recommended by the Head of the Department of Biology and Botany on the basis of scholastic achievement and promise of ability in research. 3. IN APPLIED SCIENCE The Convocation Prize A prize of $50, given by Convocation of the University of British Columbia, will be awarded to the student in the Fifth Year of Applied Science whose record, in the opinion of the Faculty, is the most outstanding. Engineering Institute of Canada (Vancouver Branch) Walter Moberly Memorial Prize A book prize of the value of $25, given by the Vancouver Branch of the Engineering Institute of Canada, will be awarded for the best engineering thesis submitted by any Fifth Year student in the Faculty of Applied Science. This prize is given in memory of the late Walter Moberly, pioneer engineer and explorer, discoverer of the Yellowhead Pass through the Rocky Mountains, whose work in railway location has influenced so greatly the development of the Province of British Columbia. The Association of Professional Engineers' Prizes Five book prizes, each of the value of $25, are offered by the Association of Professional Engineers of the Province for competition by those students in the Fourth Year of the Faculty of Applied Science who are enrolled as engineering pupils in the Association. These prizes are awarded for the best summer essay in each of any five branches of engineering to be selected by the Faculty. The successful essays may be made available by the Faculty to the Couricil and members of the Association. -1-.%?^ *«---■>■-.■-,- Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 57 The Provincial Board of Health Prizes The Provincial Board of Health of the Province of British Columbia offers tfye sum of $100 to be given as prizes in the Public Health Nursing Course. The Engineering Institute of Canada Prize The Engineering Institute of Canada offers an annual prize of $25 to each of twelve Canadian universities of which the University of British Columbia is one. The prize will be awarded to a student of the Fourth Year in Applied Science on the basis of the marks made in his academic work in that year. His activities in the students' engineering organization or in the local branch of a recognized engineering society will also be considered. The British Columbia Lumber and Shingle Manufacturers' Association Prizes* Prizes of the value of $100, $50, and $25, given by the British Columbia Lumber and Shingle Manufacturers' Association, will be awarded to the students enrolled in the course Structural Design 1 (C.E. 9) who submit the designs judged to be the best, of a wooden roof truss. The awards will be made upon the recommendation of the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science in collaboration with the instructor in charge of the course and with the donor. Applications should be forwardedto the Registrar not later than January 15th. The William N. Kelly Prize A prize of $15 offered by Mr. WilHam N. Kelly, M.E.I.C, Consulting Engineer and Marine Surveyor, Vancouver, will be awarded to the student entering the Fourth Year of the Faculty of Applied Science who obtains the highest standing in Mechanical Engineering 30, Machine Shop Practice. Skill in the use of hand tools will receive special consideration. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering. The Timber Preservers Limited Prizes* Prizes of the value of $65, $45, and $25, given by the Timber Preservers Limited, will be awarded to the students enrolled in the course Engineering Law, Contracts, and Specifications (C. E. 19) of the Fifth Year of the Civil Engineering course in the Faculty of Applied Science who submit plans and specifications judged to be *See paragraph 1, page 39. y Wt 58 The University of British Columbia the best of a structure of treated timber. The awards will be made upon the recommendation of the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science in collaboration with the instructor in charge of the course and with the donors. BURSARIES The Captain LeRoy Memorial Bursary* This bursary of the annual value of $150 was given by the Universities Service Club in memory of their comrades who fell in the Great War. It is named after Captain 0. E. LeRoy, who commanded the overseas contingent from this University and who was killed at Passchendaele in 1917. It will be awarded to a student, or students, requiring financial assistance to enable him,, or them, to attend the University. For this purpose it may be awarded to a matriculant, to a student of any year, or to a graduate student of the University proceeding to graduate work in this or any approved university. In making the award preference will be given first to returned soldiers, then to the dependents of soldiers, and finally to suitable candidates from the student body at large. ^ Application must contain a statement of the academic record and special circumstances of the applicant, with two supporting references, and, in the case of the preferred categories, of the war record of the soldier. The award will be made by the Senate upon the recommendation of the Faculties. The Khaki University and Young Men's Christian Association Memorial Fund Bursaries*. A sum of money given to the University by the administrators. . of the Khaki University of Canada provides a fund from which are awarded annually five bursaries of the value of $100 each, known as the Khaki University and Young Men's Christian Association Memorial Bursaries. Under conditions specified by the donors these bursaries may be used for undergraduate purposes only, and in making the awards a preference is given to the sons and daughters of soldiers of the Great War. The financial necessities of candidates are also taken into account. To be eligible for an award a soldier's dependent must obtain at least Second Class standing, i.e., 65 per cent.; for all others 75- per cent, is required. *See paragraph 1, page 39. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 59 Dependents of soldiers and others who have expectations of attaining standing as stated above and who are in need of financial assistance should apply to the Registrar not later than the last day of the final examinations. These bursaries are open to students from Victoria College proceeding to a course of study in the University. Application forms may be obtained in the Registrar's office. The American Woman's Club Bursary* A bursary of $100, given by the American Woman's Club of Vancouver, will be available for the session 1945-46 to assist a woman undergraduate who has completed at least one year in Arts and Science with satisfactory standing, and who could not otherwise oontinue her course. Application must be made to the Registrar not later than September 1st. The University Women's Club Bursary* A bursary of $100, given by the University Women's Club of Vancouver, will be available for a woman student of high scholastic standing in the Third Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science who is proceeding to the Fourth Year. The Inter-Sorority Alumnae Club Bursary* A bursary of $200, given by the Inter-Sorority Alumnae Club of Vancouver, will be awarded to a woman student of satisfactory academic standing, proceeding to her Third Year or any higher year or to the Education Class, or, if a graduate, to the course leading to the Diploma in Social Work. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Dean of Women, to whom applications should be sent not later than September 1st on forms available in the Registrar's office. The Mildred Brock Memorial Bursary* A bursary of $75, given by the Delta Gamma Fraternity, in memory of Mrs. Mildred Brock, wife of the late R. W^ Brock, Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, whose personal charm and high ideals were an inspiration to the students who greatly benefited by her sympathetic understanding and generosity, will be available for a woman student ©f high scholastic standing proceeding to the Third or Fourth Year of her undergraduate studies; or, if a graduate, to the Teacher Training Course, or to the course leading to the Diploma in Social Work. Application must be made to the Registrar not later than September 1st. -*See paragraph 1, page 39. •-Mr*.--* .^ 60 The University of British Columbia The Frances Milburn P. E. O. Bursary* A bursary of $150, given by the Vancouver Chapters of the P. E. 0. Sisterhood in memory of the late Frances Milburn, will be available for the session 1945-46 to assist a woman undergraduate who has completed at least one year in Arts and Science with high standing in English, and who could not otherwise continue her course. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Dean of Women, to whom applications should be sent not later than September 1st on forms available in the Registrar's office. The Lady Laurier Club Bursary* A bursary of the value of $100, given by the Lady Laurier Club of Vancouver, will be awarded to a woman student in the Teacher Training Course, or to a woman student in Third or Fourth Year Arts and Science in the event of there not being an applicant in the Teacher Training Course who can qualify; such student should have real need of financial assistance. Applications must be made to the Registrar not later than September 15th, and must be on forms available at the Registrar's office. The Alliance Francaise Bursary* A bursary of not less than $25 will be awarded on a basis of merit and need to a student specializing in French at the University. The bursary will normally be awarded to a student who has completed his Second Year and is proceeding to his Third Year. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications, on forms available in the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than September 15th. The Faculty Women's Club Bursary* A bursary of the value of $75, given by the Faculty Women's Club of Vancouver, will be awarded to a Third Year woman student, such student to have scholastic ability and real need of financial assistance. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications, on forms available in the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than September 15th. The Alumni Association Bursary* A bursary of the value of $50, given by the Alumni Association of the University of British Columbia, will be awarded to a First *See paragraph 1, page 39. - - * » Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes , 61 Year student on the basis of scholarship and need. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee oh Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications, on forms available in the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than September 15th. The William MacKenzie Swan Memorial Bursary* A bursary of the annual value of $250, given by Colonel and Mrs. W. G. Swan in memory of their son, William MacKenzie Swan, an outstanding all-round undergraduate student and popular athlete who died July 28th, 1937, as a result of injuries received in a fall from the Pattullo Bridge at New Westminster on which he was engaged as Assistant Engineer, will be awarded to a student or students registered in the Third, Fourth, or Fifth Year of the Faculty of Applied Science, requiring financial assistance to enable him or'them to continue studies at the University. In making the award, consideration will be given to the academic record of the applicant and to his participation in undergraduate affairs. Applications on forms available in the Registrar's office must be filed with the Registrar not later than September 15th. The award will be made by the Senate upon the recommendation of the Faculty of Applied Science. The Phil Wilson Bursary in Forestry* A 'bursary of $225, given by the British Columbia Loggers' Association, will be awarded to a student registered in Fifth Year Forestry. To be eligible for the award a student must have been a resident in British Columbia for the previous two years, must have a scholastic average of at least 65 per cent, in the work of the Third and Fourth Years at the University • of British Columbia, and must give evidence of leadership, sterling character, and physical vigour. Applications, on forms available in the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than October 5th. The David Thom Bursaries From the funds of the David Thom Estate a sum of $235 is available annually for the following bursaries: 1. A sum of $87.50 to be awarded to the student who has passed University Entrance or Senior Matriculation with the highest standing and who is registering for the first time in the Faculty of Agriculture. In the awarding of this bursary regulation 9 under General Regulations for Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes does not apply. *See paragraph 1, page 89. l Q2 The University of British Columbia *2. A sum of $50.00 to be awarded to a student who has satisfactorily completed the work of the First Year in Agriculture and is proceeding to a higher year in that Faculty. Application must be made to the Registrar not later than September 15th. *3. A sum of $60.00 to be awarded to a student who has satisfactorily completed the work of the Third Year in Agriculture and is proceeding to the Fourth Year in that Faculty. Application must be made to the/ Registrar not later than September 15th. Delta Gamma Bursary for the Blind* A bursary of $100.00 will be awarded to a blind student requiring financial assistance to enable him or her to enter the University or to proceed to further studies. The award will be made by the Senate upon recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries acting in consultation with the Principal of the B. C. School for the Deaf and Blind, the Superintendent of the Canadian National Institute for the Blind of Vancouver, and an accredited representative of Delta Gamma fraternity. Applications should be in the hands of the Registrar by September 15th. The Geldart Riadore Bursary* A sum of $150 will be awarded to a student who has completed at least one year of work in the Faculty of Agriculture, who is proceeding to a higher year in the Faculty, and who has given evidence of possessing those qualities necessary for community leadership. The award is to be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries in consultation with the Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture. The Flying Officer Reverend George Robert Pringle Memorial Bursary* A bursary of the annual value of $200, endowed by friends and associates, in memory of the late Flying Officer Reverend George Robert Pringle, a much beloved graduate of outstanding Christian character and athletic ability who was killed on January 24th, 1943, while on Active Service overseas, will be awarded to a student who has completed his Third Year in any Faculty and is proceeding to his Fourth Year. To be eligible for this award the student must show evidence of academic ability, sterling unselfish character, and active participation and leadership in University sport. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty *See paragraph l, page 39. »P!pWW3JWS3 Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 63 Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications, on forms available in the Registrar's office,' must be received by the Registrar not later than September 15th. The Alberta Meat Company Bursary* A bursary of .$50, given by the Alberta Meat Company of Vancouver, will be awarded annually on the basis of merit and need to an Animal Husbandry student conducting livestock feeding trials at the University Farm. The award will be made by the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Animal Husbandry. Applications should be in the hands of the Registrar by September 15th. The Mary C. Lipsett Bursary* A bursary of $250, offered annually by Mrs. Mary C. Lipsett, will be awarded to a student who has completed at least the Second Year in the Faculty of Arts and Science, and who proposes to take his major work in Sociology or Psychology. In making the award, consideration will be given to the applicant's interest in problems of social anthropology and his ability to pursue work in that field. The award will be made by Senate upon the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, acting; in consultation with the departments concerned. The Rotary Memorial Bursaries* To commemorate the sacrifice and services of Rotarians and their families in the Second World War, the Rotary Club of Vancouver offers annually to students at the University five bursaries of the value of $200 each. These bursaries are open to students in any year and in any Faculty. Wherever practicable, however, the five awards will be made to students in different years. Preference will be given to those who, during the Second World War were in the Services or the Merchant Navy, or to their dependents. To be eligible for the awards, applicants are required to be of good moral character and to have a reasonable interest in extra-curricular activities and a good record of scholastic attainment. Awards will be made only to those who have limited financial ability to enter the University or proceed to a higher year. The awards will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than September 15th. •See paragraph 1, page 89. , ' - ~r-'jm^ 64 The University of British Columbia The Co-operative Seed Growers' Bursary* A bursary of $100, given by the British Columbia Co-operative Seed Association, will be awarded annually to a student who has completed the work of the Third Year in Agriculture and is proceeding to the Fourth Year in that Faculty. The award will be made by Senate upon the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, acting in consultation with the Dean of the Faculty. Application must be made to the Registrar by September 15th. The Vancouver Section National Council of Jewish Women Bursary* A "bursary of $100, the gift of the Vancouver Section of the National Council of Jewish Women of Canada, will be awarded to a woman student who is an undergraduate in any year of any Faculty, or who is a graduate registered in the Teacher Training or Social Work courses. To be eligible for this award a student must have good ability and financial need. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than September 1st. The Gamma Phi Beta Bursary* A bursary of $50, the gift of the Alpha Lambda Chapter of Gamma Phi Beta Sorority, will be awarded annually to a student in any year of the Home Economies course. To be eligible for this award a student must have financial need and high scholastic standing. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee ou Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, to the most deserving applicant. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than September 15th. The Provincial Council of British Columbia, Canadian Daughters' League, Bursary* A bursary of $100, the gift of the Provincial Council of British Columbia, Canadian Daughters' League, will be available annually to assist a woman student who could not otherwise continue her course. The award, which will be made on the basis of character, academic record, and scholastic ability, will be open to students entering the Teacher Training course. In the event that no appli- *See paragraph 1, page 39. ■™. V '•'•■• ■ Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 65 cant in this course can qualify, the award will be open to students entering Social Work. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on.Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than September 15th. University Women's Club Bursary for Social Work* A bursary of $100, given by the University Women's Club of Vancouver, will be available to assist a woman student in the Professional Course in Social Work. To be eligible for this award a student must have high scholastic standing, an aptitude for Social Work, and financial need. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries in consultation with the Head of the Department of Social Work. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than September 15th. Bursary for Proficiency (Special Award)* Through the generosity of an anonymous donor, a bursary of $1,000 was made available to enable a student with high scholastic standing and need of financial assistance to complete his or her undergraduate course. The recipient was chosen in September, 1944, from among bursary applicants entering First or Second Year in any Faculty. The selection was made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. / Special Bursaries Fund* For the Session 1945-46 a Special Bursaries Fund has been made available by the Board of Governors to enable students to attend the University who would not otherwise be able to do so. To be eligible for an award from this fund a student must have attained at least Second Class standing in the examinations last written, and must give evidence of need. Applications for these bursaries must be in the hands of the Registrar not later than September 15th. Application forms may be obtained in the Registrar's office. *See paragraph 1, page 89. 66 The University of British Columbia LOANS General Loan Fund The General Loan Fund is maintained by annual grants made by the Board of Governors. Its operation is described in paragraph 13 under General Regulations for Medals, Scholarships, Prizes, etc. The Wheatley Memorial Loan Fund The Association of Professional Engineers of the Province of British Columbia has established a loan fund in memory of Edward Augustus Wheatley, who, as Registrar of the Association during the years 1921 to 1938, exerted a vital influence on the engineering profession, not only in this Province but throughout Canada. The fund is available to engineering pupils of the Association in attendance at the University, and all applicants for loans must be recommended by the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science. The fund is distributed on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. The Roy Graham Memorial Loan Fund In memory of Roy Graham, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Chicago), a loan fund has been established to assist students in the Faculty of Applied Science. Preference will be given to students in the Second and Third Years of that Faculty. All applicants for loans must be recommended by the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science. This fund is distributed on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. The Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, B. C. Division, Fund This is a fund of $100, given by the Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy to the University as a trust to be used for loans to students taking the mining course. Applicants for loans must be recommended by the Departments of Geology and of Mining and Metallurgy. The David Thom Fund From the David Thom Estate funds a sum of $1500 has been set aside* for loans to students in Agriculture who have been unable to borrow from the General Loan Fund or who have obtained loans from that fund insufficient for their needs; of this amount, $300 is available for students in the Occupational Course and the balance for Third and Fourth Year students. ^^P^sf^fe^^1'-^-^W' Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 67 The Alma Mater Loan Fund This fund was established by the graduating classes of 1937 as a trust to be used for loans to undergraduates who have completed at least one year at the University and who have attained satisfactory academic standing. The fund is administered by the University and distributed by the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications for assistance under this fund must be made to the Bursar. \\ The University Chapter I.O.D.E. Loan Fund This fund was established by the University Chapter of the I.O.D.E., to assist women students of the Second, Third, and Fourth Years. Loans are to be made on the basis of scholarship and N financial need, and are to be distributed by the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, in consultation with the Dean of Women. Applications for assistance under this fund should be made to the Bursar. 1 If The T. Sato Loan Fund This fund has been established by Mr. Tsutae Sato for students of Second Class standing, or better, in the Third or Fourth Years in the Faculties of Arts and Science and Agriculture, or in the Fourth and Fifth Year& of the Faculty of Applied Science, or for students in the Fifth Year of a Double Course. For such loans the regulations in paragraph 13 of the General Regulations for Medals, Scholarships, Prizes, Bursaries, and Loans are applicable. The fund is distributed on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. The H. R. MacMillan Loan Fund Through the generosity of Mr. H. R. MacMillan, a loan fund has been established to assist students in Forestry. Loans from this fund are to be repaid within three years from graduation, and until then no interest will be charged. Assistance to any one student is limited to $300. Loans will be tiaade on the basis of scholarship and financial need, and will be recommended by the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, in consultation with the Head of the Department of Forestry. Students may obtain application forms and further details from the Bursar. Dean of Women's Fund Through the generosity of several donors a fund has been estab- ,lished to assist women students who are temporarily in financial need. The fund is intended for use in emergency situations where %*< T£?<; 68 The University of British Columbia limited assistance is required, and is administered by the Dean of Women. In the session 1944-45 contributions to the fund were received from the Alumnae of the University of Toronto, the Kappa Kappa Gamma Mother's Club, and the Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority. SCHOLARSHIPS ANNOUNCED BY THE UNIVERSITY BUT AWARDED BY OTHER INSTITUTIONS The Rhodes Scholarship* A Rhodes Scholarship is tenable at the University of Oxford and may be held for three years. Since, however, the majority of Rhodes Scholars obtain standing which enables them to take a degree in two years, appointments are made for two years in the first instance, and a Rhodes Scholar who may wish to remain for a third year will be expected to present a definite plan of study for that period satisfactory to his college and to the Rhodes Trustees. Rhodes Scholars may be allowed, if the conditions are approved by their own college and by the Oxford Secretary to the Rhodes Trustees, either to postpone their third year, returning to Oxford for it after a period of work in their own countries, or to spend their third year in graduate work at any university of Great Britain, and in special cases at any university on the continent of Europe, in the overseas Dominions, or in the United States, but not in the country of their origin. The stipend of a Rhodes Scholarship is fixed at £400 per year. At most colleges, and for most men, this sum is sufficient to meet a Rhodes Scholar's necessary expenses for term-time and vacations, but Scholars who can afford to supplement it by, say, £50 per year from their own resources will find it advantageous to do so. A candidate to be eligible must: 1. Be a British subject, with at least five years' domicile in Canada, and unmarried. He must have passed his nineteenth, but not have passed his twenty-fifth birthday on October 1st of the year for which he is elected. 2. Have reached such a stage in his course at one of the universities of Canada that he will have completed at least two years at the university in question by October 1st of the year for which he is elected. Candidates may apply either for the Province in which they have their ordinary private domicile, home, or residence, or for *See paragraph 1, page 89. '-•.S- ft <, ' '' .--ML* Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 69 any Province in which they have received at least two years of their college education before applying. In that section of the will in which he defined the general type of scholar he desired, Mr. Rhodes wrote as follows: "My desire being that the students who shall be elected to the Scholarships shall not be merely bookworms, I direct that in the election of a student to a Scholarship regard shall be had to: 1. His literary and scholastic attainments. 2. His fondness for and success in manly outdoor sports such as cricket, football, and the like. > 3. His qualities of manhood, truth, courage, devotion to duty, sympathy for and protection of the weak, kindliness, unselfishness, and fellowship, and -^ 4. His exhibition during school days of moral force of character and of instincts to lead and to take an interest in his schoolmates, for those latter attributes will be likely in after life to guide him to esteem the performance of public duties as his highest aim." Except in special cases, all Scholarships (to which elections are made in war-time) will, until further notice, be suspended until after the war. Should any Scholar-elect wish to make a special application to be allowed to come to Oxford during the war, he should apply to the Rhodes Trustees, through the General Secretary of the Rhodes Scholarships in the country in which he is elected. Each application will be considered on its merits, and the Rhodes Trustees reserve complete discretion in deciding each case, but, as general indications of the policy which the Trustees are likely to adopt, the following points may be noted: 1. In the absence of exceptional considerations, such as those mentioned under (5), permission will not be given to come to Oxford in order to take Final Honours Schools or Special (War) Courses in non-scientific subjects, such as Literae Humaniores, Law, Modern Greats, or History, or to undertake research in these subjects. 2. The same applies to Final Honours Schools, or Special (War) Courses, in the ordinary scientific or mathematical subjects, but application to engage in special and approved scientific research will be more favourably considered. 3. Medical students and researchers will normally be given permission to take up their Scholarships, subject, however, to the advice of the authorities of Oxford Medical School upon the advisability of Overseas students entering upon medical 70 The University of British Columbia courses in England, and subject, further, in the case of researchers, to the facilities which may exist at Oxford for research in the particular investigation proposed by the applicant. 4. Permission will in no case be granted if the policy of the government of the Scholar's country of origin opposes his leaving his country. If, for example, conscription or compulsory military training has been introduced in that country, permission will be granted only as explained under (5). 5. The Trustees will be prepared to take into consideration special personal circumstances, e.g., disqualification for military or other war service, disablement through war service, or the urgency or importance of the work which the Scholar proposes to take up at Oxford. The Trustees hope when peace is restored to revive all suspended Scholarships, but cannot definitely bind themselves to do so until the time has arrived and the practical possibilities are known. The Trustees reserve the right to eancel any suspended Scholarship if circumstances shall have supervened which, in their opinion, make it undesirable that the Scholar should hold his Scholarship. Should a Scholar-elect, whose Scholarship has been suspended, marry before he applies to take up his Scholarship, although the Trustees will not consider the Scholarship as automatically forfeited, they will not be prepared to confirm it except in special circumstances. Suspended Scholarships, if revived, will be tenable for the normal period. Applications will be entertained from Scholars who wish to spend a shorter time at Oxford, although no tenure of less than one year will be permitted, save in exceptional circumstances. The selection for any year is normally made in the previous December, and each candidate is required to make application to the Secretary of the Committee of Selection of the Province in which he wishes to compete not later than October 31st. Application forms may be obtained from the Registrar's office, from the Secretary of the Committee of Selection, or from the General Secretary for Canada, D. R. Michener, Esq., 372 Bay Street, Toronto, Ontario. For the duration of the war no award is being made and therefore no applications are being accepted until further notice. -, ..,. - ,, Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 71 The Exhibition of 1851 Scholarship* Under the revised conditions for the award of the Exhibition of 1851 Scholarship in Science, the University of British Columbia is included in the list of universities from which nominations for scholarships allotted to Canada may be made. These scholarships of £275 per annum are tenable, ordinarily, for two years. Scholarship winners with special needs may receive additional money grants during the year of their tenure. They are granted only to British subjects of not more than 26 years of age who have already completed a full university course and given evidence of capacity for scientific investigation. The scholarships are open to graduates of any university who have spent not less than three years in the study of science. It is not the intention of the Commissioners to invite recommendations for their Overseas Research Awards during the continuance of hostilities. Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire War Memorial Scholarship (Overseas)* This fund was established by the I.O.D.E. in order to perpetuate the memory of the men and women who gave their lives in the defence of the Empire in the Great War. Nine graduate scholarships to the value of $1400 each are offered annually, one in each province of the Dominion. The conditions under which they are awarded may be obtained from the Registrar. Applications must be submitted by October 15th of each year. Not available in 1945-46. Canadian Federation of University Women Scholarships* The Travelling Scholarship of the Canadian Federation of University Women, of the value of $1,250, available for study or research work, is open to any woman holding a degree from a Canadian university, who is not more than 35 years of age at the time of award. In general, preference will be given "to those candidates who have completed one or more years of graduate study and have a definite course of study or research in view. The award is based on evidence of character, intellectual achievement, and promise of success in the subject to which the candidate is devoting herself. The Junior Scholarship of the Canadian Federation of University Women, of the value of $850, is open to any woman holding a degree from a Canadian university, who is not more than 25 years of age *See paragraph l, page 39. 72 The University of British Columbia at the time of award. Preference will be given to students who have studied in only one university and who desire to continue their studies in another. The proposed place and plan of study or research must be approved by the Scholarship Committee. Application blanks and further information may be obtained from the Convener of the Scholarship Committee, Dr. Cecilia Krieger, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ont. Applications and recommendations must be received not later than February 1st. JgpWSFn*W*F TW^*.: * - THE FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE THIRTY-FIRST SESSION 1945-46 TIME TABLE FACULTY OF ARTS KEY TO BUILDINGS: A, Arts; Ag, Agriculture; Ap, App Mornings 8.30 9.30 Monday Room Biology 2 a & b... Biology 3 Botany 6 e Economics 6 Education 9 English 1, Sec. 1... English 13 .... French 2, Sec. 1- Geology 4 Geology 11... Geology 23... Greek 9 Latin 1, Sec 1. Mathematics 10... Physics 1, Sec. 1- Psychology A Social Work 7 Spanish, Beg., Sec. 1... Bacteriology 5 Lab... Biology 1, Sec. A j Biology 2 b _ .! Botany 5 a & c Chemistry 8 Economics 1, Sec. 1... Economics 12 Education 12 - English B French 3 b French 4 b , Geography 3 Geology 1 a & c Government 1 History 2 6 Home Economics 5 & 6. Mathematics 1, Sec. 1 Mathematics 18 _. Mathematics 16 Philosophy 9 Physics 1, Sec. 2 Social Work 7 Sociology 7 Spanish, Beg., Sec. 2 Ap233 Ap237 AplOl AglOO A 101, 106, 203, 200, 208 A 100 A104.108 Apl02 Ap 120 Apl08 A 207 A 102 A 204 S200 AplOO A 201 A 105 Ap202 Ap 238 Aplll S 300 S400 Ap 204 A 206 A 100 A 104 A 105 Ap 102 Ap 100 A 203 A 201 A 106, 204 AglOO A 102 A 101 A 108 S200 A 208 A 207 A 108 Tuesday Botany 4 Botany 7 a... Chemistry 1, Sec. 5 Chemistry 2 Lab. _.. Chemistry 18 Commerce 9(Econ. 7). Economics 1, Sec. 3 English 1, Sec. 3 French 2, Sec. 2... German 1(a), Sec. 1 German 3 c. Home Economics A&B Home Economics 8 & 4.. Home Economics 13 Latin 2, Sec. 1 Latin 4 Physics A, See. 1... Physics 4 Spanish 2 Zoology 2 Bacteriology 1... Bacteriology 5... Botany 3 a Botany 6 c Chemistry 2 Lab.... Chemistry 9 Economics 4 English 10 French 4 a Geology 2 a & b German 1(a), Sec. 2... German 1 (b) Government 6 History 3 History 25 Latin 2, Sec. 2 Mathematics 1, Sec. 2 Mathematics 12 Mathematics 17 Philosophy 8 Physics A, Sec. 2... Sociology 1 Zoology 3 Room Ap235 S 300 Me 109 A 204 A 100, 103, 106, 206 A 101, 104 A 203 A 201 A 108 A 208 A 207 A 102 S200 S210 A 105 AplOl S400 AplOl Ap 101 S 418 Ap 204 A 207 A 104 Ap 102 A 203 A 208 A 204 A 103 A 105 A 102 A 100, 100, 206 A 101 A 201 A 108 S200 Wednesday Biology 2 a Biology 2 b, Lab... Biology 3 Economics 6 Education 9 English 1, Sec. 1... English 13 French 2, Sec. 1... Geology 4 Geology 11 Meek 9 Latin 1, Sec. 1 Mathematics 10... Physics 1, Sec. 1... Psychology A Social Work 7 Spanish, Beg., Sec. 1... Biology 1, Sec. A... Biology 2 b Botany 5 a Chemistry 3 Economics 1, Sec. 1... Economics 18 Education 12 English 9 French 3 b French 4 b Geography 3 Geology 1 a & c Government 1 History 26 Home Economics 5 & 6 Mathematics I, Sec. 1 Mathematics 13... Mathematics 16... Philosophy 9 Physics 1, Sec. 2 Social Work 4 Sociology 7 Spanish, Beg., Sec. 2... Room AplOl Ap233 Ap287 AglOO A 101, 106, 203, 206, 208 A 100 A104.108 Ap 102 Ap 120 A 207 A 102 A 204 S200 AplOO A 201 A 105 Ap 202 Ap 233 Ap 111 S 300 S 400 Ap 204 A 206 A 100 A 104 A 105 Ap 102 Ap 100 A 203 A 201 A 106, 204 AglOO A 102 A 101 A 103 S200 A 208 A 207 A 108 CONSULT DEPARTMENT HEADS FOR •W" - - * 1945 -1946 AND SCIENCE lied Science; S, Science; Me, Mechanical Engineering. Mornings Thursday Botany 7 a. Chemistry 1, Sec. 5 Chemistry 2 Lab Chemistry 18 Commerce 9 (Econ. 7) Economics l, Sec. 8 English 1, Sec. 8_ French 2, Sec 2 German 1(a), Sec 1 German 8 c Home Economics A&B. Home Economics 3 & 4. Home Economics 11...... Latin 2, Sec 1_- Latin 4 Physics A, Sec. 1 Physics 4 Spanish 2 Zoology 2 ._ Bacteriology 1, Lab. Sec. 1 Bacteriology S_ Botany 8 a. — Botany 8 c . Chemistry 2 Lab.... Chemistry 9 Economics 4 English 10 French 4 a Geology 2 a & b.._ Geology 7... German 1(a), Sec. 2... German 1 b Government 6 History 8 History 25 Latin 2, Sec 2... Mathematics 1, Sec. 2 Mathematics 12... Mathematics 17 Philosophy 8 Physics A, Sec. g_ Sociology 1 Zoology t _ Room Ap235 SSOO Me 109 A 204 A 100, 108, 106, 206 A 101, 104 A 203 A 201 A 108 A 208 A 207 A 102 S200 S210 A 105 AplOl Ap 101 AplOl S413 Ap204 A 207 A 104 Ap 102 Apl20 A 203 A 208 A 204 A 103 A 105 A 102 A 100, 106, 206 A 101 A 201 A 108 S200 Friday Bacteriology 9 Lab... Biology 2 a & b. Lab.. Botany 6 d Lab. Chemistry 5 Lab. Economics 6 Education 9 English 1, Sec. 1 English 18 French 2, Sec. 1... Geology 2 — Greek 9 Latin 1, Sec 1 Mathematics 10... Physics 1, Sec 1... Psychology A Social Work 11 ...... Spanish, Beg., See. 1... Zoology 11 Bacteriology 2 Bacteriology 9 Lab.... Biology 2 a Lab._ Botany 5 b Botany 6 d Lab. Chemistry 2, Sec. 1... Chemistry 5 Lab.. Economics 1, Sec. 1... Economics 13 Education 12 English .9 French 3 b French 4 b Geography 3 Geology 2. ..._ Geology 8 Government 1 History 26 Home Economics 5 Mathematics 1, Seel Mathematics 18 Mathematics 16 Philosophy 9 Physics 1, Sec. 2 Social Work 4 Sociology 7 Spanish, Beg., Sec. 2... Room Ap233 Ap283 AglOO A 101, 106, 203, 206, 208 A 100 A 104, 108 ApllO A 207 A 102 A 204 S200 AplOO A 201 A 105 AplOl S413 Ap233 Ap288 S 800 S400 A 204 A 206 A 100 A 104 A 105 Ap 102 ApllO Apl20 A 208 A 201 A 106, 204 AglOO A 102 A 101 A 103 S 200 A 208 A 207 A 108 Saturday Chemistry 1, Sec. 5 Commerce 9 (Econ. 7) Economics 1, Sec. 3 Education 14 English 1, Sec. 8., French 2, Sec. 2 Geology 7 German 1(a), Sec. l.„. German 3 c Home Economics 13 Latin 2, Sec. 1 Latin 4 Physics A, Sec. 1 Physics 4 Spanish 2 Botany 5 b Lab Economics 4 Education 14 English 10 French 4 a Geology 7, Lab German 1(a), Sec. 2 German 1 (b) Government 6 History 8 History 25 Latin 2, Sec. 2 Mathematics 1, Sec. 2 Mathematics 12. Mathematics 17 Philosophy 8 Physics A, Sec. 2 Sociology 1 Zoology 2, Lab. Sec. 1 Room SSOO Me 109 A 204 AglOO A 100, 103, 106, 206 A 101, 104 Apl06 A 208 A 201 A 207 A 102 S200 S 210 A 105 Ap204 Ag 100 A 207 A 104 Apl06 A 203 A 208 A 204 A 103 A 105 A 102 A 100, 106, 206 A 101 A 201 A 108 S200 8.30 9.30 SUBJECTS NOT IN THIS TIME TABLE Mornings TIME TABLE 10.30 11.30 Agricultural Economics 1 Bacteriology 5 Lab- Biology 1, Sec. B Biology 1, Sec. C Chemistry 1, Sec 1... Chemistry 7 Economics 1, Sec. 2... Economics 11 English 14 French 1, Sec. 1 French 8 c Geography 6 & 7... Geology 8 German, Beg., Sees. 1 & 2 Government 5.... History 4 Monday History 11 b... History 19. Home Economics 8 &» Home Economics 12 Mathematics 2 a, Sec. 1 Philosophy 10 Physics 1, Sec. 8...... Physics 5 Z... Psychology 9 Social Work 18 Sociology 4 Zoology 1 Zoology 4 Zoology 7 Agricultural ■ Economics 2 Biology 4 Biology 5 Botany 6 d Chemistry D Economics 5 English 1, Sec. 2 English 16 Geography 2 German, Beg. Sees. 3 & 4 German 2, Sec. 1 German 8 a. , Greek 14 History 10 Home Economics 10. Mathematics 8 Nursing 27 Philosophy 7 Physics 1, Sec. 4 Physics 2 _ Psychology 1 Psychology 20 Social Work 1 Room AglOO Ap 100 AplOl S300 S413 S400 A 208 A 106 A104.105. 108 A 102 Ap 102 Ap 120 A103.201 A 201 A 101 A 204 S200 S210 A 206 A 208 A 100 AglOO Ap 101 Ap 233 A 106 A 206 A 207 Ap 102 A103, 203 A 105 A 201 A 102 A 208 A 204 A 101 A 108 S200 S210 A 100 A 104 Tuesday Bacteriology 1 Lab., Seel Botany 1 a Chemistry 1, Sec. 8.. Chemistry 2 Lab Chemistry 4 Commerce 11 Economics 10 (Com. 5) English 19 French 1, Sec. 2 French 3 a Geology 6 Government 7... History 12 History 13...... Home Economics 1 & 2. Latin 1, Sec. 2 Mathematics 2 a, Sec. 2 Philosophy 3? Philosophy 6 Sociology 8 Spanish, Beg., Sec. 3 Bacteriology 1, Lab. Sec. 1 Botany 1 b _... Botany 3 b and 3 c... Commerce 6 Economics 2 _.. Economics 9 English I, Sees. 4 & 5... English 3 & 4 English 17 ,. Geography 4 Geology 5 Geology 12 German, Beg., Sees. 1. 3. 6 Latin, Beg Mathematics 1, Sec. 3 Mathematics 15.. Philosophy 5 Psychology 3 Spanish 1 Room AplOl S300 S 400 AglOO A 100 A 206 A 108 A 104 A 203 Apl02 A 108 A 207 A 106 A 102 A 204 A 201 A 101 A 105 Ap 101 Agl02 A 106 A 100 A 201 A 108. A 105 AglOO A 101 Ap 102 Apioe Ap 102 A 206 A 108, A 208 A 102 A 204 A 208 A 207 A 104 Wednesday Agricultural Economics 1 Bacteriology 9 Biology 1, Sec. B Biology 1, Sec. C Chemistry 1, Sec. 1... Chemistry 7 Economics 1, Sec. 2 . Economics 11 Englishl4 French 1, Sec. 1 Geography 6 & 7... Geology 8 German, Beg., Sees. 1 & 2 Government 5 ■History 4 History 11 b History 19 Home Economics 8 & S Home Economics 12... Mathematics 2 a. Sec. 1... Philosophy 10 Physics 1, Sec. 8 . Physics 5 Psychology 9 Social Work 13 Sociology 4 Zoology 1 _ Zoology 4 Zoology 7 Agricultural Economics 2 Bacteriology 10 Biology 4 Biology 5 Botany 6 b Chemistry D Economics 5 English 1, Sec. 2 . English 16 Geography 2 German, Beg., Sees. 3 & 4 German 2, Sec. 1 German 3 a Greekl4 History 10 Home Economics 10... Mathematics 8 Nursing 27 Philosophy 7 Physics 1, Sec. 4 Physics 2 Psychology 1 Social Work 1 Room AglOO Ap 100 AplOl S800 S413 S400 A 203 A 106 A 104, 105, 108 Ap 102 Ap 120 A103, 207 __.„... A 101 A 204 S200 S210 A 206 A 208 A 100 AglOO S413 AplOl Ap28« A 106 A 206 A 207 Apl02 A103, 208 A 105 A 201 A 102 A 208 A 204 A 101 A 108 S200 S210 A 100 A 104 CONSULT DEPARTMENT HEADS FOR ?i--5.-fi:.---- ■•..•"-.■■—n.*].-;- ■ .-•,->•.,' —Continued Mornings Thursday Bacteriology 1, Lab. Sec. 1 Bacteriology 9 Botany 1 a.. — Botany 6 b Lab Chemistry l. Sec. 8... Chemistry 2 Lab Chemistry 4 Commerce 11 Economics 10 (Com. 5) - English 19... French 1, Sec. 2... French 8 a Geology 6- Government 7 - History 12 History 18. Home Economics 1 &2 Latin 1, Sec. 2 Mathematics 2 a, Sec. 2 .- Philosophy 8 Philosophy a Sociology 8.. Spanish, Beg., Sec. 8 Botany 1 b — Botany 8 b and 8 c_ Botany 8 b Lab .... Commerce 6._ Economics 2 — Economics 9 — Room AplOl Ap288 S800 S400. AglOO A 100 A 206 Al 03,104 A 203 Apl20 A 108 A 207 A 106 A 102 A 204 A 201 A 101 A 105 English 1, Sees. 4 & 5. English 8 & 4 English 17 Geography 4 _ Geology 12 _.. German, Beg., Sees. 2, 4, 5. Latin, Beg. Mathematics ,1, Sec.8 .......... Mathematics 15 Philosophy 5 Psychology 8 Spanish 1— AplOl Agl02 Ap288 A 106 A 100 A 201 A 108 A105 AglOO A 101 Apl02 Apl02 A 206 A108, 208 A102 A 204 A 208 A 207 A 104 Friday Agricultural Economics 1 Botany 6 d Lab Chemistry l. Sec. 1 Chemistry 5 Lab... Economics 1, Sec. 2... Economics 11 English 14... French 1, Sec. 1 Geography 6 & 7. Geology 8 _ German, Beg., Sees. 1 & 2 ._ Government 5 History 4 History 11 b History 19..... Home Economics 7... Mathematics 2 b, Seel Philosophy 10 Physics 1, Sec. 8 Physics 5 Psychology 9..._ Sociolog5»4 Zoology 5 Zoology 6 Room AglOO Ap283 SSOO S400 A 203 A 108 A 104, 105, 108 Apl02 Ap 120 A108, 207 A 201 Agricultural Economics 2 Botany 6 d Lab. Botany 6 t Economics 5 English 1, Sec. 2.__. English 16 Geology 4 German, Beg., Sees. 8 & 4... German 2, Sec 1_ German 3 a _.. Greek 14 History 10 Mathematics 8 Philosophy 7. Physics 1, Sec. 4... Physics 2 _ Psychology l._ Social Work 1 A 101 A 204 S200 S210 A 206 A 208 AplOl AplOl AglOO Ap 288 A 108 A 208 A 207 Apl20 A 108 A 203 A 105 A 201 A 102 A 208 A 204 A 108 S200 S210 A 100 A 104 Botany 5 b Lab Chemistry 1, Sec. 8... Commerce 2... Commerce ll Economics 10 (Com.«)_ _ English 19 - Saturday French 1, Sec. 2 French 3 a... Geology 7, Lab Government 7 History 12 History 18 Latin l, Sec 2 Mathematics 2 b. Sec 2 S800 Apl02 AglOO A 100 A 206 A108.104 A 208 Apioe Philosophy 8 .» Philosophy 8 Sociology 8 Spanish, Beg., Sec 8 Zoology 2, Lab., Sec. 1 Botany 5 b Lab- Commerce 6 Economics 2 ....... Economics 9.._ English 1, Sec 4...... English 8 & 4 English 17 Latin, Beg. Mathematics 1, Sec. 8 Philosophy 5 Psychology 3 Spanish 1 „... Zoology 2, Lab., Sec. L Room A 108 A 207 A 102 A 204 A 201 A 101 A 105 A 108 A 100 A 201 A 108 AglOO A 101 A 102 A 204 A 207 A 104 10.30 1L30 SUBJECTS NOT IN THIS TIME TABLE Afternoons TIME TABLE 1.30 2.30 Monday Botany 3 a Lab Botany 4 Lab. Botany 5 a & c Lab- Botany 6 c Lab Chemistry 1, See. 2 .. Chemistry D Lab Chemistry 5 Chemistry 7 Lab Commerce 2... Economics 12 Lab., Sec.A English 2... French 1, See 3... Geology 11 German, Beg., * Sees. 5 & 6 History 16 Latin «... Mathematics 11... Philosophy 2 Philosophy 20— Physics 5 Lab Social Work 2... Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. Zoology 5... _ Zoology 6 Bacteriology 3 ' Botany 8 a Lab. Botany 4 Lab Botany 3 a & c Lab Botany 6 c Lab Chemistry 1, Sec. 4 Chemistry D Lab Chemistry 7 Lab. Commerce 2 Economics 12 Lab., Sec.A Education 10 English 1, See 4 French 2, Sec. 8 Geography 1 German, Beg., Sec. 7... German 2, Sec. 2 History 1 History 14 Philosophy 1... Philosophy 20 Physics 5 Lab. Zoology 1 Lab., Sec 8 Zoology 2 Lab., See 2. Zoology 5 Lab., Sec. 1. Zoology 6 Lab., Sec. 1. Room Ap 233 SSOO S400 Apl20 A 100, Ap 100 A 104, 105, 206 Ap 102 A103 A 203 A 207 A 101 A 201 A 102' _...„_. AplOl S 413 Ap 233 S800 Apl20 A 204 A 207 A104, 105 Ap 102 A 103 A 203 A 100 A 101 S200 Tuesday Bacteriology 1 Lab., Sec. 2 Biology 1 Lab., Sec. 1 Botany 6 e Lab Chemistry 4 a Lab., Sec. a Chemistry 5 Lab Chemistry 9 Lab Commerce 1 Economics 13 Lab French 3 c Geology 1 b & d Lab., Sec. 1 German, Beg., Sec. 7... Latin 8, Sec. b. Mathematics 1, Sec. 1 Wi Physics 4 Lab., Sec. 1. Psychology 2 Spanish, Beg., Sec. l Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 1. Zoology 3 Lab Zoology 4 Lab Zoology 5 Lab., Sec. 2. Zoology 6 Lab., Sec. 2. Bacteriology 1 Lab., 1 Sec. 2 Biology 1 Lab., See 1 Botany 6 e Lab — Chemistry 2 Lab Chemistry 4 a Lab., Sec. a Chemistry 5 Lab., Sec. a Chemistry 9 Lab Economics 13 Lab Education 10 English 1, Sec. 3 & 4... English 1, Sec. 6... English 20 Geology 1 b & d Lab., Sec. 1 Mathematics 4 Physics 4 Lab., Sec 1. Psychology 2 Lab. Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 1. Zoology 3 Lab Zoology 4 Lab Zoology 5 Lab., See 2 Zoology 6 Lab., Sec. 2. Room Ap233 A 100 A 105 Ap 120 A 103 A 201 A106.204 AglOO A 104 A 203 Ap233 A 204 A 100, 103, 106, 108, 206 A 208 Ap 120 S210 Wednesday Botany 3 a Lab Botany 4 Lab Botany 5 c Lab Botany 8 c Lab Chemistry 1, Sec. 2... Economics 12 Lab., Sec.B English 2 French 1, Sec. 8 Geology 3 . Geology 7... Geology 10 German, Beg., Sees. 5 & 6 History 16. Latin 6 Mathematics 1, Sec. 3. Philosophy 2 Social Work 2 — Spanish, Beg., Sec. 8... Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 2. Zoology 5 Lab., Sec. 1. Zoology 6 Lab., See 1. Bacteriology 10 Lab- Botany 8 a Lab Botany 4 Lab Botany 5 c Lab. Botany 6 c Lab Chemistry 1, Sec. 4. Commerce 1, Lab Economics 12 Lab., Sec. B _... English 1, Sec. 6 French 2, Sec. 8 Geography 1 Geology 3 Geology 7 Geology 10... German, Beg., Sec. 7... German 2, Sec. 2 History 1... History 14 Philosophy 1 Zoology 1 Lab., Sec. 4. Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 2. Zoology 5 Lab., See 1. Zoology 8 Lab., Sec. 1. Room Ap288 SSOO A 100, Ap 100 A 104, 105, 206 Apl20 Apl08 Apl20 A 108 A 203 A 207 A 204 A 201 A 102 A 106 Ap28S SSOO Ap208 A 208 A104, 105 Apl02 Ap 120 AplOO Ap 120 A 108 A 203 A 100 A 101 S200 CONSULT DEPARTMENT HEADS FOR ■■>.'-*■*.' ' , '» ■ —Continued Afternoons Thursday Bacteriology 1 Lab., Sec 2 — Biology 1 Lab., Sec 8... Botany 8 b & 8 c Lab- Chemistry 3 Lab., Secb. Commerce 1 Economics 13 Lab- French 8 c Geology 1 b & d Lab., Sec. 2 - Latin 8, Sec a .'.. Mathematics 1, Sec. 2 Physics 4 Lab., Sec. 2 Psychology 2 _ Spanish, Beg., Sec *.. Zoology 1 Lab., Seel... Zoology 5 Lab., Sec 2. Zoology 6 Lab., Sec. 2. Bacteriology 1 Lab., Sec. 2 _.... Biology 1 Lab., Sec. 8... Botany 3 b & 8 c Lab. Chemistry 2 Lab _ Chemistry 8 Lab., Sec.b. Economics 18 Lab.— English 1, Sees. 1 & 2. English 1, Sec. 6 English 20 Geology 1 b & d Lab., Sec. 2 Geology 9 Mathematics 4 Philosophy 20 Physics 4 Lab., Sec. 2. Zoology 1 Lab., Sec. 1 Zoology 5 Lab., Sec 2 Zoology 6 Lab., Sec. 8 Room Agl04 AglOO Apl20 A 201 A100.105, 106, 206 A 104 A 203 Agl04 A100, 105. 100', 203, 206 A 208 Ap 120 Ap 110 S210 A 207 Friday Biology 1, Lab., Sec. 5 Chemistry 1, Sec. 2 Chemistry 3 Lab., Sec. a Chemistry 4a Lab., Sec.b English 2 French 1, Sec. «... Geology 8... Geology a... German, Beg., Sees. 5 & 6 History 16 Latin 6 Mathematics 11... Philosophy 2 Social Work 2 Zoology 7 Lab Zoology 11 Lab- Bacteriology 3 Lab Biology 1 Lab., Sec. 5 Biology 3 Lab Chemistry 1, Sec. 4 Chemistry 3 Lab., Sec. a Chemistry 4 a Lab., Sec. b Education 10 English 1, Sec. 4 English 1, Sec. 6 French 2, Sec. 3 Geology6 German, Beg., Sec. 7. German 2, Sec. 2 History 1 History 14 Philosophy 1 Social Work 20 Zoology 7 Lab Zoology 11 Lab Room SSOO A 100, Ap 100 A 104, 105, 206 Apl06 Ap 120 A 108 A 208 A 207 A 101 A 201 A 102 SSOO A 204 A 207 A 208 A 104 A 105 Ap 120 A 103 A 203 A 100 A 101 S 200 A 102 1.30 2.30 SUBJECTS NOT IN THIS TIME TABLE 3.30 4.30 5.30 • TIME TABLE Afternoons Monday Bacteriology 8 Lab- Biology 5 Lab— Botany 1 a Lab Botany 4 Lab. Botany 7 a Lab Chemistry 1 Lab., Sec. a... Chemistry D Lab- Chemistry 7 Lab- Nursing 5... Physics 5 Lab Psychology 6 _... Zoology 1 Lab., Sec. 3... Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 2. Zoology 5 Lab., Sec 1. Zoology 8 Lab., Sec. 1 Bacteriology 3 Lab. Biology 5 Lab Botany 1 a Lab Botany 7 a Lab. Chemistry 1 Lab., Sec. a — Chemistry 7 Lab Social Work S Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 2 Zoology 5 Lab., Sec. 1. Zoology 6 Lab., Sec. 1 Chemistry 1 Lab., Sec. a Room Ap233 S400 A 104 Ap 233 A 106 Tuesday Bacteriology 2 Lab. Biology 1 Lab., See. 2. Botany 6 e Lab Chemistry 1 Lab., Sec. b Chemistry 2 Lab Chemistry 4 a Lab., Sec. a .... Chemistry 5 Lab., Sec. a Chemistry 9 Lab._ _ Geography 4 Geology 12 Physics 4 Lab., Sec. 1. Psychology 2 Lab—. Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 1. Zoology 8 Lab. Zoology 4 Lab. Zoology 5 Lab., Sec. 2 Zoology 6 Lab., Sec. 2. Bacteriology 2 Lab. Biology 1 Lab., Sec. 2. Botany 6 e Lab Chemistry 1 Lab., Sec.b Chemistry 2 Lab Chemistry 4 a Lab., See a Chemistry 9 Lab. Geography 4 Geology 12 Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 1. Zoology 8 Lab Zoology 4 Lab. Zoology 5 Lab., Sec. 2 Chemistry 1 Lab., See b Chemistry 9 Lab- Room Ap233 Ap 106 Ap288 AplOO Wednesday Bacteriology 10 Lab- Botany 4 Lab Commerce 1 Lab. Geography 2 Lab. Psychology 6 Zoology 1 Lab., Sec. 4 Bacteriology 10 Lab- Geography 2 Lab. Social Work 8 Room Ap208 A 104 A 108 CONSULT DEPARTMENT HEADS FOR -Ti^"V-!Vvf]:"'." —Continued Afternoons Thursday Bacteriology 2 Lab._. Biology 1, Lab., See. 4. Biology 4 Lab. Botany 1 b Lab. Botany 8 b & 8 c Lab- Chemistry l Lab., Sec c—, ~ Chemistry 2 Lab. Chemistry 8 Lab., Sec. b English 21 Geology 9... Philosophy 20 Physics 4 Lab., Sec 2. Zoology 1 Lab., Set. t. Zoology 5 Lab., Sec >- Room Ag 104 A 201 ApllO A 207 Geography 1 Lab- Psychology 6 Social Work 20. Zoology 7 Lab Zoology 11 Lab...:.. Friday Bacteriology 8 Lab Biology 1 Lab., Sec. 8 Biology 3 Lab Chemistry 1 Lab., Sec. d Chemistry 2, Sec 2.. Chemistry 8 Lab., Sec. a — Chemistry 4a Lab., Sec.b. ~ English 24 b... Room SSOO A 108 Apl20 A 104 A 102 3.30 Bacteriology 2, Lab- Biology 1 Lab., Sec 4. Biology 4 Lab Botany 1 b Lab. Botany 3 b & 8 c Lab. Chemistry 1 Lab., Secc Chemistry 2 Lab- Chemistry 8 Lab., Sec b. English 21.. Geology 9... Zoology 1 Lab., Sec. 2 Zoology 5 Lab., Sec 2. Agl04 A 201 Ap 110 Biology 1 Lab., Sec. 6 Biology 8 Lab Chemistry 1 Lab., Seed Chemistry 8 Lab., Sec. a Chemistry 4a Lab., Sec. b... English 24 b...._ Geography 1 Lab- Social Work 8 Zoology 7 Lab Zoology 11 Lab A 103 Ap 120 A 106 4.30 Chemistry 1 Lab., Sec c...... — Chemistry 1 Lab., Sec. d ..... Chemistry 8 Lab., Secb. Chemistry 3 Lab., Sec. a 5.30 SUBJECTS NOT IN THIS TIME TABLE '' --sir'—-;* ^-^.tj£?*ks&-< ■■" ■SB^-.y-r-' ■" ■*- - FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE The degrees offered in this Faculty are Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com.), Bachelor of Education (B.Ed.), Bachelor of Home Economics (B.H.E.), and Master of Arts (M.A.). Courses which do not lead to degrees are offered in Teacher Training and Social "Work. COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A. The degree of B.A. is granted with Honours or as a General Course degree. A General Course degree will be granted on completion of courses amounting to 60 units chosen in conformity with Calendar regulations. No distinction is made between General Course and Honours students in the First and Second Years, except as regards prerequisites for later work, but in the Third and Fourth Years there are special requirements for Honours students. Students holding the degree of B.Com. from this University may proceed to the degree of B.A. in- one year by completing 15 additional units of work open to students in their Third and Fourth Years, provided that their additional units are chosen so as to complete the requirements for the B.A. degree. It is possible to obtain the B.A. and B.Com. degrees concurrently in five years on completion of 75 units chosen so as to cover the requirements for both degrees. Double courses are offered in Arts and Science and Applied Science leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc, B.A. and B.A.Sc. (in Nursing), B.A. and B.S.F., and B.Com. and B.S.F., and in Arts and Science and Agriculture leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.S.A., and B.Com. and B.S.A. For the regulations governing these, see the section Double Courses at the end of the Calendar. Credits obtained at the Summer Session (see University Summer Session) may be combined with Winter Session credits to complete the 60 units required for the degree of B.A. The degree of B.A. will not be granted within three years from Senior Matriculation nor within four years from University Entrance. The maximum credit for Summer Session work in any one calendar year is 6 units; and the maximum credit for work other than that of the regular Summer and Winter Sessions is 3 units in each academic year, and 15 units in all subsequent to Senior Matriculation or First Year Arts. No credit will be granted for work done at other universities in the same academic year in which work has been attempted at 'this 84s Faculty ov Arts and Science University, whether in the Summer Session or in the Winter Session or otherwise. Extra-mural work done at other universities prior to registration at this University may be accepted, if approved by the Faculty, but may not exceed 3 units in respect of any one academic year or 15 units in all subsequent to Senior Matriculation. If a student is granted credit for extra-mural work taken elsewhere, the number of units which he may take at this University without attendance at a Winter or Summer Session will be correspondingly reduced. Pending the establishment of a department of Music in the University of British Columbia, six units of undergraduate credit towards a B.A. degree may be granted for music to a student who holds at the time of graduation any one of the following diplomas: Associate of the Toronto Conservatory of Music (A.T.C.M.), Licentiate of McGill- Conservatorium (L.Mus.), Licentiate of the Royal Schools of Music, London (L.R.S.M.), Licentiate of Trinity College of Music, London (L.T.C.L.), or an equivalent diploma or certificate from other schools of Music which may be accepted by the University of British Columbia. If the student's work in music is done concurrently with the usual University work of the Third and Fourth Years, the credit will be assigned in the Fourth Year; if a student enters Third Year University having already acquired the diploma, the credits will normally be assigned evenly between the Third and Fourth Years. No credits for music will be granted in the First and Second Years and no student may get credit for music until the other requirements for the B.A. degree have been satisfied. Candidates for the degree of B.A. are advised to attend at least one Winter Session, preferably that of the Fourth Year. Courses are described in terms of units. A unit normally consists of one lecture hour (or one continuous laboratory period of not less than two or more than three hours) each week throughout the session, or two lecture hours (or equivalent laboratory periods) throughout a single term. Note 1. Students in any of the affiliated Theological Colleges who file with the Registrar a written statement expressing their intention of graduating in Theology will be allowed to offer in each year of their Arts course, in place of optional subjects set down in the Calendar for the year and the course in which they are registered, Religious Knowledge options, to the extent of three units taken from the following list: Hebrew, Biblical Literature, New Testament Greek, Church History, Christian Ethics, and Apologetics. p-". . •-, iTT - ?J£&i$Z *-*^f*f^^-'^-c*m!y.-* Courses Leading to the Degree of B.A. 85 Note 2. Students intending to enter Normal School are advised to consult Regulations for Admission to Normal Schools, issued by the Department of Education, Victoria. First and Second Years 1. The requirements of the first two years consist of 30 units, 15 of which must be taken in each year. Courses must be chosen in conformity with the requirements that follow. Details of courses are given under the various departments. •Each student must take: Units (a) English 1 in the First Year and English 2 in the Second Year 6 •f(b) The first two courses in a language offered for University Entrance, one course in each year 6 (c) Mathematics 1, in the First Year . 3 (d) Economics 1 or 2, or History 1, 2, 3, or 4, or Psychology A or 1, or Philosophy 1, or Sociology 1 3 (e) Biology 1, or Botany 1 (b), or Chemistry 1, or Geography 1, or Geology 1, or Physics A, or Physics 1 3 (f) Three courses—not already chosen—selected from the following: ^^ Bacteriology 1, Biology 1, Botany 1 (a), Botany 1 (b), Chemistry 1, Chemistry 2, Chemistry 4, Economics 1, Economics 2, Commerce 5 (Economics 10 or Geography 5), French 1, French 2, Geography 1, Geology 1, Geology 2, JBeginners' German, German 1, German 2, JBeginners' Greek, Greek 1, Greek 2, Greek A (See Calendar, 1935- 1936)-**, Greek 2 (see Calendar, 1936-1937)**, Greek 14, History 1, History 2, History 3, History 4; JBeginners' Latin, Latin 1, Latin 2, Mathematics 2, Mathematics 3, Mathematics 4, Philosophy 1, Physics A, Physics 1, Physics 2, Physics 4, Psychology A, Psychology 1, Sociology 1, Beginners' Spanish, Spanish 1, Spanish 2, Zoology 1 9 Notes Bacteriology 1, Botany 1 (a), Commerce 5, Economics 1, Geology 1 and 2, Greek 14, History 4, Philosophy 1, Psychology 1, Sociology 1, and Zoology 1 are not open to First Year Students. *For credit that can be given for Senior Matriculation standing, complete or partial, see page 81. tSee regulations 2, 7, and 8. {See regulations 4, S, 7, and 8. **These courses are offered only by Victoria College. « 86 Faculty of Aets and Science History 2 is open to First Year students only if they are preparing for entrance to the Normal School. Geology 1, and Philosophy 1 are normally Third Year subjects, but may be taken by Second Year students (full undergraduate and conditioned). Chemistry 4 is open to Second Year students providing that the prerequisites have been taken. Geology 1 must be taken in the Second Year by students intending to take the Honours course in Geology. Botany 1 (b) and Civil Engineering 2 are required of students- intending to take the double degree B.A., B.S.F., except students taking major or Honours in Biology (Forestry option), for whom Botany 1 (a) and Civi] Engineering 2 are required. 2. Students who have not presented German or Greek or Latin for University Entrance may fulfil the language requirements for the degree by taking Beginners' German or Beginners' Greek or Beginners' Latin or Beginners' Spanish, to be followed respectively by German 1 and German 2 or Greek 1 and Greek 2 or Latin 1 and Latin 2 or Spanish 1 and Spanish 2 to complete 63 units. The extra three units may be taken in any year. Students who have completed German III of the high school course of study, or its equivalent, may fulfil the language requirements by taking German 2 for the First Year and German 3 (a) for the Second Year. 3. Students who offer either French IV, German IV, or Latin IV of Senior Matriculation under Group 1 of the Optional Courses of University Entrance may fulfil the language requirements for the First and Second Years by taking French 2, German 2, or Latin 2 respectively in either the First or the Second Year. If the Second Year language is taken in the First Year, a Third Year course in this language may be taken in the Second Year. 4. No student in his First Year may elect more than one beginners' course in a language, and, except as provided in Sections 7 and 8, no beginners' course in a language will count towards a degree unless followed by a second year's work in that language. 5. Except in the case of beginners' courses, no course in a language may be taken by a student who has not offered that language for entrance to the University. A beginners' course in a language may not be taken for credit by a student who has obtained credit for that language at entrance. 6. A student taking three languages in the first two years (18 units) may defer the course selected under section 1 (e) to the Third or Fourth Year, and a student taking four science courses ~y,.v Fiest and Second Yeaks 87 (12 units) may defer the course selected under section 1 (d) to the Third or Fourth Year. 7. Students offering four science courses (12 units) in the First and Second Years may fulfil the language requirement indicated above in section 1 (b) by taking any two of the following: French 1, French 2; Beginners' Latin, Latin 1, Latin 2; Beginners' German, German 1, German 2; Beginners' Greek, Greek 1, Greek 2, Greek A (see Calendar, 1935-36)*, Greek 2 (see Calendar, 1936-37)*, Beginners' Spanish, Spanish 1, Spanish 2. Only one beginners' course may be selected. 8. Students offering six science courses (18 units) in the First and Second Years may postpone the second course in a language under section 7 until the Third or Fourth Year. The science courses in sections 7 and 8 may be selected from the following: Bacteriology, Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Geography, Geology, Physics, Zoology. Note. Students thinking of entering Applied Science are referred to the list of subjects required to be taken by them in First Year Arts and to the regulations in reference to these, given under Admission and General Outline of Courses in Faculty of Applied Science. They are advised to attend the noon hour talks on the choice of a profession and on the life and work in vocations likely to appeal to Applied Science graduates. Third and Fourth Years The requirements of the Third and Fourth Years consist of 30 units, of which students must take in their Third Year not less than 15 units. The graduation standing is determined by the results of the Third and Fourth Years combined. A. General Course Curriculum 1. For the General Course a student must select two major subjects according to either of the following schemes :| a. A minimum of 9 units in one subject and a minimum of 6 units in another subject, both subjects to be chosen from one of the following groups: (1) Bacteriology, Biology and Botany, Chemistry, Geography, Geology, Mathematics, Physics, Psychology, Zoology. "These courses are offered only by Victoria College. tThose who intend to enter the Teacher Training Course should consult section S, page 113. 88 Faculty of Arts and Science (2) Economics, Education (not more than six units and only for those who have completed their Normal Training), English, French, Geography, German, Government, Greek, History, Latin, Mathematics, Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology, Music (6 units). Or b. A minimum of 9 units in each of two subjects to be chosen from the following: Biology and Botany, Chemistry, English, French, Geography, German, Greek, History, Latin, Mathematics, Physics, Zoology. Work in the First or Second Year is required in each of the major subjects, except in Education, Government, and Music. In certain cases, however, this requirement may be fulfilled by taking a First or Second Year course in the Third Year (see section 3), but a course thus taken may not count towards the required units for a major. In addition to the major subjects a minimum of 6 units must be chosen from some other subject or subjects. 2. Details of courses available in the Third and Fourth Years are given under the various departments. 3. Only two subjects (6 units) of the First or Second Year courses may be taken in the combined Third and Fourth Years. In a number of these courses extra reading will be required of Third and Fourth Year students. When two First or Second Year subjects, other than a Beginners' Language or Language 1, are taken in the Third and Fourth Years, not more than one of these subjects may be outside the departments in which the student is doing his major work. For the purpose of this regulation the following subjects are considered Third and Fourth Year subjects: Botany 1 (a) or Zoology 1 (if both are taken), Chemistry 4*, Geology 1, Geology 2, German 2 if preceded by Beginners' German and German 1, Greek 2, Greek 14, History 4, Latin 2 if preceded by Beginners' Latin and Latin 1, Mathematics 4, and Philosophy 1; also the subjects under 1 (d) or 1 (e) postponed to the Third or Fourth Year, as provided for under paragraph 6, page 86. 4. No credit will be given for a language course normally taken in the First Year unless it is taken in the Third Year and continued in the Fourth Year. *See prerequisite for Chemistry 4. 8pe^p^SK^J|jfl^fwi-)«s{: Third and Foueth Years 89 5. Students in the Third and Fourth Years, with the consent of the departments concerned, may take one or two courses of private reading (each to count not more than 3 units), provided that: a. (1) The candidate for a reading course shall have completed his First and Second Years and shall have taken at least 6 units either of Second or Third Year work or of Second and Third Year work in the subject in which the reading course is taken; and (2) Shall have made an average of at least Second Class in the 6 units in question. 6. Both reading courses shall not be chosen in the same subject. c. A reading course shall not be taken concurrently with Extra- Sessional or with Summer Session courses except by a student in the Fourth Year. Credit for a course of private reading is part of the maximum of 15 units which may be taken in addition to the regular work of Winter and Summer Sessions; and no other additional work may be taken in the same academic year. B. Honours Curriculum 1. Students whose proposed scheme of work involves Honours courses must obtain the consent of the departments concerned and of the Dean before entering on these courses; and this consent will normally be granted only to those students who have a clear academic record at the end of their Second Year with at least Second Class standing in the subject or subjects of specialization. (Cards of application for admission to Honours courses may be obtained at the Registrar's office.) 2. Certain departments offer Honours courses either alone or in combination with other departments. For Honours in a single department, at least 18 of the requisite 30 units must be taken in the department concerned, and at least 6 outside it. For Honours in combined courses, at least 12 units are required in each of two subjects. Particulars of these courses are given below. 3. Candidates for Honours, with the consent of the department concerned, may offer a special reading course (to count not more than 3 units) in addition to the reading courses offered above under General Course Curriculum, section 5. 4. All candidates for Honours, at the option of the department or departments concerned, may be required to present, a graduating 90 Faculty of Arts and Science essay embodying the results of some investigation that they have made independently. Credit for the graduating essay will be not less than 3 or more than 6 units. The latest date for receiving graduating essays in the Second Term shall be the last day of lectures; and the corresponding date for the Autumn Congregation shall be October 1. 5. Candidates for Honours are required to take at the end of their Fourth Year a general examination, oral or written, or both, as the department or departments concerned shall decide. This examination is designed to test the student's knowledge of his chosen subject or subjects as a whole, and is in addition to the ordinary class examinations of the Third and Fourth Years. 6. Honours are of two grades, First Class and Second Class. Students who, in the opinion of the department concerned, have not attained a sufficiently high ranking, may be awarded a General Course degree. If a combined Honours course is taken, First Class Honours will be given only if both the departments concerned agree; and an Honours degree will be withheld if either department refuses a sufficiently high grade. 7. It is hoped to offer the following Honours courses during the session 1945-46. But if it is found impossible to do so, the University reserves the right to refuse new registrations in any of them. SINGLE HONOURS COURSES Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Prerequisites: Chemistry 1, Biology 1. Required Courses: Bacteriology 2. Candidates must select the remaining 15 units required in consultation with the Head of the Department. Biology and Botany Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 1, Botany 1 (a). Chemistry 3, Physics 1*, and Zoology 1 are required before completion of the course and should be taken as early as possible. Required Courses: Botany 3 (a), 4, 5 (a), and 6 (c) or 6 (e). Optional Courses: Biology 2 and 3; courses in Botany not specifically required; and courses in Zoology. Optional courses should be selected in consultation with the Department. *0r, with the consent of the Department of Biology and Botany, Physics A. (p*» '"v - t- Honours Courses 91 Biology and Botany (Forestry Option) Prerequisites: First Year, Biology 1; Second Year, Botany 1 (a), Civil Engineering 2; Zoology 1, Physics 1*, and Chemistry 1 and 3 (to be taken as early as possible). Required Courses: Botany 3 (a), Botany 4, Botany 5 (a), 5 (b), Botany 6 (c) or 6 (e), Botany 7, Zoology 4, a thesis; and the following courses which are common to all Third and Fourth Year options leading to a degree in Forestry: Botany 1 (c) and Civil Engineering 5, in the Third Year; Forestry 2 (b, c), in the Fourth Year. Botany 5 (b) should be taken in the Third Year. Other courses to complete the requirements to be arranged in consultation with the heads of the two departments. Agronomy 15 and Botany 6(b) are recommended. Students completing this course for the B.A. degree may qualify iqr the degree of B.S.F. by taking the Fifth Year in Forestry (see Faculty of Applied Science). Biology and Botany (Genetics Option) Prerequisites: Biology 1; Chemistry 1, 3; one of Botany 1 (a), Zoology 1, Biology 4. (Where possible both Botany 1 and Zoology 1 •should be taken.) Course: Biology 2 (a), 2 (b), 2 (c), 2 (d). Six units of more advanced courses in Biology, Botany, Zoology. Three to six units from Agronomy 6, 21, 50; Genetics 2; Animal Husbandry 23; Poultry Husbandry 14. Thesis (three units). Biology and Botany (Physiology Option) Prerequisites: Biology 1; Botany 1(a) .or Zoology 1 (both should be taken where possible); Chemistry 3. Required Courses: Biology 3; Botany 3(a), 3(b) (Horticulture 41); problem; thesis. Optional Courses: At least 9 units from the following: Botany 4; Zoology 2, 5; Chemistry 9(a), 19; Bacteriology 9; Agronomy 15; Animal Husbandry 21, 22; Dairying &(b); Poultry Husbandry 19faj. Biology and Botany (Plant Pathology Option) Prerequisites: Biology 1; Botany 1(a); Zoology 1; Chemistry 1,3. Required Courses: Botany 3(a), 4, 6(c), 6(e), 6(d); Zoology 4, 7; thesis. *Or, with the consent of the department concerned, Physics A. 92 Faculty of Arts and Science Optional Courses: In consultation with the Department, students in Arts and Science will select at least 8 units from the following: Agronomy 2,11; Horticulture 13, 17, 41, 42; Agricultural Economics 1; Botany 5(a), 6(f). Students in Agriculture are required to select 12 units, from three departments in the Faculty of Agriculture (see p. 299). Chemistry Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 and 2, Physics 1, Mathematics 2. Course: Candidates are required to complete the following courses: Chemistry 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 10. Classics Prerequisites: Greek 2, Latin 2. Course: Greek 8 and Latin 8 (in both years); any three of Greek 3, 5, 6, 7; any three of Latin 3, 4, 5, 6; and either Greek 9 or Latin 7. As proof of ability to write Greek and Latin prose, candidates must attain not less than Second Class standing in Greek 8 and Latin 8. During the candidate's Fourth Year, papers will be set in sight translation, and the candidate is advised to pursue a course of private reading under the supervision of the Department. There will also be a general paper on antiquities, literature, and history. " Economics Prerequisite: A reading knowledge of French or German. Course: Economics 2, if not already taken, any 15 further units in the Department, to include Economies 4, 8 or 9, and 12, and two from the following group: Economics 3, 5, 6, 7, 11, 13, Government 1, Sociology 1. Also a graduating essay which will count 3 units. (Tutorial instruction will be arranged in connection with the essay.) Students must pass an oral examination, and, if required, address a general audience on a designated subject. . Attendance at the seminar in Economics is required in the Third and Fourth Years. For the regulations governing the double course leading to the degrees of B.A. (Economics) and B.S.F., see the section Double Courses at the end of the Calendar. PpPHfWF^fif^fMW*, Honours Courses 93 English Language and Literature Students who intend to take Honours must have the permission of the Department before beginning the course. . Prerequisites: (1) A First Class or high Second Class in English 2. Ordinarily, special work is required of students who intend to take Honours. Such work, if required, is announced at the beginning of the session. (2) A reading knowledge of French or German. The Department may require candidates to write a paper in translation at the end of the Fourth Year. Course: English 25 (involving an examination on the life, times, and complete works of some major English author), 20, 21 (a) (in the Third Year), 22 (in the Fourth Year), 24 (a) and (b) (the seminars, of which 24 (b) must be attended in both years), and a graduating essay which will count 3 units. Candidates will be required to take the following final Honours examinations on the history of English literature: 1. From the beginning to 1500. 2. From 1500 to 1660. 3. From 1660 to 1780. , -C 4. From 1780 to 1890.,^ One of these examinations will be oral. In the award of Honours special importance will be attached to the graduating essay and to the final Honours examinations. If the candidate's work outside the Department does not include a course in English history, he must take an examination in that subject. , French Prerequisite: French 2. Course: French 3 (a), 3 (b), 3 (c) in the Third Year. French 4 (a), 4 (b), 4 (c) in the Fourth Year. A graduating essay (in French) which will count 3 units. Geology Prerequisite: Geology 1. If possible, Geology 2 and Geology 12 should be taken in the Second Year. Chemistry 1 and if possible Physics 1 should be taken in the First Year, as these are required for Geology 2 and 7 and are of great value in Geology 1. Biology 1 is recommended in the Second Year, as it is prerequisite to Zoology 1, which should be taken in the Third Year as a valuable preparation for Geology 6. 94 Faculty of Aets and Science Course: Eighteen units to be chosen from Geology 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 23 (a). If Geology 2 has not been taken in the Second Year it must be taken in the Third Year, as it is prerequisite to Geology 7 and 8. History ■ Prerequisite: (1) A First Class or high Second Class average in the History course or courses taken in the First and Second Years. (2) A reading knowledge of French or German. Students whose standing in Honours History during the Third Year is inadequate may, at the discretion of the Department, be required to discontinue the Honours course. Course: History 10 and twelve other units which normally must be chosen from courses offered in the Third and Fourth Years plus a graduating essay which will count three units. The seminar (which carries no credit) must be attended in the Third and Fourth Years. An Honours paper will be set at the end of the Fourth Year on the work of the seminar and of the courses studied in the Third and Fourth Years. There will be an oral examination on the field covered in the graduating essay. Latin Prerequisite: Latin 2. Course: Latin 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and Greek 9. The candidate must also take Latin 8 in both years, obtaining at least Second Class standing. His general knowledge will be tested by papers on antiquities, literature, and history at the end of the Fourth Year. Mathematics Prerequisites: Mathematics 2, Physics 1. Course: Any 18 units of Mathematics 10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17, 18, and 19, and Physics 4 and 5. A final Honours examination, written or oral, is required. Philosophy Prerequisites: Philosophy 1, Psychology 1. Course: Psychology 2 or 20, and 15 units chosen from Philosophy 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20. wWFwm'^mt Honours Courses 95 Physics Prerequisites: Mathematics 2, Physics 1, Chemistry 1. Course: Mathematics 10, 12, 16; Physics 4 and 5, and 15 additional units. Students are advised to take Chemistry 4 and 7, if possible. Political Science Prerequisite: A reading knowledge of French or German. Course: Economics 2, if not already taken, any 15 further units in the Department, to include Government 1, Economics 12, and three from the following group : Sociology 1 and 2, Government 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,' 7, Economics 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 13. Also a graduating essay which will count 3 units. (Tutorial instruction will be arranged in connection with the essay.) Students must pass an oral examination and, if required, address a general audience on a designated subject. Attendance at the seminar in Economics is required in the Third and Fourth Years. For the regulations governing the double course leading to the degrees of B.A. (Political Science) and B.S.F., see the section Double Courses at the end of the Calendar. Psychology Prerequisites: Psychology 1, Philosophy 1, Biology 1, Mathematics 2, Physics A or 1. Course: Philosophy 8, and 15 units chosen from Psychology 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20. Sociology Prerequisite: A reading knowledge of French or German. Course: A minimum of nine and a maximum of twelve units selected from Sociology 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and a minimum of six and maximum of nine additional units selected from Economics 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 12,13, to a total of not more than eighteen units. Students must pass an oral examination and, if required, address a general audience on a designated subject. Attendance at the seminar in Economics is required in the Third and Fourth Years. 96 Faculty of Arts and Science Zoology Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 1, Zoology 1. Physics 1*, Botany 1 (a), and Chemistry 2-and 3 are required before completion of the course and should be taken as early as possible. Required Courses: Zoology 2, 3, 5, 6. Optional Courses: Zoology 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12; courses in Botany; Biology 2 and 3; Geology 6. These optional courses should be selected in consultation with the Head of the Department of Zoology. COMBINED HONOURS COURSES (a) Any two of: Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine, Biology and Botany, Chemistry, Geography, Geology, Mathematics, Physics, Zoology. (b) Any two of: > Economics, English, French, German, History, Latin or Classics, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology. (c) Other combinations not listed above may be taken with the consent of Faculty. The requirements in each of these subjects in such combinations are as follows: Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1, Biology 1, Chemistry 1. Course: Bacteriology 2, 5, 9, and 10, and a thesis. Biology and Botany Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 1, Botany 1 (a). Course: Twelve units to be selected in consultation with the Head of the Department. Chemistry Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 and 2, Physics 1, Mathematics 2. Course: To be arranged in consultation with the Head of the Department. *0r, with the consent of the departments concerned, Physics A. iSlflfSISSfjP3** Honours Coueses 97 Classics Prerequisites: Greek 2, Latin 2. " Course: Latin 8 (in both years); any two of Greek 3, 5, 6, 7; any two of Latin 3, 4, 5, 6. Economics Prerequisite: A reading knowledge of French or German. Economics 2 is not available as an option in Economics to students taking combined Honours courses including either History 16 or History 17. Course: Twelve units, including Economics 4, 8 or 9, 12, and Economics 2, if not already taken. English Students who intend to take Honours must have the permission of the Department before beginning the course. Prerequisites: (1) A First Class or high Second Class in English 2. Ordinarily, special work is required of students who intend to take Honours. Such work, if required, is announced at the beginning of the session. (2) A reading knowledge of French or German. The Department may require candidates to write a paper in translation at the end of the Fourth Year. Course: English 20 and 24, and any three of the English courses specified for the Third and Fourth Years. The seminar must be attended during both the final years, but credits which count for the B.A. degree will be given only for the work of the Fourth Year. Candidates will be required to take the following final Honours examinations on the history of English literature: 1. From 1500 to 1660. 2. From 1660 to 1780. 3. From 1780 to 1890. In the award of Honours special importance will be attached to these examinations. One of them may be oral. French Prerequisite: French 2. Course: If the graduating essay is written on a French subject 3 (a) and 3 (c), 4 (a) and 4 (c); otherwise either these courses or 3 (a) and 3 (b), 4 (a) and 4 (b). Courses 3 (b) and 4 (b) are intended primarily for Honours students and should be taken whenever possible, even if they are not required to make up the minimum number of units. 98 Faculty of Arts and Science Geology Prerequisite: Geology 1. Course: Twelve units to be selected in consultation with the Head of the Department. German Prerequisite: A First Class or high Second Class in German 2. Course: German 3 (a), 3 (c), and any two of 3 (b), 4 (a), 4 (b), 5 (a). In addition, a comprehensive examination in the history of German literature. History \\ Prerequisites: (1) First Class or high Second Class average in the History course or courses taken in the First and Second Years. (2) A reading knowledge of French or German. Students whose standing in Honours History during the Third Year is inadequate may, at the discretion of the Department, be required to discontinue the Honours course. Course: History 10 and any nine additional units, of which the graduating essay, if written in History, will count three units. The seminar (which carries no credit) must be attended in the Third and Fourth Years. %■ An Honours paper will be set at the end of the Fourth Year on the work of the seminar and of the courses studied in the Third and Fourth Years. There will be an oral examination on the field covered by the graduating essay. Latin Prerequisite: Latin 2. Course: Latin 8 (in both years) and any four of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. In the final year candidates must pass an examination (a) in sight translation, and (b) in Latin literature, history, and antiquities. Private reading under the direction of the Department is recommended. Mathematics Prerequisite: Mathematics 2. Course: Any twelve units of Mathematics 10,11,12,13,14,15,16, 17, 18, 19. C; V.V": Honours Courses 99 Philosophy Prerequisites: Philosophy 1, Psychology 1. Course: Twelve units chosen from Philosophy 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10,20. Physics Prerequisites: Mathematics 2, Physics 1. Course: Physics 4, 5, and 8 and four units from the following: Physics 6, 7, 11, 12, and 13. Political Science Prerequisite: A reading knowledge of French or German. Course: Twelve units, including at least six in Government. Psychology Prerequisite: Psychology 1, Philosophy 1. Course: Twelve units chosen from Psychology 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20. Sociology Prerequisite: A reading knowledge of French or German. Course: Twelve units selected from Sociology 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. Zoology Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 and 2, Biology 1, Zoology 1. Course: Zoology 2, 3, 5, and 6. COURSE LEADING TO THE DEGREE of B.Com. The degree of B.Com. will be granted on completion of courses amounting to 60 units chosen in conformity with Calendar regulations. Honours standing will be accorded those students who obtain an average standing of 80 per cent, in the Fourth Year and 75 per cent, in the Third Year, and who do not fail in any subject taken in the Third and Fourth Years. For the regulations governing the double courses leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.Com., B.Com. and B.S.F., and B.Com. and B.S.A., see, the section Double Courses at the end of the Calendar. The regulations as to Summer Session credits, number of units to be taken in any academic year, etc., apply to courses leading to '«'.'. '-*J«?&S3{~, 100 Faculty of Arts and Science the degree of B.Com. in the same way as to courses leading to the degree of B.A. As the student progresses in his course he will be expected to do an increasing amount of field work in the business community available to him. In this way he will learn to work on his own initiative and will acquire a first hand knowledge of business practice. Periodic written reports are an important part of the different courses, and students are warned that demands upon their time will be sustained throughout the course. Students proceeding to the degree of B.Com. are required so to arrange their courses that they will be registered in Commerce subjects over a period of at least two years. Any departure from this regulation must have the approval of the Head of the Department of Commerce and the Dean. First Yearl A course in First Year Arts and Science or the equivalent. Second Year The following courses comprising 15 units: English 2 or English 3 and 4. Mathematics 2 or 3, or an additional course in the language taken in the First Year. Students who contemplate taking advanced work in Statistics (Economics 13) should take Mathematics 2. Economics 1. Commerce 5. Elective, 3 units, preferably Commerce 1. Students will not be permitted to register for the Third Year in Commerce unless they have secured a standing of 60 per cent in Economics 1. In view of the importance which rightly attaches to the capacity for adequate and clear expression in writing, Regulation 12, on page 254 of the Calendar, will be rigidly enforced at the end of the Second Year, and reasonable legibility in handwriting will be insisted upon. Third Year The following courses comprising 15 units: Economics 4. •SgmpsfJ^-ff '.-t-y;-- ■■-* - ,•'■*•_-»:-."• *>-1: CourseLeadingtotheDegreeofB.Com. 101 Economics 12, or a third course in the language elected in the. Second Year. Commerce 6. Commerce 1, if not already taken. Electives, three or six units to be chosen from the elective list in consultation with the Head of the Department and the Dean. Fourth Year The following courses comprising 15 units: Economics 6, if not already taken. Commerce 4. Commerce 9. Two courses, not already chosen, to be selected from the elective list in consultation with the Department. Students who select the language option will be required to take in the Fourth Year an additional course in the language selected. Students in the Fourth Year should not under any circumstances plan to carry more than the prescribed fifteen units of work. If for any reason they do not enter the Fourth Year with a complete Third Year they must expect to attend an extra year in order to satisfy the requirements of graduation. Electives for Third and Fourth Years: Commerce 2. Commerce 3. Commerce 11. ^ Commerce 13. Economics 3. Economics 5. Economics 11. Economics 13. Agricultural Economics 1. Agricultural Economics 2. English (3 units). Government 1. Government 4. Government 5. Language (3 units). Mathematics 2, 3. Mining (3 units). Philosophy 9. Psychology 1, 3, or 7. 102 Faculty of Arts and Science COURSE LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.H.E. FIRST AND SECOND YEARS Courses must be chosen in conformity with the following requirements. Units (1) Required course 24 (a) English 1 in the First Year 3 (b) Chemistry 1 in the First Year 3 (c) Chemistry C (prerequisite: Chemistry 1) 3 (d) Biology 1 3 (e) Physics A or Physics C or Physics 1 3 (f) Home Economics A (First Term) 1% Required only if the student does not have credit in Home Economics (A) III or Home Economics (CC) III or equivalent. ' (g) Home Economics B (Second Term) iy2 Required only if the student does not have credit in Home Economics (B) III or Home Economics (CC) III or equivalent. (h) Home Economics 1 (First Term) IV2 Prerequisite: Home Economics A or equivalent. (i) Home Economics 2 (Second Term) IV2 (j) Home Economics 3 (First Term) lx/2 Prerequisite: Home Economics B or equivalent. (k) Home Economics 4 (Second Term.) IV2 Prerequisite: Home Economics 1. (2) Three courses from the following: Agriculture 1, Bacteriology 1, Botany 1(a), Commerce 5, Economics 1 or Economics 2, English 2 or English 3 and 4, Geography 1, History 1 or History 2 or History 3, Language: Beginners', 1, 2 (maximum 6 units), Mathematics 1, Mathematics 2 or Mathematics 3, Philosophy 1, Psychology 1, Sociology 1, Zoology 1 9 Notes 1. Bacteriology 1, Botany 1 (a), Commerce 5, Economics 1, Philosophy 1, Psychology 1, Sociology 1, and Zoology 1 are not open to First Year students. 2. Bacteriology 1, Economics 1, and Psychology 1 are required courses for the degree in Home Economics and are to-be taken IfJ^f%a^M-j*r$tft^ ' ~ -*•_ ' Course Leading to the Degree of B.H.E. 103 in the Second or Third Year. Students should elect Economics 1 and Psychology 1 in the Second Year where possible. 3. If the student has presented Home Economics (CC) III for University Entrance, Home Economics .1 and 2 are to be taken in the First Year and Home Economics 3 and 4 in the Second Year. If the student has presented Home Economics (A) III for University Entrance, Home Economics 1, 2, and B are to be taken in the First Year and Home Economics 3 and 4 in the Second Year. If the student has presented Home Economics (B) III for University Entrance, Home Economics A and 2 are to be taken in the First Year and Home Economics 1, 3, and 4 in the Second Year. If the student has not the required Home Economics standing from the high schools, Home' Economics A, B, and 2 are to be taken in the First Year and Home Economies 1, 3, and 4 in the Second Year. If the student enters with Home Economics (CC) IV taken as a Senior Matriculation subject, 3 units will be credited toward the First Year in Home Economics. 4. Students wishing to carry on advanced work in nutrition or textiles should substitute certain other Chemistry courses for Chemistry C, such substitutions to be arranged after consultation with the Acting Head of the Department of Home Economics. Third and Fourth Years The requirements of the Third and Fourth Years consist of 30 units, of which students must take in their Third Year not less than 15 units. In the Third Year the following courses are required: Bacteriology 1, Biology 5, Chemistry D, Home Economics 5, 6, 7, and 8. In the Fourth Year, the course is as follows. Home Economies 17 and 18 are required of all Home Economics students. In addition, those wishing to train as dietitians must take Home Economics 13, 14, 15, and 16, and those planning to enter the teaching profession must take Home Economics 9, 10, and 12. Animal Husbandry 22 (Animal Nutrition, 3 units), and Horticulture 16 (Landscape Gardening and Floriculture, iy2 units), in the Faculty of Agriculture, may be taken as electives. COURSE LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.Ed. 1. Prerequisites: (a) A bachelor's degree in Arts, Agriculture, or Applied Science, or an equivalent, from a recognized university. ■fPIP^p-^il 104 ( Faculty of Arts and Science (b) At least one year's teaching experience bqfore beginning the courses listed under 2 (b) below. (c) A permanent teaching certificate, which must be obtained before the degree is conferred. 2. Course: The B.Ed, degree represents fifteen units as follows: (a) Six units for the completion of the Teacher Training Course or its equivalent. (b) Nine units—not already chosen—from Education 20 to 40 inclusive. 3. With the approval of the Dean and the Head of the Department, three units in a subject other than Education may be included in the fifteen units required. 4. Candidates must have their courses approved by the Head of the Department and by the Dean. 5. Standings will be First Class, Second Class, and Pass. The B.Ed, with First or Second Class standing will be awarded to candidates who (a) have obtained First or Second Class standing respectively in the Teacher Training Course or. its equivalent, and (b) have obtained an average First or Second Class standing respectively in the nine units required under 2 (b) above, with First or Second Class standing in at least six of these units. Other successful candidates will be awarded the B.Ed, with Pass standing. COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF M.A. 1. Candidates for the M.A. degree must hold the B.A. degree from this University, or its equivalent. Students, however, who have not more than six units of the undergraduate course to complete will be allowed to take courses counting towards a graduate degree; but these courses will not be counted as graduate credits until the students have registered as graduate students. 2. A graduate of another university applying for permission to enter as a graduate student is required to submit with his application, on or before September 1, an official statement of his graduation together with a certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects of his course. The Faculty will determine the standing of such a student in this University. 3. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records who proceed to the Master's degree shall be required: (a) to spend one year in resident graduate study; or (b) to do two or more years of private work under the supervision of the University, such work to be equivalent to one year of graduate study; or Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A. 105 (c) to do one year of private work under University supervision and one'term of resident graduate study, the total of such work to be equivalent to one year of resident graduate study. '4. A major, including a thesis, and a minor will be required. In general the minor shall be taken outside the department in which the student is taking his major, but special permission may be given to take both major and minor in the same department, provided the subjects are different and are under different professors. The major or the minor, with the consent of the department or the departments concerned, may be extended to include work in an allied subject. Both major and minor must be taken in the Faculty of Arts and Science. Candidates must have their courses approved by the heads of the departments concerned*, by the Committee on Graduate Studies, and by the Dean. Special forms entitled Application for a Course Leading to the Master's Degree may be obtained from the Registrar's office. 5. Three typewritten copies of each thesis, together with an abstract approved by the department concerned, shall be submitted. (See special circular entitled Instructions for the Preparation of Masters' Theses.) The latest date for receiving Masters* theses in the Second Term will be the last day of lectures; and the corresponding date for the Autumn Congregation will be October 1st. 6. Application for admission as a graduate student shall be made to the Registrar on or before October 1st. 7. The following minimum requirements apply to all departments. For the details of the special requirements of the various departments see pages 106-112. Prerequisites: For a minor at least six units and for a major at least eight units of courses regularly offered in the Third and Fourth Years. A standing of at least Second Class must have been obtained in each course. Students who have not fulfilled the requirements outlined above during their undergraduate course may fulfil them by devoting more than one academic year's study to the M.A. work. M.A. Courses: For a minor five or six units and for a major nine or ten units (totalling at least fifteen units) chosen from courses regularly *It should be noted that not all the courses designated as offered primarily for graduate students, are certain to be given. 106 Faculty of Arts and Science offered in the Third and Fourth Years, or from graduate or reading courses. At least Second Class standing is required in the work of the major and in the work of the minor. The thesis shall count from three to six units. There will be a general examination on the major field. Examinations may be written or oral or both. Languages: No candidate shall receive the degree of M.A. who has not satisfied the head of the department in which he is majoring of his ability to read technical articles either in French or in German, except a candidate majoring in certain subjects, where a knowledge of Latin may be accepted in lieu of French or German. To fulfil the language requirement for the M.A. degree, a candidate who elects a language not taken in his undergraduate work to conform with Calendar regulations, will be required to have, as a basis, French 1 or Beginners' German, as the case may be, or the equivalent of this. In any case, during the period in which he is preparing for the degree, he will be required to read articles in the accepted language so as to make use of them, either in his course work, or in the preparation of his thesis. No formal examination will be required at the end of the preparatory period. 8. Graduate students who are assistants, giving not more than four hours a week of tutorial instruction, are permitted to qualify for the M.A. degree after one regular Winter Session of University attendance, provided they have done, in the summer vacation, research work of a nature and extent satisfactory to the head of the department concerned. Such students must be registered as graduate students and must have secured the approval of the head of the department concerned and of the Faculty before entering upon the research in question. Other graduate students doing tutorial work will not be allowed to come up for final examination in less than two academic years after registration as M.A. students. The following special requirements are prescribed by different departments. Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Prerequisites: Minor: A minimum of six units in the Department, among which Bacteriology 2 must be included. Major: Bacteriology 5, and six additional units in the Department. W^*W$^3$°?9**L*P* Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A. 107 M.A. Course: Minor: A minimum of five units chosen in consultation with the Department. Major: Thesis, three to six units, and other courses to complete the required units. Biology and Botany Prerequisites: Minor: Biology 1, and six additional units in Botany and Zoology. Major: Biology 1, Botany 1 (a), and eight additional units, including Zoology 1. M.A. Course: Minor: A minimum of five units chosen in consultation with the Department. Major: Thesis, at least five units, and other courses to complete the required units. Chemistry Prerequisites: Minor: Six units of work regularly offered in the Third and Fourth Years Major: Honours standing in Chemistry. M.A. Course- Minor : At least six units of work regularly offered in the Third and Fourth Years. Major: Nine or ten units in advanced courses in Chemistry, including a thesis. Economics Prerequisites: Minor: A minimum of fifteen units of work in subjects in the Department, or an equivalent. The fifteen units must include Economics 4, 8 or 9, and 12. Major: Honours in Economics; or in Economics in combination with some other subject; or an equivalent. M.A. Course: Minor: A minimum of six units of work regularly offered in the Third and Fourth Years. Major: Nine units of work regularly offered in the Third and Fourth Years, including a thesis, which will ordinarily count for three units. All candidates for the Master's degree in this department must attend the Honours seminar. 108 Faculty of Arts and Science Education Prerequisites: Minor: Six units (of which at least three must be in Education) chosen from the following: Education 9, 10, 12, 16, 20 to 40 inclusive; Psychology 4, 9. The Academic Certificate will be regarded as satisfying these prerequisites. Major: The Teacher Training Course or its equivalent. The Academic Certificate will be considered the equivalent of the Teacher Training Course. M.A. Course: Minor: (a) With the consent of the head of the department in which the candidate is taking his major, the Teacher Training Course with at least Second Class standing in Education 9, 10, and 12 will be accepted for both the prerequisites and the course; or (b) Six units chosen from Education 9, 10, 12, 16, 20 to 40 inclusive. Major: Nine units chosen from Education 20 to 40 inclusive and a thesis (3 units). Notes. 1. The Teacher Training Course may not be counted as a minor if Education is taken as the major. 2. With the consent of the Head of the Department graduate students may substitute Psychology 6, 9, or 20 for one of the Education courses named above. English Prerequisites: Minor: At least nine units of credit for English courses elective in the Third and Fourth Years of the undergraduate curriculum. -Major: At least fifteen units of credit for courses elective in the Third and Fourth Years. M.A. Course: Minor: Six units of credit in advanced courses in English not already taken. Major*: (a) Twelve units of credit in advanced courses not already taken, one of which courses must be English 21 (a), or its equivalent, if this has not been previously offered for credit. (b) A graduating essay which will count as an advanced course involving three units of credit. !;pp^g»^jf in Physics not he graduate courses. Political Scienpe Prerequisites: Minor: A minimum of fifteen units in this equivalent), including Government 1; or Honours in Political Science in combination with some other subject. Major: Honours in Political Science; .or Economics in combination with so|me other subject; or an equivalent. M.A. Course: Minor: A minimum of six units of work re|g Third and Fourth Years. Major: Nine units of work regularly offered in the Third and Fourth Years, including a thesis, count for three units. All candidates for the Master's degree in (this department must attend the Honours seminar. Department (or an gularly offered in the which will ordinarily Psychology Prerequisites: Minor: Six units chosen from Psychology 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20. Major: Philosophy 1 and 8, and nine units chology 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, l|o. chosen from Psy- ', 20. Students are 112 Faculty of Arts and Science recommended to take as additional preparation Biology 1, Mathematics 2, and Physics A or 1. M.AK Course- Minor: Six units of Psychology not already taken. Major: At least six units of Psychology not already taken, and a thesis. With the consent of the Head of the Department, graduate students may substitute three units chosen from Education 21, 28, 30, 31, 33 for three units of Psychology. Sociology Prerequisites: Minor: A minimum of fifteen units of work regularly offered in the Department of Economics, Political Science, and Sociology. Major: Honours in Sociology, or in Sociology in combination with some other subject; or an equivalent. M. A. Course: Minor: A minimum of six units of work regularly offered in Sociology. L. Major: Nine units of work regularly offered in Sociology in. the Third and Fourth Years, including a thesis, which will ordinarily count for three units. All candidates for the Master's degree in this department must attend the Honours seminar. Zoology Prerequisites: Minor: Biology 1, and six . additional units in Botany and Zoology. Major: Biology 1, Zoology 1, and eight additional units, including Botany 1 (a). M.A. Course: Minor: A minimum of five units chosen in consultation with the Department. Major: Thesis, at least five units, and other courses to complete the required number of units. ^-■-•■•W-SP*--!**'-. S,- Teacher Training Course 113 TEACHER TRAINING COURSE Candidates qualifying for the Academic by the Provincial Department of Education, pletion of the Teacher Training Course) take in section 4 of page 154. 1. Registration. C ertificate (given Victoria, on the com- the courses prescribed Documentary evidence of graduation in Arts and Science, Home Economics, Applied Science, or Agriculture from a recognized university must be submitted to the Registrar by all candidates other than graduates of the University of British Columbia. All correspondence in connection with the Teacher Training Course should be addressed to the Registrar. 2. Certificates and Standing. for At the close of the University session success if ul Teacher training Course will be recommended Arts and Science for the University Diploma the Provincial Department of Education Certificate. Successful candidates will be graded Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent. All students registered in the Teacher Tr lining Course at the University are entitled to the privileges accorded to students in the various faculties, and are also subject to the regulations of the University regarding discipline and attendance at lectures. candidates in the to the Faculty of fn Education and to the Academic A as follows: First Class, 65 to 80 In the case of students who have completed Course, First or Second Class standing in each and 12 is accepted as equivalent to a minor subject in each case to the consent of the head which the student wishes 'to take his major, 3. Preparatory Course& the Teacher Training of Education 9, 10, for an M.A. degree, of the department in Students who intend to proceed to the are required to take Psychology 1 as prerequisite Psychology, and must have fulfilled one of Teajcher Training Course to Educational ;he following: (a) They must have obtained at least the academic courses normally Fourth Years in each of at least two jects: Biology (including Botany and English, French, Geography, Germar eluding Greek), Mathematics, Physics!, in the Faculty of Applied Science mine units of credit in offered in- the Third and of the following sub- Zoology), Chemistry, History, Latin (in- Equivalent courses be offered. Candi- may 114 Faculty of Arts and Science dates offering History may substitute six units of Economics for three units of History, subject to the approval of their courses by the heads of the departments of History and Economics. (b) They must have completed an Honours course in any one or two of the subjects listed above; (c) They must have completed the Course for High School Teachers of Science; (d) They must have obtained at least twelve units of credit in Agriculture in addition to Agriculture 1, and at least nine units of credit in any one of the following subjects: Chemistry, Physics, or Biology (including Botany and Zoology), in addition to Chemistry 1, Physics 1, and Biology 1. Furthermore, students planning to enter the Teacher Training Course through Agriculture are required to select undergraduate courses in such a way that, in addition to English 1 and either 2, or 3 and 4, they will have obtained either six units of credit in one, or three units of credit in each of two, of the following: English, Mathematics, the language offered for University Entrance, Social Sciences (History, Economics, Political Science, and Sociology); (e) They must have obtained a degree in Home Economics from a recognized university. A description of the courses offered is given under the Department of Education. Course for High School Teachers of Science The following course has been designed especially for high school teachers of science: First and Second Years: Units 1. English 1 and 2. 6 2. Language 1 and 2. 6 3. Mathematics 1 and 2. 6 4. Biology 1, Chemistry 1, and Physics 1. 9 5. A second course in one of the sciences named in 4. 3 30 -^■■s -■ .-•■■• - Teacher Training Course 115 Third and Fourth Years: 6. Three courses in the science taken under 7. One course in each of the sciences named in 4 and not taken under 5 and 6, to be followed by a general course in each of these two sciences, namely, two] of Biology 4, Chemistry 3 or 4, and Physics 3. 8. Psychology A or 1. 9. Two electives from Third and Fourth Yekr subjects. 30 Total 60 Thus candidates will be admitted to the Teacher Training Course who have (a) completed the course for hig'i school teachers of science, or (b) obtained Honours in Biology, Chemistry, or Physics, or (c) obtained credit in nine units of Third and Fourth Year courses in any two of these sciences. But candidates who choose one of the last two alternatives are advised 12 3 6 course in each of the three sciences mentioned, Course for High School Teachers of Health Students who are preparing to teach Health to take the Course for High School Teachers oi as the options under 9, Bacteriology 1 page 88, will be waived for this purpose.) Nursing 16 in their Teacher Training Course and to take at least one are recommended Science and to select 2. (Regulation 3, should also take They PROFESSIONAL COURSE IN SOCIAL WORK Requirements for Entrance who The courses in Social Work are professional nature and are designed for those students degree or the equivalent. In addition, on the tions and a personal interview, the admissions satisfied that the applicant is personally suited social work. A few selected individuals academic requirements but who by reason perience could benefit from training will be shortage of personnel in the field of social emergency. who and technical in have a bachelor's basis of recommenda- committee must be to the field of can not meet full of maturity and ex- admitted as long as the work constitutes an r jfn^-J^TA^?.''^!^?^ 116 Faculty of Arts and Science Requirements for the Diploma .The Diploma in Social Work will be granted upon the completion of fifteen units of class work and a minimum of six hundred hours of supervised field work. Each student must submit also an acceptable original study done in conjunction with courses in social research and field work. Length of Course The normal time for the completion of requirements for the Diploma is twelve months. Some part-time students will be admitted whose work will be planned to meet requirements over a period of two or three years or longer. Pre-Professional Curriculum ' Undergraduate students who look forward to entering the Professional Course in Social Work are strongly advised to come prepared with an adequate background in biological and social sciences. Economics, Sociology, Government, Psychology, Biology, and History are to be emphasized, and special attention is called to Economics 2, 3, 5, 12; Sociology 4, 6, 7, 8; Government 1, 2, 5; Biology 1; Zoology 1 and 2; History 2, 10, 17, 18, 19, 20. Fees The total course fee for the Social Work course is $150. This full fee for the Winter Session will cover the work of Diploma students in the Summer Session as well. Partial students will pay at the rate of $10.00 a unit until a total of $150.00 is reached. For registration fee, caution money, and Alma Mater fee, see p. 35. Date of Application Applications for admission to the Professional Course in Social Work should be in the hands of the Director not later than July 1st for the following year. Field Work Training Actual practical work under supervision is made possible for the students through the following agencies in Vancouver and Victoria: Children's Aid Society of Vancouver; Catholic Children's Aid Society; Family Welfare Bureau; Young Women's Christian Association; Young Men's Christian Association; Gordon House; Vancouver General Hospital; Social Service Department, City of Vancouver; Department of the Provincial Secretary (Child Wei- -k, ■■- . : \\ Course in Social Work 117 fare Division, Provincial Psychiatric Services culosis Control, Provincial Field Service) Society; Victoria Family Welfare Association Hospital. Division of Tuber- Vidtoria Children's Aid Royal Jubilee Ordinarily a student will spend fifteen regular session in one social agency and ten weeks during the intersession in a instances a student may do all of his practice houi-s a week during the hours a week for second agency. In some work in one agency. PRE-MEDICAL COURSES year Candidates who plan to enter Medicine at in certain cases, be exempted from one Medicine by spending two years at the t Columbia and selecting their courses properlj line for the First and Second Years will fulfil ments for admission to most of the Canadian First Year: English 1, Modern Language 1, Mathematics istry 1, Zoology 1. Second Year: English 2, Physics 2, Chemistry 2, Zoology other universities can, of their course in niversity of British . The following out- ihe minimum require- medical schools. 1, Physics 1, Chem- 18 units. preferably Chemistry 3. As most of the Canadian medical schools as each school gives preference to applicants which the school is situated, applicants from British Columbia have no assurance that they will be accepted for medical courses even when they have fulfilled the minimum requiiements for admission. They are therefore strongly advised to complete the work for their B.A. degree before seeking admission to a medical schools wish the course for the B.A as possible so as to include several courses in others prefer Honours courses in the sciences 2; and an elective, 15 units. are overcrowded and from the province in nedical school. Some degree to be as broad the humanities, while EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT 1. Examinations in all subjects, obligatory for all students, are held in April. Examinations in December are obligatory in all First and Second Year courses, and in all Third ani Fourth Year courses except where exemption has been granted by Faculty. Applications for special consideration on account of illness or domestic affliction must be submitted to the Dean not later than two days after the close of the examination period. In cases w'lere illness is the plea for absence from examinations, a medical certificate must be pre- 118 Faculty of Arts and Science sented on the appropriate form which may be obtained from the Dean's office. 2. The passing mark is 50 per cent, in each subject. In any course which involves both laboratory work and written examinations, students may be debarred from examinations if they fail to present satisfactory results in laboratory work, and they will be required to pass in both parts of the course. 3. Successful candidates taking at least fifteen units of work will be graded as follows: First Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to 80 per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent. 4. A supplemental will be granted in a subject which a candidate has taken during the year, provided he has written th-e final examination and has obtained a mark of not less than 30 per cent. A candidate, however, will not be granted in any one year supplementals in more than six units. 5. A request for the re-reading of an answer paper must be forwarded to the Registrar WITHIN FOUR WEEKS after the results of the examinations are announced. Each applicant must state clearly his reasons for making such a request in view of the fact that the paper of a candidate who makes less than a passing mark in a subject is read at least a second time before results are tabulated and announced. A re-reading of an examination paper will be granted only with the consent of the head of the department concerned. The fee for re-reading a paper is $2.00. 6. Supplemental examinations will be held in September in respect of Winter Session examinations, and in June or July in respect of Summer Session examinations. In the Teacher Training Course, supplemental examinations will be held not earlier than the third week in June. In the first three years a candidate who has been granted a supplemental may try the supplemental only once. If he fails in the supplemental, he must either repeat his attendance in the course or substitute an alternative chosen in accordance with Calendar regulations. In the case of Fourth Year students two supplemental examinations in respect of the same course will be allowed. A candidate with a failure or a supplemental examination outstanding in any subject which is on the Summer Session curriculum may clear his record by attending the Summer Session course in the subject and passing the required examinations. 7. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied by the necessary fees (see Schedule of Fees), must be in the hands of the Registrar by August 15th. Zmis™ ^m^ifyzw,'1. Examinations and Advancement 119 8. No student may enter a higher year with standing defective in respect of more than 3 units. (See regulations in regard to advancement to Third Year Commerce, page !l00, and in reference to admission to Second Year Applied Science, page 87, note under section 8.) No student who has failures or supplementals outstanding in more than 3 units, or who has any failure or su pplemental outstanding for more than a year of registered attendance, will be allowed to register for more than 15 units of work, these units to include either the subject (or subjects) in which he is conditioned or permissible substitutes. But a student in the Fourth Year will be. permitted to register for 15 units of work in the Fourth Year, even though he may have failures or supplemental 3 outstanding against him, providing that these failures or supplementals do not carry more than three units of credit and that thoy do not involve the repetition of a course. Such a student will not be permitted to complete his examinations until September. 9. A student may not continue in a latei which he has a supplemental examination earlier year, except in the case of compulsory subjects in the Second Year. 10. A student who fails twice in the work upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be 1)1 to withdraw from the University. 11. Any student whose academic record tests and examinations of the first term of the First or Second Year, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of the session. $uch a student will not be readmitted to the Uniyersity as long examinations are outstanding. 12. Term essays and examination papers w: mark if they are deficient in English; and, will be required to pass a special examinatio|n in English to be set by the Department of English. year any subject in autstanding from an }f the same year may, equired by the Senate as determined by the as any supplemental 11 be refused a passing in this event, Students DEPARTMENTS IN ARTS AND SCIENCE Preventive Medicine Depaitment: C. E. Dolman. E. Ranta. Department of Bacteriology and Professor and Head of the Associate Professor: D. C. B. Assistant Professor: Lawrence Instructor: Miss Marjorie Todd. 1. Introductory Bacteriology.—A course demonstrations, and laboratory work. consisting of-lectures, 120 Faculty of Arts and Science The history of bacteriology, the place of bacteria in nature, the classification of bacterial forms, methods of culture and isolation, the relation of bacteria to agriculture, to industrial processes, to household and veterinary science, and to public health and sanitation. References: Henrici, Biology of Bacteria, latest edition, Heath; Salle, Fundamental Principles of Bacteriology, latest edition, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 and Biology 1, the latter of which may be taken concurrently. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday. Laboratory: Section 1,10.30-12.30 Tuesday, 9.30-11.30 Thursday; Section 2, 1.30-3.30, Tuesday and Thursday. 2. Immunology.—A course consisting of lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory work. The protective reactions of the animal body against pathogenic micro-organisms; cellular and humoral immunity. The course will include demonstrations of immunity, and of various diagnostic methods used in public health laboratories. Reference: Topley & Wilson, Principles of Bacteriology and Immunity, latest edition, Wood. Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Friday. Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Tuesday and Thursday. 3. Bacteriology in Relation to Health and Disease.—A special course for Combined Course Nursing students only, consisting of lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory work. Methods of isolation, culture, and identification of pathogenic micro-organisms; aseptic technique; disinfection and antisepsis; infection and resistance; active immunization procedures; bacteriology in relation to public health. References: Henrici, Biology of Bacteria, latest edition, Heath; Bigger, Handbook of Bacteriology, latest edition, Williams and Wilkins. Prerequisites: As for Bacteriology 1. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Monday. Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Monday and 2.30-4.30, Friday. fp IPW«" Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine 121 4. (a) Dairy Bacteriology.—(This course is the same as Dairying 4 (a), and is given by the'Department of Daiiying.) Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1. Four hours a week. First Term. iy2 units. 4. (b) Dairy Bacteriology.— (This course is i;he same as Dairying 4 (b), and is given by the Department of Dai:"ying.) Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1. Four hours a week. Second Term. Immunity, 1940, Special Report 5. Advanced Bacteriology and Immunology tures, demonstrations, and laboratory work on ture of bacteria; serological reactions; theories immunity; sensitization; preparation arid assay toxoids, and antitoxins. References: Zinnser, Enders, and Fothergill, Macmillan; Marrack, Medical Research Council No. 230, latest edition, H. M. Stationery Office Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 2, with ;it least Second Class standing in both courses. Four hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: 9.30-11.30, Monday. This course must be taken by all students more units credit in the Department. iy2 units. .—A course of lec- the antigenic struc- of susceptibility and of bacterial toxins, 6. Soil Bacteriology.—(This course is the skme as Agronomy 12, and is given by the Department of Agronomy.) Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1. Five hours a week 3 units. 7. Advanced Dairy Bacteriology.— (This course is the same as Dairying 7, and is given by the Department of Dairying.) Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 4 (a). One lecture and two laboratories per week. working for nine or 8. Reading Course in Bacteriology.—A directed in some advanced problem within the scopo preventive medicine. No class instruction will meetings will be held for critical discussion, examination, either written or oral. Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 2; also 5, 9, or 10, with which this course may run 3 units. reading, course of bacteriology and be given, but regular and there will be an 3 units, one of Bacteriology soncurrently. 122 Faculty of Arts and Science 9. Microbiological Physiology.—Lectures and laboratory work on the physiology of bacteria, yeasts, and moulds, and their application to medical, sanitation, and industrial problems; study of growth phases, growth rates, and rates of metabolic activity under defined conditions; use of mathematical methods in planning investigations, and in expressing and evaluating results. Reference: Stephenson, Bacterial Metabolism, latest edition, Longmans. Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 2 with at least Second Class standing in both courses; also Bacteriology 5, which may be taken concurrently. Four hours a week. First Term. 1% units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Wednesday and Thursday. Laboratory •. 8.30-10.30, Friday. 10. Pathology of Infection.—A course of lectures, laboratory work, and demonstrations. Stages in the development of infections in the animal body, illustrated by post-mortem specimens, and by microscopic sections; modes of conveyance of communicable infections, considered in relation to the prevention of disease; the history, techniques, and objectives of preventive medicine. References: MacCallum, A Text-book of Pathology, 1936, Saunders; Gay, Agents of Disease and Host Resistance, 1935, Thomas; Rosenau, Preventive Medicine and Hygiene, latest edition, Appleton- Century. I Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 2 with at least Second Class standing in both courses; also Bacteriology 5, which may be taken concurrently. Four hours a week. Second Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Wednesday. Laboratory: 2.30-5.30, Wednesday. 11. Methodology of Bacteriological Research.—A course of lectures, seminars, and discussion periods designed to equip the student preparing for Honours in the Department with a critical appreciation of historic reports and current literature in the field of bacteriology and preventive medicine; the technique of planning experiments for a given research problem; the design of protocols, and the general presentation of results. This course may be taken in their Third Year by prospective Honours course students after consultation with the Head of the Department. • T-\\-. Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 with at least ing, and Bacteriology 2, with which this concurrently. Department of Biology and 123 Second Class stand- course may be taken 3 units. Botany Professor dnd Head of the Departnient: A. H. Hutchinson. Professor: Frank Dickson. Associate Professor: John Davidscn. Associate Professor: John Allardyce. Assistant Professor: Miss Ruth E. Biology 1. Introductory Biology.—The course is advanced work in General Biology, Botany, courses closely related to biological science, Forestry, Medicine. The fundamental principles of biology; i;he interrelations of plants and of animals; life processes; the Fields. introductory to more or Zoology; also to such as Agriculture, aell and division of 3 units. labour; life-histories; relation to environment; dynamic biology. The course is prerequisite to all courses in General Biology and Botany. For Zoology see note on p. 208. A list of reference books is supplied. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a w^ek. Lectures: Section A, 9.30-10.30, Monday and Wednesday; Section B, 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday; Section C, 10.30-11.30, Monday ajnd Wednesday. Laboratory: Section 1, 1.30-3.30, Tuesday; Section 2, 3.30-5.30, Tuesday; Section 3, 1.30-3.30, Thursday; Section 4, 3.30-5.30, Thursday; Section 5, 1.30-3.30, Friday; Section 6, 3.30-5.30, Friday. 2. (a) Principles of Genetics.—The fundamentals of genetics ; Mendel's Law, applications and modifications; the physical basis of heredity: variations; mutations, natural and induced; the nature of the gene. Text-book: Sinnott and Dunn, Principles Hill.,, Prerequisite: Biology 1. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory: 8.30-10.30, Friday, and one lour to be arranged. of Genetics, McGraw- 124 Faculty of Arts and Science . 2. (b) Principles of Genetics.—A continuation of the studies of genetic principles with suggested applications. A lecture and laboratory course. The laboratory work will consist of problems, examination of illustrative material, and experiments with Drosophila. Prerequisite: Biology 2 (a). One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Friday. Laboratory: 8.30-10.30, Monday and Wednesday. 2. (c) Problems in Genetics.—An introduction to genetical methods and investigations. Students interested in plant breeding may elect Agronomy 50 (b) as an equivalent of this course. Prerequisite: Biology 2 (a) and 2 (b). Three hours a week. ' 3 units. 2. (d) Seminar in Genetics.—A review of advanced phases and the more recent developments in genetics. Prerequisite: Biology 2 (a) and 2 (b). Three hours a week. 3 units.' 3. General Physiology.—A study of animal and plant life processes. Open to students of Third and Fourth Years having prerequisite Biology, Chemistry, and Physics; the Department should be consulted. Text-book: Mitchell, General Physiology, McGraw-Hill; or Bay- liss, Principles of General Physiology, Longmans. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Reference reading. 3 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory: 2.30-5.30, Friday. 4. General Biology.—A course primarily for students who intend to teach science in the high schools. (See Teacher Training Course.) A review of the modern approaches to the morphology, histology, physiology, and ecology of animals and plants, with applications to man. A list of reference books is supplied. Prerequisite: Biology 1. Two lectures and. two hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory. 3.30-5.30, Thursday. , ■ f- r, , -._ Biology and Botany 125 5. Basic Physiology.—This course is designed primarily for students in Home Economics and in the Teacher's Science option. It may be elected also by students taking a major in biological subjects, and not proceeding to Honours in this field. This course deals with the physiology-.of digestion and absorption of foods; the liberation and utilization of energy; and the control of , the equilibria of life processes. Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 1. The Department should be consulted further. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Monday. Botany 1. (a) General Botany.—A course including a general survey of the several fields of botany and introductory to more specialized courses in botany. This course is prerequisite to all other courses in Botany, except the Evening Course and Botany 1 (b). Partial credit (2 units) toward Botany 1 (a) may be obtained through the Evening Course. Text-book: Hill, Overholtz, Popp, Botany, McGraw-Hill; or Holman and Robbins, General Botany, Wiley. Prerequisite: Biology 1. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Monday. 1. (b) General Forest Botany (General Dendrology).—An introductory course open only to Forestry students, and including the study of tree characteristics, identification, structure, nutrition, and ecology. (Students taking Biology, Forestry option, substitute Botany 1 (a).) This course is the first of a series of courses, optional for students in Economics, Commerce, and Engineering, proceeding to a Forestry degree; these courses are prerequisite to the Fifth Year in Forestry. Reference readings are assigned. Biology 1 is recommended as a preceding course. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Thursday. 126 Faculty of Arts and Science 1. (c) General Forestry.—As in Applied Science. 2. (a) Morphology.—A comparative study of plant structures; the relation of plant groups; comparative life histories. Emphasis is placed upon the increasing complexity of plant structures, from the lower to the higher forms, involving a progressive differentiation accompanied by an interdependence of parts. Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a). Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term. 2 units. 2. (b) The Algae.—A course dealing with the morphology, taxonomy, and specific physiology of the Algae, with a discussion of evolution within the group; practical acquaintance with the fresh water and marine forms, their identification and habitats; collection and preservation of specimens. References: Smith, Freshwater Algae of the United States, McGraw-Hill ; Fritsch, The Structure and Reproduction of the Algae, Vol. I, Macmillan; Tilden, The Algae and Their Life Relations, University of Minnesota. Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a). Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. 2 units. 3. Plant Physiology. (a) A course dealing with the fundamental life processes in plants, such as nutrition, photosynthesis, absorption, respiration, transpiration, and growth. This course is prerequisite for Botany 3 (b) and 3 (c). Text-book: Raber, Principles of Plant Physiology, Macmillan. Prerequisite: Botany .1 (a). Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term. 2 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Monday and Wednesday. (b) This course comprises a more advanced study of the organic constituents of plants and the physiological changes occurring during plant growth. (This course is identical with Horticulture 41.) Prerequisite: Botany 3 (a). Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term. 2 units. -S^"^- •<" *V -"V ^ sv-™? » -., V - ,_ Biology and Botany 127 (c) An advanced course to supplement 3 (a) and designed to train students of the plant sciences in an understanding of the interrelation of plants and soils. (This course is identical with , Horticulture 42.) Prerequisite: Botany 3 (a). Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. 2 units. 4. Histology.—A study of the structure and development of plants and of methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning, staining, and mounting; drawing, reconstruction; use of microscope, camera lucida, and photo-micrographie apparatus. Text-books: Eames and McDaniels, Introduction to Plant Anatomy, McGraw-Hill; Chamberlain, Methods in Plant Histology, University of Chicago. Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a). Seven hours a week. Second Term. 2 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday. Laboratory: 1.30-4.30, Monday and Wednesday. 5. Systematic Botany. 1 (a) Economic Flora.—An introduction to the classification of plants through a study of selected families of economic plants of British Columbia; plants useful for food, fodder, medicine, and industrial arts; plants harmful to crops and stock; weeds and poisonous plants; methods of control. Text-books: Jepson, Economic Plants of California, University of California; Thompson & Sifton, Poisonous Plants and Weed Seeds, University of Toronto; Hill, Economic Botany, McGraw- Hill. Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a). Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Monday. (b) Dendrology.—A study of the forest trees of Canada, the common shrubs of British Columbia, the important trees of the United States which are not native to Canada; emphasis on the species of economic importance; identification, distribution, relative importance, construction of keys. Text-books: Morton & Lewis, Native Trees of Canada, Dominion Forestry Branch, Ottawa; Sudworth, Forest Trees of the Pacific 128 Faculty of Arts and Science Slope, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.; Davidson, and Abercrombie, Conifers, Junipers and Yew, Allen and Unwin; Trelease, The Woody Plants, Urbana. Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a). One lecture and one period of two or three hours laboratory or field work a week. 2 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Friday. Laboratory: 9.30-12.30, Saturday. (c) Descriptive Taxonomy.—An advanced course dealing with the collection, preparation, and classification of "flowering plants"; methods of field, herbarium, and laboratory work; plant description, the use of floras, preparation of keys, identification of species; systems of classification; nomenclature. Text-books: Hitchcock, Descriptive Systematic Botany, Wiley; Henry, Flora of Southern British Columbia, Gage. Prerequisite: Botany 5 (a). One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday. Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Monday and Wednesday. 6. (b) Forest Pathology.—Nature, identification, and control of the more important tree-destroying fungi and other plant parasites of the forest. Text-book: Hubert, An Outline of Forest Pathology, Wiley. One lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Second Term. 1 unit. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Wednesday. Laboratory: 10.30-12.30, Thursday. 6. (c) Plant Pathology (Elementary).—A course dealing with basic concepts of plant disease and plant disease control. A number of economically important plant diseases are studied in detail. Text-book: Heald, Introduction to Plant Pathology, McGraw- Hill. Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a). Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. 2 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Monday and Wednesday. fW^T JfflrP*'" "t'r - " 4/ - Tf, ,( <* Biology and Botany 129 6. (d) Plant Pathology (Advanced). — A course designed for Honours or graduate students. Technique, isolation, and culture work; inoculations; details concerning the various stages in the progress of plant diseases; a detailed study of control measures. Prerequisite: Botany 6 (c). One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday. Laboratory: 8.30-12.30, Friday. 6. (e) Mycology.—A course designed to give the student a general knowledge of the fungi from a taxonomic point of view. Text-book: Stevens, Plant Disease Fungi, Macmillan. Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a). One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Credit will be given for a collection of fungi made during the summer preceding the course. 3 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday. Laboratory: 1.30-5.30, Tuesday. 6. (f) History of Plant Pathology.—A lecture course dealing with the history of the science, of plant pathology from ancient times to the present. Text-book: Whetzel, An Outline of the History of Phytopathology, Saunders. Prerequisite: Botany 6 (c). Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Friday. 1 unit. 7. Plant Ecology. (a) Forest Ecology and Geography.—The interrelations of forest trees and their environment; the ecological characteristics of important forest trees; forest associations; types and regions; physiography. References: Tourney and Korstian, Foundations of Silviculture upon an Ecological Basis, 2nd edition, Wiley; Weaver and Clements, Plant Ecology, McGraw-Hill; Whitford and Craig, Forests of British Columbia, Ottawa; Hardy, The Geography of Plants, Oxford. Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a). Two lectures and one period of field and practical work a week. Field trips. First Term. 2 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Monday. 130 Faculty of Arts and Science (b) A seminar and problem course in more advanced forest ecology. Prerequisite: Botany 7 (a). Five hours a week. First Term. 2 units. Evening and Short Courses in Botany A course in general botany, comprising approximately fifty lectures, is open to all interested in the study of plant life of the Province. No entrance examination and no previous knowledge of the subject is required. The course is designed to assist teachers, gardeners, foresters, and other lovers of outdoor life in the Province. As far as possible, illustrative material will be selected from the flora of British Columbia. • The classes meet every Tuesday evening during the University session (September-May) from 7.30 to 9.30 p.m. Field or laboratory work, under direction, is regarded as a regular part of the course. No examination is required except in the case of University students desiring credit for this course. Biology 1 is a prerequisite for such students. This course may be substituted for the lecture part of Botany 1 (a); but credit is not given until the laboratory work is complete. Students who do not desire credit but wish to ascertain their standing in the class may apply for a written test. A detailed statement of requirements and of work covered in this course is issued as a separate circular. Copies may be obtained on request. Department of Chemistry Professor and Head of the Department: R. H. Clark. Professor: W. F. Seyer. Professor: M. J. Marshall. Associate Professor: William Ure. Associate Professor: J. Allen Harris. Assistant Professor: J. Gilbert Hooley. Instructor: Michael Stusiak. Instructor: Robert A. MacLeod. Instructor: Percy Mundell. A. General Survey of Chemistry.—This course will give a general survey of the field of chemistry for students not intending to specialize in any of the sciences. Laboratory experiments designed to give an insight into scientific methods will be performed. 'TiOT- ■ Chemistry 181 This course will not be accepted as fulfilling the prerequisite for Chemistry 2, or any subsequent Chemistry course. Reference: Deming, Fundamental Chemistry, Wiley. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. (Not given in 1945-46.) 1. General Chemistry.—The course comprises a general survey of the whole field of chemistry and is designed on the one hand to provide a thorough groundwork for further study in the sciences and on the other to give an insight into the methods of chemical investigation, the fundamental theories, and some important applications such as are suitable to the needs of a cultural education. Students must reach the required standard in both lecture and laboratory work. Text-book: Foster and Alyea, An Introduction to General Chemistry, Van Nostrand, or Richardson and Scarlett, General College Chemistry, Holt. For the laboratory: Harris and Ure, Experimental Chemistrij for Colleges, McGraw-Hill. Three lectures and two and one-half hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Note. Students who have not taken High School Chemistry A will be required to take additional class work. Lectures: Section 1, 10.30-Il.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday; Section 2, 1.30- 2.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday; Section 3, 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday; Section 4, 2.30- 3.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday; Section 5, 8.30- 9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday. Laboratory: 3.30-6, Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, or Friday. 2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis. (a) Qualitative Analysis.—A study of the chemical reactions of the common metallic and acid radicals, together with the theoretical considerations involved in these reactions. Text-book: Noyes and Swift, Qualitative Analysis, Macmillan. References: Bammett, Solutions of Electrolytes, McGraw-Hill; Engelder, Calculations of Qualitative Analysis, Wiley. Prerequisite: Chemistry 1. One lecture and six hours laboratory a week. First Term. (b) Quantitative Analysis.—This course embraces the more important methods of volumetric and gravimetric analysis. Text-book: Willard, Furman, and Flagg, A Short Course in Quantitative Analysis, Van Nostrand, or Pierce and Haenisch, Quantitative Analysis, Wiley. 182 Faculty of Arts and Science Prerequisite: Chemistry 1. One lecture and six hours laboratory a week. Second Term. 3 units. Course (b) must be preceded by Course (a). Lectures: Section 1: 9.30-10.30, Friday; Section 2: 3.30-4.30, Friday. Laboratory: 8.30-11.30, Tuesday and Thursday; 2.30-5.30, Tuesday and Thursday. B. General Chemistry for Teachers.—This course is intended only for those students who plan to teach science1 in high school. The course will consist of a more advanced study of general chemistry than Chemistry 1, with special emphasis upon topics in the high school curriculum. The laboratory work will include experiments suitable for high school demonstration purposes. Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 and 2. Note. Students'may substitute Chemistry 3 and 4 for this course. Text-book: Partington, Inorganic Chemistry, Macmillan. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units (Not given in 1945-46.) C. Organic Chemistry.—A study of carbon compounds with especial emphasis upon the compounds to be dealt with later in courses on food-stuffs, nutrition, and textile fibres. Open only to students taking Home Economics. Text-book: Lowy-Harrow, An Introduction to Organic Chemistry, Wiley. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. - D. Biochemistry.—This course will be open to students in Home Economics only, and will deal with the chemistry of digestion, absorption, and the fate of foodstuffs in the body. Prerequisite: Chemistry C. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term. V/2 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory: 1.30-4.30, Monday. 3. Organic Chemistry.—This introduction to the study of the compounds of carbon will include the methods of preparation and a description of the more important groups of compounds in both the aliphatic and the aromatic series. •r-fB"-F< Chemistry 188 Chemistry 3 will be given only to those students taking Chemistry 2, or those who have had the equivalent of Chemistry 2. References: Conant, The Chemistry of Organic Compounds, Macmillan; Desha, Organic Chemistry, McGraw-Hill; Lucas, Organic Chemistry, American Book Co.; Richter, Organic Chemistry, Wiley; Gatterman-Wielands, Laboratory Methods of Organic Chemistry, Macmillan. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory: 1.30-6, Thursday or Friday. 4. (a) Theoretical Chemistry.—An introductory course in the development of modern theoretical chemistry, including a study of gases, liquids, and solids, solutions, ionization and electrical conductivity, chemical equilibrium, kinetics of reactions, thermochemistry and thermodynamics, colloids. Text-book: Gucker and Meldrum, Physical Chemistry, American Book Company. References: Millard, Physical Chemistry for Colleges, McGraw- Hill ; Noyes and Sherrill, Chemical Principles, Macmillan. Laboratory text-books: Sherrill, Laboratory Experiments on Physico-Chemical Principles, Macmillan; Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, Chemical Rubber Company, Cleveland. Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 (except for students taking Honours in Physics) and Mathematics 2. Honours students majoring in Chemistry should take Mathematics 10 concurrently. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: 1.30-5, Tuesday or Friday. 4. (b) This course is the same as Chemistry 4 (a) with the omission of the laboratory, and is open only to students not taking Honours in Chemistry. 2 units. 5. Advanced Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis. (a) Quantitative Analysis.—The determinations made will include the more difficult estimations in the analysis of rocks as well as certain constituents of steel and alloys. The principles on which analytical chemistry is based will receive a more minute consideration than is possible in the elementary course. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2. . One lecture and six hours laboratory a week. 134 Faculty of Arts and Science (b) Qualitative Analysis.—The work of this course will include the detection and separation of the less common metals, particularly those that are important industrially. One lecture and six hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Reference: Noyes and Bray, Qualitative Analysis of the Rarer Elements, Macmillan. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday. Laboratory: 1.30-4.30, Tuesday; 8.30-11.30, Friday. 6. Introduction to Chemical Engineering. — As in Applied Science. 7. Physical Chemistry.—This course is a continuation of Chemistry 4 and treats in more detail the kinetic theory of gases, properties of liquids and solids, elementary thermodynamics and thermochemistry, properties of solutions, theoretical electrochemistry, chemical equilibrium, kinetics of reactions, radioactivity. Text-book: Glasstone, A Text-Book of Physical Chemistry, Van Nostrand. Reference: Noyes and Sherrill, Chemical Principles, Macmillan. Prerequisites: Chemistry 2, 3, and 4; Mathematics 10, which may be taken concurrently. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory: 1.30-5, Monday. 8. Electrochemistry.—(a) As in Applied Science. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. (b) As in Applied Science. 9. Advanced Organic Chemistry.—(a) The lectures will deal with some of the more complex carbon compounds, such as the carbohydrates and their stereochemical configurations, fats, proteins, purine derivatives, alkaloids, and enzyme action. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term. iy2 units. (b) The various types of organic reactions, with certain theoretical conceptions, will be presented. The terpenes, various commercial plastics, including the synthetic rubbers, synthetic textile fibres, and synthetic protective and decorative coatings, will be considered. Reference: Gilman, Organic Chemistry, Wiley. Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 and 3. lapu-'V ry*\\ • * Chemistry 135 Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Second Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: 1.30-6, Tuesday. 10. History of Chemistry.—A general survey of the development of chemical knowledge from the earliest times up to the present day, with particular emphasis on chemical theory. References: Moore, History of Chemistry, McGraw-Hill; Campbell-Brown, History of Chemistry, Blakiston; Partington, A Short History of Chemistry, Macmillan. Two hours a week. Second Term. 1 unit. Primarily for Graduate Students 11. Physical Organic Chemistry.—Stereochemical theories will be discussed in greater detail than in Chemistry 9, and chemical and physico-chemical methods employed in determining the constitution of organic compounds will be studied. The electronic conception of valency as applied to organic compounds will be considered, and an outline of the work done in electro-organic chemistry will be given. Prerequisites: Chemistry 7 and 9. One hour a week. 1 unit. (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) 12. Colloid Chemistry.—A consideration of the principles which underlie the behaviour of disperse systems and reactions at surfaces, including electro-capillary phenomena, preparation of colloids, Brownian movement, surface tension, adsorption, emulsions, membrane equilibria, and gels. References: Thomas, Colloid Chemistry, McGraw-Hill; Sved- berg, Colloid Chemistry, Chemical Catalog Co.; Weiser, Colloidal Chemistry, Wiley. Prerequisites: Chemistry 3 and 4. One hour a week. 1 unit. 17. Chemical Thermodynamics.—Study of first, second, and third laws; derivation of fundamental equations and their application to the gas laws, chemical equilibrium, theory of solutions, electrochemistry, and capillarity. Text-books: Steiner, Introduction to Chemical Thermodynamics, McGraw-Hill; Lewis & Randall, Principles of Thermodynamics, McGraw-Hill. . ^-^^T^^\\-"r^-^^.^'^^"?p-;wS^^||s 136 Faculty of Arts and Science Prerequisite: Chemistry 7. One lecture a week. 1 unit. (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) 18. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry.—The properties of the elements are considered in relation to the periodic table and atomic structure. The course includes a study of the rarer elements. Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 and 4. Two lectures a week. Second term. 1 unit. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Thursday. (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) 19. Biochemistry.—This course will deal with such topics as some special applications of colloid chemistry to biology, the determination of hydrogen-ion concentration, the chemical and physical processes involved in the digestion, absorption, and assimilation of foodstuffs in the animal body, the intermediate and ultimate products of metabolism, and nutrition. Prerequisites: Chemistry 3 and 9 (a). Chemistry 9 (a) and 19 may, on permission, be taken conjointly. Two lectures a week. Second Term. 1 unit. One afternoon laboratory may be offered. 1 unit. 20. Methods in Teaching High School Chemistry.—This course is offered primarily for students in the Teacher Training Course and does not carry undergraduate credit. References: Black and Conant, Practical Chemistry, Macmillan; Smith's College Chemistry, revised by Kendall, 1935, Appleton- Century. Two lectures a week. Second Term. 21. Chemical Kinetics.—The fundamentals of statistical mechanics with applications to the theory of interionic attraction, molecular collisions, specific heat, entropy, and rates of thermal and photochemical reactions. Reference: Tolman, Statistical Mechanics with Applications to Physics and Chemistry, Chemical Catalog Co. Two lectures a week. Second Term. 1 unit. (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) 22. Surface Chemistry.—Thermodynamics of surfaces, adsorption equations, heats of adsorption, theory of combustion, clean-up of gases in vacuum tubes, reactions on hot filaments, theory of contact catalysis,.industrial uses of adsorption phenomena. "v-* -% , >/. • •"'" Classics 141 Texts: Cicero, De Senectute, Shuckburgh-Egbert, Macmillan; Vergil, Aeneid VI, Page, Macmillan. Three hours a week. 3 units. Section 1: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday; Section 2: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 3. Roman Comedy.—A study'of typical plays of Plautus and Terence, illustrative of the Greek influence on the Roman stage; brief history of Latin literature. Text-book: Duff, The Writers of Rome, Oxford. Texts: Plautus, Menaechmi, Knight, Cambridge; Terence, Phor- mio, Bond and Walpole, Macmillan. Three hours a week. 3 units. 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) Note. All students are advised to provide themselves with Allen and Greenough, New Latin Grammar, Ginn. Honours students will be expected to take additional reading in the Third and Fourth Years in connection with at least two of the courses numbered 3, 4, 5, and 6. I 4. Prose and Poetry of the Silver Age.—The second great period of Latin literature will be studied in the works of the historian Tacitus and the satirist Juvenal. Brief history of Latin literature. Text-book: Duff, The Writers of Rome, Oxford. Texts: Tacitus, Selections, Marsh and Leon, Prentice-Hall; Juvenal, Satires, Duff, Cambridge. Three hours a-week. 3 units. 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) 5. Latin Letter Writing.—A study of three different styles of letters—personal correspondence, essays in verse, and philosophical discussions—by three masters in three successive periods. Texts: Cicero, Selected Letters, Priehard and Bernard, Oxford; Horace, Epistles, Wilkins, Macmillan; Seneca, Select Letters, Summers, Macmillan. Three hours a week. 3 units. 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) 6. General View of Latin Poetry.—This course offers a survey of Latin poetry from the earliest native verse, through the period 142 Faculty of Arts and Science of Greek influence, into the late Imperial and early Christian literature. Text: The Oxford Book of Latin Verse, Garrod, Oxford. Three hours a week. 3 units. 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) 7. Roman History.—A survey of the growth of Rome and the development of its political institutions. Essays on selected topics will be. assigned. References: Cary, A'History of Rome Down to the Reign of Constantine, Macmillan; Wells and Barrow, A Short History of the Roman Empire, Methuen; Parker, A History of the Roman World from A.D. 138 to 837, Methuen. A knowledge of Latin is not prerequisite for this course. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) '8. (a) and (b) Composition.—Obligatory for Honours students; to be taken in both Third and Fourth Years. One lecture a week and one hour devoted to sight reading; individual conferences at the pleasure of the instructor. 1 unit. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Tuesday or Thursday. 9. Methods in High School Latin.—This course is offered primarily for students in the Teacher Training Course, and does not carry undergraduate credit. Readings to be assigned. Primarily for Graduate Students 21. Cicero, Select Letters, 2 vols., How, Oxford. Three hours a week. 3 units. 22. Caesar, De Bello Gallico, Holmes, Oxford. Students are referred to the chapters covering the period concerned in the pages of Mommsen, Rice Holmes, or Ferrero, or in Cambridge Ancient History, Vol. IX, also to Hubert's volumes on the Celts in Kegan Paul's History of Civilisation series, or to Rice Holmes' books, Ancient Britain and Caesar's Conquest of Gaul, Oxford. Three hours a week. 3 units. 23. Roman Comedy. 3 units. 24. Vergil, Aeneid. 3 units. W v- Commerce 143 Department of Commerce Professor and Head of the Department: Ellis H. Morrow. Associate Professor: A. W. Currie. Lecturer in Accountancy: Frederick Field. Lecturer in Commercial Law: The courses in this department, with the exception of Commerce 5 and 9, are open only to candidates for the degree of B.Com. Owing to the nature of work involved in subjects of a commercial character, these courses are not available as reading courses. 1. Fundamentals of Accounting.—A study of the financial records of business and the modern methods of achieving financial statements. The course includes practice in bookkeeping, the development of special journals, the use of work sheets, preparation of statements, and a consideration of partnership and corporation accounting. Written assignments must be prepared for each class period, and in addition one or two model sets of accounts are handled during the course of the academic year. Owing to the continuity of the work in accounting, students who are more than two weeks late in registering will not be permitted to register in Commerce 1 without the permission of the instructor. In order to qualify for examination the student is required to submit 75 per cent, of the written assignments. Commerce 1 is a prerequisite to all other courses in Commerce, but may be taken concurrently with Commerce 6. Text-book: To be announced. Four hours a week. Mr. Morrow. 3 units. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: 2.30-4.30, Wednesday. 2. Advanced Accounting.—This course embraces advanced work in accounting and the study of the financial problems of corporations, including consolidations, depreciation, and the miscellaneous details connected with balance sheet valuations in general. Text-book: To be announced. Assigned readings. Prerequisite: Commerce 1. Three hours a week. Mr. Field. 3 units. Lectures: 1.30-3.30, Monday; 10.30-11.30, Saturday. 3. Cost Accounting.—A study of the application of accounting principles to the internal operations of a business-so as to provide management control of labour, machines, materials, and overhead. 144 Faculty of Arts and Science Text-book: Lawrence, Cost Accounting, revised edition, Prentice- Hall. Prerequisites: Commerce 1, 6, 11. Three hours a week. 3 units. 4. Commercial Law.—Principles of company law and of the law of contract, agency, bills and notes, sale of goods, etc. The primary purpose of this course is to familiarize the student with the various legal situations that arise in the day to day conduct of a business and with their implications. Three hours a week. 3 units. 5. Commercial Geography.—A broad survey of the economic and geographic factors which lie behind the structure of business, with particular emphasis upon the North American Continent. Reports are required of students. Text-books: Klimm, Starkey and Hall, Introductory Economic Geography, 2nd edition, Hareourt, Brace. Three hours a week. Mr. Currie, Mr. Warren. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 6. Marketing.—A consideration of methods and channels used for the distribution of consumer and industrial goods, and the merchandising problems of manufacturers and distributors. The course is handled by a discussion of cases taken from actual business. A series of written reports on assigned cases is required as part of the course. Text-book: Learned, Problems in Marketing, McGraw-Hill. Assigned readings. Three hours a week. Mr. Morrow. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 9. Business Finance.—A study of the problems of financing business concerns, including such factors as promotion, types of organization, the provision of long-term and short-term capital, financial statement analysis, involvements, and the public policy towards corporations. As far as possible instruction will be by means of eases taken from actual business. Text-book: Masson and Stratton, Problems in Corporation Finance, McGraw-Hill. Assigned readings. Three hours aweek. Mr. Currie. 3 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. V7 . f -«-■■. ^ Commerce 145 11. Industrial Management.—A study of the organization and management of manufacturing concerns from the standpoint of control of raw materials, plant and equipment, -operations, labour, etc. Class discussion will be based on cases taken from actual business. Field work comprising visits to factories and written ■reports form a part of this course. To qualify for the final examination a student is required to submit 75 per cent, of the written assignments and to take in 75 per cent, of the assigned factory visits. Text-book: Folts, Introduction to Industrial Management, 1940, McGraw-Hill. Reference: Lansburgh and Spriegel, Introduction to Industrial Management, McGraw-Hill. Three hours a week. Mr. Morrow. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. Field trips: Thursday and Friday afternoons. 13. Foreign Trade Problems.—Methods, policies, and routine practice in the serving of foreign markets, including consideration of import problems. The course will be conducted by discussion of actual business cases and will entail field work and written reports. Text-book: To be announced. Assigned readings. Three hours a week. Mr. Morrow. 3 unit& Department of Economics, Political Science, and Sociology Professor and Head of the Department: H. F. Angus. Professor: G. F. Drummond. Associate Professor: C. W. Topping. Associate Professor: Joseph A. Crumb. Honorary Lecturer in Government: Norman A. M. MacKenzie. Note. Economics 1 ip the prerequisite for all other courses in this department except Economics 2, Economics 10, and Sociology 1, but may be taken concurrently with Government 1. Agricultural Economics 1, 2, 50, and 51 and Commerce 5 may be counted as courses in Economics. Economics 1. Principles of Economics.—An introductory study of the principles of production, value, distribution, money and banking, international exchange, and government finance, and an analysis of the problems of labour and social reform. 146 Faculty of Arts and Science Text-book: Logan and Inman, A Social Approach to Economics, 1939, University of Toronto. References: Fairchild, Furniss, and Buck, Outlines of Economics (2 vols.), 3rd edition, Macmillan; Garver and Hansen, Principles of Economics, 1937, Ginn; Canada Year Books, Dominion Bureau of Statistics. If this course is taken for credit in the Third or the Fourth Year, additional readings will be assigned. Three hours a week. 3 Units. Lectures: Section 1, 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday; Section 2, 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday; Section 3, 8.30- 9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 2. Economic History.—A survey of the factors of social and economic significance in the development of society from early times to the present day. Special attention will be given to the recent economic history of Great Britain and Canada. Text-book: Heaton, History of Trade and Commerce with Special Reference to Canada, revised edition, Nelson. References: Heaton, Economic History of Europe, Harpers; Knowles, Industrial and Commercial Revolutions, Dutton; Mantoux, The Industrial Revolution in the Eighteenth Century, Cape; Faulkner, American Economic History, Harpers; Currie, Canadian Economic Development, Nelson; Innis, Economic History of Canada, Ryerson; Canada Year Book, Dominion Bureau of Statistics. Three hours a week. Mr. Currie. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 3. Labour Problems and Social Reform.—A study of the rise of the factory system and capitalistic production, and of the more important phases of trade unionism in England, Canada, and the United States. A critical analysis of various solutions of the labour problem attempted and proposed: profit-sharing, cooperation, arbitration and conciliation, scientific management, labour legislation, and socialism. Text-books: Watkins and Dodd, Labour Problems, Crowell; Taft, Economics and Problems of Labor, Stackpole. Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) iWp»*\\ T-.-V^'-TVJ--' ' Economics, Political Science, and Sociology 147 4. Money and Banking.—The origin and development of money, credit, and banking and the economic functions performed by commercial, savings, trust, and investment banks; the monetary and banking systems of England, Canada, and the other British Dominions, the United States and other important foreign countries ; foreign exchange; financial aspects of the trade cycle ;< the purchasing power of money; the problems of central banking. Text-book: James, The Economics of Money, Credit and Banking, Ronald. References: Crumb, Lessons in Money and Banking; Willis and Beckhart, Foreign Banking Systems, Holt; Hayek, Prices and Production, Cape; Haberler, Prosperity and Depression, Columbia; Keynes, The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, Macmillan; League of Nations Publications, viz., World Economic Survey, World Production and Prices, Money and Banking (Vols. I and II), Prosperity and Depression. Three hours a week. Mr. Crumb. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 5. Government Finance.—The development of the science of government finance; the growth of the sphere of government and increase in the tax burden; the Canadian and Empire tax systems-, personal, property, and business taxes; income and inheritance taxes; financing relief and other public undertakings; public borrowing and deficit financing. Text-book: Fagan and Macy, Public Finance, Longmans. Readings: Lutz, Public Finance, Appleton-Century; Seligman, Studies in Public Finance, 1925, Macmillan: Dalton, Principles of Public Finance, 1929, Routledge; Comstock, Taxation in the Modem State, 1931, Longmans; Shirras, Science of Public Finance, 1936, Macmillan. Three hours a week. Mr. Crumb. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. " > 6. International Trade.—A survey of the theory of international trade and the foreign exchanges; the balance of trade, foreign investments, and other fundamental factors; the problem of reparations and of war debts; the protective tariff and commercial imperialism; the commercial policy of the leading countries, with considerable attention to Canada. Text-books: Taussig, International Trade, Macmillan; Griffin, Principles of Foreign Trade, Macmillan; Viner, Studies in the Theory of International Trade, Allen and Unwin; Haberler, The Theory of International Trade, Hodge. 148 Faculty of Arts and Science References: League of Nations Publications, viz., World Economic Survey, Statistical Year Book of the League of Nations, Prosperity and Depression; Ohlin, Interregional and International Trade, Harvard. Assigned references. Three hours a week. Mr. Drummond. 3 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 7. Business Finance.—(This is the same as Commerce 9.) 8. Advanced Economic Theory.—The field of theoretical economics, with emphasis on the basic principles of the science; the approach and contributions of contemporary authorities, including Joan Robinson', J. R. Hicks, and J. M. Keynes. Text-book: Boulding, Economic Analysis, Harpers. Readings: Keynes, General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, 1936, Hareourt, Brace; Chamberlain, The Theory of Monopolistic Competition, 1933, Harvard; Robinson, The Economics of Imperfect Competition, 1933, Macmillan; Atkins and others, Economic Behavior, 1939, Houghton Mifflin; Homan, Contemporary Economic Thought, 1928, Harpers; Hicks, The Theory of Wages, 1935, Macmillan; Kierstead, Essentials of Price Theory, University •of Toronto. Three hours a week. Mr. Crumb. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) 9. History of Economic Thought.—The development of economic theory, with special reference to the Mercantilists, the Physiocrats, and Adam Smith; the distinguishing characteristics and the modern counterparts of the Classical, Historical, Socialist, and Marxian -economic doctrines; the immediate background and present emphases of the science. Text-books: Roll, A History of Economic Thought, Faber and Faber; Gray, The Development of Economic Doctrine, Longmans; Scott, The Development of Economics, Appleton-Century; Gide and Rist, A History of Economic Doctrine, Harrap; Patterson, Readings in the History of Economic Thought, McGraw-Hill; Whit- taker, A History of Economic Ideas, Longmans. Three hours a week. Mr. Crumb. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) w-HpSap'-f yw$-"*-#> » *--' Economics, Political Science, and Sociology 149 10. Commercial Geography.—(This is the same as Commerce 5.) 11. Transportation.—A comprehensive study of the fundamentals of transportation by land, sea, and air, with the legal and economic problems involved; theory and practice of rate-making; discriminations; factors in public control, etc. Text-book: Jackman, Economic Principles of Transportation, University of Toronto. ^Assigned readings. Three hours a week. Mr. Currie. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 12. Statistics 1.—Statistical methods in relation to economic and social investigations; statistical groups; types of average; statistical series in time; trend and fluctuation; index numbers; methods of measuring correlation; elementary probabilities and the normal curve of error; problem of sampling. Text-book: Croxton and Cowden, Applied General Statistics, Prentice-Hall. -A One lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Drummond. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday. Laboratory (Statistics Laboratory, Vocational Guidance Building) : Section A, 1.30-3.30, Monday; Section B, 1.30-3.30, Wednesday. 13. Statistics 2.—This course is a continuation of Statistics 1, and aims at giving an understanding of statistical technique in its application to problems of business and economic research. It involves a study of more advanced methods of correlation analysis, cyclical fluctuations, and business forecasting. In'addition to covering, a wide course of reading, students will be required to construct tables, diagrams, etc., based on original data (official or private) of the statistics of trade, production, sales, prices, wages, etc., and to write reports and precis. Text-books: Croston and Crowden, Applied General Statistics, Prentice-Hall; Ezekiel, Methods of Correlation Analysis, Wiley. References: Fisher, Statistical Methods for Research Workers, Oliver and Boyd; Goulden, Methods of Statistical Analysis, Burgess; Snedecor, Statistical Methods, Collegiate Press, Ames, Iowa; Snedecor, Calculation and Interpretation of Analysis of Variance and Covariance, Collegiate Press; Riggleman and Frisbee, Business 150 Faculty of Arts and Science Statistics, McGraw-Hill; Snider, Business Statistics, McGraw-Hill; Haney, Business Forecasting, Ginn. Assigned references. Four hours a week. Mr. Drummond. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Wednesday and Friday. Laboratory (Statistics Laboratory, Vocational Guidance Building) : 1.30-3.30, Tuesday or Thursday. 14. Honours Seminar.—Third and Fourth Year Honours and M.A. students in /the Department are required to take this course. Two hours a week, to be arranged. Agricultural Economics For courses in Agricultural Economics (1, 2, 50, 51) open to students in the Faculty of Arts and Science see page 303 under the Faculty of Agriculture. Forest Economics 1. Forest Economics.—This course is devoted to the economic aspects of land use, forestry resources, timber production, and the forest industries, especially the distribution of lumber and other products. (This course is identical with Forestry 16.) Three hours a week. 3 units. Government 1. Constitutional Government. — This course deals with the nature, origin, and aims of the State; and with the organization of government in the United Kingdom and in the United States of America. Readings to be assigned. Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 2. Introduction to the Study of Law.—(i) A rapid survey of legal history; (ii) outlines of jurisprudence. Readings to be assigned. Three hours a week. 3 units. 3. Imperial Problems.—A course on problems of government within the British Empire. Readings to be assigned. Three hours a week. 3 units. Economics, Political Science, and Sociology 151 4. Problems of the Pacific.—A course on the problems of the Pacific Area discussed at the conferences of the Institute of Pacific Relations. Each problem will be related to its economics and political background. Readings to be assigned. Three hours a week. 3 units. 5. The Government of Canada.—The development of the Canadian federal system; the crisis in Dominion-Provincial relations; Canadian government in wartime; adaptation of Canadian institutions for the tasks of reconstruction. Text-book: Clokie, Canadian Government and Politics, Longmans. Reference: The Report of the Royal Commission on Dominion- Provincial Relations, King's Printer, Ottawa. Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 6. Public International Law.—The nature, sources, and sanctions • of international law; the notion of nationhood, with particular reference to the status of the British Dominions; jurisdiction, nationality, normal relations between states; settlement of international 'disputes; war; organization of peace after the present conflict. Text-books: Oppenheim, International Law; Brierly, The Law of Nations; MacKenzie and Lang, Canada and the Law of Nations. Three hours a week. Mr. MacKenzie. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 7. Reconstruction Problems.—Relief and reconstruction in Europe and Asia; reconversion and re-employment in Canada; the maintenance of full employment; the restoration of multilateral clearance and multilateral trade; the removal of trade barriers other than tariffs; cartels; fair competition; the economic future of the enemy countries; accommodation between state trading and free enterprise. Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. . 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. Sociology 1. Introduction to Sociology.—The approach to the study of society is by way of the local community and its institutions. An evaluation of the importance of the geographic, the biological, the 152 Faculty of Arts and Science psychological, and the cultural factors in the determination of the rise, growth, and functioning of groups will be undertaken. There will be an attempt to discover fupdamental principles and to trace these principles in their interrelations. Several of the problems resulting from group contacts will be studied. Text-book: Pendell, Society Under Analysis, Cattell. Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 2. Social Anthropology.—The different views relating to the origin and evolution of human society; the geographic factor and economic methods in their bearing upon social life; primitive mental attitudes; the development of ethical etc. ideas among primitive peoples; primitive institutions, tools, art, and their modern forms; the growth of cardinal social ideas through the ancient and classical period to the present time. Text-books: Lowie, Introduction to Cultural Anthropology, Farrar and Rinehart; Goldenweiser, Anthropology, Crofts. Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. (May not be given in 1945-46.) 3. The Urban Community.—The structural characteristics of the modern city will be outlined and the sociological significance of the functions performed by its inhabitants discussed. A factual study will be made of urban personalities, groups, and cultural patterns. Methods of urban social control will be investigated and solutions for urban problems will be evaluated. Text-books: Queen and Thomas, The City, McGraw-Hill; Gist and Halbert, Urban Society, 2nd edition, Crowell. Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) 4. Social Problems and Social Policy. — A detailed study of significant modern Canadian social problems, together with a statement and evaluation of the more promising suggested solutions for these problems. Readings to be assigned. Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) •visr > * % «• --u~ Economics, Political Science, and Sociology 153 5. Social Statistics.—The collection, analysis, and presentation of data pertaining particularly to the social services; the nature and meaning of samples, averages, dispersion, trends; correlation and cost of living indices; social survey procedures. Text-book: McCormick, Elementary Social Statistics, 1941, McGraw-Hill. Readings to be assigned. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday. Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Friday. (May not be given in 1945-46.) 6. Introduction to Social Work.—(This course is the same as Social Work 1.)' 7. The Dynamic Family.—The genetic rise of the family will be traced and its modern forms described. Various statements on the functions of the family will be evaluated while the interrelations of religion, science, education, public opinion, law, and social change with the dynamic family are being sketched. An analysis of -causation in family break-up will be made and recommendations for facilitating family life and for rehabilitating the broken family will be considered. Text-books: Baber, Marriage and the Family, McGraw-Hill; Burgess and Cottrell, Predicting Success or Failure in Marriage, Prentice-Hall. Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) 8. Criminology.—The theoretic and scientific basis of criminology will be sketched through a study of opinions, cases, and institutions. An analysis of contemporary findings concerning causation in juvenile delinquency and in adult crime will be made. Reformist programmes will be evaluated and suggestions for a modern scientific system of treatment for Canadian criminals will be invited. Text-books: Barnes and Teeters, New Horizons in Criminology, Prentice-Hall; Topping, Canadian Penal Institutions, revised edition, Ryerson; Report on the Penal System of Canada, 1938, King's Printer, Ottawa. Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) 154 Faculty of Arts and Science Department of Education Professor and Head of the Department: G. M. Weir. Professor: M. A. Cameron. Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology: F. T. Tyler. (On leave of absence.) Lecturers in Methods: Professors: A. C. Cooke, L. A. MacKay, Miss C Black. Special Lecturers: Miss S. M. Boyles, J. S. Donaldson, T. R. Hall, A. R. Lord, Miss M. McManus, E. J. Merrell, Miss G. Moore, Miss Anne Mossman, C. H. Scott, H. B. Smith, Miss D. Somerset, M. Van Vliet, B. E. Wales, W. C. Wilson. Notes 1. Psychology 4, 6, and 9 may be counted as courses in Education. 2. Undergraduates who intend to proceed to the Teacher Training Course are required to take Psychology 1, and their attention is called to Philosophy 1, 9, Psychology 4, 9. 3. Six units chosen from Education 9, 10, 12, 16, 20 to 40 may be taken for undergraduate credit but only by students who have completed their normal school training. 4. The Teacher Training Course consists of Education 9 to 15 inclusive. Courses 9. Principles of Education.—The first part of this course deals with some of the broader principles of method and the main types of teaching and learning activities. The second part of the course attempts to develop a philosophy of education around such topics as the individual and society, curriculum theories, and the role of education in a democracy. Text-books: To be announced. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 10. Educational Psychology.—The applications of psychology to education; a consideration of the origin, motivation, development, and modification of human behaviour; native equipment; intelligence; individual differences; learning; the transfer of training; the mental hygiene of the school child; and the psychology of elementary and secondary school subjects. Text-book: Pressey and Robinson, Psychology and the New Education, Harpers. Prerequisite: Psychology 1. Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Monday, Tuesday, and Friday. ypmr^yK Education 155 12. School Administration and Law.—The organization of the school system; aims and characteristics of the elementary, junior high, and senior high schools; fundamentals of school administration; control; the co-curriculum; accrediting; correspondence courses; the school law of British Columbia. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 13. Tests and Measurements. 14. (a) Methods. 1. Elementary School Subjects. 2. High School Subjects.—English, Social Studies, Latin, French, German, Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, General Science, Agriculture, Geography, Home Economics. Two of these courses are required, but students are advised to attend a third course. All students taking one or more of the special sciences (Biology, Chemistry, and Physics) are required to take also General Science. 3. Additional Subjects.—Art, Music, Health and Physical Education, Librarianship, Guidance, Speech, Dramatics.. (b) Observation and Practice. Note. Supplementals will not be granted in the practice teaching. Students who fail in practice teaching will be required to repeat this part of the Second Term of the Teacher Training Course. 15. Seminar.—A special study, with an essay or report, in one of the four fields, Education 9, 10, 12, 13. One hour a week. 16. High School Methods.—In this course, which will be given by reading, methods of teaching two high school subjects will be studied. Not open to students in the Teacher Training Course nor to students who have not taken normal school training. iy2 units. 20. History of Education. — The development of educational theory from the time of ancient Greece to the present day, with special attention to the period since 1800. 3 units. 21. Advanced Educational Psychology. — A survey of recent psychological theories and a critical analysis of their implications for education. 3 units. 156 Faculty of Arts and Science 22. Philosophy of Education. — A study of current trends in educational philosophy; the social implications of contemporary educational theories. 3 units. 23. Problems in Education.—An investigation and report of an educational problem. > 3 units. 24. Methods of Educational Research.—The scientific method in education; discovering educational problems; types of educational research; standards in thesis writing; critical study of published research. This course may be successfully taken with Education 28. V/2 units. 25. Administration of School Systems.—-Dominion participation in education; the Provincial Department of Education; centralization and decentralization; school finance; the local unit of administration. iy2 units. 26. Administration of the Elementary School.—The organization of the elementary school; the work of the principal; participation of staff in administration. iy2 units. 27. Administration of the Secondary School.—The administrative staff and their duties; office routine; administration of guidance programme; assemblies; co-curricular activities; construction of the time table. Applications to British Columbia circumstances will be stressed throughout. iy2 units. 28. Educational Statistics.—The frequency distribution; measures of central tendency; measures of variability; the normal probability curve and its applications; sampling; reliability; correlation, ita meaning and application; partial and multiple correlation. iy2 units. 29. The Secondary School.—A foundation for this course will be laid by a study of the basic principles of secondary education. Consideration will be given to some of the more important modern developments in the light of these principles both in Canada and in other countries of the world. iy2 units. l&f0^0:f*f??WM^ Education 157 30. Psychology of Adolescence.—The junior and senior high school pupil as an individual and as a member of social groups; the physical, mental, social, emotional, and religious development typical of adolescence; the interests of teen-age boys and girls and their problems in personal relations, in the home, in the school, and in the community. iy2 units. 31. Psychology of Childhood.—The mental, social, emotional, and physical characteristics of pre-school and elementary school pupils; their interests and their problems; implications for organization and ' administratien of school systems. V/2 units. 32. Psychology of the School Subjects.—This course aims to cover that part of educational psychology which is directly concerned with classroom subject-matter activities. It considers the research findings in the various elementary and secondary school fields and applies them to teaching and learning procedures. m iy2 units. 33. Psychology of Exceptional Children.—The physical, mental, social, and emotional characteristics of exceptional children (gifted, backward, crippled, hard-of-hearing, etc.); factors in their growth and development; educational provisions suited to their needs. V/2 units. 34. Diagnostic and Remedial Instruction.—This course is intended to help teachers in their work with seriously retarded pupils. It includes a study of the diagnostic point of view in education, types and causes of subject-matter disabilities, and possible remedies of difficulties. Disabilities in spelling, reading, and arithmetic will be studied chiefly, and over half the course will be devoted to reading. Some opportunity will be given teachers to specialize on primary, intermediate, or secondary school levels of work. iy2 units. 35. Guidance.—The objectives of guidance; gathering and using information concerning students; counselling with students; articulation of the different forms of guidance; contributions of teachers, principal, and specialists in guidance; analysis of guidance programmes in secondary schools. iy2 units. 158 Faculty of Arts and Science 36. Supervision.—A study of techniques for the improvement of instruction. Responsibilities of inspectors, supervisors, and principals. ' iy2 units. 37. Comparative Education.—Types and systems of schools in some of the principal nations. Study will be mostly but not entirely of England, France, Germany, the United States, and Canada. iy2 units. 38. Evaluation.—The basic principles of evaluation; tests and measuring instruments for the determination of the outcomes of instruction; analyzing the results of evaluation. iy2 units. 39. Teaching in the Secondary School.—This course on modern techniques of secondary school teaching will include a study of such matters as socialized procedures and provision for individual differences through unit methods. Some opportunity for specialization according to subject will be provided. iy2 units. 40. Educational Sociology.—This course will include such topics as the following: Individual and Social Aims, The Community and Education, Provincial and Federal Aid to Education, Education and Internationalism, Social Problems of Administration and Control, the Various 'isms (Idealism, Realism, Pragmatism) and Education, Curriculum Problems, Moral Education, Education and National Unity, Pending Educational Developments in Canada. Special emphasis will also be placed on problems arising out of rehabilitation and reconstruction. References: Roucek and associates, Educational Sociology, Crowell; various publications by federal government committees on Social Security and on Reconstruction and Re-establishment. 3 units. Department of English Professor and Head of the Department: G. G. Sedgewick. Professor: W. L. MacDonald. Professor: F. G. C. Wood. Professor: Thorleif Larsen. Professor: Miss Dorothy Mawdsley. Associate Professor: H. C. Lewis. Assistant Professor: Mrs. Dorothy Blakey Smith. Assistant Professor: Edmund Morrison. Assistant Professor: John H. Creighton. Assistant Professor: William Robbins. Assistant Professor: G. P. V. Akrigg. Instructor: Holger O. V. Nygard. fx'jtr i --»--v. ,■■ - - English 159 First Year 1. (a) Literature.—Elementary study of a number of literary forms to be chosen from the short story, the play, the novel, the essay, the simpler sorts of poetry. Texts for 1945-46: A Century of Short Stories, ed. Larsen and MacDonald, Macmillan; Euripides, Bacchae, in Gilbert Murray's paraphrase, Allen and Unwin; Shakspere, Julius Caesar; Sheridan, The School for Scandal, Everyman; Ibsen, A Doll's House, Everyman; Twentieth Century Verse, ed. Dilworth, Clarke and Irwin. Two hours a week. (b) Composition.—Elementary forms and principles of composition. Text-books: Foerster and Steadman, Writing and Thinking, new edition, Houghton Mifflin; Biaggini, The Reading and Writing of English, Hareourt, Brace. Two hours a week. The work in composition consists (i) of themes and class exercises, and (ii) of written examinations. Students will be required to make a passing mark in each of these two parts of the work. 3 units. Lectures: Section 1, 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and 2.30- 3.30, Thursday; Section 2, 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and 2.30- 3.30, Thursday; Section 3, 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, and 2.30- 3.30, Tuesday; Section 4, 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday, and 2.30-3.30, Tuesday; Section 5, 11.30-12.30, Tuesday and Thursday, and 2.30-3.30, Monday and Friday; Section 6, 2.30-3.30, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday. Second Year 2. Literature.—Studies in the history of English literature. Lectures and texts illustrative of the chief authors and movements from Tottel's Miscellany to Shelley. Text-book: Legouis, A Short History of English Literature, Oxford. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. ■ 160 Faculty of Arts and Science 3. English Composition for Students in Agriculture and Applied Science.—See Applied Science and Agriculture sections of the Calendar. 4. Technical Writing for Students in Applied Science.—See Applied Science section of the Calendar. Third and Fourth Years 9. Shakspere.—This course may be taken for credit in two successive years. In 1945-46 9 (a) will be given as follows: i. A detailed study of the text of Romeo and Juliet; Twelfth Night; Hamlet; King Lear; The Winter's Tale. ii. Lectures on Shakspere's development, on his use of sources, and on his relation to the stage and the dramatic practice of his time. Students will provide themselves with annotated editions of the five plays named above, and with The Facts About Shakespeare, by Neilson and Thorndike, Macmillan. They are advised to get The Complete Works of Shakespeare, ed. Kittredge, Ginn, or the Cambridge Shakespeare, ed. Neilson and Hill, Houghton Mifflin. Three hours a week. Mr. Sedgewick. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 9. (b) (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) 10. -The Drama to 1642.—The course begins with a study of the Theban plays of Sophocles and of Aristotle's theory of tragedy. The main subject of the'course is Elizabethan drama: (1) its beginnings in the Miracle and Morality Plays and in the Interludes; (2) its development in Shakspere's predecessors—Lyly, Peele, Greene, Kyd, and Marlowe; (3) its culmination in Shakspere; and (4) its decline in Jonson, Beaumont and Fletcher, Middleton, Webster, MassingefJ Shirley, and Ford. Texts: Campbell, Sophocles in English Verse, World's Classics, Oxford; Everyman and Other Interludes, Dent; The Chief Elizabethan Dramatists, ed. Neilson, Houghton Mifflin; Shakespeare, Shakespeare Head Press, or the Cambridge Shakespeare, ed. Neilson and Hill, Houghton Mifflin. Three hours a week. Mr. Larsen. " 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 13. The English Novel from Richardson to the Present Time.— The development of English fiction will be traced from Richardson, Fielding, Smollet, and Sterne through Goldsmith, Mrs. Radcliffe, Jane Austen, Scott, C. Bronte, Dickens, Thackeray, and George English 161. Eliot to Trollope, Meredith, Stevenson, Hardy, and a few representative novelists now living. A fair knowledge of the works of Jane Austen, Scott, Dickens, Thackeray, and George Eliot is a prerequisite for those taking this course. Three hours a week. Mr. Wood. 3 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 14. Eighteenth Century Literature.—This course aims to give a view, as comprehensive as possible, of the main currents of English thought and literature during the period 1660-1800. It is concerned mainly with the work of such men as Dryden, Pope, Swift, Addison, Steele, Johnson, Goldsmith, Burke, and Burns. Three hours a week. Mr. MacDonald. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 16. Romantic Poetry, 1780-1830.—-Studies in the beginnings and progress of Romanticism, based chiefly upon the work of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. Texts: Students should provide themselves with the poems of the authors listed above. The Oxford editions are recommended, but are not required. References: Bernbaum, Guide Through the Romantic Movement, Nelson; Elton, A Survey of English Literature 1780-1830, Macmillan. -^ Three hours a week. Mrs. Smith. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 17. Victorian Poetry.—This course is concerned chiefly with the work of Tennysoa, Browning, and Arnold. A few weeks at the close of the term will be devoted to a survey of the development of later poetry. Texts: Browning, Complete Poetical Works, Cambridge; Arnold, Poems, Oxford; Tennyson, Poems, Globe edition, Macmillan; Stephens, Beck, and Snow, Victorian and Later English Poets, American Book Company. Reference: Elton, A Survey of English Literature, 1830-1880, Macmillan. Three hours a week. Mr. Robbins. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 18. Victorian Prose Literature.—Literary, social, religious, and scientific currents of thought as represented by the work of Mill, Ruskin, Carlyle, Newman, Arnold, Darwin, Huxley, and Butler. 162 Faculty of Arts and Science The following texts in whole or part will be dealt with in lectures and class discussion: Mill, Utilitarianism and Liberty, Everyman; Ruskin, Unto This Last, Everyman; Carlyle, SartorResartus (selections), Heroes and Hero Worship (selections), Past and Present, Everyman; Newman, Apologia Pro Vita Sua, Everyman; Idea of a University (selections), ed. Yardley, Cambridge; Arnold, Representative Essays, ed. Brown, Macmillan; Literature and Dogma (selections), Burt's Home Library; Darwin, Origin of Species, chapter IV; Everyman, or World's Classics, Oxford; Huxley, Readings from Huxley, ed. Rinaker, 1934, Hareourt, Brace; Butler, Erewhon, Everyman. Three hours a week. Mr. MacDonald. 3 units. (Not given in 1945-46.) 19. Contemporary Literature. — Some tendencies of English literature of the present generation, in poetry and the essay and the novel, will be studied in this course. Texts: Noyes, Readings in the Modem Essay, Houghton Mifflin; Sanders and Nelson, Chief Modem Poets of England and America, Macmillan. Three hours a week. Mr. Lewis. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 20. Chaucer and Middle English.—(i) Middle English grammar with the reading of representative texts; (ii) The Canterbury Tales. Texts: Chaucer's Complete Works, ed. Robinson, Houghton Mifflin; Manly, The Canterbury Tales, Holt; a Middle English reader. Three hours a week. Mr. Sedgewick. 3 units. (Not given in 1945-46.) 21. Anglo-Saxon.—Moore & Knott, The Elements of Old English, edition of 1940 or later, Wahr. Two hours a week. Mr. MacDonald. 2 units. Lectures: 3.30-5.30, Thursday. 22. The History of the English Language.—The study of the vocabulary, syntax, accidence, and phonology of the English language from the historical point of view. A brief introduction to philological method; the ancestry of English; the language in the Old and Middle English periods, with illustrative readings; the development of modern English. Prerequisite: English 21. Two hours a week. Mrs. Smith. 2 units. Lectures: To be arranged. •"fsf?*pt, "•••,- '_ »°l ' • "J ."■ English 168 24. (a,) and (oj Seminars. (a) Bibliography and General Method.—Third Year Honours students in English are required to take this course. One hour a week. Mrs. Smith. Lectures: To be arranged. (b) Practice with Problems of Criticism and Investigation.— AH Honours students in English, whether of the Third or the Fourth Year, are required to take this course. The subject for 1945-46 will be announced later. Hours: 3.30-5.30, Friday. 2 units. 25. (a-) Private Reading.—Students who are candidates for an Honours degree in English may elect a course of private reading in their Third Year. 3 units. 25. (b) Private Reading.—Students of the Fourth Year may pursue, with the consent and under the direction of the Department, a course of private reading. 3 units. In such courses examinations will be set, but no class instruction will be given. Teacher Training Course 26. Methods in High School English.—This course does not carry undergraduate credit. Two hours a week. Second Term. Department of Geology and Geography Professor and Head of the Department: M. Y. Williams. Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: Clarence Otto Swanson. Professor of Economic Geology: Henry C. Gunning. Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: H. V. Warren. Assistant Professor: Vladimir J. Okulitch. Geology 1. General Geology.—This course serves as an introduction to the science of geology, and includes the following subdivisions: (a) Physical Geology, including weathering, the work of the wind, ground water, streams, and glaeiers, the ocean and its work, the structure of the earth, earthquakes, volcanoes, igneous intrusions, metamorphism, mountains, plateaus, and ore deposits. Two hours a week. First Term and to Jan. 31. Mr. Swanson. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday and Wednesday. 164 Faculty of Arts and Science (b) Laboratory Exercises in Physical Geology, including the study and identification of the commoner minerals and rocks. Field Work may replace laboratory occasionally, and will take the form of excursions to localities, in the immediate neighborhood of Vancouver, which illustrate the subject matter of the lectures. Two hours laboratory a week. First Term and to Jan. 31. Mr. Warren, Mr. Gunning, and assistants. Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Tuesday or Thursday. (c) Historical Geology, including the history of the earth and its life from pre-Cambrian to recent time. Two hours a week. Second Term from Feb. 1. Mr. Williams. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday and Wednesday. (d) Laboratory Exercises in Historical Geology, including the study of index fossils representative of the periods of geological time. Two hours laboratory a week. Second Term from Feb. 1. Mr. Okulitch and assistants. Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Tuesday or Thursday. Text-book: Longwell, Knopf, Flint, Schuchert, Dunbar, Outlines of Geology, 1941, Wiley. Prerequisite: University Entrance Chemistry or Physics, or Chemistry A or 1, or Physics A or 1, taken either before or concurrently. ' Students will be required to make passing marks in the combined written and the combined practical divisions of the course, and may be required to pass in each of the laboratory divisions. 3 units. 2. (a) General Mineralogy.—A brief introduction to the field of mineralogy, with particular emphasis on the cultural aspect. Lectures take the form of a concise treatment of (1) elementary crystallography, (2) physical mineralogy, and (3) descriptive mineralogy of 50 of the more common mineral species, with special reference to gem stones and to the minerals which are important in present day Canadian and world economics. Laboratory Work consists of a study of the more common crystal forms of about 50 prescribed minerals, accompanied by a brief outline of the principles and methods of determinative mineralogy and blowpipe analysis. Text-book: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, 4th edition, Wiley. ppp|r,»1B»¥*iW"^"» twy"-, * Geology and Geography 165 References: Brush and Penfield, Determinative Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis, 16th edition, Wiley; Kraus, Hunt, and Ramsell, Mineralogy, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisites: Geology 1 must, and Chemistry 1 and Physics 1 should, precede or accompany this course. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. First Term. Mr. Warren and assistants. V/2 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Friday. 2. (b) Descriptive and Determinative Mineralogy.—This course supplements 2 (a) and consists of a more complete survey of crystallography and of physical and chemical mineralogy, with a critical study of about 70 of the less common minerals, special emphasis being laid on their crystallography, origin, association, alteration, and economic significance. x^^ Text-book: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, 4th edition, Wiley. References: Brush and Penfield, Determinative Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis, 16th edition, Wiley; Kraus, Hunt, and Ramsell, Mineralogy, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisites: Geology 2 (a), Chemistry 1, and Physics 1 must precede or accompany this course. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Warren. iy2 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Friday. Note. Students who take either 2 (a) or 2 (b) separately will be required to pass in both the lecture and the laboratory divisions. Those who take both 2 (a) and 2 (b) may be required to pass in each. 4. Structural Geology.—A study of primary and secondary structures in rocks. The course includes practice in graphical methods .for solving various problems. In addition, it briefly surveys the use of geophysical methods in tracing concealed structures. Text-book: Lahee, Field Geology, 4th edition, 1941, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisite: Geology 1. Three hours a week. Mr. Swanson. 3 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday and Wednesday; and 11.30-12.30, Friday. 5. History of the Earth Sciences and Geological Theories.—A brief study of the development of the geological sciences and theories employed in geological interpretations. 166 Faculty of Arts and Science References: Geikie, The Founders of Geology, Macmillan; Merrill, The First One Hundred Years of American Geology, Yale; Adams, The Birth and Development of the Geological Sciences, Williams and Wilkins. Prerequisite: Geology 1. One hour a week. Mr. Williams. 1 unit. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday. Note. Geology 5 may be counted as a course in Geography. 6. Palaeontology.—A study of invertebrate and vertebrate fossils, their classification, identification, and geological distribution. Text-book: Twenhofel and Shrock, Invertebrate Palaeontology, McGraw-Hill. References: Shimer and Shrock, Index Fossils of North America, Technology Press; Zittel-Eastman, Text-book of Palaeontology, Macmillan; Raymond, Prehistoric Life, 1939, Harvard; Shimer, An Introduction to the Study of Fossils, 1933, Macmillan. Prerequisite: Geology 1. Biology 1 and Zoology 1 are recommended. For students majoring or taking Honours in Zoology, a reading course in historical geology may be substituted for Geology 1. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Williams. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Wednesday; 9.30-10.30, Thursday. Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Thursday. 7. Petrography.—This course consists of systematic studies of (i) optical mineralogy and (ii) petrography, with an introduction to petrogenesis. The laboratory work deals with the determination of rocks under the microscope and in hand specimens. Text-books: Tyrrell, The Principles of Petrology, Dutton; Rogers and Kerr, Thin-Section Mineralogy, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisite: Geology 2. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Mr. Swanson. 4 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Friday; 8.30-9.30, Saturday. Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Tuesday; 9.30-11.30, Saturday. 8. Economic Geology.—A study of the manner of occurrence, genesis, structure, and distribution of the principal metallic and non-metallic mineral deposits, with type illustrations; special stress is placed upon Canadian deposits. v Geology and Geography 167 Text-book: Bateman, Economic Mineral Deposits, 1942, Wiley. Prerequisites: Geology 2, 4, and 7 must precede or accompany this course. Four hours a week. Mr. Williams, Mr. Gunning. 4 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday; 2.30-3.30, Friday. 9. Mineralography. — Principally a laboratory course dealing with the study and recognition of the opaque minerals by means of the reflecting microscope. The work consists of practice in the cutting, grinding, and polishing of ore specimens, accompanied by training in micro- chemical methods of mineral determination, a During the Second Term each student is assigned a suite of ores from some mining district for a critical examination and report, Text-book: U. S. Geological Survey Bulletin 914, Microscopic Determination of the Ore Minerals. Prerequisite: Geology 8 must precede or accompany this course. Two to four hours a week by arrangement. Mr. Warren. 1 to 2 units. Lectures and laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Thursday, and additional hours to be arranged. 10. Field Geology.—The methods taught are the fundamental ones used by professional geologists and by the officers of the Geological Survey of Canada. This course is essentially practical and is designed to teach methods of observing, recording, and correlating geological facts in the field. The students construct geological maps of selected areas and visit localities of interest within reach of Vancouver. The cost to each student may approach $10. Text-book: Lahee, Field Geology, 4th ed., 1941, McGraw-Hill. References: Hayes,, Handbook for Field Geologists, Wiley; Spurr, Geology Applied to Mining, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisites: Geology 2 and 4. Two hours a week in the Second Term by arrangement and ten days in the £eld at the close of examinations in the spring. Mr. Gunning. iy2 units. 11. Regional Geology.—A study of the geology of Canada and of the main geological features of the continental and oceanic segments of the earth. References: Young, Geology and Economic Minerals of Canada, Geological Survey of Canada, Economic Geology Series No. 1, ■- *■ ■ 5 168 Faculty of Arts and Science 1926; Suess, Das Antlitz der Erde, Tempsky; maps and reports of various national surveys. Prerequisite: Geology 5. Three lectures a week. Mr. Williams, Mr. Gunning. 3 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday and Wednesday; 1.30-2.30, Monday. 12. Geomorphology.—(This course is identical with Geography 4.) Courses for Graduate Students 20. Sedimentation. Text-book: Twenhofel, Principles of Sedimentation, McGraw- Hill. Prerequisites: Geology 2 and 11. Two seminars and 6 hours of reading or laboratory a week. Mr. Williams. 3 units. 21. Problems in, Palaeontology. Prerequisite: Geology 6. One seminar and 6 hours laboratory a week. Mr. Williams. 3 units. 23. (a) Advanced Mineralogy (Gems and Precious Stones).— A systematic study of the gem minerals and of some of the more popular semi-precious stones. Text-books: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, 4th edition, Wiley; Smith, Gemstone's, Methuen. Prerequisite: Geology 2 (a). One seminar and four hours laboratory a week. First Term. Mr. Warren. iy2 units. Note. This course may be taken as an undergraduate course, subject to the approval of the Department. (b) Advanced Mineralogy.—A systematic study of some of the rarer minerals, particular attention being given to those of economic importance. Text-book: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, 4th edition, Wiiey. References: Brush and Penfield, Determinative Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis, 16th edition, Wiley; Kraus, Hunt, and Ramsell, Mineralogy, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisite: Geology 8. One seminar and four hours laboratory a week, or six hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Warren. iy2 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday.- ■:.-•■ Geology and Geography 169 24. Advanced Mineralography. — A critical study of some approved suite of ores, using the more recent methods of investigation, including the examination of polished sections under polarized light, microchemistry, microphotography, use of "super-polisher," etc. Frequent .reference will be made to U. S. Geological Survey Bulletin 914, Microscopic Determination of the Ore Minerals. Prerequisite: Geology 9. Occasional seminars and from five to seven hours laboratory a week. Mr. Warren. . 3 to 4 units. 25. Petrogeny.—A reading and lecture course, supplemented with occasional laboratory work, which deals with the origin of igneous and metamorphic rocks. References: Harker, Metamorphism, Methuen; Bowen, Evolution of Igneous Rocks, Princeton. Prerequisite: Geology 7. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Swanson. '^^ 3 units. 26. Mineral Deposits.—A seminar course, supplemented by laboratory work, dealing with the character, origin, and structure of mineral deposits, with emphasis on ore deposits. Text-book: Lindgren, Mineral Deposits, 4th edition, 1933, McGraw-Hill. / Reference: Ore Deposits of the Western States, A.I.M.E., 1933. Prerequisites: Geology 7 and 8. Two hours seminar and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Gunning. 4 units. Geography Note. Geography 1 or Geology 1 is prerequisite to all other courses of Geography. It is also desirable to have Geography 2 precede or be taken concurrently with Geography 3. Commerce 5 and Geology 5 may be taken as courses in Geography. 1. Elementary Physical Geography.—This introductory course aims to furnish a foundation for the study of geography. It will be useful not only to those who may intend to continue a study of geography or to teach it in schools, but to all those who are interested in man's physical environment and its effects on his principal occupations. This course covers the study of land forms, processes of weathering, erosion, diastrophism, materials of the earth's crust, climate, and history of the earth. The laboratory part of the course- 170 Faculty of Arts and Science includes elementary surveying and map making, interpretation of topographic maps, making of relief models, the study of common minerals, rocks, and fossils. References: Wilmore, Groundwork of Modem Geography, Bell; Finch and Trewartha, Elements of Geography, McGraw-Hill; Moore, Elementary Geology for Canada, Dent. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Okulitch. 3 units. Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Monday or Friday. 2. Weather and Climate.—A study of weather phenomena, climatic classification and description, and distribution of climatic types. Text-book; Trewartha, An Introduction to Weather and Climate, 2nd edition, 1943, McGraw-Hill. References: Blair, Weather Elements, Prentice-Hall; Kendrew, Climate of the Continents, Oxford. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Wednesday. 3. Regional Geography.—An outline course of regional geography covering the world. The physical structure or build of the continents, their climate, population, history of settlement, natural resources, industry, and transportation are studied. Emphasis may change from year to year as to the continents studied. References: Renner and associates, Global Geography, Crowell; Newbigin, A New Regional Geography of the World, Hareourt, Brace; Hubbard, The Geography of Europe, Appleton-Century; Taylor, Environment and Nation, University of Toronto; Taylor, Environment, Race, and Migration, University of Toronto; Stamp, Asia, Dutton. An atlas is a requisite: e.g., University Atlas, Phillips; Oxford Advanced Atlas, Oxford; Modern School Atlas, Appleton-Century. Three hours a week. Mr. Okulitch. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 4. Geomorphology.—This course is intended for advanced students in geography and geology. The subject represents the overlap between these two major sciences. It involves a study of the processes, principles, and laws of land formation, types of land forms, and their distribution. References: Lobeck, Geomorphology, McGraw-Hill; Longwell, Knopf, and Flint, Textbook of Geology, Part I, Physical Geology, Geology and Geography 171 Wiley; reports of the Canadian Geological Survey; reports and maps of the U. S. Geological Survey; geological and geographical journals. Prerequisite: Geography 1 or Geology 1. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Okulitch. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Tuesday. 5. Commercial Geography.—(This is the same as Commerce 5.) Geography 5 may be taken as a Second Year subject. 3 units. 6. Economic Aspects of World Geography.—An introduction to economic geography. Geographic basis of food supply; energy, natural resources, population, transportation, and trade. Text-books: Klimm, Starkey, and Hall, Introductory Economic Geography, 2nd edition, Harcourt-Brace; Stamp, An Intermediate Commercial Geography, Part 1, Commodities and World Trade, Longmans. An atlas is a requisite; Modern School Atlas, Appleton- Century, is recommended. Three hours a week. First Term. Mr. Warren. iy2 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 7. Human and Cultural Geography.—Geological history of man; ethnographical criteria; effects of environment; fundamentals of human distribution; general ecological problems of race, nation, and language. Text-book: Taylor, Environment, Race and Migration, 1937, University of Toronto. Three hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Okulitch. iy2 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. Department of History Professor and Head of the Department: W. N. Sage. ! Professor: F. H. Soward. (On leave of absence.) Associate Professor: A. C. Cooke. • Assistant Professor: Miss Sylvia Thrupp. (On leave of absence.) Lecturer: Miss Margaret A. Ormsby. Lecturer: T. J. Oleson. Students who intend to specialize in history or who are preparing for the Teacher Training Course are advised to associate with it such allied subjects as economics, government, sociology, and geography. Economics 1, 2, 9, 10, Government 1, 3, 4, Sociology 1, Philosophy 4, 9, Psychology 3, and Geography 1 will be found r- * 172 Faculty of Arts and Science especially helpful. Attention, however, is called to the regulation in paragraph 3, page 88, regarding the number of First and Second Year courses which may be taken in the Third and Fourth Years. This rule applies also to Third and Fourth Year students electing History 1, 2, 3. A reading knowledge of French and German will be found extremely valuable in Third and Fourth Year courses, while in certain classes of more advanced work Latin is advisable. French, at least, will be required for Honours work, and the study of German is recommended. Greek 9 and Latin 7 will be accepted for credit in History. First and Second Years 1. Main Currents in Twentieth-Century History.—This course completes the study of world history in the high schools and offers a background for contemporary world problems. The following topics are discussed: The Great Powers at the Opening of the Century, Alliance and Entente, The Coming of,the First World War, The First World War, The Peace Treaties, The New Map of Europe, Reparations and War Debts, Security and Disarmament, The League of Nations, The Russian Revolution and the U.S.S.R., Italy and Fascism, Germany from Empire to Third Reich, Britain and France between the Wars, The New Balkans, The Little Entente and Poland, Nationalism and Imperialism in the Far East, The United States and World Peace, The Road to the Second World War. Text-books: Benns, Europe Since 1914, Crofts, or Chambers, Grant, and Bayley, The Age of Conflict, Hareourt, Brace; Schmitt, Triple Alliance and Triple Entente, Oxford; Carr, Conditions of Peace, Macmillan (for upper year credit). Essays will be assigned throughout the session. (Extra work will be required from Third and Fourth Year students taking this course.) Four hours a week. Miss Ormsby. 3 units. Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. The fourth hour will be devoted to group discussions. 2. The History of Canada.—Geographical factors; exploration and early settlements; the French Regime; constitutional development, 1759-1867; economic and social progress to Confederation; development of the Dominion of Canada since 1867; Canada in the Commonwealth; Canada in the world. Text-books: Wittke, A History of Canada, McClelland and Stewart; W%rong, The Canadians, Macmillan; Creighton, Dominion of *np!se"*Kv>gt'.'"**''. History 173 the North, Houghton Mifflin; Sage, Canada from Sea to Sea, University of Toronto; Currie, Canadian Economic Development, Nelson; Report of the Royal Commission on Dominion-Provincial Relations, Book I, Canada, 1867-1939, King's Printer, Ottawa. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. (Extra work will be required from Third and Fourth Year students taking this course.) Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) 3. Canada West of the Great Lakes.—The place of Western Canada in Canadian development; Anglo-French rivalry in the West; struggle for supremacy between the Hudson's Bay Company and the North West Company; the Selkirk Settlement; discovery and exploration of the Pacific Coast; the Maritime fur trade; the North West Company in British Columbia; the Western Department of the Hudson's Bay Company, 1821-70; rivalries in Old Oregon; the colonial period of British Columbia; Confederation; the Riel rebellion; the rise of the new West; the agrarian movement on the prairies; development of the Province of British Columbia. Text-books: Wittke, A History of Canada, McClelland and Stewart; Howay, British Columbia, the Making of a Province, Ryerson; Sage, Sir James Douglas and British Columbia, University of Toronto; Morton, A History of the Canadian West to 1870-71, Nelson; Sage, Canada from Sea to Sea, University of Toronto; Howay, Sage, and Angus, British Columbia and the United States, Ryerson. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) Third and Fourth Years History 4,10,11,12,13,14,16, and 18 are intended primarily for Third Year students; History 15, 17, 19, 20, 25, and 26 for Fourth Year. History 10 must be taken by all candidates for Honours. All Honours students (whether in History alone or in a combined course) must take the History seminars in their Third and Fourth Years. The seminar is offered as a training in intensive work and carries no credits. If the graduating essay be written in History it will count as 3 units. 174 Faculty of Arts and Science 4. Mediaeval Europe, 500-1300.—A general outline of mediaeval history from the fall of the Roman Empire to the 13th century. Sketches of Byzantine history and of the rise of Islam are included, but the main emphasis is laid upon the culture of the 12th and 13th centuries in the West. Text-book: Stephenson, Mediaeval History, revised edition, Harpers. Essays are assigned throughout the session. This course is open also to Second Year students. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 10. British History to 1688.—This course aims at an interpretation of the political, constitutional, economic, and religious development of the British Isles from the earliest times to the Revolution of 1688. Text-books: Trevelyan, A History of England, Longmans; Williamson, The Evolution of England, Oxford; Stephenson and Marcham, Sources of English Constitutional History, Harpers; Adams, Constitutional History of England, Holt; Hall and Albion, A History of England and the British Empire, Ginn. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 11. The Development and Problems of the British Empire- Commonwealth. This course is given in two parts, and may be taken for credit in two successive years. (a) The Development and Problems of the British Commonwealth. (b) The Development and Problems of the British Colonial Empire. In the session 1945-46, and alternate years, 11 (b) will be given, which deals with the history of the crown colonies and India and with problems of colonial administration. Text-books: Knaplund, The British Empire, 18i5-1939, Harpers; Simnett, The British Colonial Empire, Allen and Unwin. Bibliographies for voluntary summer reading will be supplied on application to the instructor in charge. Three hours a week. Mr. Cooke. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. vnrz- - - History 175 12. History of the United States of America.—This course begins with a sketch of the American colonies at the outbreak of the Revolution and traces the history of the United States from the commencement of the War of Independence to the outbreak of the Second World War. Text-book: Faulkner, American Political and Social History, Crofts. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. Miss Ormsby. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 13. The Age of the Renaissance and Reformation.—A study of the cultural development of Europe from the 14th to the 17th century, including a consideration of the transition from the mediaeval to the modern world; humanism; Renaissance art; overseas exploration and expansion; the rise of national states; the Reformation; the scientific revolution and intellectual developments. Text-books: Lucas, The Renaissance and the Reformation, Harpers ; Smith, The Age of the Reformation, Holt. - Readings and reports will be assigned. Three hours a week. Mr. Cooke. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 14. Europe from Westphalia to Waterloo.—Europe in the 17th and 18th centuries; the establishment of absolutism; the ascendancy of France; expansion and conflict overseas; the enlightened despots; the Age of Reason; the French Revolution; Napoleon; the Congress of Vienna. Text-books: Garrett, European History, 1500-1815, Heath; Dorn, Competition for Empire, Harpers; Gershoy, From Despotism to Revolution, Harpers; Brinton, A Decade of Revolution, Harpers; Bruun, Europe and the French Imperium, Harpers. Readings and reports will be assigned. Three hours a week. Mr. Cooke. s 3 units. Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 15. Europe, 1815-1914. — The political, social, and economic history of the chief countries of continental Europe, with especial attention to international relations. Text-books: Hayes, A Political and Cultural History of Modem Europe, Vol. II, Macmillan; Hall and Davis, The Course of Europe Since Waterloo, Appleton-Century. 176 Faculty of Arts and Science Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. 3 units. (Not given in 1945-46.) 16. Social and Economic History of Mediaeval Europe. ■— A course on the development of economic and social life through the Middle Ages in Europe, c. 500-1500 A.D. Text-books: Pirenne, An Economic and Social History of Mediaeval Europe, and Mediaeval Cities and the Revival of Trade, Kegan Paul. Further reading assigned. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 17. World Economic History, 1850-1948.—A comparison of the means by which industrial progress has been- achieved in Western Europe, the Americas, Japan, Russia, and India, and a study of the social changes involved. Regular reading will be required, but no essays. *y Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. (Not given in 1945-46.) 18. British History, 1485-1760. — This course offers a general survey of political, economic, social, and cultural change in the Tudor and Stuart periods and the early 18th century. Some knowledge of contemporary literature in any of the three periods will be helpful. Text-books: Trevelyan, History of England, Longmans; Adams and Stephens, Select Documents of English Constitutional History, Macmillan; Bland, Brown, and Tawney, English Economic History, Select Documents, Bell. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. (Not given in 1945-46.) 19. Great Britain Since 1688.—This course aims at an interpretation of the constitutional, political, economic, and religious development of the British Isles since 1688. Text-books: Williamson, The Evolution of England, Oxford; Ensor, England, 1870-1914, Oxford; Stephenson and Marcham, Sources of English Constitutional History, Harpers; Woodward,. -**->£ * *'.""* "~ - *. "-.j^vs*"", $r .--i**rf^ History 177 The Age of Reform, Oxford; Hall and Albion, A History of England and the British Empire, Ginn. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 20. The Evolution of Canadian Self-Government.—A survey of the period from the Peace of Utrecht to the present day. The following subjects will be dealt with: French and British colonial systems; British experience in Acadia; British policy after the Treaty of Paris; the Quebec Act; the effect of the American Revolution; the Constitutional Act; the opening of the West; the War of 1812; the formation of parties and the struggle for reform; Durham's Report; the achievement of responsible government; Confederation and the completion of the Dominion; the development of responsible government and the growth of nationhood. Text-books: Martin, Empire and Commonwealth, Oxford; Kennedy, The Constitution of Canada, Oxford; Kennedy, Statutes, Treaties and Documents of the Canadian Constitution, 1713-1929, Oxford; Scott, Canada To-day, Oxford. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. 3 units. (May not be given in 1945-46.) 21. Methods in High School Social Studies. — This course is offered primarily for students in the Teacher Training Course and does not carry undergraduate credit. Text-book: Wesley, Teaching the Social Studies, Heath. Readings to be assigned. Mr. Cooke. 22. Honours Seminars: (a) Third Year: Problems of Bibliography and Historical Method. Mr. Cooke, Miss Ormsby. (b) Fourth Year: Problems of Modern British History. Mr. Sage. 23. M.A. Seminar: The History of British Columbia. Mr. Sage. 24. History of Latin America. 3 units. (Not given in 1945-46.) 25. History of Historical Writing.—A survey of the development of Western culture as reflected in the changing outlook of historians from classical times to the present day. Emphasis will be laid on 19th and 20th century philosophies of history. 178 Faculty of Arts and Science Text-books: Barnes, A History of Historical Writing, Oklahoma University; Shotwell, An Introduction to the History of History, Columbia; Gooch, History and Historians in the 19th Century, Longmans. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 26. Canada After 1867.—A survey of the main features of political and economic development of Canada after 1867, with some consideration of foreign policy. The following subjects will be dealt with: The Federal System; Expansion and Unification; Railway Building and Western Settlement; Protective Tariffs or Reciprocity; Regionalism and the Better Terms Movement; The Courts and the Constitution; Imperial Federation; Immigration; Growing Industrialism; The First World War and the Growth of Canadian Autonomy; Canada's Position in the British Commonwealth of Nations; Canada's Relations with the United States; Problems of the Period between the Wars; Agrarian Revolt; Tariffs; Labor; Discontented Provinces; National Unity; Canada Enters the Second World War. Text-books: Wittke, A History of Canada, McClelland and Stewart ; Creighton, Dominion of the North, Houghton Mifflin,' Report of the Royal Commission on Dominion-Provincial Relations, Book I, Canada, 1867-1939, King's Printer, Ottawa; Soward and others, Canada in World Affairs, the Pre-War Years, Oxford. Three hours a week. Miss Ormsby. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. Department of Home Economics Associate Professor and Acting Head of the Department: Miss Dorothy P. Lefebvre. Assistant Professor: Miss Stella Beil. Assistant Professor: Miss Charlotte S. Black. Assistant Professor: Miss Nina Morley. The following courses are open only to students of the degree course in Home Economics except by permission of the Faculties concerned. A. Introduction to Foods and Nutrition.—An introductory course designed to give basic principles of food preparation and of nutrition. Text-books: Sherman and Lanford, Essentials of Nutrition, 2nd edition, Macmillan; Wilmot and Batjer, Food for the Family, 2nd edition, Lippincott. yt-v*:-***.*•;■ Home Economics 179 Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term. V/2 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: 2.00-5.00, Thursday. B. Introduction to Textiles and Clothing. — An introductory course designed to give basic principles of textile selection and of clothing construction by using commercial patterns. ' Text-book: Erwin, Practical Dress Design, Macmillan. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Thursday. ^ Laboratory: 1.30-4.30, Thursday. 1. Foods and Nutrition.—Lectures are devoted to a study of human nutrition with emphasis on the requirements of the normal adult. The preparation of various types of food is presented from the experimental viewpoint in the laboratory hours. Text-book: Chaney and Ahlborn, Nutrition, 3rd edition, Houghton Mifflin. Prerequisite: Home Economics A or equivalent. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: Section 1, 2.00-5.00, Tuesday; Section 2, 8.30-11.30, Saturday. 2. Principles of Design.—The study and application of fundamental art principles to problems in design. Application of design principles to dress. Wardrobe planning. Text-book: Goldstein, Art in Everyday Life, 3rd edition, Macmillan. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: Section 1, 1.30-4.30, Tuesday; Section 2, 8.30-11.30, Saturday. , 3. Clothing.—Development of foundation patterns. Flat pattern designing. Consumer problems in relation to ready-to-wear. Text-book: Latzke and Quinlan, Clothing, Lippincott. Prerequisite: Home Economics B or equivalent. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. _;j -U1. *-j ^jfc^z-w^-zvp^^s 180 Faculty of Arts and Science Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: Section 1, 1.30-5.30, Tuesday; Section 2, 1.30-5.30, Thursday; Section 3, 9.30-11.30, Tuesday and Thursday. 4. Food Management.—Food buying and utilization, food legislation, brands and grades. Meal planning and table service. Advanced food preparation related to food service. Group preparation and service of at least one meal. Text-book: Wilmot and Batjer, Food for the Family, 2nd edition, Lippincott. Prerequisite: Home Economics 1. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: Section 1, 2.00-5.00, Tuesday; Section 2, 2.00-5.00, Thursday; Section 3, 8.30-11.30, Saturday. 5. Household Equipment and Furnishings.—A study of house plans, furnishings, and equipment. Problems of selection and care of equipment and furnishings. Text-book: Nickell and Dorsey, Management in Family Living, Wiley. Prerequisite: Physics A or Physics C or Physics 1. Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. Laboratory: 9.30-11.30, Saturday. 6. Economics of the Household.—Family expenditures and standards of living. Budgeting of time, energy, and family funds. Text-book: Nickell and Dorsey, Management in Family Living, Wiley. Prerequisite: Economics 1. Two lectures and two hours discussion a week. Second Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday and Wednesday. Discussion: 9.30-11.30, Saturday. 7. Experimental Cookery.—Experimental procedure applied to food preparation. Each student will undertake the solution of a cookery problem. Text-book: Lowe, Experimental Cookery, 3rd edition, Wiley. Prerequisite: Home Economics 1. PfpRSfWC* Home Economics 181 One lecture and five hours laboratory a week. This course may be taken in either term. iy2 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Friday. Laboratory: First Term, 2.00-5.00, Wednesday; 2.00-4.00, Friday; Second Term, 2.00-5.00, Wednesday; 10.30-12.30, Thursday. 8. Advanced Nutrition and Dietetics.—Food requirements of the healthy infant, child, adolescent, and adult. These requirements applied to the planning of adequate dietaries at various cost levels. Students will be expected to present oral and written reports of recent advances in the science of nutrition. Reference: Sherman, Chemistry of Food and Nutrition, 6th edition, Macmillan. ^r Prerequisite: Home Economics 1. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory: 2.00-5.00, Friday. 9. Textiles.—A study of textile construction, finish, and design. Identification of fibers. Problems of textile consumers. Text-books: To be announced. Prerequisite: Chemistry C. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory:.To be arranged. 10. Advanced Clothing.—Development of dress design by means of draping. A study of the social significance of fashion. References: To be announced. Prerequisite: Home Economics 3. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory: To be arranged. 11. Advanced Foods.—A course in advanced food preparation* with emphasis placed upon the more difficult techniques of preparation and service. Students will devote considerable time to the planning and presentation of food demonstrations. References: To be announced. Prerequisite: Home Economics 4. 182 Faculty of Arts and Science ' . ■——— . .—. . . ^- .—— — . — One lecture and five hours laboratory a week. First Term. V/2 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Thursday. Laboratory: 2.00-5.00, Monday and 9.30-11.30, Thursday. 12. Interior Decoration.—Application of design principles to furnishing and decorating homes. Text-books: To be announced. Prerequisite: Home Economics 2. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory: To be arranged. 13. Diet Therapy.—A discussion of the relation of normal nutrition to certain diseases and the part that diet therapy may play in their treatment. Special diets are calculated and prepared in the laboratory References: To be announced. Prerequisite: Home Economics 8. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Saturday. Laboratory: 2.00-5.00, Monday. 14. Quantity Cookery.—Experience in the preparation of food in large quantities. Text-books: To be announced. Prerequisite: Home Economics 4. One lecture and five hours laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. 15. Institution Administration.—Discussion of the organization and administration problems of food departments of institutions. Text-books: To be announced. Open only to Third and Fourth Year students. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 16. Institution Buying.—Discussion of problems of purchasing .food in large quantities and of the selection, arrangement, and care of equipment for large quantity food service. References: To be announced. Open only to Third and Fourth Year students. Three lectures a week. First Term. iy2 units. Field trips to be arranged. ^f^Mr-**;?*' > s* . * -^ ; Home Economics 183 17. Home Management.—(Ho be arranged.) Open only to Third and Fourth Year students. First or Second Term. IV2 units. 18. Child Development and Family Relations.—The physical, mental, social, and emotional development of the infant and child; a study of family relations. Open only to Third and Fourth Year students. Lectures and observation. 3 units. Department of Mathematics Professor and Head of the Department: Daniel Buchanan. Professor: F. S. Nowlan. Professor: Ralph D. James (On leave of absence.) Professor: Walter H. Gage. Associate Professor: S. A. Jennings. ■ Associate Professor: D. C. Murdoch. Instructor: Miss May L Barclay. For First Year Students 1. Introductory Mathematics.—An elementary course in algebra, including proportion, variation, logarithms, progressions, theory of, quadratic equations, permutations, combinations,* annuities, binomial theorem; analytical geometry, including the study of the straight line and the circle, with an introductory study of the parabola, ellipse, and hyperbola; elementary trigonometry. Text-books: Nowlan, Analytic Geometry, McGraw-Hill; Rider, Plane and Spherical Trigonometry, Macmillan; Crawford, Senior High School Algebra, Macmillan; Hedrick, Logarithmic and Trigonometric Tables, revised edition, Macmillan. Four hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: Section 1, 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday; 1.30-2.30, Tuesday; Section 2, 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday; 1.30-2.30, Thursday; Section3,11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday; 1.30-2.30, Wednesday. Primarily for Second Year Students 2. Algebra, Calculus, and Geometry.—Induction, complex numbers, Horner's method, series, undetermined coefficients, determinants; introduction to differential and integral calculus, with various applications; review of conies, introduction to solid analytic geometry. 184 Faculty of Arts and Science Text-books: Nowlan, College Algebra; Nowlan, Analytic Geometry, McGraw-Hill. Calculus text to be announced. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: Section 1, 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday. Mr. Jennings. Section 2, 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday. Mr. Nowlan. 3. The Mathematical Theory of Investments.—This course deals with the exponential law, the power law, curve fitting, the theory of interest, annuities, debentures, valuation of bonds, sinlnng funds, depreciation, probability and its application to life insurance. Text-book: Hart, Mathematics of In/vestment, revised, Heath. Reference: Bauer, Mathematics Preparatory to Statistics and Finance, Macmillan. Three hours a week. Miss Barclay. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 4. Descriptive Astronomy.—An introductory course dealing with the solar system, stellar motions, the constitution of the stars, and nebulae. Text-book: Baker, Astronomy, latest edition, Van Nostrand. Two hours a week. Mr. Petrie. 2 units. Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Students desiring credit for an additional unit in connection with this course may register for Mathematics 18. They will be required to write essays on prescribed subjects dealing with various phases of astronomy. 1 unit. (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) Primarily for Third Year Students Mathematics 2 is prerequisite to all the following courses. 10. Calculus.—The elementary theory and applications of the subject. Text-book: Miller, Calculus, Wiley. Three hours a week. Mr. Nowlan. 3 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 11. Mathematical Analysis.—A study of mathematical principles which are of importance in pure and applied mathematics. Appli- ■p"J> •»■ ■ ■ 1 Mathematics 185 cations to specific problems in mathematics, chemistry, physics, statistics. Text-book: To be announced. Two hours a week. Mr. Gage. 2 units. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday and Friday. 12. Differential Equations.—An introductory course, with applications to geometry, mechanics, physics, and chemistry. Text-book: Piaggio, Differential Equations, Bell. This course may be taken concurrently with Mathematics 10. Three hours a week. Mr. Murdoch. .3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 13. Plane and Solid Analytical Geometry.—A general study of the conies and systems of conies, and elementary work in three dimensions. 1 Text-book: Nowlan, Analytic Geometry, McGraw-Hill. Three hours a week. Mr. Nowlan. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 14. Theory of Equations, Determinants, and Matrices.—A course covering the main theory and use of these subjects. Text-book: Dickson, Elementary Theory of Equations, Wiley. Three hours a week. Mr. Nowlan. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) Primarily for Fourth Year Students 15. Modem Algebra.—The number system of algebra and analysis. An introduction to groups, fields, linear vector spaces. Various applications. Text-book: MacDuffee, Introduction to Abstract Algebra, Wiley. References: Birkhoff and MacLane, A Survey of Modern Algebra, Macmillan; Albert, Modern Higher Algebra, University of Chicago. Two hours a week. 2 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday and Thursday. (Given in-1945-46 and alternate years.) 16. Advanced Calculus.—Singular points, asymptotes, differentiation and integration under the sign of the integral, line and surface integrals; Euler's functions, Fourier series, elliptic integrals •and functions, integration with a complex variable, Bessel functions. 186 Faculty of Arts and Science References: Woods, Advanced Calculus, Ginn; Burington and Torrance, Higher Mathematics, McGraw-Hill. Three hours a week. Mr. Buchanan. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 17. Theory and Applications of Differential Equations.—An advanced course, with applications to selected topics in dynamics, the theory of potential, and quantum mechanics. Text-book: Margenan and Murphy, The Mathematics of Physics and Chemistry, Van Nostrand. Prerequisites: Mathematics 12, Physics 5. Three hours a week. Mr. Jennings. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. This course may be taken either as an undergraduate or as a graduate course. ^k (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) 18. History of Mathematics.—A reading course covering the historical development of the elementary branches of mathematics from the earliest times to the present. Essays will be assigned. 1 unit. 19. Advanced Geometry.—An introduction to the geometry of the projective plane; a critical study of the axioms of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry; coordinate systems and imaginary elements. Text-books: Robinson, The Foundations of Geometry, University of Toronto; Coxeter, Non-Euclidean Geometry, University of Toronto. ▼ Prerequisite: Mathematics 13. Two hours a week. 2 units.. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday and Thursday. (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) Courses for Graduate Students 20. Tensor Analysis.—Text-book: McConnell, Applications of the Absolute Differential Calculus, Blackie. 21. Theory of Functions of a Real Variable. 22. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable. 23. Differential Geometry.—Text-book: Weatherburn, Differential Geometry. Mathematics 187 24. Projective. Geometry.—Text-book: Veblen and Young, Projective Geometry, Vol. I. 25. Celestial Mechanics.—Text-book: Moulton, An Introduction to Celestial Mechanics. 26. Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations. 27. Theory of Numbers and Algebraic Numbers. 28. Linear Algebras.—Text-book: Dickson, Algebras and Their Arithmetics. ■ » 29. Modern Algebraic Theories.—Text-book: Birkhoff and Mac- Lane, Survey of Modem Algebra. 30. Harmonic and Elliptic Functions.—Text-books: Byerly, Integral Calculus; Whittaker and Watson, Modern Analysis; Gray, MatheWs, and MacRobert, Bessel Functions. 31. Topology. 32. Theory of Groups. Department of Modern Languages , Professor and Head of the Department: D. O. Evans. Professor of French: A. F. B. Clark. Professor of German: Miss Isabel Maclnnes. Assistant Professor of French: Miss Dorothy Dallas. Assistant Professor of French: Miss Deborah A. K. Aish. Assistant Professor of German: Miss Joyce Hallamore. Assistant Professor of German: Charles E. Borden. Assistant Professor of Spanish: C. V. Brooke. Assistant Professor of Spanish: Jack Horace Parker. Instructor in French: Madame Y. Darlington. Lecturer: Miss Ethel Harris. With the consent of the professor in charge of the course, a ■student taking a General Course B.A. degree may be admitted to any course in the Third and Fourth Years in addition to, but not in lieu of, 3 (a) and 4 (a); and a student taking a B.Com. degree may be admitted to French 3 (b) in lieu of French 3 (a). Students from other universities who have already taken the work of 3 (a) and 4 (a) may be given special permission by the Head of the Department to substitute other courses. French 1. Texts: Modem French Short Stories, edited by Fanniere, Oxford; Beaumarehais, Le Barbier de Seville, Larousse; Dent, Les Cent meilleurs poemes lyriques, Gowans & Gray; Barton and Sirich, French Review Grammar and Composition, Crofts. 188 Faculty of Arts and Science Prerequisite: University Entrance French or its equivalent. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: Section 1, 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday; Section 2, 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday; Section 3, 1.30--2.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday. 2. Texts: Balzac, Cesar Birotteau, Nelson; Anatole France, Nelson. Independent reading to include Balzac, Le Pere Goriot; Anatole France, Le Crime de Sylvestre Bonnard, Holt; and the author listed under Summer Reading. Composition in French based on the above readings, and from Ratner and Sorkin, French Review Grammar, Gage. Prerequisite: French 1 or its equivalent. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: Section 1, 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday; Section 2, 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday; Section 3, 2.30-3.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday. 3. (a) The Literature of the Age of Louis XIV.—Lectures on the history and social conditions of the period, and on the development of the literature. Careful reading and discussion of the following texts: Schinz and King, Seventeenth Century French Readings, Holt; Corneille, Le Cid, Didier, or Polyeucte, Didier; Racine, Iphigenie, American Book Co., or Andromaque, Didier, or Phedre, Heath; Moliere, Le Misanthrope, Didier, or Les Femmes Savantes, Didier, or L'Avare, Manchester University; Le Tartuffe, Didier. Conversation and written resumes based on the above. This course is obligatory for all students taking Third Year French. French 2 is a prerequisite. Students who cannot write French with some facility are advised not to attempt 3 (a). Students who intend to take French throughout the four years* or who wish to teach this subject should take also 3 (c). Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 3. (b) French Verse.—A study of the forms of French verse and of poetic diction and imagery from 1820 onwards. Texts: Berthon, Nine French Poets, Macmillan; Victor Hugo,. Selections, Manchester University; Charles Marc des Granges, Les poetes frangais 1820-1920, Hatier. Independent readings to include Vigny, Eloa. See also, under Summer Reading, Chateaubriand and Rivarol. Three hours a week. For Honours students. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. ■f-KLi* -., x. •-, Modern Languages 189 3. (c) French Practice,—Phonetics; training in speaking and essay writing. This course should be taken by all who elect French as a Third Year subject. It may not be substituted for French 3 (a). Text-books: Klinghardt and Fourmestraux, French Intonation Exercises; Bascan, Manuel pratique de pronunciation et de lecture, Dent. Three hours a week. 3 units. 4. (a) The Romantic Movement. -— Romanticism, lyrical and social, in French literature; its significance in poetry and life. Texts: Victor Hugo, Hernani, Nelson; Ruy Bias, Delagrave; Alfred de Vigny, Chatterton, Oxford; Alfred de Musset, Three Plays, Nelson. Independent readings include the plays of Mari- vaux, Voltaire, Sedaine, and Banville listed under Summer Reading. Reference: Stewart and Tilley, The Romantic Movement in French Literature, Cambridge. Prerequisites: French 3 (a) and (c). Three hours a week. , 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 4. (b) The Literature of the Eighteenth Century.—Lectures on the history and social conditions of the period, with special emphasis on the philosophe movement, and the beginnings of Romanticism. The,interrelations of French and English thought and literature will be touched upon. Texts: Havens, Selections from Voltaire, Appleton-Century; Mornet, Rousseau, Morceaux choisis, Didier; Fallex, Diderot, Ex- traits, Delagrave; Beaumarchais, Le Barbier de Seville, Macmillan. Prerequisites: Frehch 3 (a) and 3 (b). Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 4. (c) Lectures on the educational and administrative institutions of modern France; one hour. Oral and written practice, readings, and discussions; two hours. This course may be taken with French 4 (a), but not in place of it. Prerequisite: French 3 (c). Three hours a week. 3 units. Courses for Graduate Students 5. (b) . The Middle Ages and XVIth' Century.—Texts: Le MysUre d'Adam, Manchester University; Rabelais, Gargantua xiv, xv, xxi, xxiii, xxiv, Pantagruel viii, Jouaust; Montaigne, Essais i, xxv; Ronsard, Poesies choisies, Gamier. 3 units. 190 Faculty of Arts and Science 5. (c) The History of French Criticism.—French literary criticism and theory, from the Pleiade to the present day. Text-book: Vial-Denise, Idees et doctrines litteraires, three vols., Delagrave. 3 units. 5. (d) Contemporary French Literature.—The poetic movement from Peguy to the Surrealistes. Text: Anthologie de la nouvelle poesie frangaise, Kra. Lectures expliquees from Valery, Variete i, Gallimard; Gide, Pages de Journal, Gallimard; Valery Larbaud,' Amants, heureux amants, Gallimard. Further readings to be specified. 3 units. Summer Reading Upon entering the courses for the years stated, the student must satisfy the instructor that he has read the books mentioned below. Second Year: «W'^ 1. Louis Hemon, Maria Chapdelaine, Fayard. Third Year: \\f 1. Chateaubriand, Atala, Larousse. 2. Madame de Stael, De rAllemagne,harousse*. 3. Rivarol, Discours sur I'universolite de la langue frangaise, Larousse. Fourth Year: 1. Marivaux, Le Jeu de I'amour et du hasard, Larousse. 2. Voltaire, Contes, Hatier. 3. Voltaire, Zaire, Larousse. 4. Sedaine, Le philosophe sans le savoir, Larousse.* 5. Bernardin de Saint-Pierre, Paul et Virginie, Larousse.* 6. Banville, Gringoire, Hatier.* Note. Books marked with an asterisk are to be read by Honours students only. German Beginners' Course.—Schinnerer, Beginning German, Macmillan; Thoma, Lausbubengeschichten, Heath. Four hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: Sections 1 and 2,10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday Sections 3 and 4,11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday Sections 5 and 6, 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday Section 7, 2.30-3.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. Each section has also a fourth period at 11.30-12.30 Tuesday, Thursday, or Saturday, or 1.30-2.30 Tuesday. •■£ T ' " ' ' Modern Languages 191 1. (a) Texts: Chiles, German Composition and Conversation, Part I, Ginn; Miiller-Partenkirchen, Kaum genugend, Holt; Kastner, Drei Manner im Schnee, Crofts; Bruns, Book of German Lyrics, Heath. Prerequisite: University Entrance or Beginners' German. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: Section 1, 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday; Section 2, 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 1. (b) Scientific German.—An introduction to the reading of scientific German, supplemented by a review of essentials in German grammar and composition. Text-books: Wild, An Introduction to Scientific German, Oxford; Wild, An Anthology of Scientific German, Oxford; Chiles, German Composition and Conversation, Part I, Ginn. Prerequisite: University Entrance or Beginners' German. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 2. Texts: Chiles, German Composition and Conversation, Part II, Ginn; Diamond and Schomaker, Lust and Leid, Holt; Heine, Die Harzreise, Allyn and Bacon; Huch, Der letzte Sommer, Farrar and Rinehart; Bruns, Book of German Lyrics, Heath. Prerequisite: German 1 (a) or 1 (b) or the equivalent. Three hours a week. , 3 units. Lectures: Section 1, 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday; Section 2, 2.30-3.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 3. (a) The Classical Period.—Lectures on the development of German literature, with special emphasis on that of the eighteenth century. Texts for special study: Lessing, Emilia Galotti, Heath; Goethe, Faust I, Heath; Schiller, Die Jungfrau von Orleans, Holt. For less detailed study: Lessing, Minna von Bamhelm; Goethe, Iphi- genie; Schiller, Maria Stuart. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. Summer Reading. Before entering German 3 (a) students must read: Fleissner, Deutsches Literatur-Lesebuch, Crofts, to page 92. (Robertson, The Literature of Germany, Home University Library, is also recommended.) 192 Faculty of Arts and Science 3. (b) The Novelle.—Lectures on the development of the German Novelle, with special emphasis on the nineteenth century. Text: Deutsche Erzahler, Insel Verlag. Extensive independent reading will be expected. 3 units. 3. (c) A course in oral and written composition, based largely on a study of the development of German civilization. Text: Jordan, Deutsche Kulturgesehichte, Crofts. . • Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 4. (a) Nineteenth Century German Drama.—Text: Campbell, German Plays of the Nineteenth Century, Crofts. 3 units. 4. (b) Nineteenth Century German Fiction. 3 units. Courses 4 (a) and 4 (b) are given alternately. 5. (a) Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller.—Reading and discussion of the most important works of these authors. 3 units. 5. (b) Middle High German. — Text-book: Bachmann, Mittel- hochdeutsches Lesebuch. 3 units. Spanish Beginners' Course.—Grammar, composition, translation, conversation. Texts: House and Mapes, Essentials of Spanish, Ginn; Cano, La Vida de un Picaro, Macmillan; Espinosa, Cuentos Castellanos, Oxford. Four hours a week. Mr. Brooke. 3 units. Lectures: Section 1, 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday; 1.30- 2.30, Tuesday; Section 2, 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday; 1.30- 2.30, Thursday; Section 3,10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday; 1.30- 2.30, Wednesday. 1. Review of grammar; composition, translation, conversation. Texts: Blasca Ibanez, Siete Cuentos, Holt; Martinez Sierra, Sueno de una Noche de Agosto, Holt; Benavente, Los Malhechores del Bien, Macmillan; Arjona, Siglo de Aventuras, Macmillan; Fernandez and Jennings, Spanish Grammar in Review, Houghton Mifflin. Three hours a week. Mr. Brooke. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. ■**" t Je1 •Modern Languages 198 2. Translation and discussion of modern authors. Study of the political and social institutions of Spain and Spanish America. Texts: To be announced. ( ' Three hours a week. Mr. Brooke. 3 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. Department of Philosophy and Psychology Professor and Head of the Department: Associate Professor: Thomas G. Henderson. Associate Professor: Joseph E. Morsh. (On leave of absence.) Associate Professor: Alexander P. Maslow. Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education: F. T. Tyler. (On leave of absence.) Philosophy 1. Introduction to Philosophy.—A general study of the philosophic background of present scientific, literary, social, and religious issues. Emphasis will be-placed on the sense in which philosophic theory is consciously or unconsciously presupposed in the various forms of human activity. Text-book: Drake, Invitation to Philosophy, Houghton Mifflin. Three hours a week. Mr. Henderson. 3 units. Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 2. Ancient and Mediaeval Philosophy.—Primitive thought and the origins of Western civilization; early Greek schools and the relations between philosophy and science; the Greek Enlightenment and the Sophists; the role of Socrates; the intellectual reconstruction of Plato; the philosophy of Aristotle; the Stoic, Epicurean, and Sceptic schools; the later history of Platonism; the development of mediaeval philosophy to the Renaissance. Text-books: Nahm, Selections from Early Greek Philosophy, Crofts; Plato, Republic, Macmillan; Edman, ed., The Philosophy of Plato, The Modern Library; Aristotle, Selections, ed. Ross, Scribners; Clark, Selections from Hellenistic Philosophy, Crofts; St. Augustine, Confessions, Everyman. Three hours a Week. Mr. Maslow. 3 units. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 3. Early Modem Philosophy.—The Renaissance; the rise of modern science, and its transformation of traditional beliefs; the function of reason and the conception of nature in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. The course will be based on selected readings from the Works of Bacon and Hobbes, the Continental 194 Faculty of Arts and Scibnce Rationalists (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), and the British Empiricists (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Text-books: Burtt, The English Philosophers from Bacon to Mill, The Modern Library, Random House; Descartes, Selections, Scribners; Spinoza, Selections, Scribners; Leibniz, Discourse on Metaphysics, Open Court. Three hours a week. Mr. Henderson. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) 4. Modem Philosophy from 1781 to 1900.—The main currents of philosophical thought in the late eighteenth and in the nineteenth century, including the critical philosophy, the romantic movement, optimism and pessimism, the influence* of evolution on modern thought, positivistic and materialistic forms of naturalism, and the bearings of nineteenth century thought on the philosophic problems of today. Special reference will be made to literary and scientific movements. Text-book: Rand, Modem Classical Philosophers, Houghton Mifflin. References: Perry, Present Philosophical Tendencies, Longmans; California Associates, Selected Writings in Philosophy, Appleton- Century ; Weber & Perry, History of Philosophy, Scribners. Three hours a week. Mr. Henderson. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) 5. Philosophic Trends in the Twentieth Century.—A discussion of major philosophic problems prevalent since the turn of the twentieth century. Pragmatism, logical positivism, intuitionism, critical realism, and the philosophy of organism will be studied with emphasis on pertinent theories of meaning, truth, mechanism, vitalism, purpose, the qualitative and relational aspects of experience, possibility and actuality, the process of events, and the feeling of value. The relevance of these theories to science, literature, and human conduct will be considered throughout the course. Text-books: James, Pragmatism, together with four related essays from The Meaning of Truth, Longmans; Edman, The Philosophy of Santayana, The Modern Library, Random House; Whitehead, Science and the Modem World, Macmillan. References: Bergson, An Introduction to Metaphysics, Putnam; Ayer, Language, Truth and Logic, Oxford. Three hours a week. Mr. Henderson. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. mmmW'p" Philosophy and Psychology 195 6. Ethics.—The development of ethical thought within the history of civilization. The historical approach will be followed by a systematic discussion of the fundamental problems of ethics. Text-book: Dewey and Tufts, Ethics, revised edition, Holt. Three hours a week. Mr. Maslow. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 7. Aesthetics.—A philosophical analysis of aesthetic experience; the relation of aesthetic experience to daily life, science, and moral principles; the nature of art; the materials, forms, and expressive functioning of typical artistic objects; criteria of artistic style, quality, truth, and greatness. No technical or detailed knowledge of any of the arts is presupposed; interest in the general subject- matter of aesthetics is sufficient. A considerable amount of illustrative matter is to be found in the text-book; additional examples will be supplied. Text-book: Flaccus, The Spirit and Substance of Art, Crofts. Three hours a week. Mr. Henderson. I 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 8. Logic and Scientific Method.—A general course in the fundamental problems of logic and scientific method, for students of the natural and social sciences, as well as philosophy. Text-books: Cohen and Nagel, An Introduction to Logic and Scientific Method, Hareourt, Brace; Lenzen, Procedures of Empirical Science, University of Chicago. Three hours a week. Mr. Maslow. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. 9. Social and Political Philosophy.—A study of modern political theory,- with emphasis upon the relation between changes in the general current of political ideas and beliefs and changes in the social and political structure. The leading political ideas today: democracy and aristocracy; collectivism and individualism; socialism, communism, fascism; nationalism and pluralism. Text-book: To be announced. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 10. Symbolic Logic and Semantics.—Introduction to the elements of symbolic logic and to the general theory of signs and their applications. Some acquaintance with elementary logic is desirable as a preparation for this course. Text-book: To be announced. Three hours a week. Mr. Maslow. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 196 Faculty of Arts and Science 20. Philosophy of Mind.—A study of the structure and function of mind, including the discussion of such topics as the philosophical implications of scientific psychology, the self and personality, the relation of body and mind, the place of mind in nature and in society. Text-book: To be announced. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday. Seminar: 2.30-4.30, Thursday. Psychology Psychology 1 is a prerequisite for all courses in Psychology numbered 2-20, which are open only to Third and Fourth Year students. . *^ A. Introduction to Psychology.—The beginnings of psychology; psychology among the sciences and the pseudo-sciences; the fields of psychology; adjustment to college and life; learning and study; applications of psychology. Open to First Year students. Text-book: To be announced. Three hours a week. 1 3 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 1. Elementary Psychology.—Psychology as a science; the nervous system; sensation; perception; emotion; motivation; attention; learning; thinking; intelligence; personality. This course is introductory to courses in advanced psychology. Not open to First Year students. Text-book: Dashiell, Fundamentals of G'emeral Psychology, Houghton Miffiin. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 2. Experimental Psychology. — The aim of this course is to introduce the student to the scientific method as applied to psychology. The work will include performance of individual and group experiments involving the various sense modes, images, illusions, motor performance, reaction time, hand-eye coordination, attention, learning, memory, and reasoning. Open to Third and Fourth Year students by permission of the instructor. Text-books: Seashore, Elementary Experiments in Psychology, Holt; Woodworth, Experimental Psychology, Holt. References: Bills, Experimental Psychology, Longmans; Boring, Sensation and Perception in the History of Experimental Psychol- Philosophy and Psychology 197 0^2/, Appleton-Century; Murehison, ed., TAe Foundations of Experimental Psychology, Clark University. Prerequisite: Psychology 1. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Morsh. 3 units. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: 2.30-4.30, Tuesday. 3. Social Psychology.—-The psychological analysis of social life from the point of view of the individual. Topics included are the social setting of human behaviour, personality and group participation, language, suggestion, imitation, attitudes, stereotypes, propaganda, rumors in wartime, crowd behaviour, social movements, leadership, the psychological effects of air-raids, and civilian morale in wartime. '' W Text-books: Katz and Schanck, Social Psychology, Wiley; Young, Social Psychology, 2nd edition, Crofts. ^ Prerequisite: Psychology 1. A Three hours a week. ^^^ ^ units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) 4. Psychology of Adjustment.—Origins and modification of behaviour, motivation, varieties of adjustive behaviour, personality, mental hygiene, guidance. Text-book: Shaffer, The Psychology of Adjustment, Houghton Mifflin. Prerequisite: Psychology 1. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday,.and Friday. (Not given in 1945-46.) 5. Abnormal Psychology.—The study of abnormal behaviour and mental processes as an approach to the understanding of human nature. The lectures will be supplemented with field trips and case studies. Text-book: Dorcus and Shaffer, Abnormal Psychology, 2nd edition, Williams and Wilkins. Prerequisite: Psychology 1. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. " : (Not given in 1945-46.) 198 Faculty of Arts and Science 6. Statistics.—Statistical methods applied to psychological investigations ; njeasures of central tendency and variability; correlation; the normal curve of error; sampling and reliability; the analysis of variance and covariance; factor analysis. Text-bo6k: To be announced. Prerequisite :• Psychology 1. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 3.30-4.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) 7. Applied Psychology.—The applications of psychology in the professions, in business, and in industry; advertising; salesmanship ; personnel management; human efficiency; human motivation. Text-book: To be announced. Prerequisite: Psychology 1. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. (Not given in 1945-46.) 8. Psychology of Culture.—The psychological analysis of social life from the point of view of culture. Topics included are the meaning of culture, its psychological relevance for personality, its value relativity, and the problem of reconciling personality variations and cultural variations. Text-books: Linton, The Study of Man, Appleton-Century; Linton, The Cultural Background of Personality, Appleton-Century. Prerequisite: Psychology 1. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. (Not given in 1945-46.) 9. Child Psychology.—Problems and methods of child psychology, origins of behaviour, development of motor capacities, mental functions and emotions, social development, child hygiene, prediction, guidance, and control of child behaviour. Text-book: To be announced. Prerequisite: Psychology 1. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 10. Mental Measurement and Psychological Tests.— (a) The principles underlying the construction and interpretation of various psychological measuring instruments; intelligence tests, personality inventories, questionnaires, and application blanks. *?~T ■-.?*.?> Philosophy and Psychology 199 (b) The use and interpretation of standardized psychological measuring instruments, including the administration of the Stan- ford-Binet intelligence examination, personality questionnaires, interest tests, and attitude scales. It is suggested that students should take Psychology 6 before Psychology 10. Text-book: Thurstone, The Reliability and Validity of Tests, Edwards. Prerequisite: Psychology 1. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 3.30-4.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) 20. Psychology Seminar: The Learning Process.—This course is offered primarily for Honours and graduate students. It is open to a limited number of Fourth Year students by permission of the instructor. Reports and discussions will be based on assigned readings. References: Bartlett,,Remembering, Cambridge; Book, Economy and Technique of Learning, Heath; Davis, Psychology of Learning, McGraw-Hill; Ebbinghaus, Memory, Columbia; Guthrie, The Psychology of Learning, Harpers; Hilgard and Marquis, Conditioning and Learning, Appleton-Century; Holt, Animal Drive and the Learning Process, Holt; Meumann, The Psychology of Learning, Appleton-Century; Pavlov, Conditioned Reflexes, Oxford; Thorn- dike, Human Learning, Appleton-Century; Tolman, Purposive Behavior in Animals and Men, Appleton-Century; Troland, The Fundamentals of Human Motivation, Van Nostrand; Young, Motivation of Behavior, Wiley. Prerequisite: Psychology 1. Three hours a week. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday. Seminar: 2.30-4.30, Thursday. (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) Department of Physics Professor and Head of the Department: Gordon Merritt Shrum. Professor: A. E. Hennings. Associate Professor: Harold D. Smith. Assistant Professor: A. M. Crooker. (On leave of absence.) Assistant Professor: Kenneth C. Mann. (On leave of absence.) Assistant Professor: George Michael Volkoff. (On leave of absence.) Lecturer: R. Eric Langton. Lecturer: William Petrie. Lecturer: R. Keith Brown. Lecturer: H. R. Milley. % —■*-.■.- "200 Faculty of Arts and Science Primarily for First and Second Year Students A. Introduction to Physics.—A course of demonstration lectures in non-mathematical language presenting the fundamental principles of physics so that they can be understood by students who have had no previous special training in the subject. The lectures deal with the principles of mechanics, properties of matter, heat, light, sound, and electricity and are supplemented by practical work in the laboratory. The chief aim of the course is to give the minimum acquaintance with physical science requisite for a liberal education to those whose studies will be mainly literary. Students must reach the required standing in both theoretical and practical work. Open only to students who have not presented Physics for University Entrance. Text-book: White, Classical and Modern Physics, Van Nostrand. Reference: Lemon, From Galileo to Cosmic Rays, University of Chicago. Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Lectures: A* Section 1, 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday; Section 2, 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. C. Elementary Physics. — An elementary course in general physics for students taking courses in the Department of Home Economics. The course will cover mechanics, molecular physics, heat, sound, light, electricity, and modern physics without stressing their mathematical aspect. Topics which are of particular interest in home economics will be given special emphasis. Text-book: To be announced. Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 1. Elementary Physics.—A study of general college physics suitable for those students who have obtained credit for University Entrance Physics A or its equivalent. The course covers the fundamental principles of mechanics, properties of matter, heat, light, sound, electricity, and some of the more recent developments in physics in a more quantitative way than Physics A. Text-book: Stewart, Physics, A Text-book for Colleges, Ginn. Reference: Smith, Elements of Physics, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisite: Physics A or University Entrance Physics A. Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Lectures: Section 1, 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday; Section 2, 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday; Section 3, 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday; Section 4, 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday. / Physics 201 2. General Physics.—This course in general physics is offered primarily for those students who intend to proceed to a medical course. The course is also suitable for those students who plan to major in the humanities and desire a second course in physics. Concurrent with a more advanced study of general* physics, special emphasis is placed upon those topics which are most important in medicine. Candidates for Honours in Physics receive no credit for this course. References: Robertson, Radiology Physics, Van Nostrand; Stuhl- man, Introduction to Biophysics, Wiley. Prerequisite: Physics 1. Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 3. General Physics.—This course is designed for those students who plan to.teach general science in high school and who are not majoring in Physics. In addition to a more, advanced study of general physics than is usual in a college text, a critical study of selected topics as presented in a number of high school texts will be made. The laboratory period will be devoted to acquiring laboratory technique along the lines most valuable to prospective teachers. Candidates for Honours in Physics receive no credit for this course. Text-book: To be announced. Reference: Perkins, Co liege Physics, Prentice-Hall. Prerequisite: Physics 1. , Two lectures and three hours laboratory* a week. 3 units. 4. Mechanics, Molecular Physics, and Heat.—A study of statics and dynamics of both a particle and a rigid body, the laws of gases, molecular theory, temperature, calorimetry, radiation laws, and elementary thermodynamics. Text-books: Reynolds, Elementary Mechanics, Prentice-Hall; Allen and Maxwell, Text-book of Heat, Macmillan. Prerequisite: Physics 1. Three lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. Laboratory: Section 1, 1.30-4.30, Tuesday; Section 2, 1.30-4.30,. Thursday. 202 Faculty of Arts and Science Primarily for Third Year Students 5. Electricity and Magnetism.—A study of the fundamentals of magnetism and electricity, including alternating currents and electron physics. Text-book: Loeb, Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism, 2nd ed., Wiley. Prerequisite: Physics 1. Three lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. Laboratory: 1.30-4.30, Monday. 6. Theoretical Mechanics.—A course in analytic and vector mechanics of a particle and a rigid body. Among the topics treated are central forces, vector fields, D'Alembert's Principle, generalized coordinates, and Lagrange's equations of motion. An introduction is given to the Principle of Least Action, Hamilton's Principle, canonical transformations, and the Hamilton-Jacobi equation. Text-book: Edwards, Analytic and .Vector Mechanics, McGraw- Hill. If credit has not been obtained in Mathematics 10 and 12 they should be taken concurrently with this course. Two lectures a week. 2 units. 7. Introduction to Mathematical Physics.—A course of lectures upon selected topics, including elasticity, viscosity,, surface tension, gravitation, heat conduction, wave motion, and hydrodynamics. If credit has not been obtained in Mathematics 10 and 12 they should be taken concurrently with this course. Two lectures a week. * 2 units. 8. Physical Optics.—A study of geometrical and physical optics supplemented by laboratory work, covering spectroscopy, aberration theory, optical instruments, optical glass, photography, interference, diffraction, polarization, reflection theory, magneto- optics, electro-optics, and experiments on ether drift. Text-book: Jenkins and White, Fundamentals of Physical Optics, McGraw-Hill. References: Hardy and Perrin, The Principles of Optics, McGraw- Hill ; Wood, Physical Optics, Macmillan. Two lectures and six hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 9. Elementary Modem Physics.—A survey of the fundamental ideas underlying modern physics. The arrangement of the material Igff^WgPS-* **'" 75'*' Physics 208 is designed especially to suit the needs of general science teachers and" others who wish to study some of the recent developments in physics. Analytical demonstrations, such as are given, do not involve advanced mathematics. Among the topics treated are electronic phenomena, radio and television, the nature of light and electromagnetic radiation, X-rays, the quantum theory, spectroscopy, astrophysics, relativity, radioactivity, cosmic rays, and elementary particles. Candidates for Honours in Physics receive no credit for this course. Text-book: Brown, Fundamentals of Modern Physics, Wiley. Reference: Hull, An Elementary Survey of Modern Physics, Mac- millan. Prerequisite: Physics A or 1. Two lectures -and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Primarily for Fourth Year Students 10. Light.—A short lecture course for students who have not taken Physics 8. A study of optical instruments, photography, spectroscopy, photometry, thermal radiation, refractometers, interference, diffraction, and polarised light. References: Hardy and Perrin, The Principles of Optics, McGraw-Hill ; Gibb, Optical Methods of Chemical Analysis, McGraw- Hill. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 11. Electricity and Magnetism. — A course dealing primarily with the theoretical phases of electricity and magnetism, including an introduction to the electromagnetic theory and the special theory of relativity. Text-book: Page and Adams, Principles of Electricity, Van Nostrand. . References: Harnwell, Principles of Electricity and Magnetism, McGraw-Hill; Smythe, Static and Dynamic Electricity, McGraw-' Hill. Two lectures a week. 2 units. 12. Introduction to Atomic Structure.—A course of lectures dealing with the various branches of physics which have most directly contributed to the present status of our knowledge of atomic structure. The topics treated include cathode and positive rays, radioactivity, the photoelectric effect, atomic and molecular spectra, X-rays, cosmic rays, and nuclear physics. 204 Faculty of Arts and Science Text-book: Richtmyer and Kennard, Introduction. to Modern Physics, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisites: Physics 4 and 5, and Mathematics 10. Two lectures a week. 2 units. ■13. Kinetic Theory of Gases.-—A course of lectures giving an exposition of the classical deductions and an outline of recent experimental advances of the subject. Text-book: To be announced. Two lectures a week. 2 units. 14. Thermodynamics.—A course of lectures covering the fundamental principles of the subject. ^^ Text-book: Birtwistle, The Principles of Thermodynamics, Cambridge, ^^^-k One lecture a week. l^. ^^ * 1 unit. 19. Experimental Physics.—This is chiefly a laboratory course covering work in thermionics, spectroscopy, high vacua, and general laboratory technique. Carefully prepared reports, abstracts, and bibliographies constitute an essential part of the course. Text-books: Hoag, Electron and Nuclear Physics, Van Nostrand; Harnwell and Livingood, Experimental Atomic Physics, McGraw- Hill; Strong, Procedures in Experimental Physics, Prentice-Hall. Six hours laboratory a week. 2 or 3 units. With the consent of the Head of the Department, Fourth Year students may select one or more units from the following graduate courses. Primarily for Graduate Students 20. Spectroscopy.—A study of the excitation, observation, and theory of optical spectra. This includes such subjects concerning the origin of atomic and molecular spectra,as spectral series, atomic and molecular energy states, Zeeman, Paschen-Back, 'and Stark Effects, etc. Also one or more lectures may be given on spectrograph^ methods in chemical and metallurgical analysis. 1 unit. '21. Radiation and Atomic Structure.—A study of the theories •of radiation and miscellaneous related topics selected from current literature. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 22. Electromagnetic Theory.—A study of the classical work of Maxwell, Hertz, Lorentz, and others; the application of the theory -fyFSyirr&Wf'vw**-- ■ ■ \\ Physics 205 of relativity to electrodynamics; and recent advances. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 23. Vector Analysis.—A course of lectures upon the applications of vecto^ analysis to problems in physics. One lecture a week. 1 uifit. 24. X-rays and Crystal Structure. — A study of the modern methods of production and observation of X-rays, the Compton effect, X-ray analysis, and the structure of crystals. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 25. Theory of Measurements.—A lecture course on the combination of observations, including a consideration of interpolation formulae, normal frequency distributions, and least squares. One lecture a week. ^^k. ^^^^ ^ unit. 26. Advanced Analytical Dynamics.—A lecture course on the generalized methods of Lagrange, Hamilton, and Jacobi. 1 unit. , 27. The Theory of Relativity.—An introductory course to the theory of relativity. One lecture a week. 1 unit: 28. Quantum Mechanics. -— An introduction to the theory of quantum mechanics, and the application of wave mechanics to atomic problems. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 29. Nuclear PhysicS.—An introduction to modern developments in nuclear physics. Among topics treated are natural and artificial radioactivity, interactions of various radiations with matter, artificial disintegration, and cosmic rays. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 30. Electron Optics.—A study of the theory of electrostatic and magnetic electron focusing.systems with practical applications in both the electrostatic and magnetic electron microscopes, cathode ray tubes, television cathode ray tubes, electron multipliers, etc 40. Methods in High School Physics. — This course is offered ' primarily for students in the Teacher Training Course and does not carry undergraduate credit. Readings to be assigned. 206 Faculty of Arts and Science DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL WORK Professor and Head of the Department: Miss Marjorie J. Smith. Associate Professor: Miss Katherine Reebel. Part-time Lecturers Miss Isobel Harvey, M.A. (Brit. Col.). Miss Elizabeth King, M.A. (Acadia). Gordon Hearn, B.A. (Man.), M.Sc. (George Williams College). Honorary Lecturers James H. Creighton, M.A. (Brit. Col.). Miss Laura Holland, C.B.E., R.N., Cert. School of Social Work (Simmons College). Miss Mary McPhedran, Diploma, Social Science Department (Toronto). Note. The following courses, except Social Work 1, are open only to candidates for the Diploma in Social Work. 1. Introduction to Social Work.—A general survey of the field of professional social work for students preparing to enter the graduate course in Social Work. The various types of social agencies will be studied with case illustrations of the work such agencies do and a general historical background will be reviewed in order to demonstrate how social agencies originated to meet existing needs. Text-book: Fink, The Field of Social Work, Holt. Three hours a week. Miss Smith, Miss Reebel. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 2(a). Social Case Work.—An introductory course describing the philosophy of social case work, case work methods, and the types of problems tb which case work can make a contribution. Three hours a week. First Term. Miss Reebel. iy2 units. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 2(b). Social Case Work.—A continuation of 2(a) with elaboration of methods and techniques through the study of case records. Three hours a week. Second Term. Miss Smith. iy2 units. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 3. Problems of Child Welfare.—An introductory course in which methods of caring for dependent, neglected, and delinquent children are presented and discussed. Three hours a week. Second Term. Miss Smith. lx/2 units. Lectures: 4.30-5.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 4. Medical Information.—The purpose of the course is to provide social workers with, the information needed to understand and help most effectively persons suffering from mental and physical handicaps; social implications of illness, the need for an interpretative Social Work 207 diagnosis, and the ethics involved in the relations of doctors, nurses, social workers, and patients. Two hours a week. Miss Johnson and special lecturers. 2 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Wednesday and Friday. 5. Advanced Case Work.—Discussion of case material from specialized fields of practice designed to deepen the students' understanding of people and to increase the students' skills in case work practice. Summer Session. iy2 units. 7. Introduction to Social Group Work.—This course furnishes an appreciation of the value and function of group work in the general field of social work. Specific attention is given to the group process; group work objectives; programme planning; leadership. Three hours a week. First Term. Mr. Hearn. V/2 units. Lectures: 8.30-10.30, Monday; 8.30-9.30, Wednesday. 9. Beginning Field Work. * AT Fifteen hours a week. 3 units. Tuesday and Thursday. 10. Advanced Field Work. Thirty hours a week. 3 units. May, June, and July. 11. Community Organization.—An examination of the problem of identifying social needs in the community and of developing programmes to meet them. An analysis of the functions of the coordinating agencies in the community and of the professional social worker in the process of social planning. Two hours a week. Second Term. 1 unit. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Wednesday and Friday. 12. Social Work and the Law.—The principles of law with which the social worker, should become familiar; those defects in judicial administration that especially affect persons with low incomes; the structure of the court system; legal aid societies and their work. Summer Session. Special lecturers. iy2 units. 13(a). Public Welfare.—A descriptive study of public welfare organization with an emphasis upon Canadian developments of the past and present and a consideration of future plans. Two hours a week. First Term. Mr. Creighton. 1 unit. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday. 1 5ft (..- *t. ( t *n i^> w j- i.>™^ . Faculty of Arts and Science 13(b). Public Welfare.—Problems of administration in the field of public welfare. Two hours a week. Second Term. Miss Smith. 1 unit. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday. 20. Social Research.—Discussion of and practice in research methods. Preparation of studies. Two hours a week. Second Term. Miss Harvey. 1 unit. Lectures: 2.30-4.30, Friday. Nursing 5. Mental Hygiene,—An introduction to the study of mental illness, with emphasis upon its prevention. Child guidance clinics and the psychiatric social history. One hour a week. Mr. Crease and special lecturers. 1 unit. Lectures: 3.30-4.30, Monday. Department of Zoology Professor and Head of the Department: W. A. Clemens. Professor: G. J. Spencer. # Professor: I. McT. Cowan. Note. Biology 1 is prerequisite to all courses in Zoology, except for pre-medical students taking Zoology 1, 2, 5, and 6. 1. General Zoology.—A course on the structure, classification, life histories, and biology of animals. This course is prerequisite to other courses in Zoology. Text-book: Storer, General Zoology, McGraw-Hill, or Hegner, College Zoology, 4th edition, Macmillan. References: Buchsbaum, Animals Without Backbones, University of Chicago; Romer, Man and the Vertebrates, University of Chicago. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Clemens. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory: Section 1, 1.30-3.30, Thursday; Section 2, 3.30-5.30, Thursday; Section 3, 2.30-4.30, Monday; Section 4, 2.30-4.30, Wednesday. 2. Comparative Anatomy Of Vertebrates.—The phylogeny and comparative anatomy of the vertebrates and protochordates. The dissection of representative forms. Text-book: Neal and Rand, Chordate Anatomy, Blakiston. Laboratory manual: Little and Kempton, A Laboratory Manual for Comparative Anatomy, 1940, Macmillan. >?-?W, " -5~°ff^-". '*-> \\ Zoology 209 References: Parker and Haswell, A Text-book of Zoology, Vol. 2, Macmillan; Goodrich, Studies on the Structure and Development of Vertebrates, Macmillan. : Two lectures and eight hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Cowan. 3 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: Section 1, 1.30-5.30, Tuesday; 9.30-12.30, Saturday; and one hour to be arranged; Section 2, 1.30-5.30, Monday; 1.30- 3.30, Wednesday; and two hours to be arranged. 3. Invertebrate Zoology.—A detailed course oh the anatomy, taxonomy, and life histories of the invertebrates, with special reference to marine forms. References: Parker and Haswell, A Text-book of Zoology, Vol. 1, 6th edition,Macmillan; Hyman, The Invertebrates, McGraw-Hill; Borradaile and others, The Invertebrata, Cambridge; Pratt, Manual of the Common Invertebrate Animals, Blakiston; Ward and Whipple, Freshwater Biology, Wiley. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term. Mr. Clemens. 2 units. Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday. Laboratory: 1.30-5.30, Tuesday. 4. Introduction to Entomology.—Morphology, classification, life histories, and interrelation of insects; determination of common forms. *• This course is prerequisite to other courses in entomology. Text-book: Folsom and Wardle, Entomology With Special Reference to Its Ecological Aspects, 4th edition, Blakiston; or Wardle, General Entomology, Blakiston. References: Comstoel*> An Introduction to Entomology, 9th edition, Comstock; Essig, Insects of Western North America, Macmillan; Imms, A General Text-book of Entomology, 4th edition, Dutton; Flssig, College Entomology, Macmillan. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term. Mr. Spencer. 2 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory: 1.30-5.30, Tuesday. 5» Histology.—Normal histology of representative human tissues with references to and illustrations from domestic, and common wild animals. Methods in histology, fixing, embedding, sectioning, and staining with standard strains; the golgi method. Each student will prepare a series of about 50 slides during the term. 210 Faculty of Arts and Science Text-books: Pre-medical students are advised to purchase the text-book adopted by the medical school they expect to attend; with other students the selection of a text-book is optional. The following are recommended: Maximow and Bloom, Text-book of Histology, 2nd edition, Saunders; Elwyn and Strong, Bailey's Text-book of Histology, 8th edition, latest reprint, Wood; Bremer, A Text-book of Histology, Blakiston; Schafer, Essentials of Histology, Lea and Febiger; Jordan, A Text-book of Histology, Appleton-Century. Ten hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Spencer. 3 units. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday; 10.30-11.30, Friday. Laboratory: Section 1, 2.30-5.30, Monday; 1.30-3.30, Wednesday; and three hours to be arranged; Section 2, 1.30-5.30, Tuesday and Thursday. 6. Vertebrate Embryology.—A general survey of the principles of embryological development of vertebrates as exemplified by the amphibians, birds, and mammals. The preparation and study of chick or pig embryos. Text-book: Huettner, Comparative Embryology of the Vertebrates, Macmillan. Laboratory manual: Adamstone and Shumway, A Laboratory Manual of Vertebrate Embryology, Wiley. Two lectures and eight hours laboratory a week. First Term. Mr. Cowan. 3 units. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday; 10.30-11.30, Friday. Laboratory: Section 1, 2.30-5.30, Monday; 1.30-3.30, Wednesday; and three hours to be arranged; Section 2, 1.30-4.30, Tuesday; 1.30-3.30, Thursday; and three hours to be arranged. 7. Economic Entomology.—A study of the relation of insects to man, his crops, and domestic animals; bionomics and control of economic forms; natural control. Text-books: Wardle and Buckle, The Principles of Insect Control, Manchester University; Metcalf and Flint, Destructive and Useful Insects, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill. Reference: Wardle, The Problems of Applied Entomology, Manchester University. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Spencer. 2 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday. Laboratory: 1.30-5.30, Friday. 8. Private Reading and Seminar.—A course on the history, principles, and theories of biology. '"'."' 'V*S *■ ' Zoology * 211 References: Locy, Biology and Its Makers, Holt; Nordenskiold, The History of Biology, Knopf; Darwin, Origin of Species; etc. Assigned reading and one hour of seminar with preparation of papers. w Time to be arranged. Mr. Clemens. 2 units. 9. Practical Entomology.—Habitat studies of local representatives of all insect orders; collecting, preserving, mounting, dissecting, and sectioning equipment and technique; clearing methods; meteorological instruments and records; rearing methods and equipment; the keeping and writing up of records; literature; the elements of insect photography. Students will rear certain insects under natural and controlled conditions, keeping full records. References: Peterson, Manual of Entomological Equipment and Methods, Parts I and II, Edwards; Kingsbury and Johannsen, Histological Technique, Wiley; The Meteorological Observer's Handbook, 1939 edition, H.M. Stationery Office; Culture Methods for Invertebrate Animals, Comstock; Shelford, Laboratory and Field Ecology, Williams and Wilkins. Six hours a week by appointment. First Term. Mr. Spencer. 2 units. 10. Forest Entomology.—Insects in their relation to forests, timber, and the health of camp personnel, especially in British Columbia. Text-book-*: Keen, Insect Enemies of Western Forests, U.S. Dept. of Agr., Misc. Publ. No. 273, obtainable from University Book Store or Supt. of Documents, Washington, D.C. References: Doane, Van Dyke, Chamberlain, and Burke, Forest Insects, McGraw-Hill; Graham, Principles of Forest Entomology, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill. One lecture and two hours laboratory a week by arrangement. First Term. Mr. Spencer. ■ 1 unit. 11. Biology of the Vertebrates.—The mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, and fishes, chiefly of British Columbia; identification of species, observational methods in study of behaviour and habitat relations; systematics, distribution, and speciation; methods of preservation for museum study. Field work will be emphasized. Text-books: Allen, Birds and Their Attributes, Marshall Jones; Hamilton, American Mammals, McGraw-Hill. Laboratory manual: Pettingill, A Laboratory and Field Manual of Ornithology. 212 Faculty of Arts and Science One lecture and four hours laboratory a week throughout the year. Mr. Cowan. 3 units. Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Friday. Laboratory: 1.30-5.30, Friday. Students intending to take this course should see Mr. Cowan in the spring prior to the intended registration. 12. Classification and Bionomics of Fishes.—A course dealing with (a) the classification, identification, life histories, and ecology of fishes, with particular reference to the species of British Columbian waters; (b) problems of the commercial and sport fisheries; (c) methods of investigation. References: Jordan and Evermann, Fishes of North and Middle America, 4 vols., U.S. Nat. Museum; Jordan, Fishes, Holt; Norman, A History of Fishes, Benn. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week, times to be- arranged. Second Term. Mr. Clemens. 2 units. Students majoring or taking Honours in Zoology may take the courses Biology 2 and 3, Agronomy 21, and Geology 6 in fulfilment of credit requirements upon the approval of the Head of the Department of Zoology. As a prerequisite for Geology 6, a reading, course in historical geology may be substituted for Geology 1 and may be taken concurrently with Geology 6. Courses for Graduate Students Advanced courses correlated with the work for the major thesis may be arranged, and the following special courses are offered. 20. Biological Methods and Procedures.—A. course to acquaint the student with the methods of dealing with research material, use of literature, rules of nomenclature, designation of types, and preparation of manuscripts and illustrative material. One hour throughout the year. Mr. Clemens, Mr. Spencer, and Mr. Cowan. 1 unit. Required of all graduate students. 21. Limnology and Oceanography.—A course dealing with the physical and chemical conditions in streams, lakes, and seas; methods of investigation; life histories and ecology of aquatic organisms. References: Welch, Limnology, McGraw-Hill; Needham, Life of Inland Waters, Comstock; Harvey, Biological Chemistry and Phys-' ics of Sea Water, Macmillan; Sverdrup, The Oceans, Prentice-Hall. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week throughout the year; times to be arranged. Mr. Clemens. 3 units. V.1S „"*- Zoology 218 22. Advanced Entomology.—A course leading to a better understanding of insect structure and functions. Insect morphology and wing venation; internal anatomy and histology; taxonomy; the physiology of insects. References: Imms, Recent Advances in Entomology, latest edition, Blakiston; Snodgrass, Principles of Insect Morphology, McGraw-Hill; MacGillivray, External Insect Anatomy, Scarab; Comstock, The Wings of Insects, Comstock; Ferris, The Principles of Systematic Entomology, Stanford; Wigglesworth, The Principles of Insect Physiology, Dutton; Uvarov, Insect Nutrition and Metabolism, Trans. Ent. Soc. of London. Lectures and laboratory, four hours a week, both terms, by appointment. Mr. Spencer. 3 units. 23. Economic Vertebrate Zoology.—Lectures, seminar, and laboratory study of the economically important birds and mammals of British Columbia, particularly with respect to their parasites, diseases, food habits, and biology, and the principles involved in the intelligent use of these resources. Text-book: Leopold, Game Management, Scribners. Prerequisite: Zoology 11. Lectures, seminar, and laboratory, four hours a week, throughout the year. Hours to be arranged. Mr. Cowan. 3 units. Fisheries During the session 1945-46 additional courses in fisheries will be offered to both undergraduate and graduate students. It is expected also that provision will be made for short courses for various groups of individuals who are unable to take advantage of the regular sessional instruction. 'WSW '»VF»?V' H " THE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE (ENGINEERING; NURSING AND HEALTH) THIRTY-FIRST SESSION 1945-46 TIME TABLE FACULTY OF Key to Buildings: A, Arts; Ag.. Agriculture; Ap. Applied Monday Section* or Course Room Tuesday Section* or Course Room Wednesday Section* or Course Room a, b, c d, e, f a, o c 5,8 6 6 2, 7, 8 1 t t e *,« 7 Ap 204 Ap 202 S210 Ap285 Ap 102 Me 111 Me 111 Me 132 S413 Ap216 Ap205 Ap 120 Me 208 M204 Math. 8 _... Math. 4 a, b, c d, e,f a, b, c, d 1, 2, 3, 4 6,7,8 1,3,5 6,7,8 h k Ap202 Ap204 Ap 100 Ap208 Ag 100 Ap285 Ap 285 * Phys. 4 C.E. 30 Chem. 2(b)... F.E. 1(c) b d, e, f a, b, c, d c 1,7,8 8,6 5,8 1 t 5 3,6 7 S 107 Math. 4..._ Ap208 F.E. 1(c) Geol. 4 M.E.8t M.E. 58 M.E 6 Chem. 18(a).. C.E. 10(a) .. Ap285 E.E. 2 Geol. 4 _.. C.E. 10(a) . Me 109 8 • 00 Bot. 7(a) t...... F.E. 165 Ap-102 Ap210 Ap216 Ap 120 F.E.165 Geol. 11 1 M.E. 1* Met. 8(b) Met. 7 M204 C.E. 80 Eng. 8 Geol. 1 Chem. 8 M.E. 6 _ M.E. 7 Chem. 16(a). C.E. 22 F.E. 6t F.E. 105 E.E. 11 _ . E.E. 14 Met. 8(b) : Mining St Mining 75 a, b, c d, e,f a, b, c, d 1 2,7,8 8,6 1 t U i s e 7 1,8 8 Ap208 $210 AplOO S800 Me 132 Me 109 S418 Ap216 Ap235 Ap285 Me 208 Me 210 M204 M208 M206 Phys. 4 Eng. 4 C.E. 8 E.E. 8 Geol. 2 F.E. 6t F.E 105 a,b, c d.e.f c,d 2,4 8, 6 1 1, S, 7, 8 k i AplOO Ap202 Ap237 Me 109 Ap 102 Ap 235 Ap235 S418 Ap 216 Me 208 M204 b d, e,f a, b, c, d 1 2.4 8 6 6 5,7,8 1 t I S 6 5,1,8 k 4 Ap 208 Ap 100 S300 Ap210 Geol. 1 ...... Chem. »_._. E.E. 5 o M.E. St M.E. 5§ M.D. 1 Me 111 Me 111 « C.E. 19... Chem.l6(a).. CE. 24t C.E. 29§ E.E. 11 E.E. 14 Met. 2 F.E. 6t — F.E.10§ S 413 o> M.E. 15 Met. 2 3,6 6,7,8 Ap287 Ap 216 Me 208 Me 210 M206 Ap285 Ap285 C.E. 80 Math. 6 Biol. 1 M.E. 4 a,b, c a, b, c, d 5 8, 6 2, 7, 8, 1 1 t 3 h i e,8 e 7 Ap 208 Ap202 Ap 100 Me 10.9 Me 132 S418 Ap216 Me 208 Ap285 Ap235 Apl20 Me 210 M 204 Math. 8 Math. 2 a, b, c d, e, f a, b, c, d 1, 7 2 8 6 6 5,7.8 1 t s u k e 6 8 Ap204 Ap 202 Ap 100 S400 Ap237 Me 109 Me 111 Me 111 M 206 S413 Ap216 Me 208 Ap 235 Ap235 Ap 102 Me 210 M204 Phys. 4 b d.e. t a, b, c, d 5 2, '7, 8 3, 6 1 t t 3 k h 6,8 6 S 107 C.E. 4 Ap 202 Ap 100 Biol. 1 M.E. 6 M.E. 7 Phys. 10 Chem. 7 o C.E. 25t C.E. 298 E.E. 12 F.E. 8§ F.E. lit Geol. 8 M.E. 16 Ap287 Ap216 Me 208 Ap235 Ap235 Ap 120 Me 210 E.E. 12 F.E. 8§ F.E. lit Geol. 8 M.E. 19 Met. 8(a)-— Mining 1_ Chem. 8 C.E. 23 E.E. 9 F.E.lit Geol. 6... Mining 4 a, b, c d, e, f a, b, c, d 2, 4 1, 8, 6, 7p S, 7, 8 * . i h 3 6 f, 7C, 8 AplOO Ap 202 Ap237 Ap 204 M.206 Ap 216 Ap 2S5 Ap 235 Me 208 Me 210 M204 Bot. Kb).... Eng. 8 Phys. 5 c d, e,f a, b, c, d 1, 2, 7, 8 8, 6 5 1 t h 6 3 8 Ap 101 AplOO S200 Me 111 Me 100 Ap 106 S 413 Ap216 Ap285 Ap 102 Me 208 M204 a, b, c d.e, f a, 6, c, d 2 1. 8, 6, 7p 5, 6, 7, 8 «, 7 t h I S, 7C, 8 AplOO Ap208 Ap 202 CE. 6 C.E. 11 —- Math. 8 M.D. 1 — CE. 4 C.E. 6 Ap 216 Ap204 Me 109 o. M.E. 7 Geol. 5 — Chem. 6 Math. 8 Met. 1(a) t .... Met. 1(c) 5 C.E. 298 F.E. 7t - F.E. 58 E.E. 13 :. M.E. 19 Ap216 Ap28» Geol. 12 M.E. 14§ Mining 2 __ Bot. 6(b) 8 Mining 3 Ap285 M204 * t i See footnote at end of Time Table. f?p»ff 6b 7 k k 8 S811, Phys. 5. Geol. 1 Chem. 4....._ Biol. 1 CE. 10 a-b Chem. 9 E.E. 11 F.E. 6t F.E. 88 M.E. 10 __. M.D. 8 815 Chem.2(b)_ S107 S 205 Chem. 5 ... CE. 1 Geol. 108 E.E. 1 - Ap 212 Ap 120 CE. 17 Chem. 7 o CO CM* CE. 25t C.E.178 Geol. 7 Met. 1(c) 8— Met. 8 Zool. lot F.E.158 Geol. St~ Ap216 Ap216 AplOO F.E. 2(c)t_. F.E. 185 ... M.E. 16 M.D. 8 Met. 1(c) 8-..- M116 Apl05 Ap205 Apl20 a d, e, f a, b c, d 1 2, 8, 4, 5 (.7,8 k 1 t S k t 7,8 ta S107 Ap208 SSll Ap212 S415 Ap202 Ap 205 S411 Ap 216 El 120 Ap205 Me 210 M116 C.E. 80 _ a, b, c a 1 2,8,4 6,7,8 1 3 k k 5 6 Ap208 S205 S411 S816 AP205 Ap 205 Ap 106 Me 132 Chem. 2(a)... Phys. 4.. a, b, c d 6 e, d » k 6b 7 i S811, M.E. 1 Chem. 2(b) _.. CE. 5—. _ Chem. 5 815 Chem. 4 _. CE. 10 a-b Chem. 9 E.E. 11 F.E. 6t F.E. 88 Geol. 12 S 107 Phys. 5 CE. 1 S205 Ap212 C.E. 25t F.E.155 Met. 1(c) 8 Met. 8 Ad 216 © Bot. 7(a) t—. Chem. 7 C.E. 17 Ap205 AplOS F.E. 188 M.E. 16.._. M.D. 8 Met 1(c) 8— 3 Phys. 4 Chem. 5 CE. 12 C.E. 178 E.E. 12 Bot. 7(a) t— M.E. 16 I M.D. 8 .— a 1 2, 8, 4, 5, 6,7,8 * 3 k 6 7,8 S107 S415 Ap202 Ap 216 El 120 Ap205 Me 210 C.E. 80 CE. lObt— Chem. 9 ..„_ F.E. 88 Geol. 12 a, b, c 2, 8, 4, 6, 7, 8 1 k 5 t Ap 208 Ap202 S316 Ap 205 Apl06 Me 182 * Sections—Second Year—a, b, c, d, e, t. Third Year—a, 6, c, d. t First term only. 8 Second term only. Note.—Second Year Forest Engineering students register in Section c. Third Year Forest Engineering students register in Section c. psf^^rjsw?p%^.:" —Continued Thursday Section* or Course Room Friday Section* or Course Room Phys. 4 Geol. 1.. e o,6 • 1 2,4,8 8 a, 6a 6b 6,7,8 8.7,8 1 t t k k S IP S107 Apl20 S205 S818 Ap210 Me 182 S118 Ap216 Ap205 Ap209 Me 208 M116 M.E. 1 .. a,b, c t c,d 2,4 3,6 8,6 5,7,8 1 3 k k 6 6a 7 8 Ap208 S107 Ap212 SSll Ap2S7 M204 S118 Me 208 Ap20S Ap205 Apl20 Phya. 5. CE. 81 Chem. 2(b)... CE. 11 Chem. 8 CE. 0. M.H. T M.E. 81 Met 5t M.D. 25 Chem. 16(b). CE. 24 - E.E. 88 Met 1(b) Chem. 16(b). E.E. 7 F.E. 108 F.E. lit — F.E. 2(a)t F.E. 55 M.E. 82 Met. 4 B.E. 10 AplOt Phys. 4 Geol. 1. e a,b e l 2, 4, 8 8a, 8a 6b 5,7,8 5,7,8 1 3 6 k k 6,7c IP S107 Ap 120 S205 S818 Ap210 Me 182 S118 Ap216 Me 208 Ap205 Ap205 ApllO M116 M.E.I a, b, c •f a, b c,d 2,4 5,8 2,4 8,6 8,6 7 1 3 k k 6 6a 7 Ap208 S107 Ap212 SSll Ap210 Ap210 Ap210 M116 S118 Me 208 Ap265 Ap205 Apl20 - Pp-j-**-. i! Chem. 2(b) C.E.ISt C.E. 188 C.E. 158 - E.E. 2t E.E. 88 Met. 1(c) 5 Chem. 16b . CE. 9 _ M.E. 7 M.E. 81 Met. St M.D. 25 Chem. 16(b). C.E. 24 E.E. 10 . 3 E.E. 14 F.E. 2(a)t ... F.E. 55 F.E. 108 F.E.lit Geol. 6 Met. 9... . . Met. 4 Bot. 1(b) Phys. 4. Phys. 5 Chem. 8 C.E. 9 _ M.E. 7 . M.E. 81 Met. 5t M.D. 25 c e c 1 2,4,8 8b, 6b 6a 5,7,8 5,7,8 1 i - k k 6 5, 7c IP AplOl S107 S205 S818 Ap210 Me 182 S118 Ap216 Ap 205 Ap205 Ap 110 M116 M.E. 1 Phys. 4 C.E. 31 Chem. 2(b) CE. 18t CE. 188 C.E.158- E.E. 2t a,b, c t a, b c, d 2,4 5,8 2.4 8,6 8,6 7 1 3 k k 7 tb Ap208 S107 Ap212 SSll Ap210 Ap210 Ap210 M116 S118 Me 208 Ap205 Ap 205 S • CO Chem. 16(b). C.E. 24 - F.E. 2(a) t—. F.E. 55- E.E. 14 . Geol. 9 -. .. Met. 1(c) 5 Chem. 16(b). E.E. 7 F.E 108 F.E.lit M.E. 82 Bot 1(b) CE. 9 _. M.E. 7 - M.E. 81._ Met. 5t - M.D. 25— Chem. 16(b) CE. 245 Geol. 9 . c 2,4,8 8b, 6b 6a 5,7,8 5,7,8 J t 6,7c AplOl Ap210 Me 182 S118 Ap21« ApllO C.E. 18t C.E. 188 — CE. 158 Met. 1(c) 8 Chem. 16(b). E.E. 7 F.E. 108 F.E.lit M.E. 82 2,4 5,8 2,4 7 1 3 i -» tb Ap210 Ap210 Ap210 M116 S118 Me 208 Ap 205 Ap205 8 • * Courses—1 Chemical Engineering. 2 Civil Engineering. 8 Electrical Engineering. 4 Forest Engineering. 5 Geological Engineering. 6 Mechanical Engineering. 7 Metallurgical Engineering. 8 Mining Engineering. Fifth year courae numbers shown in italic*. ft '%X il ■^k'-w * * -*"*• *tVi\\ ^g-flfK^tytW^Ttf^ *.-, *-.?■■ ,i t. . . -■■.-■• - ■"'»-!*«.->i FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE FOREWORD The object of the courses in Applied Science is to train students in exact and fertile thinking, and to give them a sound knowledge of natural laws and of the-means of utilizing natural forces and" natural products for the benefit of man and the advancement of civilization. Experience shows that such a training is the best yet devised for a large and increasing proportion of the administrative, ■ supervisory, and technical positions. The object, then, is to turn out, not finished engineers or industrial leaders—these are the product of years of development in the school of experience—but young men with a special capacity and training for attaining these goals, and thus for helping to develop the industries of the Province. Consequently the undergraduate course is made broad and general rather than narrow and highly specialized. Furthermore, such a course is not only better suited to the British Columbia conditions that the graduate will encounter in his after-life, but also better for later specialization, for it furnishes a more solid foundation, a better background, a broader outlook, and a more stimulating atmosphere, all necessary if the specialist is to achieve the maximum results of which he is capable. The student is offered a full undergraduate course and an additional year of graduate study. The First Year is intended to increase the student's general knowledge and to broaden bis outlook. It is hoped that enough interest will be aroused to encourage the student to continue some study of the humanities as a hobby or recreation. The Second and Third Years in Applied Science are spent in a general course that includes mathematics and all the basic sciences. This gives not only, a broad training, but enables the student to discover the work for which he has special liking or aptitude and to select more intelligently the subjects in which to specialize during the final two years.- During these two years students acquire more detailed knowledge and get practice in applying scientific principles and knowledge, in solving problems, in doing thingS; and there is also training in economics, law, and industrial management. During the long period between sessions, the student is required to engage in some industrial or professional work that will afford practical experience not obtainable in the laboratory or field classes, but that is a necessary supplement to academic study. Faculty of Applied Science An engineering degree in the Applied Science Course of the University is accepted by the Association of Professional Engineers of the Province of British Columbia in lieu of two of the six years' practical experience required by the Engineering Act of the Province for registration to practise engineering. Students are advised to register with the Association of Professional Engineers of British Columbia in their Third Year; and to associate themselves with the appropriate engineering societies. ADMISSION The general requirements for admission to the University are given on pages 30-32. As for Arts, complete University Entrance or its equivalent is required for admission to Applied Science, and no student may enter with any supplemental-outstanding in University Entrance. No student with defective standing will be admitted either to the Second or to the Third Year in Applied Science. The Faculty reserves the right of selection and admission of the students entering the Second Year of the Combined Course and the Third Year of the Double Course in Nursing. Applications for admission to the Second Year in Nursing, or to the Third Year in the Double Course in Arts and Science and Nursing, must be made to the Registrar on or before August 15th. Application to the associated hospital school of nursing must be completed before that date. . Candidates who expect to complete the requisite entrance standing through University or Senior Matriculation supplemental examinations, held in August or September, may apply for admission as specified above and their applications will be considered subject to the results of these examinations. Admission to the Second Year in Applied Science may be granted to students who have fulfilled the requirements of the First Year, as outlined below, by Senior Matriculation or similar work taken outside of the University; but students who are considering entering Applied Science are recommended to take the First Year at the University because in the opinion of the Faculty it is highly desirable for students to have a year's experience at the University before entering Second Year Applied Science. This experience includes special orientation^ lectures, contact with Arts students, with Applied Science senior students, with specialists, with college organizations, and generally with the University methods and adjustments which prepare them to attack the difficult and heavy work of the Second Year efficiently from the ipp?sp-fW •••?•." -•""* : AdmissiGn 22S outset, or to select another University course, if desired, on the basis of a year's experience and without loss of time. For requirements for admission to courses in Nursing and Health, see pages 244, 248, and 250. DEGREES The degrees offered students in this Faculty are: Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc). (See below.) Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.S.F.). (See page 234.) Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc). (See page 251.) COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A.Sc. The degree of Bachelor of Applied Science is granted on the completion of the work in one of the courses* given-below: 1. Chemical Engineering. 2. Civil Engineering. 3. Electrical Engineering. 4. Forest Engineering. 5. Geological Engineering. 6. Mechanical Engineering. 7. Metallurgical Engineering. 8. Mining Engineering. 9. Nursing and Health. Double courses are offered in Arts and Science and Applied Science leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc. (Engineering), B.A. and B.A.Sc. (Nursing), B.A. and B.S.F., and B.Com. and B.S.F. For the regulations governing these, see the section Double Courses, at the end of the Calendar. The Double Course pleading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc. (Engineering) is strongly recommended to students who are young enough to afford the time and to students wishing to enter Applied Science, and who have to their credit some, but not all, of the requirements of First Year Applied Science as set forth on page 225. The latter can select subjects in their Second Year Avta that will satisfy the Arts requirements for the double degree, and at the same time complete the work of First Year Applied Science. Thus they may qualify for an Arts degree without expending any more time than would be required to qualify them for entrance into Second Year Applied Science. *The curriculum described in the following pages may be changed from time to time as deemed advisable by the Senate. M t • «• -a j »i » ; 234 Faculty of Applied Science PRACTICAL WORK OUTSIDE THE UNIVERSITY In order to master professional subjects it is very important that the work done at the University should be supplemented by practical experience in related work outside. Therefore students are expected to spend their summers in employment that will give such experience. Before a degree will be granted, a candidate is required to , satisfy the department concerned that he has done at least four months' practical work related to his chosen profession. Fourth and Fifth Year essays (see page 227) should be based, as far as possible, upon the summer work. Upon approval of the Dean and the head of the department concerned, University credit may be granted for work done outside the University under the immediate supervision of the University staff, during the University session. Practical work such as shop-work, freehand drawing, mechanical drawing, surveying, etc., done outside the University may be accepted in lieu of laboratory or field work (but not in lieu of lectures) in these subjects, on the recommendation of the head of the department and approval of the Dean. Students seeking exemption as above must make written application to the Dean, accompanied by certificates indicating the character of the work done and the time devoted to it. OPENING OF SESSION It is essential to the success of the student that he should be in attendance at the opening of the session, for, in order to allow as much time as possible for practical work in the summer, the length of the session has been reduced to the minimum consistent with the ground to be covered. Consequently a student requires the full session to master the work. A mere pass standing is a very unsatisfactory preparation for subsequent work or professional life. Further, from this standpoint, the opening work is the most important of the whole session for the student, for in it are given the general instructions necessary for the proper attack upon the work. The only exception is when the summer employment affords experience necessary for the course in which the student is specializing, and when it will lighten to some extent the work of the session (such as in Geological Survey field work for geological students) and then only provided the nature of this work makes it impossible for the student to reach the University on the opening m^m^w^m^^mw^ - ' Courses in Applied Science 225 day. Under these circumstances, if the student furnishes a statement from his employer showing that it was impossible for him to release the student earlier, the Dean may allow the student to enter without penalty as to class attendance. The student must, however, register at the opening of the session in accordance with the regulations in reference to registration. SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATIONS A student with supplementals must write them off at the regulat time for supplemental examinations before the opening of the session, for he will need the entire session for the current year's work. It is also necessary, for a successful year, to have a satisfactory knowledge of the foundational work of the preceding year. No exceptions to the above rule will be granted except as under paragraph 2, above. See regulations 4 and 5, page 253. GENERAL OUTLINE OF UNIVERSITY COURSES Students desiring to enrol in Nursing and Health register, for the First Year in Arts and Science and take the special course outlined on page 244; students desiring to enrol in the Double Course for the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc, register for the first two years in Arts and Science and take the courses outlined on pages 321-322. All other students of Applied Science except those in Forest Engineering have a general course common to all for the first three years as under., FIRST YEAR For admission to the Faculty of Applied Science the applicant should have credit for either Chemistry A or Physics A of University Entrance. If possible, both should be taken. The students register in Arts and Science, and take the following classes as Arts students: English 1 (a and b). Mathematics 1. Chemistry 1. Physics 1. Latin 1 or French 1 or Beginners' German*. The passing grade is* 60 per cent in Mathematics, Chemistry, and Physics and 50 per cent in the other subjects. •Applied Science students are advised, to take Beginners' German. Faculty of Applied Science Students in Nursing and Health are required to obtain a grade of 60 per cent in either Biology or Chemistry; for all other subjects a grade of 50 per cent will be accepted. No student with defective standing will be admitted to Second Year Applied Science. A reading knowledge of French and German is desirable for students in Engineering. Students who have passed First Year Arts and Science, but who have failed to make the necessary entrance requirements for the Second Year Applied Science, may take the September supplemental examinations of Arts and Science. First Year students are advised to attend the noon-hour talks on the choice of a profession and on the life and work in various callings likely to be selected by Applied Science graduates, as these may assist the student in determining whether Applied Science is the best course for him. If he finds it is not, he can proceed in Arts without any loss of time. The work of the Second and Third Years is the same in all courses, except those in Nursing and Health and Forest Engineering. SECOND YEAR details page: First Term Second Term Subject IN *E nJ-i 2 s » 5% ^ is o« . a ■***■ fag 3 s. 31 * J-0 ■-1 a J* Math. 2 Trigonometry and Solid Geometry 273 2 2 Math. 3 Algebra 273 2 2 Math. 4 Calculus 273 2 2 M.E. 1 Drawing 1 274 3 3 Physics 4(a) Mechanics 290 3 3 Physics 4(b) Heat 290 3 3 •Chem. 2(a) Qual. Analysis 256 1 3 1 3 C.E. 2 Surveying 258 Field Work C.E. 3 General Engineering 258 1 I C.E. 4 Graphical Statics 259 2 2 C.E. 30 Engineering Problems 265 4 4 English 3 Composition 266 2 2 fBot. 1(b) General Forest Botany 255 2 2 2 2 NOTE.—The sum of 13.00 as caution money must be deposited before Field Work in C.E. 2. *Not required for Forestry students. tFor Forestry students only. » T5V#"* ":■• ■■ : •» •-• •■• '",; Courses in Applied Science 227 THIRD YEAR No student with defective standing will be admitted to the Third Year of Applied Science. *n ■ag, First Term Second Term Subject 1% o' . r at) «3 jgr I* 111 J* Essay 227 273 273 256 290 258 | 259 1 259 ] 259 265 271 274 278 266 267 3 2 1 2 2 Field 2 2 Sumi 1 3 3 3 3 3 Work 3 2 ner Tei 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 •m 1 3 Math. 6 Calculus " Math. 7 Geometry •Chem. 2(b) Quan. Analysis Physics 5 Electricity C.E. 1 Descriptive Geometry CE. 5 Mapping CE. 6 Surveying tCE. 7 Surveying CE. 31 Mechanics. and Engineering Problems 3 3 8 3 3 Geology 1 General 2 tM.E. 2 Mechanical Drawing tM.E. 30 Machine Shop Practice English 4 Technical Writing. §F.E. 1(c) General Forestry • NOTE.—The sum of $3.00 caution money must be deposited before Survey School opens. *Not required for Forestry students. tStudents entering Civil, Forest, Geological, and Mining Engineering are required to take Civil Engineering 7 (see page 259) Immediately after the spring examinations. 1 Students entering Chemical, Electrical, Mechanical, and Metallurgical Engineering are required to take M.E. 2 and M.E. 30 (see pages 274 andt 278) immediately after the spring examinations. 8 For Forestry students only. THIRD, FOURTH, AND FIFTH YEARS Essays Students entering the Third Year are required to submit an essay of not less than 1,000 words. This should take the form of a scientific report based preferably upon original observations made during the summer. Any suitable subject, however, may be chosen. Emphasis will be placed, upon the precise and accurate use of English, but credit will also be given to subject matter, form, and illustrations. If the essay is not up to the standard of a pass mark in English, it will be returned for re-writing. One copy only is required, which may be retained for future reference by the department most interested. wm"' 228 Faculty of Applied Science Essays are required of all students entering the Fourth and Fifth Years, except that the essay is optional for students entering Fifth Year Chemical Engineering and is not required of students entering Fifth Year Geological Engineering. The following regulations should be observed. 1. The essay shall consist of not less than 2,000 words. 2. Two copies shall be submitted in properly bound form. Only one copy need contain maps and illustrations. 3. The essay shall be a technical description of the engineering aspects of the work on which the student was engaged during the summer, or of any scientific or engineering work with which he is familiar. In the preparation of the essay, advantage may be taken of any source of information, but due acknowledgment must ~ be made of all authorities consulted. It should be suitably illustrated by drawings, sketches, photographs, or specimens. 4. The essays shall be typewritten, or clearly written on paper of substantial quality, standard letter size (8V2XII inches), on one side of the paper only, leaving a clear margin on top and left- hand side. Every student shall submit a duplicate copy of his essay, for the correction of English. If typewritten, essays must be "double-spaced." Students are recommended to examine sample reports to be found in the departments and also copies of Masters' theses in the library. 5. The latest date for receiving graduating essays in the Second Term shall be the last day of lectures; and the corresponding date for the Autumn Congregation shall be October 1. AU other essays shall be handed in to the Dean not later than November 15. 6. In the Final Year, students in Nursing and Health will be required to submit a graduating essay, or to present a seminar, covering an original study based upon experiences gained during the academic and professional years, and developed from topics assigned by the Department early in the year. All essays must be handed in, or seminars presented, during the Second Term. All essays, when handed in, become the property of the department concerned, and are filed for reference. A duplicate copy may be submitted in competition for the students' prizes of the Engineering Institute of Canada, or the Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. A maximum of 100 marks is allowed, the value being based on presentation, English, and matter. In Fourth Year essays, presenta- BW3Sa«-E; Courses in Applied Science 229 tion, that is, the manner in which the matter is arranged and presented to the reader, is given greatest weight, with English second and matter third. In Fifth Year essays greatest emphasis is placed on matter, but consideration is also given to presentation and English. COURSES 1. Chemical Engineering The course in Chemical Engineering has been planned to prepare the student for the task of designing, constructing, or operating a chemical plant. As such he must not only be conversant with the chemical processes involved, but be prepared to design and to oversee the construction of new buildings and to direct the installation and use of machinery. Hence the course of study includes, especially in the first three years, a number of courses in the older branches of engineering. In the Fourth Year the student receives an introduction to the principles of chemical engineering proper, and in the Fifth Year the advanced part of the subject is undertaken. During these years the maximum amount of chemical training allowed by the time at the disposal of the student is given in inorganic, organic, and physical chemistry. Fourth Year Subject First Term O » 2sss .§§* Second Term ■8g* Essay Math. 8 Applied Calculus and Differential Equations Geol. 2(a) Mineralogy Chem. 3 Organic Chem. 4(a) Theoretical Chem. 5 Adv. Analysis Chemistry 6 Introduction to Chemi cal Engineering Physics 10 Light CE. 10(a) Strength of Materials Summer Reading 227 274 271 256 256 256 256 290 260 258 230 Faculty of Applied Science Fifth Year .a.. Ii r? » First Term Second Term Subject 03 >J i-3 gj, SI. V ■J a o» . *K •*•*■••■« £ » -u K »* 4) * Essay 227 279 257 257 257 257 257 2 2 2 2 3 6 2 3 3 3 6 hours 2 2 2 2 3 per E.E. 1 General 2 Chem. 7 Physical. 3 Chem. 8 Electro 3 Chem. 9 Adv. Organic Chem. 16(a) Chemical Engineering Chem. 16(b) Chemical Engineering Laboratory and Chemical En- 3 6 Thesis, Options—research or designing of chemical engineering equipment.. week ♦Optional. 2. Civil Engineering The broad field covered by civil engineering makes it an adjunct of many other branches of engineering, yet the civil engineer occupies a distinctive field and is intimately associated with a wide group of undertakings vitally affecting the health, comfort, and prosperity of the commonwealth. The various branches of civil engineering deal with problems in water supply and water purification; in sewerage systems, sewage disposal plants, and the handling of municipal and industrial wastes; in hydraulic power development; in irrigation and drainage for agricultural activities; in all types of structures, bridges and buildings, piers and docks, sea walls and protective works; in transportation, canals, locks, highways, electric and steam railways ; and in the management and direction of public works, public utilities, and industrial and commercial enterprises The course in civil engineering is designed to provide, in so far as time will permit, foundations for continued growth along those lines which the student's interest and environment determine, without compelling too early specialization. Training in pure and Courses in Applied Science 231 applied science, in the humanities, in economics and engineering law, and in the technical phases of professional work establishes a broad basis for the stimulation of a sincere spirit of public service and for the development of that capacity for reliable work and judgment which makes safe the assumption of responsibilities. The methods of instruction are planned with the view of bringing out the powers and initiative of the students while training them in the habits of accurate analysis and careful work. Students are encouraged to secure summer work which will give them an insight into the various phases of the career upon which they are about to enter, and the summer essays lay the foundation for the ability to set forth, in clear and precise language, descriptions and analyses of projects and engineering activities. In the Fifth Year thesis an opportunity is given for special investigation and research under the supervision of experienced engineers. , Fourth Year Subject First Term 5*3 P DO -U S *- fe * -» Second Term •S* o « . % ** ■™ OS V fe *-- * Essay CE. 17 Structural Design CE. 18 Engineering Economics C.E. 19 Law—Contracts -. C.E. 22 Municipal Engineering CE. 23 Hjghway Engineering C.E. 24 Reinforced Concrete Design C.E. 25 Theory of Structures CE. 26 Trips CE. 27 Thesis CE. 28 Seminar C.E. 29 Water Power Development... 227 262 262 262 263 263 263 264 264 264 264 265 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 Requi 6 red Sa 3 t.A.M. For course for graduate students, see page 260.^ 3. Electrical Engineering This course is designed to enable students to obtain a thorough knowledge of those principles which form the basis of all the main branches of electrical engineering. It involves a detailed study of the generation, transmission, and utilization of electrical energy, electrical communication, and the design of electrical apparatus. There is also additional work in mathematics and in the theory and characteristics of steam engines and turbines and hydraulic machinery. Well equipped laboratories provide for experimental work in most of these subjects. Fourth and Fifth Year students have the opportunity of presenting and discussing papers at regular meetings of the Students' Branch of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers. W^wtMP^W^- Courses in Applied Science 233 Fourth Year 'Alternate weeks, t Optional. ■§.. <"$ 0* 4>S?" ■oS >- n a ** ta ta First Term Second Term Subject Lectures per week. 2 f, v 5 U V IP •3 ■ si ■J o, Laboratory bours per week. Essay 227 279 279 279 274 275 f 275 260 260 261 A 261 278 1} 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 3 3* 3* 2 2 2 :} 2 3 2 3 2 1 E.E. 2 Principles of D.C Machines E.E. 3 Principles of Alternating Currents 3 E.E. 5 Electric and Magnetic Measurements and Instruments Math. 8 Applied Calculus and M.E. 4 Dynamics of Machines ..... M.E. 7 Applied Thermodynamics CE. 10(a) Strength of Materials CE. 10(b) Materials Testing 3 S* 3* CE. 12(a) Hydraulics 2 CE. 12(b) Hydraulics Laboratory tM.E. 31 Machine Shop Practice 2 2 Fifth Year • s 11 ■oi, First Term Second Term Subject ■J a J-3 si S " . gel E.E. 7 Electrical Machine Design E.E. 8 Principles of Illuminating Engineering E.E. 9 Electric Power Transmission 227 280 280 280 280 281 281 281 276 277 262 1 2 2 2 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 4 1 1 1 2 2 3 1 2 3 1 3 E.E. 10 Electrical Problems Course E.E. 11 Electrical Communication E.E. 12 Principles of A.C. Machines E.E. 13 Transient Phenomena 2 4 4 1 M.E. 14 Mechanical Design M.E. 15 Prime Movers C.E. 18 Engineering Economics 1 For course for graduate students, see pdge 282. £34 Faculty of Applied Science 4. Forestry and Forest Engineering Four avenues of approach are open to students who wish to enter forestry, namely: through courses in either Botany, Economics, Political Science, or Commerce as given in the Faculty of Arts and Science, leading to the Double Degree of B.A. and B.S.F. or B.Com. and B.S.F. (see pages 322-324), or through courses in Applied Science leading to the Degree of B.A.Sc. These curricula allow the student to select an aspect of forestry, and a corresponding field of study, to which he is attracted and for which he may be adapted. Thus a varied but thorough course of studies prepares the student to enter the diversified forestry activities of the Province or to undertake graduate work in the field of his undergraduate preparation, or in a specialized field of forestry. Summer work in forestry to the extent of eight months is required before the Degree of B S.F. or B.A.Sc. will be granted. Students who anticipate courses in Forestry are advised to consult the Registrar, the Dean, or the Head of the Department of Forestry. The affiliation of the Forest Products Laboratory of Canada, maintained at the University by a cooperative arrangement with the Dominion Forestry Branch, affords opportunities for instruction in testing the mechanical properties of timber and other structural materials, and facilities are now provided for experimental and demonstration work in wood seasoning. The University Forest Reserve On March 1, 1943, the Provincial Government leased to the University, for twenty-one years subject to further renewal, an area of forest land of approximately 9,600 acres between Pitt Lake and the town of Haney for "forest research and demonstration purposes.'' The area comprises a solid block of land about 7 miles long and 2y2 miles wide. From* the standpoint of size, accessibility, variation in forest sites, and variety of timber types and age classes it is undoubtedly one of the finest school forests on the continent. Thus ample scope is provided for field work in cruising, mensuration, silviculture, logging engineering, and forest management, and for research in forestry and related sciences. The University Forest The Forest, which consists of a narrow belt on the southern and western sides of the University site, and which is typical of the lowland stands on the southern coast, contains the principal species of trees and shrubs of the region, including specimens of the old trees as well as young growth of different ages, and serves as a convenient demonstration and field study area for the departments of Forestry, Biology and Botany, and Zoology. •>W"Sf *-w* 6*f*fi}r?*v, •( Coukses in Applied Science 235 A small forest nursery has been established for experimental and demonstration work in silviculture and also to provide planting stock for the forest, which is operated on a sustained yield basis. Second Yeae The same as. Second Year Applied Science (see page 226), except that F.E. 1 (b), General Forest Botany (see page 266) is taken instead of Chemistry 2 (a). Third Year The same as Third Year Applied Science (see page 227), except that F.E. 1 (c), General Forestry (see page 267), is taken instead of Chemistry 2 (b). Fourth Year The same as Fourth Year Civil Engineering (see page 231), except that F.E. 2 (c), Forest Mensuration, in the First Term and F.E. 2 (b), Cruising and Stumpage Appraisal, in the Second Term (see page 267) are taken instead of one of the electives E.E. 1 or M.E. 6. Fifth Year Common to Double Course and Applied Science students. Subject First Term glta gd Second Term ■Els o g . ■s a* H U ID j-3 Essay F.E. 2(a) Log Scaling F.E. 3 Forest Protection F.E. 6 Forest Management F.E. 7 History fF.E. 11 Milling, Products, and Marketing §Bot. 7(a) Ecology Zool. 10 Forest Entomology F.E. 14 Seminar F.E. 15 Thesis F.E. 16 Forest Economics F.E. 5 Wood Technology •fF.E. 8 Silviculture *fF.B. 10 Logging Engineering F.E. 13 Lumber Grading Bot. 6(b) Forest Pathology 227 267 268 268 268 269 255 291 269 270 270 268 268 269 269 255 *Also Held work for a total of 10 days immediately after spring examinations. 1 Field trips are required in these courses and students should be prepared for a total expense which should not exceed t20 per student. SStudents who have completed the Honours course in Biology and Botamy (Forestry option) for the B.A. degree -vill take Botany Kb) instead of Botany 7(a). (See page 255.) 236 Faculty of Applied Science 5. Geological Engineering This course is designed to meet the requirements of students who intend to enter geology as a profession, and such students are strongly advised to take this particular course. It gives a broad training not only in geology, but also in the sciences of biology, chemistry, physics, and mathematics, which are extensively applied in the solution of geological problems. The engineering subjects are useful not only to the mining and consulting geologist and the geological surveyor, but to the geologist engaged in original research in any branch of the science. The course therefore furnishes a foundation for the professions of mineralogist, geological surveyor, mining geologist, consulting geologist, palaeontologist, geographer, etc., and is useful for those who will be in any way connected with the discovery or develop-- ment of the natural resources of the country. As a supplement to the work in the classroom, laboratory, and field during the session, the student is expected to obtain practical experience during the summer vacation. Students are advised to become student members of the Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. Note. For special advantages enjoyed by engineering graduates when registering in the Association of Professional Engineers of the Province of British Columbia see page 222. Fourth Year Subject First Term i-l a. Sgs Second Term ■fife ;s* Essay Geol. 2 Mineralogy Geol. 4 Structural Geol. 5 History of the Earth Sciences and Geological Theories •Geol. 10 Field Geology Min. 1 Metal Mining Met. 1(a) Physical Metallurgy Met. 1(b) Reduction Metallurgy Met. 5 Fire Assaying' .Met. 6 Wet Assaying "Mineral Dressing 1 General ."Mineral Dressing 2 Lab Biology 1 •C.E. 12(a) Hydraulics - 'C.E. 12(b) Hydraulics Laboratory.. C.E. 13 Mapping 227 271 272 272 272 282 283 283 284 285 285 286 254 261 261 261 "Includes 10 days' field work after lectures close In the Second Term. ----- -.««« Coueses in Applied Science 237 Fifth Year Subject £! First Term *4 O, Second Term *S a-x iS! Is* ■3* Geol. 6 Palaeontology Geol. 7 Petrography Geol. 8 Economic Geology Geol. 9 Mineralography Geol. 11 Regional Geology Geol.* 12 Geomorphology CE. 18 Engineering Economics. Min. 3 Metal Mining Min. 5 Surveying Met. 2 Reduction Metallurgy Thesis....: 272 272 272 272 272 272 262 282 283 284 2 or 4 3 2 1 3 1 2 2 or 4 '2 1 Master of Applied Science Options Economic Otology.—Required subjects: Geology 26, and three units from Geology 20, 24, and 25. Mineralography.—Required subjects: Geology 24, and three units from the following: Geology 23, 25, 26. Mineralogy.—Required subjects: Geology 23, and three units from Geology 20, 24, 25, 26. Palaeontology.—Required subjects: Geology 21, and three units from Geology 20, Biology 3, Zoology 1, 2, and 3. Petrology.—Required subjects: Geology 25, and three units selected from Geology 23, 24, and 26. Stratigraphy.—Required subjects: Geology 20, and three units selected from Geology 21, 25, and Agronomy 15. Electives: Under each of the above options, electives to the value of six units are required. These will be selected in consultation with the Department of Geology. The following subjects are recommended for consideration: selected courses from Chemistry, Physics, Metallurgy, Mineral Dressing, Biology, Botany, Zoology, Bacteriology, Agronomy 15, English, Modern Languages, Mathematics, and Economics. A thesis of the minimum value of three units is required in each option. 238 Faculty of Applied Science 6. Mechanical Engineering The course in Mechanical Engineering has been designed to give the student a thorough knowledge of the theory and application of those basic subjects which are essential in this branch of engineering. With this in view, stress has been laid upon such subjects as mathematics, physics, applied mechanics, strength of materials, applied thermodynamics, and hydraulics. Graduates of this course are therefore qualified to enter upon any of the many specialized branches of this profession, especially in British Columbia, whose rapid industrial development demands mechanical engineers prepared to attack a great diversity of problems. Although fundamentally general in character, the course embodies design of prime movers, mechanical and hydraulic machinery design, power plant operation and design, and the testing of engines and power plants, thus giving sufficient specialized training in mechanical engineering to enable students to enter the field of design or research should they so desire. Students following this course are given a general course in the fundamentals of electrical engineering. Fourth Year TO is First Term Second Term • Subject 8* " a £ TO V fe *-" ■*■ ■3-15 ill *- £*; ti aJ*d 2 !» » S I- (U IF Essay _ 227 260 260 261 261 275 275 275 275 279 274 278 2 1 1 3 2 3 4 3 3* 3* 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 4 3 CE. 10(a) Strength of Materials C.E. 10(b) Materials Testing 3* 3* C.E. 12(a) Hydraulics 2 C.E. 12(b) Hydraulics Laboratory M.E. 3 Kinematics of Machines 2 M.E. 4 Dynamics of Machines M.E. 5 Machine Design 2 M.E. 7 Applied Thermodynamics E.E. 2 and 3 Principles of D.C. Machines and Alternating Currents Math. 8 Applied Calculus and 3 3 M.E. 31 Machine Shop Practice 2 * Alternate weeks. '■«/•■ v- . - • Courses in Applied Science 239 Fifth Year \\ TO e8 a* £3 First Term Second Term Subject Sit ' i* ® Si 1 v ■-1 a IF g4 ■4 o, is* Essay 227 276 276 276 277 277 277 278 278 281 283 283 A 262 278 2 1 3 2 1 2 2 1 4 3 4 2 3 1 2 2 1 3 2 1 2 2 1 1 M.E. 10 Mech. Eng. Laboratory 4 M.E. 11 Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning, and Refrigeration M.E. 12 Power Plant Design M.B. 15 Prime Movers M.E. 16 Machine Design 3 4 M.E. 17 Applied Mechanics M.E. 18 Aeronautics M.E. 19 Problems in Mech. and Elect. Eng 2 E.E. 14 Alternating Current Machines Met. 1 (a) Physical Metallurgy 3 Met. 1 (c) Metallography 3 C.E. 18 Engineering Economics 1 M.E. 32 Machine Shop Practice 2 7. Metallurgical Engineering The two principal branches of metallurgical engineering are chemical metallurgy, which includes smelting and refining; and physical metallurgy, which is concerned, chiefly,'with the production and fabrication of alloys. The course in the Fourth Year deals with subjects of a general nature, common to both branches, while in the Fifth Year opportunity is offered for some degree of specialization in either chemical or physical metallurgy. The development of metal manufacturing in British Columbia indicates an increasing need for graduates with specialized training in physical metallurgy. A graduate course leading to a Master's Degree in Metallurgy is available. Through the close association of the Department with the work of the British Columbia Industrial and Scientific Besearch 240 Faculty of Applied Science Council, an excellent opportunity is offered to students planning to undertake graduate studies of a research character. The laboratory equipment at present installed, while not on a large scale, is first-class and modern and has been carefully selected to give thorough and adequate training in the laboratory courses covering the methods and processes employed in chemical metallurgy, physical metallurgy, and metallography. Students are expected to spend their vacations in practical work in connection with metallurgical operations and are required to do so between the Fourth and Fifth Years as an essential part of their course. Students are advised to become student members of the Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. Fourth Year Subject *■ £ 3 " H* TO First Term •3* ll* Second Term Essay C.E. 10(a) Strength of Materials C.E. 10(b) Materials Testing C.E. 12(a) Hydraulics M.E. 6 Applied Thermodynamics Geol. 2 Mineralogy E.E. 1 General Min. 1 Metal Mining Met. 1 (a) Physical Metallurgy Met. 1(b) Reduction Metallurgy.. Met. 1(c) Metallography.. Met. 5 Fire Assaying Met. 6 Wet Assaying Mineral Dressing 1 Mineral Dressing 2 Lab. 227 260 260 261 275 271 279 282 283 283 283 284 285 285 286 3* 3» 2 3 2 2 •■Alternate weeks. - V Courses in Applied Science 241 Fifth Year Subject rt a* 3 v rv *■> First Term ■SS £ to a 2 !*' Second Term 0 £ • *S ^-m 2 to u b 1- a* |§* Essay *»■*-* * •<'"!■■'•. -Courses in Applied Science Master of Applied Science Options in Mineral Dressing and Metallurgy 1. Mineral Dressing.—Required course: Mineral Dressing 101, and thesis. Electives: Suitable courses to be selected, as approved by the Department. 2. Metallurgy:—Required course: Metallurgy 102, and thesis. Electives: Suitable courses to'be selected in relation to the specific option undertaken, as approved by the Department. 9. Nursing and Health The University offers courses in Nursing to students who desire to receive a broader education than can be secured in a hospital school of nursing alone, and who wish, at the same time, to prepare themselves for teaching or supervisory positions in schools of nursing or for Public Health Nursing service. Included in the regular programme are the following courses: Nursing A. A combined university and hospital course leading to the degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing) and to a Diploma in Nursing from the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing, which is affiliated with the University for the purpose of providing the professional part of the course. (See page 244.) Nursing AA. A double degree course one year longer than Nursing A leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc. (Nursing) as well as to a Diploma in Nursing from the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing. (See page 248 and Double Courses, page 321.) Nursing B. A course for graduate nurses to prepare them for staff positions in public health nursing organizations. This course consists of one year of academic study supplemented by appropriate field work, and leads to a certificate in Public Health Nursing. (See page 248.) Nursing C. A course for graduate nurses to prepare them for teaching and supervisory positions in schools of nursing. This course consists of one year of academic study supplemented by appropriate field work, and leads to a certificate1 in Teaching and Supervision in Schools of Nursing. (See pages 248-249.) Nursing D. A course for graduate nurses who wish to qualify for the degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing). (See pages 250-251.) Students of all courses in Nursing are subject to the general University regulations, and to special regulations of the Faculty of Applied Science. (See page 252.) All regulations are subject to change from year" to year, and subjeets may be modified during the year as the Faculty may deem advisable. -»t»«-"3RI»?-p* 244 Faculty of Applied Science Degree Courses in Nursing Nursing A This combined university and hospital course assures to the student the educational and cultural advantages available at the University; professional training built on a sound scientific foundation ; and preparation for a specialized field of nursing. The course is given by the University in collaboration with the school of nursing of the Vancouver General Hospital, the only hospital school which has to date signified willingness to provide the professional part of the course and has received the approval of the University Senate for that purpose. The course consists of three parts, each of which is described briefly. I. Two years of academic work at the University, which gives the student an introduction to general cultural subjects and a foundation in the sciences underlying the practice of nursing. First Year (Academic) Students register in the Faculty of Arts and Science, and take the following courses: (k. Subject OS 4> o g fa TO First Term Second Term > H Bi ■J a *- ^H P> m a) 3* zi 3% ■a °-i* S E S 3* F.ns-lish tfa) 159 159 140 187 190 183 131 123 2 2 3 3 4 4 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 8 4 4 8 2 English 1(b) Choice of Latin 1 1 1 8 Biology 1 2 A passing grade of 60 per cent, must be obtained in either Biology or Chemistry;' for all other subjects a grade of 50 per cent, will be accepted. (See page 226.) No student with defective standing will be admitted to the Second Year of the course in Nursing. ■ -, - Courses in Applied Science 245 Students who have completed satisfactorily the work of First Year Arts (or Senior Matriculation with the required subjects and standing) may then make application, on special forms to be obtained from the Registrar's office, for admission to Second Year Nursing. As registration is limited, application should be made on or before August 15th. Students will be notified of the acceptance or rejection of their applications. Applicants are also required: 1. To be eighteen years of age; 2. To satisfy the Department of Nursing and Health that they are personally fitted for the branches of nursing to which the course leads; 3. To have met the entrance requirements of the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing. Second Year (Academic) Students * register in the Faculty of Applied Science, for the following courses: Subject 5 » •*■ TO First Term to u ■».. 2 E » K ^ co !§* •S-3 Second Term S = » English 2 Zoology 1 Physics A or Physics 1 Psychology 1 Nursing 1 History of Nursing Nursing 2 Elementary Biochemistry Nursing 3 Bacteriology in Relation to Health and Disease 159 291 200 196 287 287 287 3 2 2 3 2 3 1 II. Professional course of thirty-two months at the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing.* Following completion of the two academic or pre-clinical years (outlined above) the student enters the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing for her professional course. This course is planned to afford a wide experience and training in the care of the sick, and to develop the skill, powers of observation, and judgment 'Candidates are advised to write to the Director, School of Nursing, Vancouver General Hospital, for the School Calendar. 246 Faculty of Applied Science necessary to the efficient practice of nursing. It includes a study of community health problems as well as those of the hospital. Students enter upon this part of their course along with the regular hospital students, and during the first four months (the probationary period) undergo a rigid examination as to fitness in physique, temperament, and character. This trial period helps the student to decide whether she feels herself personally fitted or inclined to proceed, with the course. It also gives the hospital school of nursing an opportunity to judge the student's suitability for the profession of nursing. The hospital school of nursing reserves the right to reject candidates who do not meet required standards. During the professional part of the course students are under the direction of the hospital school of nursing and live in residence there, receiving: (1) full maintenance; (2) a yearly vacation; (3) a small monetary allowance as designated by the hospital. In order to receive University credit for work ddne at this time, students must register at the University each year and pay the nominal fee required. (See footnote on page 36.) Following is an outline of the course provided by the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing. 1. Instruction is given by qualified nurse teachers and by members of the medical staff in: Nursing Ethics Principles and Practice of Nursing Anatomy and Physiology Health Education Psychology Normal Nutrition and Diet Therapy (including experience in the Diet Kitchen) Pharmacology and Therapeutics Urinalysis Introduction to: Anaesthesia Physiotherapy X-ray Community Health and Social Needs (including experience with the Victorian Order of Nurses) Courses in Applied Science 247 2. Instruction and supervised experience are also provided in the fbllowing hospital departments : Medical Communicable Diseases (including Tuberculosis and Venereal Diseases) Surgical, including Operating Room Eye, Ear, Nose, and Throat Orthopedic Gynecological Infants and Children Psychiatric . I Out-patient While the preventive and social aspects of nursing are stressed throughout, they are given particular emphasis during experience in the Out-patient Department and with the Victorian Order of Nurses. The hospital programme is subject to change at the discretion of the hospital in consultation with the DePai"tment of Nursing and Health at the University. Upon satisfactory completion of this part of the course the student is awarded a diploma as»a graduate nurse of the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing. She also writes the provincial Registered Nurse examinations, and if successful becomes qualified to practise as a Registered Nurse in British Columbia. Students who, during their period in the hospital school of nursing, have lost time because of illness or for other reasons, may be required to postpone the final academic year at the University. Students who have gained some experience as graduate nurses before returning to University usually find themselves better equipped to benefit from the specialized course. III. One year of specialization. For the final year of her course the student elects either Nursing B (see page 248) or Nursing C (see page 249), and upon its satisfactory completion she is awarded the degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing). The Department of Nursing and Health must be notified by each student of her choice before July 15th of the year in which the student plans to return to the University. 248 Faculty of Applied Science Nursing AA The University also offers a double degree course leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc (Nursing). This course requires three years (instead of two) of academic work at the University before entering the hospital school of nursing, but is otherwise similar to Nursing A. (See page 244.) Students receive the degree of B.A. upon completion of their course at the hospital, and the degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing) when Nursing B or Nursing C has been completed. The double degree course is advised for (1) students who wish to enrich their background of knowledge by an additional year of university studies, and who are anxious to obtain the B.A. degree; and (2) students who, at the end of the first two years of the combined course, would still be too young to enter the hospital school of nursing. Nursing B and Nursing C (Degree and Certificate Courses) Degree Courses Students taking Nursing B or Nursing C as part of the degree course must obtain-at least 65 per cent, marks on the aggregate with not less than 50 per cent, in any one subject. NURSING B (PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING) .Subject For details see page: Total hours of lectures Nursing 4 Preventive Medicine Nursing 5 Mental Hygiene Nursing 7 Infant and Child Hygiene Nursing 9 Sanitation Nursing 11 Public Health Organization Nursing 12 Vital Statistics Nursing 13 Principles of Public Health Nursing... Nursing 14 Practice of Public Health Nursing Nursing 16 Methods in Health Teaching Nursing 17 Current Nursing Problems Nursing 21 Social Case Work Nursing 27 Sociology Nursing 31 Principles and Methods of Teaching Nursing 35 Essay Nursing 36 Field Work 45 18 18 9 18 18 36 18 36 18 18 18 18 |S^P6R:^g^f«W Courses in Applied Science 249 NURSING C (TEACHING AND SUPERVISION IN SCHOOLS OF NURSING) Subject For details see page: Total hours of lectures Nursing 4 Preventive Medicine Nursing 5 Mental Hygiene Nursing 17 Current Nursing Problems Nursing 18 Teaching in Schools of Nursing Nursing 19 Principles of Supervision in Schools of Nursing Nursing 27 Sociology Nursing 31 Principles and Methods of Teaching.. Electives from Nursing B, from Education, or from related Science courses, to make up three units 1. Nursing 35 Essay Nursing 37 Field Work '. 45 18 18 36 36 18 18 Certificate Courses Nursing B and Nursing C are available as Certificate Courses to graduate nurses who possess the required qualifications.- 1. General education. All applicants must fulfil the educational requirement of University Entrance. An official transcript of the high school education record should be submitted along with the application. 2. Professional education. Graduation from a recognized school of nursing. Applicants must satisfy the department that they have received adequate instruction and experience in the nursing care of communicable diseases and of diseases of infancy and childhood. 3. Professional experience. Applicants who have had one or two years of satisfactory nursing experience derive greater benefit from the courses than those who come directly from the school of nursing. Applicants for admission to Nursing C are required to have had at least one year of satisfactory experience as graduate nurses. 4. Health. A certificate of good health signed by a practising physician and a report on an X-ray of the chest (taken within the preceding three months) are required of all applicants. 5. Ability to drive a car. Applicants for admission to Nursing B are advised to learn to drive a motor car and to secure their driver's 250 Faculty of Applied Science licence. Ability to drive well is often a deciding factor in securing a position. 6. Personal fitness. Because it is very important that applicants have the necessary personal qualifications for their proposed work, and also because facilities for field work limit the number of students who can be enrolled, the Department reserves the right of selection. A personal interview is required whenever possible. Applications for admission to the Certificate Courses should be submitted before July 1st. The requisite form may be obtained on request from Department of Nursing and Health, The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B. C. Nursing D This is a course for graduate nurses who are eligible for admission to the University and who desire to qualify for the degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing). Admission requirements: 1. The applicant's professional preparation shall be considered by the Department to be a satisfactory alternative to the professional course included in Nursing A. y 2. The applicant's record, both academic and professional, shall indicate the probability of success in her chosen field. Course requirements: Three years of academic work at the University. 1. The applicant shall complete satisfactorily the work of the First Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science (see page 85) or Senior Matriculation. 2. Candidates will register in the Faculty of Applied Science and take the following courses as Second Year students in Nursing D: Subject i? co 5 * I*"- TO First Term 3 * o 2 . 2 TO CU £ >- 9 Second Term 3* 0) CO J a Sax 25* English 3 and 4 Psychology 1 Nursing 2 Elementary Biochemistry Nursing 3 Bacteriology in Relation to Health and Disease 266 196 287 287 Six additional units to be selected, on the basis of student interest and needs, after consultation with the Department. 5RJf«B ^-V-S^^jHJ? Courses in Applied Science 251 3. Nursing B or Nursing C as outlined on pages 248 and 249. Those candidates who already hold a certificate in Nursing B or Nursing C must, except in very unusual circumstances, meet the requirements listed under (2) above'by attendance at a winter session within a period of five years following completion of the certificate course. COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF M.A.Sc. 1. Candidates for the degree of Master of Applied Science must hold a B.A.Sc. degree from this University, or its equivalent. 2. A graduate of another university applying for permission to enter as a graduate student is required to submit with his application an official statement of his graduation, together with a certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects of his course. The Faculty will determine the standing of such a student in this University. A 3. Prerequisites: Candidates must have at least Second Class average standing in the Fourth and Fifth Year undergraduate subjects of the course in which they wish to specialize. In case this standing has not been obtained, or in case certain subjects have been omitted, the deficiency must be made up by repeating or taking the course or courses concerned. 4. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records who proceed to the Master's degree shall be required: (a) to spend one year in resident graduate study; or (b) (at the discretion of the Faculty concerned) : (i) to do two or more years of private work under the supervision of the University, such work to be equivalent to one year of graduate study; or (ii) to do one year of private work under University supervision and one term of resident graduate study, the total of such work to be equivalent to one year of resident graduate study. 5. One subject of specialization shall be selected, to which the required thesis must be definitely related. (Three typewritten copies •of each thesis, together with an abstract approved by the department concerned, shall be submitted. See special circular entitled Instructions for the Preparation of Masters' Theses.) 252 Faculty of Applied Science The latest date for receiving Masters' theses in the Second Term shall be the last day of lectures; and the corresponding date for the Autumn Congregation shall be October 1st. The work shall be of graduate nature and equivalent'in quantity to at least that of a Final Year. About three quarters of the time should be devoted to the subject of specialization including the thesis, and one quarter to other subjects. Special encouragement will be given to the solution of problems related to British Columbia industries. The choice of courses taken and their relation to the subject of specialization, the amount of work in each, or of tutorial work, must be approved by the heads of the departments concerned, by the Committee on Graduate Studies, and by the Dean. Special forms entitled Application for a Course Leading to the Master's Degree may be obtained from the Registrar's office. 6. Examinations shall be written, or oral, or both, and standing equivalent to at least 75 per cent, in the courses of specialization and 65 per cent, in other subjects shall be required. 7. Application for admission as a graduate student shall be made to the Registrar by October 1st. For fees see page 37. EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT 1. Examinations are held in December and in April. December examinations will be held in all subjects of the Second and Third Years, and are obligatory for all students of these. December examinations in subjects of the Fourth and Fifth Years, excepting those subjects that are completed before Christmas, shall be optional with the departments concerned. Applications for special consideration on account of illness, or domestic affliction must be submitted to the Dean not later than two days after the close of the examination period. In cases where illness is the plea for absence from examinations, a medical certificate must be presented on the appropriate form which may be obtained from the Dean's office, or if the illness occurs at the University the student may report to the Nurse, Auditorium Building, who may furnish the necessary certificate. 2. Candidates, in order to pass, must obtain at least 50 per cent, in each subject (for First Year see pages 225-226). The grades are , as follows: First Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to 80 per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent. (Secpars. 12 'and 13.) l^P^'S^S^-Mf^f^^f^Wf^^-i fgspgspf^pHSf-s* Examinations and Advancement 25$ Candidates in the Final Year of the B.A.Sc. course in Nursing, in order to obtain this degree, must obtain at least 50 per cent, in each subject, and at least 65 per cent, on the aggregate. 3. If a student's general standing in the final examinations of any year is sufficiently high, the Faculty may grant him supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which he has failed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such examinations have been granted. A request for the re-reading of an answer paper must be forwarded to the Registrar WITHIN FOUR WEEKS after the results of the examinations are announced. Each applicant must state clearly his reasons for making such a request in view of the fact that the paper of a candidate who makes less than a passing mark in a subject is read at least a second time before -results are tabulated and announced. A_ re-reading of an examination paper will be granted only with the consent of the head of the department concerned. The fee for re-reading is $2.00. 4. Supplemental examinations will be held in September. Special examinations will not be granted, except by special permission* of the Faculty and on payment of a fee of $7.50 per paper, and then only during the third week in October or the third week in January. Nursing students with supplementals in the Second Year must, in order to enter the hospital in September, obtain standing in these subjects^by attendance at Summer Session. They may, however, take the September supplementals, thus postponing the date of entering upon the hospital course. 5. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied by the necessary fees (see Special Fees, page 38), must be in the hands of the Registrar by August 15th. 6. No student may enter the Fourth or higher year with supplemental examinations still outstanding in respect of more than 4 units of the preceding year, or with any supplemental examination outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year unless special permission* to do so is granted by Faculty. Students in Nursing A must remove all outstanding supplemental examinations before entering their Third Year (the First Year of the Hospital Course). 7. No student will be allowed to take any subject unless he has previously passed, or secured exemption, in all prerequisite subjects. If any subject has another which is concurrent with it, both must be taken in the same session. 8. A student who is required to repeat his year will not be allowed to take any work in a higher year excepting that a student *Special permission of the Faculty is granted only under exceptional circumstances, such as illness, or as outlined on page 224. 254 Faculty of Applied Science who has taken the field work of Civil Engineering 2 or 7 of the preceding summer may take Civil Engineering 5 or 13 the following session. A student repeating his year need not repeat, however, any of the following subjects in which he has made 65 per cent.: Civil Engineering 2, 5, 7, 10 (b), 12 (b), 13; Mechanical Engineering 1, 2, 6, 7 (Lab.), 8, 9, 10 (Lab.), 30; Geology 1 (b) and 1 (d); Metallurgy 1 (c), 5, 6. 9. Any student repeating his year will not be admitted with any supplementals outstanding. 10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to withdraw from the University. 11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by the tests and examinations of the First Term, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of the session. Such a student will not be re-admitted to the University as long as any supplemental examinations are outstanding. 12. Term essays and examination papers may be refused a passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English. 13. Honours will be granted in any one of the last four years to students who obtain at least 50 per cent, in each subject and 80 per cent, on the whole at the annual examinations of that year. 14. Honours graduate standing will be granted to those who obtain Honours in the final year and who have passed any one of the three preceding years with at least 50 per cent, in each subject and 75 per cent, on the whole. DEPARTMENTS IN APPLIED SCIENCE Note. The following subjects may be modified during the year as the Senate may deem advisable. Department of Biology and Botany Professor and Head of the Department: A. H. Hutchinson. Professor: Frank Dickson. Associate Professor: John Davidson. Associate Professor: John Allardyce. Assistant Professor: Miss Ruth E. Fields. Biology 1. Introductory Biology.—The course is introductory to more advanced work in General Biology, Botany, or Zoology; also to courses closely related to biological science, such as Agriculture, Forestry, Medicine. Vf?*f &g*&WT** >T ' Biology and Botany 255 The fundamental principles of biology; the interrelations of plants and animals; life processes; the cell and division of labour; life-histories; relation to environment; dynamic biology. The course is prerequisite to all courses in General Biology, Botany, and Zoology, except as otherwise stated. Two lectures and one period of two hours laboratory a week. 2. Principles of Genetics.—As in Arts. (See page 123.) 3. General Physiology.—As in Arts. (See page 124.) 4. General Biology.—As in Arts. (See page 124.) 5. Basic Physiology.—As in Arts. (See page 125.) Botany 1. (a) Gentral Botany.—As in Arts. (See page 125.) 1.' (b) General Forest Botany (General Dendrology).—As in Arts. (See page 125.) 1. (c) General Forestry.—A study of silvics and a general survey of forest distribution and influences. Text-book: Tourney and Korstian, Foundation of Silviculture, 2nd edition, Wiley. References: Mulholland, Forest Resources of British Columbia, B. C. Forest Service, Victoria; A National Plan for American Forestry, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.; Zon and Sparhawk, Forest Resources of the World, McGraw-Hill; various government publications. Prerequisites: Botany 1 (a), 1 (b), or equivalent. Three lectures a week. Third Year. 3 units. 2. Morphology.—As in Arts. (See page 126.) 3. Plant Physiology.—As in Arts. (See page 126.) 4. Histology.—As in Arts. (See page 127.) 5. (a) Economic Flora.—As in Arts. (See page 127.) 5. (b) Dendrology.—As in Arts. (See page 127.) 5. (c) Descriptive Taxonomy.—As in Arts. (See page 128.) 6. (b) Forest Pathology.—As in Arts. (See page 128.) 6. (c) Plant Pathology (Elementary).—As in Arts. (See page 128.) 7. (a) Forest Ecology and Geography.—As in Arts. (See page 129.) 7. (b) Advanced Forest Ecology.—As in Arts. (See page 130.) 256 Faculty of Applied Science Department of Chemistry Professor and Head of the Department: R. H. Clark. Professor: W. F. Seyer. Professor: M. J. Marshall. Associate Professor: William Ure. Associate Professor: J. Allen Harris. Assistant Professor: J. Gilbert Hooley. Instructor: Michael Stusiak. , Instructor: Robert A. MacLeod. Instructor: Percy Mundell. 1. General Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 131.) 2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis. (a) Qualitative Analysis.—During the first six weeks of the term an additional lecture may be substituted for a part of the laboratory work. Text-book: Reedy, Theoretical Qualitative Analysis, McGraw- Hill. Laboratory Manual: Reedy, Qualitative Analysis, McGraw-Hill. One lecture and one period of three hours laboratory a week. (b) Quantitative Analysis.—This course embraces the .more'important methods of gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Text-book: Willard and Furman, Quantitative Analysis, Van Nostrand; or Pierce and Haenisch, Quantitative Analysis, Wiley. One lecture and three hours laboratory a week. Course (b) must be preceded by Course (a). 3. Organic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 132.) 4. (a) Theoretical Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 133.) 4. (b) This course is the same as Chemistry 4 (a) with the omission of the laboratory. 5. Advanced Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.—As in Arts. (See page 133.) 6. Introduction to Chemical Engineering.—In this course the elements of unit processes, such as filtration, distillation, crystallization, evaporation, and drying are to be considered. Several lectures will be devoted to the chemistry of combustion. The lectures will be supplemented by visits to manufacturing plants in the neighbourhood. Text-book: Badger and McCabe, Elements of Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Summer reading: Read, Industrial Chemistry, Wiley. Two lectures a week. pf?** Chemistry 257 7. Physical Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 134.) 8. Electrochemistry.—(a) Solutions are studied from the standpoint of the osmotic and dissociation theories. The laws of electrolysis, electroplating, electromotive force, and primary and secondary cells are considered in detail. Text-book: Creighton-Fink, Theoretical Electrochemistry, Vol. I, Wiley. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term. (b) Electric furnaces and electrolytic refining and deposition of metals will be studied in detail. Text-books: Creighton & Koehler, Principles of Electro-chemistry, Vol. II., Wiley; Thompson, Theoretical and Applied Electrochemistry, Macmillan. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term. 9. Advanced Organic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 134.) 11. Physical Organic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 135.) (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) 12. Colloid Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 135.) 16. (a) Advanced Chemical Engineering Theory.—The First Term will comprise a course of study dealing with the general hydrodynamical equations for fluid flow. The thermodynamic aspect will be stressed wherever necessary. The theory, of heat transfer with special reference to heat exchangers and condensers will also be considered. The Second Term will be devoted to theories of diffusion processes in general. The unit processes, such as humidification, drying, extraction, and adsorption will be studied in, some detail. 16. (b) Chemical Engineering Problems and Laboratory.—Each student must submit solutions to a list of problems dealing with the unit processes discussed in both Chemistry 6 and Chemistry 16 lectures. The laboratory work will be arranged to supplement the lectures as much as time and equipment will permit. Text-books: Walker, Lewis, McAdams, and Gilliland, Principles of Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill; Zemansky, Heat and Thermodynamics, Wiley; Jameson, An Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, Longmans; Jakob and Hawkins, Elements of Heat Transfer, Wiley. Three lectures and six hours laboratory a week. 258 Faculty of Applied Science 17. Chemical Thermodynamics.—As in Arts. (See page 135.) (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) 18. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 136.) (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) 21. Chemical Kinetics.—As in Arts. (Seepage 136.) (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) 22. Surf ace Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 136.) (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) Summer reading. Industrial Chemistry. ■— Read, Industrial Chemistry, Wiley. 30. Research Conference.—This course is required of all graduate students. One hour a week. 1 unit. Department of Civil Engineering Professor and Head of the Department: John Norison Finlayson. Professor: J. F. Muir. Professor: A. H. Finlay. Assistant Professor: E. S. Pretious. Assistant Professor: Archie Peebles. Assistant Professor: A. Hrennikoff. Part-time Lecturer: J. B. Alexander. 1. Descriptive Geometry.—Orthographic projection involving points, lines, and planes; use of auxiliary planes; interpenetrations and developments; practical applications. Text-book: Smith, Practical Descriptive Geometry, 4th edition, McGraw-Hill. One three-hour period a week. Mr. Pretious. 2. Field Work I.—Elementary surveying; practical problems involving the use of the chain, stadia, compass, transit, and level; traverses, closed circuits, contour and detail surveys; levels for profiles, benches, and contours. Work commences immediately upon the close of spring examinations, and consists of field work, eight hours a day for twenty days, or equivalent. Mr. Pretious. 3. General Engineering.—A course designed to give the student a knowledge of the commercial and financial aspects of the engin- npqfiJUr ■* »;<■■ v~ - Civil Engineering 259 eering profession, its historical background, and the relations between science and modern industry. One lecture a week. Mr. Finlayson. 4. Graphical Statics.—Elementary theory of structures; composition of forces; general methods involving the force and equilibrium polygons; determination of resultants, reactions, centres of gravity, bending moments; stress in framed structures, cranes, towers, roof-trusses, and bridge-trusses. Algebraic check methods will be used throughout. Text-book: Hudson and Squire, Elements of Graphic Statics, McGraw-Hill. One two-hour period a week. Mr. Peebles. 5. Mapping 1.—Draughting from notes obtained in Civil 2; maps of telemeter, compass, and transit surveys; contour and topographical maps in convention or colour. One three-hour period a week. Mr. Peebles. 6. Surveying 1.—Chain and angular surveying; the construction, adjustment, and use of the transit, level, compass, planimeter, aneroid, sextant, and plane table; levelling; topography; contour surveying; stadia; railway curves; vertical curves. Text-book: Davis, Elementary Plane Surveying, McGraw-Hill. References: Allen, Curves and Earthwork, McGraw-Hill; Breed and Hosmer, Elementary Surveying, Vol. I., Wiley. Two lectures a week. Mr. Lighthall. 7. Field Work 2—(a) Route, surveys, reconnaissance, preliminary and location surveys; methods of taking topography, cross- sectioning ; estimating quantities; running in easement and vertical eurves, etc. The notes secured will be used in class work for mapping and for estimating quantities and costs. (b) Hydrometric surveying: cross section of a stream, gauge readings, velocity of flow by current meter, and calculation of the volume of flow. (c) Solar and stellar observations for latitude and azimuth; adjustments of instruments; the use of plane table, sextant, and minor instruments. Time, same as for C.E. 2. Mr. Finlay, Mr. Muir. 8. Foundations and Masonry.—(a) Soil exploration; bearing power of soils; pile and other foundations; cofferdams; caissons; open dredging; pneumatic and freezing processes. j*' SjWKj ■, 260 Faculty of Applied Science Text-book: Jacoby and Davis, Foundations of Bridges and Buildings, McGraw-Hill. C.E. 10 must either precede or be taken concurrently. Two lectures and one three-hour period a week. First Term. Mr. Hrennikoff. (b) Theory of earth pressure for cohesionless and cohesive materials; active and passive pressures; design of retaining walls; bulkheads; pressure on hoppers; stability of unretained slopes. References: Ketchum, Walls, Bins and Grain Elevators; Howe, Retaining Walls for Earth; Cain, Earth Pressure, Walls and Bins. Two lectures a week. Second Term. Mr. Hrennikoff. 9. Structural Design 1.—Problems in draughting, illustrating designs in structural engineering; estimates of quantities and costs; preparation of plans. i Text-books: Conklin, Structural Draughting and Elementary Design, Wiley; Steel Construction, American Institute of Steel Construction. Two lectures and one three-hour period a week. Mr. Muir. 10. Strength of Materials.—-(a) A thorough introduction to the fundamental principles dealing with the strength of materials; stress, deformation, elasticity, and resilience; the application of the laws of derived eurves to the construction of load, shear, moment, inclination, and deflection diagrams; fibre stress; deflection of simple, cantilever, and continuous beams under any loading; riveted joints; torsion; columns, combined stresses; longitudinal shear; reinforced concrete; special beams. Two lectures a week and one three-hour period alternate weeks. (b) Laboratory.—Testing of timber, steel, and concrete specimens to determine the strength of these materials; hardness testing; the testing of cement aggregates and the proportioning of concrete mixes. Lecture course covers properties of engineering materials. About one-half of the laboratory time will be set aside for the solution of problems in investigation and design. Text-books: Maurer and Withey, Strength of Materials, Wiley; Selected Standards for Students of Engineering, American Society for Testing Materials; Standard Specifications for Structural Timber A 28, 1937, Canadian Engineering Standards Association, Ottawa; Wood Handboojc, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C. References: Swain, Strength of Materials, McGraw-Hill { Morley. Strength of Materials, Longmans; Canadian Woods, Their* - ■■»• Civil Engineering 261 Properties and Uses, King's Printer, Ottawa; Douglas Fir Use Book, West Coast Lumbermen's Association, 364 Stuart Building, Seattle; Wood, Structural Design Data, National Lumber Manufacturers' Association, Washington, D.C. One lecture a week. First Term. One three-hour period alternate weeks. Both terms. Mr. Lighthall, Mr. Alexander, Mr. Hrennikoff. Note. Part of the laboratory testing is performed in the Forest Products Laboratory. 11. Transportation 1. Railways.—The development of railway transportation; co-ordination of transportation systems; railway location, grades, curvature, and distance, and their effects upon operating .costs; economics, traffic, and revenue; maintenance of way and structures. References: Williams, Design of Railway Location, 2nd edition, Wiley; Raymond, Elements of Railroad Engineering, 5th edition, Wiley; Tratman, Railway Track and Track Work, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures a week. Mr. Peebles. 12. Hydraulic Engineering 1.—(a) Fundamental principles and their application. Problems on gauges, pressure on surfaces; translation and rotation of liquids, Bernoulli's theorem, flow through orifices, short tubes, nozzles, weirs, pipes, and open channels, and the dynamic action of jets. Text-book: Russell, Hydraulics, 5th edition, Holt. One lecture and one two-hour period a week. Mr. Pretious. (b) Laboratory period includes experimental work on gauges, pipes, weirs, orifices, and hydraulic machines. Reference: Freeman, Hydraulics Laboratory Practice, A.S.M.E. One two-hour period a week. Mr. Muir. 13. Mapping 2.—Mapping from notes obtained in Civil 7; mining, forestry, or geological maps. One three-hour period a week. Mr. Pretious. 14. Surveying 2.—A continuation of Civil 6. Transition curves for highways and railways; mine, hydrographie, and phototopo- graphie surveying; Dominion and Provincial surveys; field astronomy. Text-book: Bouchard, Surveying, International Textbook Co. ' References: Manual of Surveys of Dominion Lands; Instructions for B. C. Land Surveyors; Davis Foote and Raynor, Surveying, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures a week. Mr. Lighthall. 262 Faculty of Applied Science 15. Drawing.—Map projections, perspective drawings, photographic maps. One three-hour period a week. Second Term. Mr. Lighthall. 16. Field Work 3.—The adjustment, care, and use of precise surveying instruments; method of carrying out triangulation surveys; determination of latitude, azimuth, and time to a high degree of accuracy; base line measurements and precise levelling. Time, same as for C.E. 2. Mr. Lighthall. 17. Structural Design 2.—Design of simple span steel bridges; determination of stresses due to vertical, longitudinal, and lateral forces; proportioning of parts; design of sections, connections, end supports, and various details; making detail drawings. Text-books: Steel Construction, American Institute of Steel Construction ; Specifications for Steel Railway Bridges, American Railway Engineering Association; Standard Specification for Steel Highway Bridges, Canadian Engineering Standards Association. References: Kirkham, Structural Engineering, McGraw-Hill; Kuntz, Design of Steel Bridges, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures and one three-hour period a week. First Term. Two lectures and two three-hour periods a week. Second Term. Mr. Hrennikoff. 18. Engineering Economics.—Elementary mathematics of investment; interest; annuities; financial comparison of engineering installations; organization of business enterprise; principles of financing; bonds; stocks; graphical analysis of fixed and variable expense; elementary accounting; interpretation of financial statements ; elements of statistical method. Text-book: Woods and DeGarmo, Introduction to Engineering Economy, Macmillan. References: Dewing, Financial Policy of Corporations, Ronald; Jordan, Investments, Prentice-Hall. One lecture and one one-hour period a week. Mr. Muir. 19. Engineering Law.—The engineer's status; fees, salary; the engineer as a witness; responsibility; engineering contracts; tenders ; specifications; plans; extras and alterations; time; payments and certificates; bonus or liquidated damages; maintenance and defects; subcontractors; agents; arbitration and awards; specification and contract writing. Text-book: Kirby, Elements of Specification Writing, Wiley. j'ffl ' -JV5 i Civil Engineering 263 References: Anger, Digest of Canadian Mercantile Law of Canada; Laidlaw and Young, Engineering Law, University of Toronto. One lecture a week. Mr. Pretious. 22. Municipal Engineering. — Sewerage and Sewage Disposal: general methods and economic consideration; quantity and run-off; design of sewers, man-holes, flush tanks, etc.; construction methods, materials, and costs; estimate, design, maintenance, and management of sewerage systems; physical, chemical, biological, and economic aspects of sewage treatment; dilution; screening, sedimentation, filtration; disinfection; maintenance and management costs. Text-book: Steel, Water Supply and Sewerage, McGraw-Hill. Reference: Metcalf and Eddy, Sewerage and Sewage Disposal, McGraw-Hill. Water Supply: rainfall; evaporation; run-off; quantity, quality, and pressure required; pumping machinery; storage; aqueducts, pipe lines, and distribution systems; purification systems; valves, hydrants, and fire service; materials, estimates, and designs; construction methods and costs. * Text-book: Steel, Water Supply and Sewerage, McGraw-Hill. Reference: Babbitt and Doland, Water Supply Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Town Planning: the economical and artistic development of a city; city management; street cleaning and disposal of waste; composition and quantity of city wastes; collection, dumping, and disposal; land treatment; incineration and reduction; costs and returns. Reference: Lewis, City Planning, Wiley. Two lectures and one two-hour period a week. Mr. Muir. 23. Transportation 2. Highway Engineering.—Development and organization; administration and finance; economics and planning; location and design; materials and construction methods; soil studies, including laboratory analysis of soils; highway safety and traffic control; transportation surveys. References: Bruce, Highway Design and Construction, 2nd edition, International Textbook Co.; Hogentogler, Engineering Properties of Soil, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures a week. Mr. Peebles. 24. Reinforced Concrete Design.—Intended to train the student in methods of analysis and design of reinforced concrete structures -r--—T-? ■■ .,j.'-.\\.,yii.>^..m,i.u„w j,;.* 264 Faculty of Applied Science including beams, slabs, columns, footings, and rigid frames. A complete design of a small reinforced concrete building, including the necessary drawings, is prepared by each student. Text-books: Sutherland & Reese, Reinforced Concrete Design, 2nd edition, Wiley; Reinforced Concrete Design Handbook, American Concrete Institute. Two lectures and one three-hour period a week First Term, and one four-hour period a week Second Term. 25. Theory of Structures.—An analysis of the principal types of framed structures under dead and live loads, including a study of the deflections to which such structures are subject. Text-book: Sutherland & Bowman, Introduction to Structural Theory and Design. ^\\ Reference: Johnson, Bryan, and Turneaure, Modem Framed Structures, Vols. 1-3, Wiley. Two lectures and two three-hour periods a week. First Term. Mr. Finlay. 26. Class Excursions.—Members of the Fifth Year class in Civil Engineering, under tfte supervision of an instructor, will visit such factories, industrial developments, public works, docks, shipyards, and important examples of engineering construction as are calculated to assist the student best to grasp the application and scope of the studies pursued and to broaden his vision of the engineering field. Written reports of trips are required. Note. In periods where no trips are taken, tests of hydraulic machines will be made in the Hydraulic Laboratory. (See C.E. 29.) 27. Civil Engineering Thesis. — Original research on selected topics; analysis of engineering projects; experimental or theoretical investigations. Topics may be selected from divisions of the Civil Engineering Course: Geodetics; Railways; Hydraulics; Municipal, Highways, Economic, and Business Engineering; Structures. Copy of thesis in regular form and binder must be filed with the Department. 28. Seminar.—Written and oral discussion of articles appearing in the current transactions and proceedings of the various engineering societies, also reviews of important papers in engineering periodicals; reports on local engineering projects visited in Civil 26; preparation of written outlines for all oral reports; training in technical writing and public speaking. Required of all Fourth and Fifth Year students in Civil Engineering. ■- t?s- xr .■:■-■,■ -0 - • n«sr Civil Engineering 265 Reference: Rickard, Technical Writing, McGraw-Hill. One hour a week. 29. Water Power Development.—The principles of hydrology, rainfall, run-off, stream flow, hydrographs, specific speed, characteristic curves, selection of hydraulic machines, theory of turbines, tangential water wheels, and centrifugal pumps, hydro-electric installations, waterhammer, and surge tanks. Laboratory work consists of testing pumps and turbines, plotting curves, and solving problems. Text-book: Barrow, Water Power Engineering, McGraw-Hill. References: Meyer, Elements of Hydrology, 2nd edition, Wiley; Creager and Justin, Hydro-electric Engineering, 1st edition, Wiley; Daugherty, Hydraulic Turbines, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures and one two-hour period a week. Second Term. Mr. Muir. 30. Engineering Problems 1.—Training in methods of attacking, analyzing, and solving engineering problems; coaching in proper methods of work and study, including drill in systematic arrangement and workmanship in calculations. The content is based upon the application of mathematics to problems in physics and engineering. Two two-hour periods a week. Mr. Finlay, Mr. Peebles. 31. Mechanics 2.—An extension of the subject matter of Physics 4 (a), applying the methods of the differential and integral calculus. Text-book: Poorman, Applied Mechanics, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures a week. Mr. Finlayson. Engineering Problems 2.—A continuation of Engineering Problems 1, involving a thorough drill in problems in the principal divisions of mathematics given in the Second and Third Years of Applied Science, drawn from the field of mechanics, surveying, draughting, and engineering. One three-hour period a week. Mr. Lighthall, Mr. Finlay. 50. Elementary problems in rural engineering, dealing with drainage, water supply, sewerage and sewage disposal, ventilation, simple structures, and surveying. Adapted to the needs of students in Agriculture. One lecture a week. Mr. Lighthall. ~— - . ■'■ 266 Faculty of Applied Science Course for Graduate Students 100. Advanced Structural Analysis.—A course devoted to the analysis of statically indeterminate structures, such as arches, rigid frames, continuous trusses, and suspension bridges. Mr. Finlay. Department of English Professor and Head of the Department: G. G. Sedgewick. Assistant Professor: Edmund Morrison. 2. Literature.—For students in Nursing. As in Arts. (See page 159.) 3. Composition.—A course in composition especially designed to meet the needs of students in the Faculty of Applied Science. It offers training in economical and accurate objective writing. The work consists of (1) essays, class exercises, and selected reading, and (2) written examinations. Students will be required to make a passing mark in each of these two parts of the work. Text-book: To be announced. Two hours a week. Mr. Morrison. 4. Technical Writing.—This course offers instruction in the preparation and writing of technical papers and reports, with emphasis upon the organization and forms appropriate to such work. Text-book: To be announced. One hour a week. Mr. Morrison. Department of Forestry Professor and Head of the Department: J. E. Liersch. Associate Professor: F. Malcolm Knapp. Assistant Professor: Braham G. Griffith. Assistant Professor: Thomas G. Wright. (On leave of absence.) Special Lecturer: J. L. Alexander. Honorary Lecturer: R. M. Brown. Part-time Lecturer: L. B. Dixon. Part-time Lecturer: William Byers. 1. (b) General Forest Botany (General Dendrology).—An introductory course open only to Forestry students, and including the study of tree characteristics, identification, structure, nutrition, and ecology. Reference readings are assigned. ■» - - - . . - » Forestry 267 Biology 1 is recommended as a preceding course. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Second Year. 3 units.. Mr. Davidson, Mr. Dickson, Mr. Griffith,, Mr. Hutchinson, Mr. Knapp. This course is the same as Botany 1 (b). (See page 255.) 1. (c) General Forestry.—A study of silvics and a general survey of forest distribution and influences. Text-book: Tourney and Korstian, Foundation of Silviculture, 2nd edition, Wiley. References: Mulholland, Forest Resources of British Columbia, B. C. Forest Service, Victoria; A National Plan for American Forestry, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.; Zon and Sparhawk, Forest Resources of the World, McGraw-Hill; various government publications. Three lectures a week. Third Year. Mr. Griffith, Mr. Knapp. 3 units* This course is the same as Botany 1 (c). (See page 255.) 2. (a) Mensuration.—Log scaling and measurement of felled timber products. r" ^ References: Chapman and Demeritt, Elements of Forest Mensuration, Lyon; Rapraeger, Log Scaling and Grading Practice in the Douglas Fir Region, Pacific Northwest Forest Experiment Station, Portland, Oregon. One lecture and one period of two hours laboratory or field work a week. First Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Byers. 1 unit. (b) Timber cruising and stumpage appraisal. Reference books: Instructions for Forest Surveys, King's Printer, Victoria, B. C.; Instructions for Appraising Stumpage in National Forests, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. One lecture and one period of two hours laboratory or field work a week. Second Term, Fourth Year. Mr. Sprott. 1 unit. (c) Preparation of volume and yield tables; measurement of growth of trees and forests; statistical analysis. Text-book: Bruce and Schumacher, Forest Mensuration, McGraw- Hill. Three lectures and one period of two hours laboratory or field work a week. First Term, Fourth Year. Mr. Griffith. 2 units. 268 Faculty of Applied Science 3. Forest Protection.—The fire problem, legislation, organization for prevention and control. Text-books: Hawley, Forest Protection, Wiley; Western Fire Fighters' Manual, Western Forestry and Conservation Association, Portland. Reference books: Various government publications. Two lectures a week. First Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Knapp 5. Wood Technology.—The structure of wood; the identification of different woods and their qualifies and uses; wood seasoning; wood preservation; emphasis on the Canadian woods of commercial importance. Text-book: Brown and Panshin, Commercial Timbers of the United States, McGraw-Hill. References: Record, Identification of the Timbers of Temperate North America, Wiley; Forsaith, The Technology of New York State Timbers, Technical Publication No. 18, New York State College of Forestry, Syracuse, New York; Koehler, The Properties_ and Uses of Wood, McGraw-Hill; Koehler and Thelen, Kiln Drying' of Lumber, McGraw-Hill. Three lectures and one period of three hours laboratory a week. Second Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Knapp. 2 units. 6. Forest Management.—Principles of forest organization and regulation of the cut; sustained yield management of forests; forest working plans; forest finance. Text-book -. Matthews, Management of American Forests, McGraw-Hill. Four lectures and one period of three hours laboratory a week. First Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Griffith. 3 units. 7. Forest History and Legislation.—The development of forestry in different parts of the world, with special reference to British Columbia, Canada, and the United States. Two lectures a week. First Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Griffith. 1 unit. 8. Silviculture.—Silvicultural systems; intermediate and final cuttings; natural and artificial regeneration. Text-books: Hawley, Practice of Silviculture, 4th edition, Wiley; Tourney and Korstian, Seeding and Planting in the Practice of Forestry, 3rd edition, Wiley. References: Westveld, Applied Silviculture in the United States, Wiley; various government publications. SWg5»-Wf !K«^»1 --J^J^, (j^-- : Forestry 269 Four lectures and one period of four hours laboratory a week. Second Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Griffith. 3 units. 10. Logging Engineering.—Principles and practices of logging in the chief timber regions of North America, with special emphasis on the logging systems and operations in Pacific Coast forests. Text-books: Brown, Logging Transportation, Wiley; Brand- strom, Analysis of Logging Costs and Operating Methods in the, Douglas Fir Region, Charles Lathrop Pack Forestry Foundation, Washington, D. C. References: Matthews, Cost Control in the Logging Industry, McGraw-Hill; Brown, Logging Principles and Practices, Wiley; Kirkland and Brandstrom, Selective Timber Management in the Douglas Fir Region, U. S. Forest Service, Washington, D. C.; various articles in The Timberman, B. C. Lumberman, and other journals and government publications. 1^ ^1 Four lectures and one period of four hours laboratory or field work* a week. Second Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Knapp. 3 units. 11. Milling, Products, and Marketing.—Manufacturing methods and problems of the lumber and other forest industries, including pulp and paper, shingles, veneers, boxes, etc.; marketing methods, domestic consumption and export, markets in foreign countries. Text-books: Bryant, Lumber, Wiley; Brown, Timber Products and Industries, Wiley. References: Brown, American Lumber Industry, Wiley; The Manufacture of Pulp and Paper, Vols. Ill to V, McGraw-Hill; Knight and Wulpi, Veneers and Plywood, .Ronald. Four lectures and one period of four hours laboratory a week. First Term, Fifth Year. N Mr. Knapp. 3 units. 13. Lumber Grading.—An intensive study of the grading, tallying, and shipping of Pacific Coast lumber products for domestic and export markets. Text-book: Beaulieu and Lauritzen, Lumber Grading Practice, British Columbia Lumber & Shingle Manufacturers' Association. One lecture and one period of two hours field work a week. Second Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Dixon. 1 unit. 14. Seminar.—Oral presentation and discussion of current forestry topics and reviews of important papers in forestry periodicals, also reports of field trips in connection with Forestry 8, 10, and 11; preparation of written outlines; training in technical writing and public speaking. ^ One hour a week. Fifth Year. Mr. Griffith, Mr. Knapp. 1 unit. 270 Faculty of Applied Science 15. Forestry Thesis.—Research in some phase of forestry which is of particular interest to the student. The project must be approved by the Department and two copies of the thesis in regular form and binder must be filed with the Department not later than the end of the spring examination period. Three hours a week throughout the Fifth Year. Mr. Griffith, Mr. Knapp. 2 units. 16. Forest Economics.—Principles of forest economics; economic and social values of forests; forest resources and wood requirements; economics of wood production, consumption, and distribution; forestry and land use; prices of forest products; forest taxation, forestry credit, and forest fire insurance; forestry as a private business enterprise. References: Buttrick, Economics of Forestry, Wiley, and numerous periodicals and publications. Four lectures a week. Second Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Sprott. 3 units. Vancouver Laboratory Forest Products Laboratories of Canada, Forest Service Department of Mines and Resources, Canada Superintendent: R. M. Brown, B.Sc.F. (Toronto). Assistant Engineer: R. S. Perry, B.Sc. (McGill). Division of Timber Mechanics Chief of Division: J. B. Alexander, M.Sc. (New Brunswick). Forest Products Engineer, Grade 1: W. J. Smith, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.). Forest Products Assistant, Grade 2: J. T. Lee. Forest Products Assistant, Grade 2: W. W. Davidson. Forest Products Assistant, Grade 1: J. Varley. Forest Products Assistant, Grade 1: J. T. Yelf. Laboratory Assistant: Mrs. P. D. Birrell. Division of Timber Products Acting Chief of Division: H. W. Eades, B.Sc.F. (Washington). Forest Products Assistant, Grade 2: C. J. Archer, B.Sc.F. (Toronto). Forest Products Assistant, Grade 1: Miss Mary L. Mulvin, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.). The Forest Products Laboratories of Canada is a research organization maintained by the Forest Service of the Department of Mines and Resotircesv Canada. Research in forest products is carried on in two laboratories, one in Ottawa and the other in Vancouver, while all questions relating to pulp and paper research are dealt with by I Forestry 271 a co-operative laboratory established at McGill University, Montreal, through an arrangement between the Forest Products Laboratories of Canada, the Canadian Pulp and Paper Association, and McGill University. The Vancouver laboratory was established in 1918 and has been maintained in association with the University of British Columbia since that time. Originally equipped only for the mechanical testing of western woods, the organization has shown a rapid expansion and now includes research in all branches of timber mechanics, lumber seasoning investigation, timber decay problems, mill studies, waste utilization, wood identification, etc. One of the most-important phases of the work of the laboratory is its technical service to all branches of the timber industry in the dissemination of information on a wide.variety of subjects having to do with forest products. While research in wood preservation, wood distillation, container tests, pulp and paper, etc., is at present confined to the Ottawa and Montreal laboratories, the close contact maintained among the three organizations permits the extension of this technical service to include such subjects as wood utilization of all kinds, wood preservation, wood distillation, pulp and paper, new industries, etc. A mutually beneficial scheme of co-operation is maintained between the Laboratory and the University, whereby students of the University in Engineering and Forestry have access to the Laboratory to watch the work being carried on and to use the apparatus at times in testing strength of materials. The staff of the Laboratory also has the benefit of the University library and the advice and assistance of University specialists in related work. Department of Geology and Geography Professor and Head of the Department: M. Y. Williams. Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: Clarence Otto Swanson. Professor of Economic Geology: Henry C. Gunning. Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: H. V. Warren. < Assistant Professor: Vladimir J. Okulitch. Geology 1. General Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 163.) 2. (a) General Mineralogy.—As in Arts. (See page 164.) (b) Descriptive and Determinative Mineralogy.—As in Arts. (See page 165.) 3. Petrology.—An elementary course on the common rocks and the processes which formed them. Determinations are made entirely 272 Faculty of Applied Science on hand specimens. Results to be obtained by microscopic studies of rock sections are outlined and demonstrated, but no attempt is made to instruct the student in Petrography. The course is designed primarily for students in Mining Engineering. Text-book: Tyrrell, The Principles of Petrology, Dutton. Two lectures a week. Mr. Gunning. 4. Structural Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 165.) 5. History of the Earth Sciences and Geological Theories.—As in Arts. (See page 165.) 6. Palaeontology.—As in Arts. (See page 166.) 7. Petrography.—As in Arts. (See page 166.) 8. Economic Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 166.) 9. Mineralography.—As in Arts. (See page 167.) 10. Field Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 167.) 11. Regional Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 167.) 12. Geomorphology.—As in Arts. (See pages 168,170.) Courses for Graduate Students (To be arranged by consultation with the instructors and the Head of the Department.) 20. Sedimentation.—As in Arts. (See page 168.) 21. Problems in Palaeontology.—As in Arts. (See page 168.) 23. Advanced Mineralogy.—A systematic study of some of the rarer minerals; the determination of some of the more important gem stones. Text-books: Dana, Text Book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, 4th edition, Wiley; Brush & Penfield, Determinative Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis, 16th edition, Wiley. One lecture or seminar and four hours laboratory work a week. Mr. Warren. 24. Advanced Mineralography.—A 'critical study of some approved suite of ores, using the more recent methods of investigation, including the examination of polished sections under polarized light, microchemistry, mierophotography, use of "super-polisher," etc. Text-book: U. S. Geological Survey Bulletin 914, Microscopic Determination of the Ore Minerals. Occasional seminars and seven, nine, or eleven hours laboratory work a week. Mr. Warren. 25. Petrogeny.—As in Arts. (See page 169.) 26. Mineral Deposits.—As in Arts. (See page 169.) 7$W ""•* ?*%■•• v* Mathematics 273 Department of Mathematics Professor and Head of the Department: Daniel Buchanan. Professor: F. S. Nowlan. Professor: Ralph D. James. (On leave of absence.) Professor: Walter H. Gage. Associate Professor: S. A. Jennings. Associate Professor: D. C. Murdoch. Instructor: Miss May L. Barclay. 2. Trigonometry and Solid Geometry.-—Graphs and periodicity of simple and compound trigonometric functions; inverse functions, trigonometric equations, and identities; De Moivre's theorem; series expansions; exponential, logarithmic, and hyperbolic functions. Selected topics in plane and solid geometry. Text-book: Kells, Kern, and Bland, Plane Trigonometry, McGraw-Hill. Reference: Leighton, Solid Geometry and Spherical Trigonometry, Van Nostrand. ^-f Two lectures a week. Mr. Murdoch. | 3. Algebra.—A review of simple series, permutations, and combinations; a study of complex numbers, the binomial theorem, exponential and other series, undetermined coefficients, partial and continued fractions, graphical algebra, elementary theory of equations, convergence of series, and determinants. Text-book: To be announced. Two lectures a week. Mr. Jennings. 4. Calculus.— An introductory study of the differential and integral calculus will be made, and some of the simpler applications considered. Text-book: Nelson, Folley, and Borgman, Calculus, Heath. Two lectures a week. Mr. Gage. 6. Calculus. — Differential and integral calculus with various applications. Text-book: Nelson, Folley, and Borgman, Calculus, Heath. Three lectures a week. Mr. Gage. 7. Plane and Solid Geometry.—A study of the conies, cycloids, and other plane curves; elementary statistics and curve fitting; introduction to solid analytic geometry, including the quadric surfaces, space curves, developable surfaces, the convolute and helicoid; introduction to spherical trigonometry. Text-books: Young, Fort, and Morgan, Analytical Geometry, Houghton Mifflin; Leighton, Solid Geometry and Spherical Trigonometry, Van Nostrand. Two lectures a week. Mr. Murdoch. _j 274 Faculty of Applied Science 8. Applied Calcidus and Differential Equations.—More advanced calculus, including harmonic analysis, interpolation, Fourier series; probability; ordinary and partial differential equations met in physics and engineering. Text-book: Reddick and Miller, Advanced Mathematics for Engineers, Wiley. Three lectures a week. Mr. Gage. 10. Analysis.—A course dealing with selected topics in analysis, designed for graduate students in Engineering. Two lectures a week. Mr. Gage. Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering Professor and Head of the Department: H. J. MacLeod. Professor of Mechanical Engineering: F. W. Vernon. Professor of Electrical Engineering: S. C. Morgan. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering: W. B. Coulthard. Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering: W. O. Richmond. Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering: H. M. Mcllroy. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering: D. W. Thomson. Instructor: L. R. Kersey. Mechanical Engineering 1. Mechanical Drawing.—Free hand lettering; geometric figures; orthographic projection; dimensioning; thread conventions; technical sketching; detail and assembly drawings of machine parts; tracing and blueprinting. Text-book: French and Svensen, Mechanical Drawing, McGraw- Hill. One three-hour period a week. Mr. Mcllroy, Mr. Thomson, and Mr. Kersey. 2. Mechanical Drawing.—Continuation of M.E. 1. Isometric and oblique projection; auxiliary views; more advanced working drawings; checking a drawing. This course commences immediately upon the close of the spring examinations and continues for a period of twenty days, four hours a day, in conjunction with M.E. 30. Required of Third Year students proceeding in Chemical, Electrical, Mechanical, and Metallurgical Engineering. Text-book: French and Svensen, Mechanical Drawing, McGraw- Hill. Reference: Schuman, Technical Drafting, Harpers. Mr. Mcllroy, Mr. Vernon, Mr. Richmond, Mr. Thomson. •PPHSfcr'-f^rTr1 -, ' Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 275 3. Kinematics of Machines.—Velocity and acceleration diagrams of mechanisms; instantaneous centre of rotation; slider crank and quadric-crank chain; quick return mechanisms; inversion; straight line motions; epi-cyclie 'trains; valve-gears and miscellaneous mechanisms. Text-book: Guillet, Kinematics of Machines, 4th edition, Wiley. Three lectures and one two-hour drawing office period a week. First Term. Mr. Richmond. 4. Dynamics of Machines. — Diagrams of crank effort, piston velocity, and acceleration; flywheel; balancing, rotating, and reciprocating masses; secondary balancing; governors; brakes and dynamometers; belt-drives; dynamics of the gyroscope; friction and friction-clutches; impulsive forces in mechanisms. Text-book: Low, Applied Mechanics, Longmans. Two lectures a week. Mr. Vernon. 5. Machine Design.—A study is made of the design of machines and machine parts. Emphasis is placed on the selection of proper materials and the rational design of standard machine parts for strength, giving proper consideration to rigidity, safety, and economical operation. J Text-books: Vallance and Doughtie, Design of Machine Members, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill; Marks, Mechanical Engineers' Handbook, McGraw-Hill. Three lectures and one two-hour drawing office period a week. Second Term. Mr. Richmond. 6. Applied Thermodynamics.—-A practical course for students not specializing in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering. Fuels and combustion; steam boilers; steam engines and turbines; combustion engines; air compression; refrigeration. Text-book: V. W. and G. A. Young, Elementary Engineering Thermodynamics, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Mr. Mcllroy, Mr. Thomson. 7. Applied Thermodynamics.—This course deals with the application of the laws of thermodynamics to problems concerning steam cycles and steam engines, the flow and compression of air, the combustion of fuels, internal combustion engines, and refrigerating machines. Text-book: Faires, Applied Thermodynamics, Macmillan. References: A.S.M.E. Power Test Codes; Shoop and Tuve, Mechanical Engineering Practice, McGraw-Hill. 276 Faculty of Applied Science Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Mr. Richmond, Mr. Vernon, Mr. Thomson. 10. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory.—The work carried out embodies the operation and testing of the various laboratory machines, illustrating the theory covered in the corresponding lecture courses. Written reports are required on the tests carried out. One four-hour period a week. Mr. Vernon, Mr. Mcllroy, Mr. Richmond. 11. Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning, and Refrigeration. —Factors affecting human comfort; calculation of building heat losses and gains; design of the various steam, hot-water, and warm-air heating systems; measurement of air flow and design of duct systems; air humidification and dehumidification; design and performance of the various refrigerating apparatus; study of refrigerants; heat transfer and flow of fluids. , Text-book: Severns, Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Fundamentals, Wiley. References: Macintire, Refrigeration Engineering, Wiley; A.S.HV.E. Guide; Allen and Walker, Heating and Air Conditioning, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures a week. Mr. Thomson. 12. Design of Steam Power Plants.—A study of the function, construction, and performance of the various units that comprise a modern steam power plant; i.e., boilers, grates, chimneys, pumps, feed-water heaters, economisers, condensers, steam piping and valves, fuel and ash-handling equipment; calculations regarding , capacity, efficiency, and operating cost of the various types of these units; inspection trips to a number of local plants. References: Gebhardt, Steam Power Plant Engineering, Wiley; Gaffert, Steam Power Stations, McGraw-Hill. One hour lecture and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Mr. Mcllroy. 14. Mechanical Design of Electrical Machinery.—A course dealing with the various mechanical problems arising in the design and construction of electrical machinery. The subjects treated include the design of transmission lines and supports; the design of shafts and bearings for high-speed rotating machinery; vibrations and balancing. For Fifth Year Electrical Engineering students. Two lectures a week. Second Term. Mr. Thomson.' ^^^^rr*waaWfl*, u» vy** '-'-• Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 277 15. Prime Movers.—A more advanced course in the theory of all types of prime movers, namely water turbines, steam turbines, and internal combustion engines. Water Turbines: impulse turbines; Pelton wheel; Girard turbine; reaction turbines; Francis turbine; Kaplan turbine; specific speeds; draft tube; centrifugal pumps; reciprocating pumps; hydraulic pressure machines. Steam Turbines: flow through nozzles; impulse turbines; De Laval, Curtis, Zoelly, Rateau; velocity compounding; pressure compounding; reaction turbines; Parsons; velocity diagrams; reheating of steam; the reheat cycle; the regenerative cycle; bleeding condensers and air pumps; steam consumption of turbines. Internal Combustion Engines: a more advanced course in the thermodynamic theory, design, and performance of petrol, gas, .and oil engines. Text-book: Poison, Internal Combustion Engines, Wiley. References: Goudie, Steam Turbines, Longmans; Stodola, Steam and Gas Turbines, McGraw-Hill; Moyer, Steam Turbines, Wiley; Lea, Hydraulics, Longmans; Gibson, Hydro-electric Engineering, Vol. 1, Blackie. Three lectures a week. Mr. Vernon. 16. Machine Design. — The design of machine and structural parts, including parts of engines of all types; design of wheel teeth, belt, rope, and chain gearing, flywheels, cams, clutches, couplings, machine frames, etc. Text-book: Norman, Ault, and Zarobsky, Fundamentals of Machine Design, Macmillan. Two lectures and one four-hour drawing office period a week. Mr. Vernon 17. Applied Mechanics.—An advanced course in the theories of bending of beams, critical loading of struts, bending stresses in curved bars, stresses in rotating discs and in rotating cylinders, bending of thin plates, and harmonic vibrations. Text-book: Freberg and Kemler, Elements of Mechanical Vibration, Wiley. References: Den Hartog, Mechanical Vibrations, McGraw-Hill; Timoshenko, Strength of Materials, Part 1 and Part 2, Van Nostrand. One lecture a week. Mr. Richmond. 278 Faculty of Applied Science 18. Aeronautics.—General theory of flight; aerofoils, lift, drag, distribution of pressure, aspect ratio, effect of variation of camber; stream lines, airscrews, performance curves; general principles of design and methods of construction; theory of stability. Text-book: Jones, Elements of Practical Aerodynamics, Wiley. Two lectures a week. Second Term. Mr. Vernon. * 19. Problems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering.—The solution under supervision of problems arising from the lecture courses. One two-hour period a week. Mr. Morgan, Mr. Richmond. 30. Machine Shop Practice.—This course is intended to give an introduction to shop practice and some practical experience in the processing of metals. It includes work on the bench, lathe, shaping machine, drill press, and milling machine, lay-off, and tempering. This course commences immediately upon the close of the spring examinations and continues for a period of twenty days, four hours a day, in conjunction with M.E. 2. Required of Third Year students proceeding in Chemical, Electrical, Mechanical, and Metallurgical Engineering. 31. Machine Shop Practice.—A continuation of M.E. 30. Required of students in Mechanical Engineering only. Optional for students in Fourth Year Electrical Engineering. One two-hour period a week. 32. Machine Shop Practice.—A continuation of M.E. 31. Required of students in Fifth Year Mechanical Engineering only. One two-hour period a week. Course for Graduate Students 101. Applied Theory of Elasticity.—A study of the mathematical theory of elasticity as applied to various problems arising in mechanical engineering. The subjects treated include plane stress and plane strain in rectangular and polar co-ordinates, the torsion problem, and the bending of prismatical bars. References: Timoshenko, Theory of Elasticity, McGraw-Hill; Southwell, Theory of Elasticity, Oxford. Mr. Richmond. 2 units. is-"-!}-' •~.»?j.-»'-"-s'--* Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 279 Electrical Engineering 1. Theory and Operation of Electrical Machines.—A general course for students not specializing in Electrical or Mechanical Engineering. The course includes the theory, characteristics, and applications of both D.C. and A.C. machines. Text-book: Gray and Wallace, Principles and Practice of Electrical Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures a week and one two-hour period a week for experimental work and problems. Mr. Morgan and Mr. Kersey. 2. Principles of D.C. Machines.—Electromagnetic theory. The theory, operating characteristics, efficiency, and applications of direct current generators and motors.. For Fourth Year Electrical and Mechanical students only. Text-book: Hehre and Harness, Electrical Circuits and Machinery, Vol. 1, Wiley. Reference: Langsdorf, Principles of Direct Current Machines, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures a week. Mr. Morgan. 3. Principles of Alternating Currents.—A thorough treatment of alternating current theory and calculations, with an introduction to the principles of the chief alternating curj-ent machines. For Fourth Year Electrical and Mechanical students only. Text-book: Kerchner & Corcoran, Alternating Current Circuits, Wiley. References: Morecroft and Hehre, Electrical Circuits and Machinery, Vol. II, Wiley; Junior Laboratory Manual. Two lectures a week. Mr. Morgan. 2 and 3 Laboratory.—Experimental work and problems, on D.C. machines and A.C. circuits, illustrating the theory covered in the lectures. Text-book: Junior Laboratory Manual: One three-hour period a week. Mr. Morgan and assistant. 5. Electrical and Magnetic Measurements .and Instruments.—A study of the units and quantities of magnetism and electricity, developing therefrom a detailed treatment of measurements and measuring instruments of all kinds, in theory and practice. Brief Summary: Absolute instruments, secondary instruments; measurements of current, resistance, potential difference, and power; measurement of inductance and capacity; watt-hour meters, 280 Faculty of Applied Science recording instruments, phase, power-factor, and frequency measurements; instrument transformers; determination of wave form; calibration of instruments; etc. For Fourth Year Electrical Engineering students only. Text-book: Golding, Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments, Pitman. Reference: Drysdale and Jolly, Electrical Measuring Instruments, Benn. Two lectures a week. Mr. Coulthard. 7. Design of Electrical Machinery.—The design of direct and alternating current motors and generators and of constant potential transformers, with special • reference to the theory and limits of design; design problems in radio circuits and transmission systems. Text-book: Kuhlmann, Design of Electrical Apparatus, Wiley. Reference: Still, Elements of Electrical Design, McGraw-Hill. One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Mr. MacLeod. 8. Principles of Illuminating Engineering.—Radiation; luminous flux; light sources; photometric units and measurements; vision and the elements of lighting design. A number of experiments on illumination are included in the laboratory course under E.E. 11. Text-book: Boast, Illumination Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Reference: Moon, Scientific Basis of Illuminating Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures a week. First Term. Mr. Morgan. 9. Electric Power Transmission and Distribution.—The calculation of line resistance, inductance, and capacitance; steady state currents and voltages; circle diagrams; corona and insulators; transmission line design; the electrical layout of power plants, substations, and distribution systems; short circuit calculations; relays; an introduction to the theory of rates. Text-book: Woodruff, Electric Power Transmission, Wiley. References: Sanderson, Electric System Handbook, McGraw- Hill; Lovell, Generating Stations, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures a week. Mr. MacLeod. 10. Electrical Problem Course.—Problems on A.C. machinery. Two hours a week. Mr. Coulthard. '7?*,^? %*tf®r"^T*-*,* .-''vy -"% "v.* ■--* *-;■-* ^ ^ ; Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 281 11. Electrical Communication.—Resonant and coupled circuits; properties of coils and condensers; the theory and application of vacuum tubes as amplifiers, oscillators, modulators, and detectors; radio circuits; the electrical characteristics of telephone lines; filters; impedance transformation and antennae. Text-book: Eastman, Fundamentals of Vacuum Tubes, McGraw- Hill. References: Ware and Reed, Communication Circuits, Wiley; Everitt, Communication Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures and one laboratory period of three hours a week. Mr. MacLeod and Mr. Kersey. 12. Principles of Alternating Current Machines. — A detailed analysis of the theory and characteristics of alternating current machinery, including the transformer, the alternator, the synchronous motor, the induction m,otor, the rotary converter, and the commutator motor. Text-books: Langsdorf, Theory of Alternating Current Machinery, McGraw-Hill; Vickers, The Induction Motor, Pitman; Senior Laboratory Manual. Reference: Morecroft and Hehre, Electrical Circuits and Machinery, Vol. II, Wiley. » -^ Three lectures a week. One laboratory period of four hours. Mr. Coulthard. 13. Transient Phenomena and Oscillations.—In this course will be considered the transient phenomena which occur in switching electric circuits; long transmission lines; standing and travelling waves; the penetration of current and flux into magnetic materials at high frequency; the effective resistance, inductance, and capacity of high frequency circuits; abnormal voltage rises in A.C. circuits; transients in radio circuits; waves and impulses; etc. Text-book: Coulthard, Transients in ^Electric Circuits, Pitman. Reference: Steinmetz, Transient Phenomena, McGraw-Hill. One lecture and one hour problem work a week. Mr. Coulthard. 14. Alternating Current Machines.—The theory and characteristics of alternating current machines. For Fifth Year students in Mechanical Engineering. Text-books: Puchstein and Lloyd, Alternating Current Machines, Wiley; Senior Laboratory Manual. Two lectures and one laboratory period of three hours a week. Mr. Morgan. Faculty of Applied Science Course for Graduate Students 101. Electromagnetic Theory and Electronics. — A study of electromagnetic fields and waves with reference to radio and electronics engineering. The main subjects are Maxwell's equations, potentials, circuit concepts, propagation and reflection of electromagnetic waves, radiation; transmission lines, wave guides, radio circuits and apparatus with special reference to high frequencies. References: Skilling, Fundamentals of Electric Waves, Wiley; Ramo and Whinnery, Fields and Waves in Modern Radio, Wiley; Guillemin, Communication Networks, Vols. I and II, Wiley; Ultra High Frequency Techniques, Von Nostrand; current journals. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Mr. MacLeod. Department of Mining and Metallurgy Professor and Head of the Department: Professor of Metallurgy: Geo. A. Gillies. Professor of Metallurgy: Frank A. Forward. Mining 1. Metal Mining.—An introductory course in metal mining, including the following subjects: ores and economic minerals; economic basis of mining; ordinary, prospecting; mineral belts; conditions in British Columbia; preliminary development of mines; timbering and framing; tunnelling; shaft sinking; transportation and haulage. Two lectures a week. 2. Coal and Placer Mining.—A general course in coal and placer mining, including the following subjects: (a) classification of coals; prospecting; mine development; mining methods; ventilation; transportation and haulage; drainage; tipples; coal mines acts and laws; (b) gravel deposits; nature and origin of paystreaks; prospecting ; examination and testing of deposits; ordinary mining methods; hydraulic and dredging methods; plant and equipment; placer mines acts and laws. Two lectures a week. 3. Metal Mining.—An advanced course in metal mining, including the following subjects: drainage; ventilation; scientific prospecting ; geophysical methods; development work in mines; blasting and explosives; examination of mines and prospects; methods of ore sampling; mine valuation; accounting and costs; administration; welfare and safety work; mining laws and contracts; economics; ethics. Three lectures a week. f ^ -j -•*■£-, "n>~ * v *■"-■•/ r Mining and Metallurgy 283 4. Mining Machinery.—A special course dealing with the structural and mechanical features of mining engineering, as follows: mine structures; mining plant and machinery; core and churn drills; tramways; etc. Two lectures a week. Mr. Gillies. 5. Mine Surveying.—A practical course describing the work of the surveyor and staff in metal mines. Methods and practice in mine surveying; geological work underground ; maps; plans and models; notes and records. , One lecture a week. First Term. 7. Mining Methods.—A special course dealing with the principles and practice of mining methods in metal mines. One lecture a week. Second Term. ■ Metallurgy 1. (a) Physical Metallurgy.—Introductory. Structure and physical properties of metals; alloys; equilibrium diagrams; principles of heat treatment of steel and non-ferrous alloys. Text-book: Heyer, Engineering Physical Metallurgy, Van Nostrand. Two lectures a week. First Term. Mr. Forward. 1. (b) Reduction Metallurgy.—Principles underlying metallurgical production methods; sampling; fuels; refractories; hydro- pyro-, and electro-metallurgical operations. Text-book: Newton, An Introduction to Metallurgy, Wiley. References: Hofman, General Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill; Liddell, Handbook of Non-Ferrous Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill; Fulton, Principles of Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures a week. Second Term. Mr. Forward. 1. (c) Metallography.—Preparation of specimens and observation of micro-structures; heat treatment of carbon steels and non- ferrous alloys; simple physical tests. Text-book: Kehl, The Principles of Metallographic Laboratory Practice, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill. Reference: Teichert, Ferrous Metallurgy — Metallography and Heat Treatment of Steel, Volume III, McGraw-Hill. One lecture and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Forward. 284 Faculty of Applied Science 2. Reduction Metallurgy.—Principles of the production of iron and steel; principles of roasting, leaching, smelting, and refining, in particular reference to the metallurgy of copper, lead, zinc, gold, and silver. References: Stoughton, Metallurgy of Iron and Steel, 4th edition, McGraw-Hill; Liddell, Handbook of Non-ferrous Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures a week. Mr. Forward. 3. (a) Physical Metallurgy. ■— The crystal structure of metals and alloys; effect of alloy additions; principles of heat treatment; special alloys; atmosphere control; furnaces. Text-book: Heyer, Engineering Physical Metallurgy, Van Nostrand. References: Hume-Rothery, The Structure of Metals and Alloys, Institute of Metals; Bain, The Alloying Elements in Steel, American Society for Metals; Bullens, Steel and Its Heat Treatment, 4th edition, Wiley; Metals Handbook, 1939 edition, American Society for Metals. 4 Two lectures a week. Mr. Forward. 3. (b) Calculations.—A laboratory course dealing with problems related to the fields of combustion, roasting, smelting, leaching, and refining. The course includes a discussion of fundamental features of ore-buying contracts and computation of smelter charges. References: Butts, Textbook of Metallurgical Problems, McGraw- Hill ; Spurr and Wormser, Marketing of Metals and Minerals, McGraw-Hill. Two hours a week. Mr. Forward. 4. Metallurgy Laboratory.—Laboratory analysis of ores, alloys, and other metallurgical products. During the Second Term time will be devoted to experimental and analytic work in conjunction with some specific problem in reduction metallurgy or physical metallurgy. References: Scott, .Chemical Methods for the Analysis of Metallurgical Products, 2nd edition, Van Nostrand; Low-Weinig-Schoder, Technical Methods of Ore Analysis, Wiley. Six hours laboratory a week. Mr. Forward. 5. Fire Assaying.—Quantitative determination of gold and silver by fire methods, with underlying principles. Text-book: Bugbee, Textbook of Fire Assaying, 3rd edition, Wiley. Seven hours laboratory a week. First Term. Mr. Forward. 3W1-TrT***-«3*-ngp'w-*. • *: -\\" **u ,■'' Mining and Metallurgy 285 6. Wet Assaying.—Introductory. Metallurgical analysis of ores and concentrates. Principal attention is paid to the technical determination of lead, zinc, copper, and iron. Three hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Forward. 7. Base Metal Production.—A study of methods of production *of some base metals and the factors influencing the market for them. Students are required to prepare a report on the current production methods and economic aspects of one of the metals. References: Spurr and Wormser, Marketing of Metals and Minerals, McGraw-Hill; Roush, Strategic Mineral Supplies, McGraw- Hill; Mineral Economics, American Institute of Mining and Metallurgy; Liddell, Handbook of Non-ferrous Metallurgy, McGraw- Hill; Mantell, Industrial Electrochemistry, McGraw-Hill; current technical and statistical literature. One lecture a week. Mr. Forward. w ■ 8. Process Laboratory.—The work includes a practical study of metallurgical, principles; the laboratory technique employed in conducting investigations in reduction metallurgy and metallography; pyrometry. Three hours laboratory a week. Mr. Forward. 9. Advanced Metallography.—A continuation of the work of Metallurgy 1(c) -. polishing soft metals, identification and micro- constituents, macro-etching, contact prints, and photography. For students taking the physical metallurgy option. Text-book: Dowdell, Jerabek, Forsyth, and Green, Metallography, Wiley. Three hours laboratory a week. Course for Graduate Students 102. Metallurgy.—Advanced studies in the field of reduction metallurgy or of physical metallurgy. The major portion of the work will consist of laboratory research on a specific problem in the field chosen. Twenty-one hours a week. Mr. Forward. Mineral Dressing 1. Mineral Dressing.—A general course covering the concentration of ores by mechanical means. Most of the time is spent in considering fundamental principles, typical machines, and their general operations and relations in 286 Faculty of Applied Science modern milling practice, emphasizing the economic and practical aspects. Students are taught the commercial and technical characteristics of true concentrating ores; the general principles on which the size, character, site, and other features of a mill are designed; the general layout of crushing, handling, and separating machinery*, the laws of crushing and of various classifying and separating actions; and the design, operation, and comparative efficiency of typical machines, such as crushers, rolls, stamps, ball and tube mills, jigs, tables, screens, classifiers, and slime handling devices. Attention is paid to pneumatic, magnetic, electrostatic, flotation, and other special processes, including coal-washing. References: Taggart, A Manual of Flotation Processes, Wiley; Gaudin, Flotation, McGraw-Hill; Truscott, Text-book of Ore Dressing, Macmillan; Richards and Locke, Text-book of Ore Dressing, Wiley; Taggart, Handbook of Ore Dressing, Wiley; Gaudin, Principles of Mineral Dressing, McGraw-Hill; Wark, Principles of Flotation, Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. Two lectures a week. Mr. Gillies. 2. Mineral Dressing Laboratory.—A variety of crushing, sizing, classifying, and separating operations are carried out by the students and studied quantitatively on appropriate machines, singly and in combination. Special attention is paid to flotation processes, several types of machines being used. Ores from British Columbia mines are usually chosen, so that the work of the students is along practical lines in comparison with actual work in operating plants. Four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Gillies. 3. Mineral Dressing Laboratory.—Advanced laboratory work, chiefly on selected problems and on more complex ores. Six hours a week. Mr. Gillies. Course for Graduate Students 101. Mineral Dressing.—An advanced course in mineral dressing for graduate students, including theory and laboratory work of a research character. Concurrent courses: Chemistry 3, and either Chemistry 4 or Chemistry 7. Eighteen hours a week. Mr. Gillies. Nursing and Health 287 Department of Nursing and Health Professor and Head of the Department: C. E. Dolman Associate Professor: Miss H. Evelyn Mallory. Instructor: Miss' Pauline Capelle. Lecturer: L. E. Ranta. Part-time Lecturers: Alfred Howard Spohn, M.B. (Toronto). Arthur L. Crease, M.D., C.M. (McGill). Miss J. Kilburn, R.N. T. R. Hall, B.A. (Dalhousie). Honorary Lecturers: S. Stewart Murray, M.D., D.P.H. (Toronto). G. F. Amyot, M.D., D.P.H. (Toronto). Nursing 1. History of Nursing.—A study of the origin and history of nursing. One hour a week. Second Year. Miss Mallory. Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Tuesday. 2. Elementary Biochemistry, as Applied to Physiology. Two hours a week. Second Year, Second Term. Mr. Allardyce. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday and Friday. 3. Bacteriology in Relation to Health and Disease.—A special course for Degree Course Nursing students only, consisting of lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory work. Methods of isolation, culture, and identification of pathogenic micro-organisms; aseptic technique; disinfection and antisepsis; infection and resistance; active immunization procedures; bacteriology in relation to public health. References: Henrici, Biology of Bacteria, latest edition, Heath; Bigger, Handbook of Bacteriology, latest edition, Williams and Wilkins. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Dr. Ranta, Miss Todd. Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Monday. Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Monday and 2.30-4.30, Friday. This course is the same as Bacteriology 3. ((See page 120.) 4. Preventive Medicine.—A study of the public health aspects of preventable disease, including the acute infections; tuberculosis and venereal diseases; heart disease, cancer, and other degenerative conditions; preparation and utilization of biological products; and the newer knowledge of nutrition. ■v-S-^-fW-V***"*-""!- 288 Faculty of Applied Science Two hours a week, First Term. Three hours a week, Second Term. Dr. Dolman, Dr. Ranta. 5. Mental Hygiene.—An introduction to the study of mental illness, with emphasis upon its prevention; child guidance clinics and the psychiatric social history. 7. Infant and Child Hygiene.—A study of the physical, psychological, and other factors affecting the development of the infant and child. The prevention of the common disorders of infancy and childhood, and an analysis of those factors which promote and maintain infant and child health. One hour a week. Dr. Spohn and special lecturers. 9. Sanitation.—A study of community sanitation and of relevant legislative measures; field visits. One hour a week. One term. Dr. Ranta. L^ 11. Public Health Organization.-—A series of lectures dealing with the organization and administration of health services. One hour a week. Both terms. Special lecturers. 12. Vital Statistics.—The general principles governing the collection, arrangement, presentation, and interpretation of vital statistics; health publicity and the preparation of health exhibits. Two hours a week. One term. 13. Principles of Public Health Nursing.—A study of the development of public health nursing, including problems of organization and administration. Text-book: Gardner, Public Health Nursing, Macmillan. Two hours a week. 14. Practice of Public Health Nursing.—A study of the duties and techniques in the special branches of public health nursing; field visits. Text-book: Manual of Public Health Nursing, Macmillan. One hour a week. 16. Methods in Health Teaching.—Health education, its purpose and content; the application of the principles of teaching to health instruction as carried out in the home, the school, and the community. Text-book: Kirkpatrick and Huettner, Fundamentals of Health, revised edition, Ginn. Two hours a week. '«i"vv?" TV- "!"-"■■•* Nursing and Health 289 17. Current Nursing Problems.—Consideration of recent developments in the nursing field. One hour a week. Miss Mallory. 18. Teaching in Schools of Nursing.—A study of the curricula of schools of nursing; the content and arrangement of courses of study, and the application of teaching principles to the subjects found in the nursing curriculum; a study of nursing school records. Two hours a week. Miss Mallory. 19. Principles of Supervision in Schools of Nursing.—A study of the organization of the school of nursing, with especial reference to the function of a ward or teaching unit; a discussion of experience records, case studies, ward clinics, and other means which assist in the correlation of theory and practice. Two hours a week. Miss Mallory. >^^. 21. Social Case Work.—The general principles underlying social case work will be studied and the interrelation of nursing and allied welfare agencies will be discussed. Two hours a week. Second Term. Miss Reebel. 27. Sociology.—The family; an approach to the study of society by way of a basic institution. Two hours a week. First Term. Mr. Topping. 31. Principles and Methods of Teaching. Two hours a week. First Term. Mr. Hall. 35. Essay.—Written presentation and discussion of a report upon assigned problems or topics within the scope of nursing education or public health. 36. Field Work in Nursing B*.—Field work will be arranged with various associated public health and welfare organizations. It may be necessary for part of this field work to be taken before and after the academic year. 37. Field Work in Nursing C.—Opportunities for practice teaching and for the observation of school of nursing administration and ward supervision will be provided in associated hospitals. *In calculating the probable expense of the course, students are reminded to allow for costs in connection with Held work. The sum of $100.00 is mentioned as probably the maximum amount required to cover the expenses of board and lodging while with the rural nursing organization, and of transportation. 290 Faculty of Applied Science Department of Physics Professor and Head of the Department: G. M. Shrum. Professor: A. E. Hennings. Associate Professor: Harold D. Smith. Assistant,Professor: A. M. Crooker. (On leave of absence.) Assistant Professor: Kenneth C. Mann. (On leave of absence.) Assistant Professor: George Michael Volkoff. (On leave of absence.) Lecturer: R. Eric Langton. Lecturer: William Petrie. Lecturer: R. Keith Brown. Lecturer: H. R. Milley. The instruction includes lectures on the general principles of physics, accompanied by courses of practical work in the laboratory. A. Introduction to Physics.—As in Arts. (See page 200.) 1. Elementary Physics.—As in Arts. (See page 200.) 4. (a) Mechanics.—An elementary treatment of statics, kinematics, and dynamics, with particular emphasis on the working of problems. This course is given in the first half of the Second Year of Applied Science. ^ Text-book: Poorman, Applied Mechanics, 1940, McGraw-Hill. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. (b) Heat.—This course is begun when Physics 4 (a) is finished. It is assumed that the student is already familiar with the elementary principles of heat. Text-book: Edser, Heat for Advanced Students, 1936, Macmillan. References: Allen and Maxwell, A Text-book of Heat, Macmillan; Cork, Heat, Wiley. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. 5. Electricity and Magnetism.—A quantitative study of fundamental principles of electricity and magnetism, with special reference to the fact that the student is to be an engineer. The course includes a short treatment of the elements of alternating currents and an introduction to vacuum tube circuits. Text-book: Loeb, Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism, 2nd edition, Wiley. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. 10. Light.—A short lecture course for engineering students. The subject matter includes radiation theory, photography, interference instruments, refractometers, spectroscopy, and applications of polarized light to engineering. -"--,- Physics 291 References: Gibb, Optical Methods of Chemical Analysis, McGraw-Hill; McAdams, Heat Transmission, McGraw-Hill. One lecture a week. 12. Introduction to Atomic Structure.—As in Arts. (See page 203.) Department of Zoology Professor and Head of the Department: W. A. Clemens. Professor: G. J. Spencer. Professor: I. McT. Cowan. Note. Biology 1 is prerequisite to all courses in Zoology. 1. General Zoology.—As in Arts. .(See page 208.) 10. Forest Entomology.—As in Arts. (See page 211.) THE FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE THIRTY-FIRST SESSION 1945-46 O' '■-■*■ * " FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS IN AGRICULTURE The particular course of study* selected by any student in the Faculty of Agriculture is determined by his previous training and by thev use he intends to make of his university work, whether for farming, district agricultural work, teaching, research, industry, or other vocation. The first two years of work leading to the degree in Agriculture are devoted largely to acquiring a knowledge of the basic sciences, in adding to the student's knowledge of language, and in laying a foundation for more advanced studies in the practical and scientific phases of agriculture and of related subjects. During the first year, the student who is not yet clear as to what special phase of agriculture he may care to follow is given an opportunity of becoming acquainted with the general field of agriculture and of its various branches, through the medium of an orientation course (Agriculture 1). This introductory course is given in the applied departments. During the last two years of the course the student is permitted, in consultation with the Dean, the Committee on Courses, and the head of a department, to select from a wide list of subjects either a generalized course in agriculture or a specialized course in some' one phase of agriculture, as in Agricultural Economics, Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture, Poultry Husbandry; or a still further specialized course within these or closely allied fields, such as in Animal or Plant Nutrition, Animal or Plant Pathology, Applied Genetics, Bacteriology, Entomology, Physiology, Soils, and similar fields of study. The extent of the course, whether for a few weeks or for several years, and the nature of the course, whether generalized or specialized, scientific or practical, is to be decided by each individual on the advice of the Dean, the Committee on Courses, and a department head. In advising on the selection of courses or vocation, the student's personal preference and his adaptability are given careful consideration. For those interested in continuing their university training beyond the work of the four years leading to the bachelor's degree, *The curriculum described in the following pages may be changed from time to time as deemed advisable by the Senate. •V.^^^^^WW^:j^WM^^f. 296 Faculty of Ageicui/tuee excellent opportunity is afforded in many of the fields mentioned above for further work leading to the master's degree. A judicious selection of courses permits of the completion of the required work for both the B.S.A. and the B.A. or the B.S.A. and B.Com. degrees in five years. (For further information regarding the various courses, see statements which follow the Outline of Courses; also description of courses as listed under the separate departments.) Admission, Registration, Etc. For statement as to general requirements for admission to the University, registration, etc., see pages 30-35. Degrees ^ mf The degrees offered in this Faculty are: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (B.S.A.). Master of Science in Agriculture (M.S.A.). Courses of Study Seven distinct lines of study are offered, as follows: (1) Four-year courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (B.S.A.). (2) A double course for.the degrees of B.A. and B.S.A. (See Double Courses.) (3) A double course for the degrees of B.Com. and B.S.A. (See Double Courses.) (4) A one-year occupational course leading to a diploma in Agriculture. (5) A winter course at the University, consisting of a Short Course in one or more of the agricultural subjects: Poultry, Horticulture, etc. (6) Extension courses at different points in the Province. (7) Graduate work in agriculture leading to the degree of Master of Science in Agriculture (M.S.A.). Courses Leading to the Degree of B.S.A. These courses are planned for students who wish to obtain practical and scientific knowledge of agriculture, or closely allied subjects, either as a basis for demonstration, teaching, or research, or as an aid to successful farming. Students are required to have University Entrance or its equivalent before entering upon these courses. (See University Entrance Requirements.) V , • * CoirasES in Ageicultuee 297 The Occupational Course The Occupational Course is planned for those students whose academic qualifications may not be high, but whose practical qualifications are satisfactory. The course permits of work in Agricultural Economics, Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Poultry Husbandry, Dairying, and Horticulture on the part of those who wish to extend their practical knowledge. A successful completion of the course leads to a diploma in Agriculture. University Entrance standing is not required. Short Courses The Short Courses are planned for those men and women who are unable to take advantage of the longer courses, but who desire to extend their knowledge of agriculture in one or more of those branches in which they are particularly interested. The work throughout is intensely practical. Illustrative material and periods devoted to demonstration and judging work are features of the course. No entrance examination is required, nor are students asked to write an examination at the conclusion of the course. Special announcements giving details of the various divisions of the course are issued in December of each year, and may be obtained from the Registrar on application. Extension Courses All extension courses are under the direction of the Director of the Department of University Extension. Graduate Work For regulations, see pages 299-301. Curriculum Courses are described in terms of units. A unit normally consists of one lecture hour (or one continuous laboratory period of not less than two or more than three hours) per week throughout the session, or two lecture hours (or equivalent laboratory periods) throughout a single term. Outline of Courses Students are required to select their courses in consultation with the head of the department in which the undergraduate essay is to be written. In addition to Agriculture 1, all students are required to take as a minimum of agricultural subjects outside of their 298 Faculty of Ageicultuee major department, twelve units of courses to be chosen in not less than three of the six departments: Agricultural Economics, Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture, and Poultry Husbandry. Students writing essays in fields other than those indicated above, such as Plant Pathology and Economic Entomology, are required to include in their outlines at least Agronomy 2, Horticulture 13, Horticulture 41, and Horticulture 42. At the beginning of the First Term of each session all students are required to submit to the Dean for approval by the Committee on Courses an outline of courses to be taken during that session. First and Second Years The requirements for the first two years consist of 30 units, 15 of which must be t^ken in each year. Courses must be chosen in conformity with the requirements that follow. Each student must take: (a) Agriculture 1 (b) Biology 1 (c) Chemistry 1 (d) English 1, and either English 2 or English 3 and 4 (e) Mathematics 1 (f) Three units from electives A (g) Not less than 9 units from electives B and C, at least 6 of which shall be from electives B Electives A B C Agronomy 2 Bacteriology 1 Beg. German Animal Husbandry Biology 2 (a) and Beg. Spanish 15 2(b) Commerce 1 Dairying 1 and 2, Botany 1 (a) Economics 1 or 3 Chemistry 2 History 1 Horticulture 13 Geology 1 University Entrance Poultry Husbandry Mathematics 2 or 3 Language 1 12 Physics A or 1 University Entrance Zoology 1 Language 2 Psychology 1 Home Economics Students who enter with Senior Matriculation or higher standing snay, on approval of the Committee on Courses, be excused from Agriculture 1, but if so excused, are required to take 6 units from >electives A for credit in First and Second Years. Students who contemplate proceeding to the Normal School after taking one year of the course in Agriculture may take the First ■^r,_»if»< * t. - Coueses in Ageicultuee 299 Year course in the language taken for University Entrance in First Year and defer either Chemistry 1 or Biology 1 until Second Year. Subject to the approval of the Dean and the Committee on Courses, other subjects from the Faculty of Arts and Science, or from the Faculty of Applied Science, may be accepted for credit in the Faculty of Agriculture; also, but for First Year only, from Senior Matriculation; further, any two of the elective subjects in the Second Year not taken in that year, subject to approval, may be taken in the Third Year. A student may take in his Fourth Year an elective of the Second Year subject to the approval of the Faculty. Third and Fourth Years Prior to registration, and preferably before the close of the Second Year, all students are required to discuss with the Dean all courses which they intend to take. ^^ There are no specific subjects which must be taken by all students; students are required, however, to elect up to a total of 36 units, essay included, but not more than 18 units of study may be undertaken in either year without approval of the Faculty. A student's standing at graduation will be determined by averaging the grades obtained in the best 36 units of required work taken in the Third and Fourth Years. An essay shall be prepared by each student on some topic, the subject of which shall be selected, with the approval of the heads of the departments concerned, before the end of the Third Year's work. Two typewritten copies of each essay on standard-size paper (8-^xll# in.) shall be submitted not later than the last da"y of lectures in the Second Term of the graduating year. The corresponding date for the Autumn Congregation shall be October 1st. Courses Leading to the Degree of M.S.A. 1. Candidates for the degree of Master of Science in Agriculture (M.S.A.) must hold a bachelor's degree from this University, or its equivalent. Students, however, who have not more than six units of the undergraduate course to complete will be allowed to take courses counting toward a graduate degree; but these courses will not be counted as graduate credits until the students have registered as graduate students. 2. A graduate of another university applying for permission to enter as a graduate student is required to submit with his application an official statement of his graduation, together with 300 Faculty of Ageicultuee a certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects of his course. The Faculty will determine the standing of such a student in this University. The fee for examination of certificates is $2.00. 3. The prerequisites for graduate work include a major and minor consisting of eight and six units, respectively, of courses regularly offered in the Third and Fourth Years. A standing of at least Second Class must have been obtained in each course. The candidate must satisfy the Committee on Graduate Studies that he is fitted to undertake advanced work. 4. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records who proceed to the Master's degree will be required: (a) to spend at least one year in resident graduate study; or (b) (at the discretion of the Faculty concerned) (i) to do two or more years of private work under the supervision of the University, such work to be equivalent to one year of graduate study; or (ii) to do one year of private work under University supervision and one term of resident graduate study, the total of such work to be equivalent to one year of resident graduate study. 5. Students doing tutorial work will not be allowed to come up for final examination in less than two academic years after registration as M.S.A. students. 6. One major and one minor will be required. Candidates may select their minor in another Faculty. At least Second Class standing is required in the subjects of the major and minor. The choice of and relation between major and minor subjects, and the amount of work in each, or of tutorial work, must be approved by the head of each of the departments concerned, by the Committee on Graduate Studies, and by the Dean. Special forms of Application for a Course Leading to the Master's Degree may be obtained from the Registrar's office. 7. A candidate presenting himself for the degree of M.S.A. may be required by the head of the department in which he is majoring to have a reading knowledge of French or German. 8. (a) A thesis must be prepared on some approved topic in the major subject and must be submitted not later than ' the last day of lectures in the Second Term of the gradu- !{■-«"-•» .i t, , • * Courses in Ageicultuee 301 i ■—■ ating year; the corresponding date for*the Autumn 1 Congregation will be October 1st. (b) A thesis represents three to six units of work. (c) Examinations, written or oral, or both, will be required. 9. Three typewritten copies of each thesis, together with an abstract approved by the department concerned, shall be submitted. (See special circular of Instructions for the Preparation of Masters' Theses.) 10. Application for admission as a graduate student shall be made to the Registrar by October 1st. (See Fees.) Teacher Training Course Students planning to enter the Teacher Training Course through Agriculture must have obtained at least twelve (12) units of credit in Agriculture in addition to Agriculture 1, and at least nine (9) units of credit in any one of the following subjects: Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics, or Biology (including Botany and Zoology), in addition to Chemistry 1, Physics 1, and Biology 1. In addition to the above, prospective candidates for the Teacher Training Course are required to select undergraduate courses,in such a way that, in addition to English 1 and either 2 or 3 and 4, they will have obtained either six units of credit in one, or three units of credit in each of two of the following: English, Mathematics, University Entrance Language, Social Sciences (History, Economics, Political Science, and Sociology). Students who intend to proceed to the Teacher Training Course are required to take Psychology 1 as prerequisite to Educational Psychology. For further particulars, see Teacher Training Course under Faculty of Arts and Science. Examination and Advancement 1. Examinations in all subjects, obligatory for all students, are held in April. In the case of subjects which are final at Christmas and in the case of courses of the First and Second Years, examinations will be held in December as well. Applications for special consideration on account of illness or domestic affliction must be submitted to the Dean not later than two days after the close of the examination period. In cases where illness is the plea for absence from examinations, a medical certificate must be presented on the appropriate form, which may be obtained from the Dean's office. 302 Faculty of Ageicultuee 2. Undergraduate students in all years as well as those taking work in the Summer Session will not be considered as having passed unless they obtain 50 per cent or more in each subject. 3. Successful candidates will be graded as follows: First Class, an average of 80 per cent or over; Second Class, 65 to 80 per cent; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent. 4. If a student's general standing in the final examinations of any year is sufficiently high, the Faculty "may grant him supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which he has failed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such examinations have been granted. 5. Supplemental examinations will be held in September. Special examinations will not be granted, except by special permission of the Faculty, and on payment of a fee of $7.50 for each paper. Application for special examinations must be made at least two weeks prior to the scheduled meetings of the Faculty in October and February. 6. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied by the necessary fees (see Fees), must be in the hands of the Registrar by August 15th. 7. No student may enter a higher year with supplemental examinations still outstanding in respect of more than 3 units of the preceding year, nor with any supplemental examination outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year or of University Entrance, unless special permission to do so is granted by Faculty. Such permission will be granted only when Faculty is satisfied that the failure to remove the outstanding supplemental examinations had an adequate cause. 8. A student may not continue in a later year any subject in which he has a supplemental examination outstanding from an earlier year, except in the case of compulsory subjects in the Second Year. 9. A student who is not allowed to proceed to a higher year may not register as a partial student in respect of the subjects of that higher year. But a student who is required to repeat his year will be exempted from attending lectures and passing examinations in subjects in which he has already made at least 50 per cent. In this case, he may take, in addition to the subjects of the year which he is repeating, certain subjects of the following year. 10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to withdraw from the University. P-«ipipfi Courses in Ageicultuee 303 11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by the tests and examinations of the First Term of the First or Second Year, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of the session. Such a student will not be readmitted to the University as long as any supplemental examinations are outstanding. 12. Term essays and examination papers will be refused a passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English, and, in this event, students will be required to pass a special examination in English to be set by the Department of English. DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES IN AGRICULTURE Agriculture 1. General Agriculture. — This course provides by means of lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory exercises a general survey of the field of Agriculture and an introduction to the work of the various branches of Agriculture, such as Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture, and Poultry Husbandry. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Year. The staff. YaM 3 units. Department of Agricultural Economics Professor and Head of the Department: F. M. Clement. A. Farm Organization and Management.—An intimate study of the business and organization of farms of the general and specialized types, as revealed by a detailed analysis of the financial records of 400 British Columbia farms over a period of ten years; a general study of the farm business in Europe, the United States, and Canada. References and assigned readings from Gray, Ross, Warren, Adams, and others. Two lectures and one laboratory a week throughout the year. 3 units. (Not given in 1945-46.) 1. Agricultural Economics.—The principles of economics as applied to agriculture; historical background, the main problems of agriculture, and some special topics, such as production in relation to population growth, farm tenaney, rural credits, prices of farm products, and the share of agriculture in the national income. W'i- *-v--»_ 304 Faculty of Ageicultuee References and assigned readings from Taylor, Carver, Nourse, Gray, Black, and others. Three lectures a week. Mr. Clement. 3 units. Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 2. Marketing.—The principles of marketing as applied to the individual farm and to agriculture as a whole. The contributions of farmer movements to our knowledge of marketing, cooperative marketing, and the evolution of marketing legislation. References and assigned readings from Patton, Mackintosh, Hib- bard, Black, Boyle, Macklin, Benton, and others. Three lectures a week. Mr. Clement. 3 units. Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 50. Agricultural Economics.—The principles of economics as applied to the individual farm and to agriculture as an industry. Lectures, discussions, and assigned readings. (Open to graduates only.) 3 to 5 units! Prerequisite: Agricultural Economics 1. 51. Agricultural Economics.—The general principles of marketing, price fixing, marketing by commission, the influence of the market on production, cooperation; special topics and assigned reading. (Open to graduates only.) 3 to 5 units. Prerequisite: Agricultural Economics 2. Department of Agronomy 4 Professor and Head of the Department: G. G. Moe. Prof essor: D. G. Laird. Assistant Professor: V. C. Brink. General Agronomy.— (Included in Agriculture 1 in the First Year.) 2. Field Crops.—A systematic study of the most important grain, forage, and root crops. The laboratory work includes studies of noxious weed seeds, the commercial and seed grades of Canada, the commercial grain and hay grades of the United States, and the identification and judging of the principal types and varieties of field crops. Special problems of production, weed control, harvesting, and storage are considered, as well as the physical phases of marketing. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units. 3. Weeds.—A study of the common noxious weeds of the Province. Influence of weeds on crop growth, identification, mode of ' " ••"■■ - Agronomy • 305 reproduction, cultural and chemical methods of control. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 4. Range Ecology.—A study of the vegetation of range lands and arable pastures. Ecological relations of grasses and forbs. Experimental methods and maintenance problems. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. 5. Field Crops (Advanced).—-Studies of the climatic, ecological, and biological factors which influence the distribution and world production of field crops. Three lectures a week. First Term. iy2 units. 6. Plant Breeding and Seed Production.—-Principles of plant breeding, methods of crop improvement. Production of improved seed of cereals, forage crops, and roots. ] Prerequisite: Biology 2(a). Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units. IL Soils.—An introductory course. Origin, mode of formation, physical structure, and general character of soils of British Columbia. Different systems of cultivation, rotation and manuring, as practised in Canada and elsewhere, and the influence of these factors on the maintenance or exhaustion of soil fertility. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units. 12. Soil Bacteriology.—Laboratory and lecture course, in which the bacteria ot,soils are studied qualitatively and quantitatively, wifh special reference to soil fertility. (Same as Bacteriology 6.) Reference: Waksman, Principles of Soil Microbiology, latest edition, Williams and Wilkins. Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1. Five hours a week. 3 units. 13. Drainage and Irrigation.—Principles underlying drainage and irrigation practices. Field work and drainage problems. Prerequisite: Agronomy 11. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. 14. Soil Conservation.—Land use, erosion, and inter-relations of forest, range, and arable lands. Prerequisite: Agronomy 11. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term. \\y2 units. J 306 Faculty of Ageicultuee 15. Soils (Advanced).—Interaction of physical, chemical, and biological forces of the soil; soil morphology, classification, and mapping. Prerequisite: Agronomy 11. Three lectures a week. 3 units. 21. Experimental Methods.—Field experimentation, corrections for plot variability. Use and application of probable error, standard deviation, coefficient of variability, correlation coefficient. Students' method of paired experiments. Fisher's methods. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. 22. Crop Production Problems.—Preparation of reports and submission of recommendations based on a detailed study of crops, cropping systems, soils, and soil management practices on individual farms. Lectures, seminar periods, and research. 3 units. 23. Seminar.—Discussion of literature relative to student problems. 1 unit. 25. Undergraduate Essay.—The preparation of a report on an applied problem. 3 units. 30. Directed Studies.—Systematic work on an approved problem. 3 units. 50. Applied Plant Genetics.—The genetics of crop plants. Lectures, seminar periods, and research. 3 to 5 units. 51. Field Crops.—Special phases of field crop production, management and improvement, with particular emphasis on the application of recent research findings. Lectures, seminar periods, and research. 3 to 5 units. 52. Soil Analysis.—Soil analysis based on the work given in Agronomy 15, including a detailed study of a representative soil. Prerequisites: Agronomy 11 and 15. One lecture and two laboratories a week. 3 units. •|p^«-p^-f«^ _,-^gT»^"**: •*-**»r Animal Husbandry 807 Department of Animal Husbandry Professor and Head of the Department: H. M. King. Associate Professor: Stanley N. Wood. Assistant Professor: J. C. Berry. General Animal Husbandry.—(Included in Agriculture 1 in the First Year.) 15. Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry.—An introductory course. The judging of livestock and a study of the origin, development, characteristics, and adaptations of the various "breeds of cattle, horses, sheep, swine, and goats; principles of breeding, selection, feeding, management, and marketing; disease problems. Students may he required to visit conveniently located farms. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units. 17. Animal Feeding.—A study of feeds and their suitability to the various kinds and classes of livestock; the importance of homegrown materials; the economic and other problems involved in the feeding of all classes of livestock. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units. (Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) 18. Livestock Marketing and Management. — A study of the requirements of livestock markets, marketing livestock products, and breeding stock; the management of the range, ranch, and farm for the production of livestock. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units. (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) 19. Seminar.—Open to all students interested in animal husbandry. Research and experimental problems; preparation of reports and bulletins; private libraries of research reports, bulletins, and periodicals; livestock advertising and sales, exhibitions, field service, and promotion work. Conducted by staff in Animal Husbandry. Three periods a week. 3 units. 20. Comparative Anatomy and Physiology.—The gross anatomy of farm animals, with special laboratory dissection study of the respiratory, circulatory, digestive, and urogenital systems; the fetus and fetal membranes. Physiological functions of the body organs and systems, with special study of the fluid circulation, endocrine activity, growth, reproduction, nutrition, and the response of the body to injury and disease. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units. « S? . T .t * »<**M J^ ft 308 Faculty of Ageicultuee 21. Animal Diseases, Hygiene and Sanitation.—A microscopic study of organs and tissues, including histology, embryology, and pathology. Applied studies in the recognition, rational treatment, and control of functional and nutritional disturbances in growth and reproduction, of parasitism, and of sporadic and infectious diseases. Outlines of programmes for eradication of diseases, control of parasites, health inspection and quarantine of livestock for export or import, animal hygiene, sanitation, and public health regulations. Prerequisite: 3 units of Animal Husbandry; Bacteriology 1. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units. 22. Animal Nutrition.—The elements and compounds important to animal nutrition and their relation to the animal organism; the digestive system; the digestion, absorption, assimilation, and disposition of food materials; the causes and effects of malnutrition. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units, 23. Animal Breeding.—A study of variation and inheritance in animals; selection and mating systems for the improvement of livestock; blood lines and pedigree construction. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 25. Undergraduate Essay. 3 units. 30. Directed Studies. 3 units. 50. Research. — Special problems in dairy cattle production. Sanitary and pathological conditions in relation to milk production. 3 to 5 units. 51. Research.—Special phases of animal nutrition as related to growth, production, and reproduction. 3 to 5 units. Department of Dairying Professor and Head of the Department: Blythe Eagles. Instructor: Miss Nora E. Neilson. General Dairying.— (Included in Agriculture 1 in the First Year.) 1. Butter-Making.—An elementary course. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. r,..„„tWfa^?!f!l7>>?^l:|f'i"W■'r!*s~',''■'' Dairying 809 2. Cheese-Making.—An elementary course. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 3. Fundamentals of Dairying.-—An introductory course. Principles underlying the hygienic aspect of milk production, the manufacture, handling, testing, and grading of dairy products. Reference: Eckles, Combs, and Macy, Milk and Milk Products, latest edition, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units. (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) 4. (a) Dairy Bacteriology.—The bacteriology of milk; sources of bacteria in milk, and quantitative and qualitative determinations of the bacterial content of milk; normal and abnormal fermentations of milk and a study of certain organisms responsible therefor. References: Orla-Jensen, Dairy Bacteriology, latest edition, Churchill; Hammer, Dairy Bacteriology, latest edition, Wiley. Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1. p^ Four hours a week. First terln. iy2 units. 4. (b) Dairy Bacteriology.—The physical and chemical properties of milk and their influence on the growth of bacteria in milk and in milk products; the handling and management of milk for city consumption; the grading of milk and milk products on bacterial standards. Reference: Rogers, Fundamentals of Dairy Science, latest edition, A. C. S. Monograph. Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1. Four hours a week. Second term. iy2 units. 6. Cheese and Cheese-Making.—This course deals with the principles and practices of cheese-making—hard-pressed, blue-veined, and soft. Two lectures and two laboratories a week. Fourth Year. A-y2 units. 7. Advanced Dairy Bacteriology.—The ripening of hard-pressed cheese and a systematic study of the lactic acid bacteria. Reference: Orla-Jensen, The Lactic Acid Bacteria, Copenhagen. Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 4 (a). One lecture and two laboratories a week. 3 units. 13. Dairy Mycology.—This course concerns itself with the study of the molds that take part in the ripening of cheese. To an extent, 310 Faculty of Ageicultuee attention is given to the molds associated with the spoilage of butter. Prerequisite: Dairying 4. One lecture and two laboratories a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 25. Undergraduate Essay. — A written report on a prescribed laboratory study. Fourth Year. 3 units. 30. Directed Studies.—Systematic work on an approved problem. 3 units. 50. Directed systematic studies of defined phases of the work introduced in Dairying 4 or 7. 3 to 5 units. (Open to graduates only.) Department of Horticulture Professor and Head of the Department: A. F. Barss. Professor: G. H. Harris. Lecturer: F. E. Buck. General Horticulture.—(Included in Agriculture 1 in the First Year.) 13. Practical Horticulture.—A detailed study of the principles involved in tree-fruit and small-fruit growing, in plant propagation, and in nursery and greenhouse management; supplemented by orchard, garden, laboratory, nursery, and greenhouse practice in the various horticultural operations. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units. 14. Commercial Horticulture. — A study of the problems connected with the handling of fruits and vegetables — harvesting, grading, packing, shipping, storing, marketing; packing and storage houses; costs of production and of marketing. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. 15. Special Horticulture.—The study of special branches of commercial horticulture, including (a) Horticultural Products and By-Products. A study of the principles and practices involved in canning of fruits and vegetables; preparation of fruit juices; vinegar making; preservation by freezing; dehydration; etc. VS ''. Hoeticulture 311 (b) Special Horticultural Crops. A study of the growing and marketing of such horticultural crops as citrus fruits, bananas, pineapples, figs, dates, avb- cadoes, walnuts, filberts, almonds, pecans, etc. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term. 1% units. 16. Landscape Gardening and Floriculture. — The eourse aims to give the student a working knowledge of the selection, planting, and care of ornamental plants—trees, shrubs, and flowers; with the principles for the improvement of home grounds, school grounds, city streets, and parks. The course includes practice in identification of plant materials; also practice in making of planting plans. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term. 1--/-2 units. 17. Vegetable Gardening.—A study of the problems connected with the commercial growing of vegetables, including the selection of a location, soil requirements, fertilizing, irrigating, and special cultural methods for the more important vegetables. This course also deals with the forcing of vegetable crops. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 18. Systematic Horticulture. — The description, identification, classification, displaying, and judging of horticultural crops—tree fruits, small fruits, and vegetables. One lecture and two laboratories a week. First Term. iy2 units. 19. Methods of Research.—A study of the methods of research, with special reference to problems in horticulture, including the breeding of horticultural crops and variety adaptations; and a review of. horticultural and related investigational work in other institutions. There will also be practice in outlining investigations and in preparing reports. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term. 1% units. - 25. Undergraduate Essay. — A satisfactory report on some approved subject upon which the student has done special investigational work. 3 units. 30. Research in Horticulture.—Directed Study on some special problem in the applied phases of horticulture. 3 units. 50. Research in Horticulture.—Directed study on some special problem in systematic horticulture, plant propagation, genetics as related to horticultural crops, etc. 3 to 5 units. g-JHRS^,J.-X-3i-T.' 312 Faculty of Ageicultuee 60. The Structure of Economic Plants.—A detailed study from growing material supplemented by microscopic slides of a number of important crop plants. (To be taken only with consent of instructor.) Three laboratories a week. First Term. iy2 units. Plant Nutrition 41. Plant Nutrition (a).—This course comprises a study of the organic constituents of plants and the physiological changes occurring during plant growth. (Same as Botany 3(b).) Two lectures and four hours laboratory work a week. First Term. 2 units. Text-book: Onslow, Plant Biochemistry, latest edition, Cambridge. References: Haas & Hill, The Chemistry of Plant Products, vol. i, latest edition, Longmans; Harvey, Plant Physiological Chemistry, Appleton-Century. 42. Plant Nutrition (b).—Diagnosis and control of plant deficiency diseases; nutrient solutions; hydroponics (tank farms) ; photoperiodism; growth hormones; and the latest developments of such subjects as utilization of inorganic elements, nitrogen relations, plant buffer systems, permeability, photosynthesis, respiration, enzyme action, and growth rates. This course includes laboratory and greenhouse experiments, designed to train students of the plant sciences in an understanding of the interrelations of plants and soils. (Same as Botany 3(c).) Reference: Miller, Plant Physiology, latest edition, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures and four hours laboratory work a week. Second Term. 2 units. 43. Seminar in Plant Nutrition. — This course comprises a discussion of papers on modern views of plant nutrition, together with more recent papers on applied plant physiology. Two hours a week. 2 units. 51. Research in Plant Nutrition.—Directed study on some speeial problem in plant nutrition or applied plant physiology. 3 to 5 units. 54. Advanced Plant Nutrition. — An advanced study of the physiology and the organic constituents of plants and plant products. Special attention is given to specific problems in this Province which require a knowledge of the correlation of the various sciences *"- Horticulture 313 to plants and plant products. Food values of horticultural crops, and factors which affect these, are emphasized. (Open to graduates only.) Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. 4 units. Department of Poultry Husbandry Professor and Head of the Department: E. A. Lloyd. Associate Professor: J. Biely. General Poultry Husbandry.—(Included in Agriculture 1 in the First Year.) 12. (a) Fundamentals of Poultry Husbandry.—Feeds, feeding management, poultry housing, sanitation, hygiene- and diseases. References: Lippincott and Card, Poultry Production, sixth edition, 1939, Lea and Febiger; Winter and Funk, Poultry Science and Practice, Lippincott. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term. lx/2 units. 12. (b) Fundamentals of Poultry Husbandry.—-Breeds, breeding,' judging, selection, culling, incubation, brooding, egg grading, marketing, general management. References: American Standard of Perfection, 1942-1944; Lippincott and Card, Poultry Production, sixth edition, 1939, Lea and Febiger. • Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 13. (a) M-arkets and Marketing.—Poultry products in British Columbia, the British Columbia market, inter-provincial trade, export trade, egg grading, Dominion and Provincial regulations, channels and functions of marketing, care and preparation of eggs and poultry for market, judging, culling, and selection for egg and meat production, killing, dressing, grading, packing, and storing of poultry meats, marketing baby chicks and breeding stoek, co-operative marketing, prices. Reference: Benjamin and Pierce, Marketing Poultry Products, Wiley. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. 13. (b) Advanced Marketing.—Organization in marketing, including the history and development of cooperative marketing of eggs and poultry; domestic and export trade. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 unite. 314 Faculty of Agriculture 14. (a) Breeding and Judging.—The breeds of poultry, their history, origin, and economic qualities; judging and selection for egg and meat production. Reference: Rice, Hall, and Marble, Judging Poultry for Production, Wiley. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. 14. (b) Advanced Breeding.—Theories of inheritance; study of progeny tests. Reference: Jull, Poultry Breeding, second edition, Wiley. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 16. (a) Poultry Farm Management.—Types of poultry farms and their respective problems; farm lay-outs; poultry-house construction; investment of capital in land, buildings, stock, and equipment ; efficiency in labour, housing, production, and personnel; farm income, labour income, and profit as based on farm surveys; costs of production. Visits to farms. References: Jull, Poultry Husbandry, McGraw-Hill; Charles and Stuart, Commercial Poultry Farming, Interstate Printing Co. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term, Fourth Year. • iy2 units. 16. (b) Incubation and Hatchery Management.—An advanced course dealing with the principles and practices of incubation. Students will study and be required to operate different types of incubators and brooders. Inspection of hatcheries and survey of hatchery business methods and costs. References: Jul], Poultry Husbandry, McGraw-Hill; Lippincott and Card, Poultry Production, sixth edition, Lea and Febiger. One lecture and two laboratory periods, or one laboratory of four hours' duration a week. Second Term, Third or Fourth Year. iy2 units. 18. Diseases and, Hygiene. — Anatomy and physiology of the fowl; poultry sanitation and hygiene; common ailments of poultry and their treatment; external and internal parasites; bacterial diseases of poultry, chicks, turkeys, geese, and ducks; virus diseases. Study of micro-organisms pathogenic for poultry. Practice in serological tests. Microbial content of eggs. Autopsies. Study of the literature. Inspection of farms. References: Barger and Card, Poultry Diseases, Lea & Febiger-; Biester and Devries, Diseases of Poultry, Iowa State College. ii?-vs»",-^-i-."--\\. ■ -.".•; Poultry Husbandry 315 Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term. Fourth Year. iy2 units. 19. (a) Poultry Nutrition.—A general study of the underlying principles and recent advances in the field of nutrition, involving a detailed examination of the nutrients, the physiology of digestion, and the requirements of the body for maintenance and production. Students are required to conduct personally or observe nutritional experiments. - References: Sherman, Chemistry of Food and Nutrition, latest edition, Macmillan; Maynard, Animal Nutrition, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term, Fourth Year. iy2 units. 19. (b) Feeding management.—Study of feed-stuffs; compounding of rations for poultry; feeding practices and costs; feeding chicks, growing stock, laying hens, breeding males and females; turkeys, ducks, and geese; use of lights; study of standard methods of routine management. Problems and assigned reading. Survey of recent literature on poultry feeding. References: Jull, Poultry Husbandry, McGraw-Hill; Morrison, .Feeds and Feeding (abridged), Morrison Publishing Co. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term, Fourth Year. iy2 units. 19. (c) Seminar in Poultry Nutrition.—This course comprises a study of current problems and literature in poultry nutrition. Students will be required to conduct biological tests with chicks. Reference: Ewing, Handbook of Poultry Nutrition, revised edition, W. R. Ewing, South Pasadena, California. Laboratory work to be arranged. iy2 units. (Open to graduates only.) 20. Seminar. — Poultry literature; research and experimental problems; preparation of reports and bulletins; marketing problems; advertising poultry products; poultry services and organisations. One lecture a week. Four hours practice a week. iy2 units. 25. Undergraduate Essay. 3 units. 30. Research (Directed). 3 units. 50. Research (Directed). 3 to 5 units. (Open to graduates only.) * J^ ^'jT'.TiJ- -T 316 Faculty of Ageicultuee Department of English Professor and Head of the Department: G. G. Sedgewick. Assistant Professor: G.Philip V. Akrigg. Second Year 3 and 4. Composition.—Courses in composition especially designed to meet the needs of students in the Faculty of Agriculture, offering training in economical and accurate objective writing. The work consists of (1) essays, class exercises, and selected reading, and (2) written examinations. Students will be required to make a passing mark in each of these two parts of the work. Text-book: To be announced. Three hours a week. Mr. Akrigg. 3 units. Genetics ' Sft A. H. Hutchinson. V. C. Brink. Miss Ruth E. Fields. 1. (a) Principles of Genetics. — This course is the same as Biology 2(a). (See page 123.) Prerequisite: Biology 1. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term. Mr. Hutchinson. iy2 units. 1. -(b) Principles of Genetics.—This eourse is the same as Biology 2(b). (See page 124.) Prerequisite: Genetics 1 (a). One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Hutchinson, Mr. Brink, Miss Fields. iy2 units. 2. Advanced Genetics.— (a) An introduction to genetical methods. Prerequisites: Genetics 1 (a) and 1 (b). One lecture and two hours laboratory a week. 2 units. (b) A review of advanced phases and the more recent developments in genetics. Prerequisite: Genetics 1 (b). Two hours a week. Second Term. 1 unit. ^^•"F^-fSflp Allied Departments 817 Department of Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Professor and Head of the Department: C. E. Dolman. (For details of courses see pages 119-123.) Department of Biology and Botany Professor and Head of the Department: A. H. Hutchinson. (For details of courses see pages 123-130.) Department of Chemistry Professor and Head of the Department: R. H. Clark. , (For details of courses see pages 130-137.) Department of Civil Engineering Professor and Head of the Department: J. N. Finlayson. (For details of courses see pages 258-266.) ' Department of Classics Professor and Head of the Department: O. J. Todd. (For details of courses see pages 137-142.) Department of Commerce Professor and Head of the Department: Ellis H. Morrow. (For details of courses see pages 143-145.) Department of Economics, Political Science, and Sociology Professor and Head of the Department: H. F. Angus. (For details of courses see pages 145-153.) Department of English Professor and Head of the Department: G. G. Sedgewick. (For details of courses see pages 158-163.) Department of Geology and Geography Professor and Head of the Department: M. Y. Williams. (For details of courses see pages 163-171.) _i 318 Faculty of Agriculture Department of History Professor and Head of the Department: W. N. Sage. (For details of courses see pages 171-178.) Department of Mathematics Professor and Head of the Department: Daniel Buchanan. (For details of courses see pages 183-187.) Department of Modern Languages Professor and Head of the Department: D. O. Evans. (For details of courses see pages 187-193.) Department of Philosophy and Psychology Professor and Head of the Department: (For details of courses see pages 193-199.) Department of Physics Professor and Head of the Department: G. M. Shrum. (For details of courses see pages 199-205.) Department of Zoology Professor and Head of the Department: W. A. Clemens. (For details of courses see pages 208-213.) DOUBLE COURSES t j « *"• ^'^-'Vj "»W*. ■ ■'"■*• . *rv-"t DOUBLE COURSES FOR THE DEGREES OF B.A. and B.A.Sc. I. Arts and Science, and Nursing First, Second, and Third Years The students register in the Faculty of Arts and' Science for three years' work as follows: English 1, Mathematics 1, Language 1, Chemistry 1, in the First Year. English 2, Language 2, Bacteriology 1, in the Second Year. Biology 1, Physics A or 1, Zoology 1, Psychology A or 1, in the First, Second, or Third Years. Bacteriology 2, Nursing 1, Nursing 2, in the Third Year. Nine additional, units to be chosen in accordance with Calendar regulations, not more than three of which may be chosen from First and Second Year subjects. ^ ^^^ Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Years (Professional) The degree of B.A. is granted upon completion of the professional years. 'The diploma from the hospital school of nursing is also awarded. Final Year As in the Combined Course, i.e., a choice between the two courses, Nursing B and Nursing 0. The degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing) is granted upon completion of the Final Year. The degree of BA.Sc. (Nursing) may also be awarded to other candidates holding the degree of B.A. who have fulfilled all requirements for the degree of B.A.Se. (Nursing). II. Arts and Science, and Engineering Two complete years in Arts and Science and four complete years in Applied Science are required for a Doable Degree. On account of time table difficulties, students must not select courses in Arts and Science that are included in the Applied Science years. The requirements for the First and Second Years are as set forth in the Calendar for the First and Second Years of Arts (pages 85-87) except as follows: 1. Physics 1 and Chemistry 1 must be taken. The passing grade for each of these subjects and for Mathematics 1 is 60 per cent. (JSee also Admission to Applied Science, page 222.) Students are recommended to take Mathematics 2 (b) (Calculus). .. , . ..^ ,.. , 322 The University of British Columbia 2. Chemistry 2 (except for Forestry), Geology 1, Mathematics 2 (a), Physics 4, Physics 5, or Physics 6 may not be taken except as an extra subject. These subjects are covered later in Applied Science. 3. A course in German is recommended (and, for those intending to enter Geological or Civil Engineering, French also). Two years in the language elected is necessary to count towards a degree, three years when the student has not presented the language for University Entrance. The Third, Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Years of the Double Course correspond to the Second, Third, Fourth, and Fifth Years of Applied Science. The degree of B.A. is conferred on completing the Fifth Year of this course. DOUBLE COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF B.A. and B.Com. Students may obtain the degrees of B.A. and B.Com. concurrently in five years on completion of 75 units Chosen so as to cover the requirements of both degrees. While the B.A. degree may be completed in one year by students holding the B.Com. degree, the converse may not be true, because prerequisites in some of the Commerce courses involve two years of consecutive work. Students intending to qualify for the two degrees are advised to obtain the necessary forms from the Registrar's office and to have their course approved by the Head of the Department of Commerce and the Dean. DOUBLE COURSES FOR THE DEGREES OF B.A. and B.S.F. I. Biology and Botany (Forestry Option), and Forestry Students completing the Honours course in Biology and Botany (Forestry Option) for the B.A. degree (see page 89) may qualify for the degree of B.S.F. by taking the Fifth Year in Forestry (see page 233). Prerequisites: First Year, Biology 1; Second Year, Botany 1 (a), Civil Engineering 2; Zoology 1, Physics A or 1, and Chemistry 1, 2, and 3 (to be taken as early as possible). Required Courses: Botany 3 (a), Botany 4, Botany 5 (a), 5 (b), Botany 6 (c) or 6 (e), Botany 7, Zoology 4, a thesis; and the following courses which are common to all Third and Fourth Year options leading to a degree in Forestry: Botany 1 (c) and Civil Engineer-, mmwYtT'^yw^'Z'*?)^' -*-'"s* *f " " *■ ,"" Double Courses ing 5, in the Third Year; Forestry 2 (b, c), in the Fourth Year. Botany 5 (b) should be taken in the Third Year. Other courses to complete the requirements to be arranged in consultation with the Department. Agronomy 51 and Botany 6 (b) are recommended. II. Economics or Political Science, and Forestry Students with at least a major in Economics or in Political Science for the B.A. Degree (see page 85) may qualify for the degree of B.S.F.by taking the Fifth Year in Forestry (see page 235). Required Courses: In the Second Year, Botany 1 (b), Civil Engineering 2; in the Third Year, Botany 1 (c) and Civil Engineering 5; in the Fourth Year, Forestry 2 (b, c). \\ To complete the required additional 15 units for the extra degree an optional course (exclusive of the above) may be taken from the courses (not already taken for the B.A. degree) offered in the Department of Economics. DOUBLE COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF B.Com. and B.S.F. Options in Forestry are open in the Second, Third, and Fourth Years of the B.Com. course to students who are looking forward to work with the forest industries. Students who complete the work for the B.Com. degree with these options and take the field work incidental to them may qualify for the degree of B.S.F. by taking the Fifth Year Forestry course in Applied Science. Students proceeding to the combined degrees of B.Com. and B.S.F. will take the course outlined below. Upon completion of the Fourth Year the student will be granted the degree of B.Com., and upon completion of the Fifth Year, the degree of B.S.F. First Year Second Year A First Year course in Arts and English 2 or English 3 and 4 Science or the equivalent. Mathematics 2 or 3 Economics 1 Commerce 1 or an elective* Botany 1 (b) Civil Engineering 2 Students will not be permitted to register for the Third Year in Commerce unless they have secured a standing of 60 per cent in Economies 1. , 1- The University of British Columbia Third Year Fourth Year Economics 4 Economics 6 Economics 12 Commerce 4 Commerce 6 Commerce 9 Forestry 1 (c) Forestry 2 (b, c) Civil Engineering 5 'Elective Commerce 1 if not already taken or an elective* Fifth Year The Fifth Year Forestry course in Applied Science for the B.S.F. degree. See page 235. , DOUBLE COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF B.A. and B.S.A. Students may so plan their courses that the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science in Agriculture may be obtained in five years of attendance at the University. The courses must be so chosen that all requirements of both Faculties are met. Students intending to qualify for the two degrees are advised to obtain the necessary forms from the Registrar's office and to have their courses approved by the Deans of the two Faculties concerned before embarking on their courses of study. DOUBLE COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF B.Com. and B.S.A. Students proceeding to the combined degrees of Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Science in Agriculture must choose their course in accordance with the following outline. Both degrees will be conferred at the end of the Fifth Year. Students intending to qualify for the two degrees are advised to obtain the necessary forms from the Registrar's office and to have their courses approved by the Deans of the two Faculties concerned before embarking on their courses of study. First Year Agriculture 1; Biology 1; Chemistry 1; English 1; Mathematics 1 15 units. Second Year English 2, or 3 and 4; Mathematics 3; Economics 1; Commerce 1; an elective from Group A (Agriculture) 15 units. *Electlves must be chosen from the options- for the Commerce Course in consultation with the Head of the Department. Double Courses 325 Third Year Commerce 5; a pure science; Commerce 6; Agricultural Economics 1; two Agriculture courses 18 units Fourth Year Economics 4; Economics 12; four Agriculture courses 18 units. Fifth Year Economics 6; Commerce 4; Commerce 9; Commerce 11; Agriculture elective; graduating essay to satisfy both faculties 18 units. ' 326 The University of British Columbia ENDOWMENTS AND DONATIONS April, 1944-March, 1945 Fellowships and Scholarships The Consolidated Mining arid Smelting Company of Canada Ltd., a fellowship of $750; for equipment, $450. The Vancouver Central Lions Club, a fellowship of $1,200; for equipment, $300. Mr. and Mrs. Daniel M. Armstead, a scholarship of $250. The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club, a scholarship of $100. The Vancouver Sun, two scholarships of $200 each. Price, Waterhouse & Company, a scholarship of $250. The British Columbia Electric Railway Co. Ltd., a research scholarship of $500; for equipment, $100. Two scholarships of $200 each. Under the will of the late Chancellor R. E. McKechnie, the residue of his estate for the establishment of a scholarship trust fund. Prizes Dorothy and William Dorbils, a prize of $100. The Vancouver News-Herald, two prizes of $200 and $150. Mr. and Mrs. Daniel M. Armstead, a prize of $50. Bursaries The Rotary Club of Vancouver, live bursaries of $200 each. The British Columbia Cooperative Seed Association, a bursary of $100. The Vancouver Section of the National Council of Jewish Women of Canada, a bursary of $100. The Provincial Council of British Columbia, Canadian Daughters League, a bursary of $100^ The University Women's Club of Vancouver, a bursary of $100. The Alpha Lambda Chapter of Gamma Phi Beta Sorority, a bursary of $50. An anonymous donor, a bursary of $1,000. Increase in Scholarships, Prizes, and Bursaries (1) The Summer Session Students' Association Scholarship, from, $30 to $40. (2) The Timber Preservers Limited Prizes, from $60, $25, and $15, respectively, to $65, $45, and $25. (3) The British Columbia Fruit Growers Golden Jubilee Scholarship, from $100 to $125. (4) The Ahepa Prize for proficiency in Greek, from $75 to $100. (5) The Mary C. Lipsett Bursary, from $200 to $250. (6) The Lady Laurier Club Bursary, from $75 to $100. Loan Funds Mr. H. R. MacMillan, to establish a loan fund in Forestry, $2,500. The Alumnae, University of Toronto, for a Dean of Women's Fund, $50. Mrs. Douglas Stewart, for the President's Fund, $200. Dr. Laval Leeson, for the University Loan Fund, $10. Mr. P. R. Brissenden, for the War Memorial Bursaries Fund, $35. Miss F. H. McLeod, Secretary-Treasurer of Alfred W. McLeod, Limited, for the War Memorial Bursaries Fund, $300. Endowment of Lectureship The Misses Bostock, to establish the Hewitt Bostock Memorial Lecture, $5,000. ^ffl^vi'W-tf* i1* "•¥.*' Endowments and Donations 327 Endowment of Chairs of Instruction Under the will of the late Mrs. Mary Catharine Fisher, for the establishment of a Chair of Medicine, $50,000, and for the establishment of a Chair of Aeronautics, $25,000. An anonymous donor, for the establishment of a Chair of Home Economics, $10. Donations for Research Mr. H. R. MacMillan, for work in forestry, $22,500. British Columbia Packers Limited, for work in fisheries, $22,500. An anonymous donor, for research in the field of medicine, $25,000. Dr. W. Chalmers of Western Chemical Industries Limited, for research in fish oils, $650. . Junior League of Vancouver, for work in the Department of Social Work, $9,000. Dr. William D. Patton, for research on infantile paralysis, $1,000. Safeway Stores Limited, for research in poultry and egg production, $2,000, and for research in vegetable foods, $300. ^^^ Donations for Buildings Cunningham Drug Stores, Limited, for the construction of a Pharmacy Building, $25,000. The British Columbia Parent-Teachers Federation, for the erection of a Home Economics Management House, $20,000. The Surrey Cooperative Association, for the Poultry Nutrition Building, $250. Associate Professor J. Biely, for the Poultry Building Fund, $298.90. Miscellaneous Mr. Leon J. Koerner, for a set of models of mushrooms, $500. The Britrsh Columbia Division of the Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, for books and equipment, $100. Mr. and Mrs. A. A. Matthison, the Honorary Degree gown, cap, and hood belonging to the late Judge F. W. Howay. Mrs. E. J. Urwick, the gown, cap, and hood belonging to her husband the late Professor Urwick. Mrs. J. N. Ellis, a framed steel engraving of "Shakespeare and His Friends". Donations to the Library Private Collections The library of the late Judge F. W. Howay. The library of the late Chancellor R. E. McKechnie (other than medical books). From Mrs. J. C. M. Keith, a collection on architecture bequeathed to the University by the late Mr. J. C. M. Keith. From the estate of the late Mr. Moses B. Cotsworth, a collection dealing -with calendar and calculating tables. The library of Canadiana gathered by the late Dr. Robie L. Reid, K.C; to be shelved with the Judge Howay library. The engineering library of Major-General H. F. G. Letson. From Mrs. Alan Flaunt, the library of Canadiana of her father, the late Mr. A. M. Pound. Books and Periodicals From Dr. L. S. Klinck, President Emeritus, Mr. H. R. MacMillan, Mrs. R. J. Sprott, Dr. G. H. Clement, Mr. W. T. Lane, Mr. Leonard Miller, Mr. and Mrs. Lawren Harris, Dr. Olive Sadler, Mr. T. Dowbor, Mr. Hal Griffin, Dr. Basil Mathews, Mr. Gordon Scott, the Women's Auxiliary of the Vancouver Branchy B'nai Brith, Mr. Harold Daly, K.C, Mrs. J. H. Humbird, Mr. Maurice Carmichael, Mrs. A. J. Doull, Mr. J. Duff, Mr. Donald Stalker, various members of the University's teaching staff, Squadron Leader W. C. Gibson, Mr. R. T. Rodd, Mrs. C. A. L. Payne, the Vancouver Medical Association, the Vancouver General Hospital, the Canadian Fishing Company, the Vancouver Public Library, the Libraries of the University of Chicago, and the New York Public Library. (WMPSI-^B ..,'.' ll."1."lVH»1iH.l.-L.-.-*..J-J-rl?! 328 The University of British Columbia Department of Biology and Botany Mr. Leon J. Koerner: Grateful acknowledgment Is made of a gift of fifteen unique mushroom models valued at $500 presented to the University by Mr. Leon J. Koerner of Vancouver In June 1944. Each set Is carved from a solid block of linden wood and is the work of the late Mr. W. Kvak, a celebrated Czechoslovakian sculptor and wood-carver of Vienna, Austria. (For Herbarium and Botanical Gardens) SEEDS CANADA Montreal Botanical Garden. ENGLAND Royal Horticultural Society. SCOTLAND Botanic Garden, University of St. Andrews. Department of Forestry Gordon M. Abernethy: Large framed photograph of original stand of cedar timber on University Forest Reserve at Pitt Lake. Ian D. Matheson: Turned specimen of Lignum vitae wood. Dr. I. McT. Cowan: Specimen of wood of Pinus albicaulis, collected in the B. C. Rockies. V B. C. Forest Service: Douglas fir seed. Department of Geology and Geography , Dr. Ian McT. Cowan: Suites of fossils from Jasper Park. Dr. V. Dolmage: Suite of ores, rocks, and microscope slides from Hedley Mascot Mine, B. C. Mr. Franc R. Joubin: Suite of ores and rocks from Pioneer Mine, B. C. Mr. Alex. Halkett: Fossils, minerals, photographs, sea shells, Indian implements, kauri gum, and other objects of interest. Dr. A. H. Dang: Gold and base metal ores from mines of N. W. Quebec. Mr. Rodney Morris: A number of books, periodicals, and maps. Mr. H. A. (Bud) Rose: Crystallized gold on quartz, Spud Valley Mine, Zeballos, B. C' Valuable suites of ore from: The Cariboo Gold Quartz Mining Company, Ltd.; Island Mountain Mining Company, Ltd.; Bralorne Mines, Ltd. . Highland Bell, Ltd. Department of Horticulture Dominion Experimental Station, Summerland, B. C.: Shipments of fruit specimens of pears, apples, and grapes for systematic study. Dominion Experimental Station, Saanichton, B. C: Fruit specimens for systematic study. Mr. W. H. Robertson, Provincial Horticulturist, Victoria, J3. C, and district horticulturist and field men: Twelve boxes of fruit variety specimens for systematic study. Provincial Department of Agriculture, The B. C. Co-Operative Seed Association, Brackman-Ker Milling Co., Buckerfield's Ltd.: Contributions toward the cost of the Vegetable Seed Trial Project. s-sjs-F-wS!!-"- * v^n^» • Endowments and Donations Department of Zoology (For Museum of Zoology) Insects: Mr. E. R. Buckell, Dominion Entomological Laboratory, Kamloops: Specimens of rare Diptera of British Columbia. Dr. I. McT. Cowan, Vancouver: Ectoparasites of birds and mammals. Mr. O. E. French, Lempriere: Ectoparasites of wild mammals. Mr. J. M. Gilmour, Egmont: Botfly larva In lesion In mouse. Mr. H. Gray, Science Service, Ottawa: Prairie Spider beetles. Mr. H. B. Leech, Vernon: Collections of insects of several orders, especially extensive collections of named beetles of two families. Mr. Kenneth Racey, Vancouver: Ectoparasites of birds and mammals. Mr. H A. Spaulding, Pender Island: Large supply of ectoparasites of deer. Other invertebrates: Dr. N. M. Carter, Vancouver: Parasites of mackerel shark. Mr. K. Ketchan, Vancouver: Squid, etc. Mr. R. W. Pillsbury, Vancouver: Mollusca, etc. Fishes: Mr. G. F. Allen, North Vancouver: 1 lantern fish from Atlantic Ocean. Mr. K. Ketchan, Vancouver: 1 ribbed sculpln. W Birds: Mr. A. C. Brooks, Okanagan Landing: 1 Cooper hawk, 1 marsh hawk. Mr. L. Jobin, Williams Lake: 1 hawk owl. Mr. K. Racey, Vancouver: 1 flicker. Mammals: B. C. Game Commission through Inspector R. M. Robertson: Bighorn skull. Mr. A. C. Brooks: 10 pocket gophers. Miss D. Dalziel, Okanagan Landing: Skulls of coyote and bobcat. Mr. L. Jobin, Williams Lake: Skulls of lynx, bobcat, otter, beaver, fox, mink, marten, wolf, badger, and fisher. National Parks of Canada, Ottawa: 1 wolverine. Mr. A. Peake, Duncan: 3 black bear. Mr. J. Simpson Jr., Banff, Alta.: 1 buffalo skull. Mr. H. Wearne, Quick, B. C: Skulls of wolves, fox, mink, and moose. (General Acknowledgments) B C. Packers, Vancouver: Dogfish for class use. Dr. W. J. Brown, Science Service, Ottawa: Identification of B. C. beetles. Mr. E. R. Buckell, Dominion Entomological Laboratory, Kamloops: Further additions to the card index catalogue of the Journal of Economic Entomology. Dr. Carl Duncan, San Jose, California: Identification of specimens from wasps' nests. Mr. G. Holland, Dominion Entomological Laboratory, Kamloops: Identification of B. C. Aphaniptera. Mr. G. Hopping, Dominion Entomological Laboratory, Vernon: Identification of B." C. Coleoptera. . Mr. H. B. Leech, Dominion Entomological Laboratory, Vernon: A further contribution of entomplogical books, bulletins, and separates. Mr. Kenneth Racey, Vancouver: A mounted human skeleton and additional human skeletal material. Vancouver Shellfish Co., Vancouver: Several pounds of prawns for class use. Dr. Stuart Walley, Science Service, Ottawa: Identification of B. C. parasitic Hymenoptera. Dr. M. Y. Williams, Vancouver: Class demonstration material. J* «■!■ , LIST OF STUDENTS IN ATTENDANCE SESSION 1944-45 FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE First Year Name Home Address Abramson, Jack J Vancouver Ahrens, Robert H Vancouver Aikins, H. Carol Naramata • Aird, Hugh N Vancouver Aish, Jane Anita Matsqui Aldridge, William Vancouver Alexander, Arthur W Vancouver Alexander, Donald L Vancouver Allsebrook, Naomi J Kaslo Alward, E. Byron White Rock Anderson, Donald McD Vancouver Anderson, Fern R Vancouver Angus, John S Vancouver Anslow, J. Stanley Vancouver Appleby, Kenneth G Vancouver Archeck, Lillian D Vancouver Argyle, Catherine M Nelson Armytage, Margaret E. North Vancouver Arthur, John R Vancouver Aspinall, Roy J. A Vancouver Atkinson, S. R. Jean Vancouver Auld, Jean T Vancouver Austin, Shirley E. M Vancouver Avellng, Madeline B. New Westminster Baker, Rowena M Ladysmith Bakony, C. Stella Vancouver Baldwin, R. George Vancouver Bamford, Gwendolyn J. E...Vancouver Barker, H. Terence Vancouver Barnes, G. Reginald Vancouver Barraclough, Lila. P Nanaimo Bartlett, J. Geoffrey P Vancouver Barton, Howard S. Vancouver Baseley, Patricia V Vancouver Bassett, Beverley A Vancouver Bates, William O Ladner Baxter, John S Vancouver Bayles, Theodore M Langford Bayliss, Carol J.......New Westminster Bayne, M. Joan Vancouver Baynes, Shirley L Matsqui Beaton, J. Alexander Vancouver Beattie, Kenneth J.. New Westminster Beck, Fridella Vancouver Becker, Ruth R Vancouver Beech, Howard E Vancouver Belcher, Kenneth M Vancouver Bell, Kenneth W Vancouver Bellamy, Patricia H. Canal Flats Bennett, F. A. Barrie. Britannia Beach Bennett, Robert W South Slocan Benton, Ernest Burnaby Berardino, Melia A Vancouver Berg, Margaret B Britannia Beach Berisford, Robert Nanaimo Bernhart, Marie Antoinette Vancouver Best, Helen L Vancouver yame Home Address Bing (Mah), Mayne Steveston Binsted, Norman L Revelstoke Birkinshaw, Adele G Burnaby Blair, David C Vancouver Blashill, Alfred F Vancouver Blomquist, Holger L Vancouver Boardman, John H Vancouver Borrie, Harry R Vancouver Borthwick, John W, Vancouver Bossons, Frederick H Vancouver Boucher, Robert White Rock Boyle, Harry D Penticton Boyle, Marion A Prince George Bridger, L. Scott Vancouver Bremner, Joyce F Salmo Brooks, Diana E Vancouver Brotherton, Jean V Vancouver Brown, Harold R Vancouver Brummitt, William M Nelson Bryant, Charlie W...Lethbridge, Alta. Buchanan, Jean I Vancouver Bulman, Lola M Vancouver Bulmur, Loyd Vancouver Burgoyne, Frank N Kamloops ^urke, G. Thomson Vancouver Burke, Ruth E Vancouver Burke, William T Vancouver Burmeister, Russell M Bradner Burnell, Joan C New Westminster Burnett, David H.....New Westminster Burns, Helen M Vancouver Burton, Alfred W White Rock Butterfield, Lorne A Vancouver Byers, Dorothy J Vancouver Byrnes, J. Lorin Burnaby Cafferky. J. Emmet Vancouver Calder, Rachel E New Westminster Cameron, Donald G Victoria Camidge, A. Mary Vancouver Campbell, Graham G. New Westminster Campbell, Jeannette B Port Alberni Campbell, John A Vancouver Caplette, M. Elizabeth Lynnmour Carlson, Norman L Eburne Carmichael, Kathleen D Vancouver Carter, David M Vancouver Carter, Shirley I Vancouver Cartwright, Thomas A Cultus Lake Cawley, Margery M.. Salmo Celli, Alberico Vancouver Challis, Thomas W Koksilah Chalmers, Beverley R Vancouver Chambers, Mary L...New Westminster Chang, Robert Vancouver Charnley, Elizabeth M Vancouver Chernov, Eva T Vancouver Chin, Shing Quen Vancouver Chisholm, Anita G Vancouver Chitty, Audrey M North Vancouver S-'P-.VP ' "• List op Students 331 Faculty of Arts and Science—First Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Chiz, Peter Vancouver Chown, Nancy L Vancouver Christian, C Joan Vancouver Christian, Patricia M Vancouver. Clark, Douglas H Vancouver Clark, James D Nanaimo Clark, Keith R Vancouver Clarke, John W Ocean Falls Clarke, Joyce G. Abbotsford Clarke, 0. Nora J Vancouver Clerkson, Dorothy B Vancouver Coady, Mary Margaret Vancouver Collison, Jocelyn M Victoria Collum, Jack A. L Vancouver Comely-Combe, Monica Vancouver Connal, Ross G. White Rock Conner, Orville G Vancouver Connor, Terry D, Vancouver Considine, Daniel M Duncan Cook, Cecil W Vancouver Cook, Katharine Vancouver Cook, Richard M Smithers Coope, Felicity M Victoria Corbitt, Charlotte W Kaleden Corfleld, Sheelagh M Courtenay Cornish, Mary A. Port Alberni. Cossentine, H. John Penticton Cotter, Barbara J West Vancouver Cotton, M. Joan Roberts Creek Coullng, S. R. Lawrence ...Vancouver Cowan, Patricia Duncan Cowley, Roy D Vancouver Cox, F. V. Beverly Vancouver Cox, J. Robert G. Brilliant Craig, Robert H Eburne Crawford, Donald H Vancouver Croll, Robert O Vancouver Crombiev Fred J Vancouver Crowe, Sanford J : Vancouver Cumming, Marion S Penticton Cuthbert, Betty J Cecil Lake Cuthill, Leonard D. J Vancouver Cutler, Keith H Hollyburn Daly, M, William Penticton, Damer, Warren R Vancouver Darby, George H Vancouver Darling, Beverley C Vancouver Davidson, Doreen A Vancouver Davies, Marguerite E Vancouver Davis, Robert T Vancouver Dearing, Elinor L Vancouver DeBeck, Frederick A...: Victoria DeBou, R. Alan Vancouver Denholm, Isabella M Vancouver Denman, F. Joan Vancouver Dennett, Ernest W Britannia Beach Dixon, Isabel F. Calgary, Alta. Dixon, Mary M Vancouver Dobie, Robert W Mission City Donald, Douglas G.New Westminster Dougans, Roy A Vancouver Duff, William T Vancouver Dunbar, James B Vancouver Dunbar, John W Britannia Beach Dunton, Claire C Vancouver Dyer, Lawrence N. Vancouver Edwards, Dudley New Westminster Edwards, J. Eda Vancouver Edwards, John S Royston IPartial. Name Home Address Edwards, Susan J Galena Eeman, R. Leon Vancouver Efford, Robert J Vancouver Elart, Alice J New Westminster Elder, Gordon W New Westminster Elliott, Donald R Vancouver Ellis, John F Vancouver Ellison, Felix H. H Lower Nicola Ellison, Kenneth V Oyama Eng, Harry Victoria Epstein, Hirsch Vancouver Erickson, Ture C New Westminster Evans, James W. Vancouver Ewart, E. May.... Princeton Eyres, R. Joy Chilliwack Fabbro, Attilio Kimberley Fearn, D. Rodney Vancouver Feast, Joan E. C Vancouver Fedoroff, Ludmilla Eburne Fenn, William E Vancouver Ferguson, Joanne S Chilliwack Finlayson, Alexander J Vancouver Fletcher, Alan E Nanaimo Flumerfelt, Bruce R Vancouver Foote, Robert A Vancouver Ford, K. Patricia Vancouver Forrester, B. Shirley Vancouver Forsyth, William M'...: Vancouver Foster, Gladys Prince Rupert Frankovitch, C. Jerrold Grand Forks Fraser, B. Elaine Dawson, Y.T. Fraser, G. Joan , Vancouver Fraser, J. Douglas Vancouver Fraser, Robert M Vancouver Frazee, John D Vancouver Freer, John T Vancouver Freeze, G. Allen Vancouver French, Yvonne L Vancouver Frost, Gordon A Vancouver Fry, Howard C Vancouver Fudger, Margaret P Vancouver Gallagher, Herbert K Vancouver Gait, T. Dpuglas Vancouver Gamey, Margaret D Vancouver Gansner, John W Vancouver Gattenmeyer, John D Vancouver Gatz, Arthur B Cumberland Gaube, Doreen New Westminster Gava, June P. E Nanaimo Gayton, Raymond R Oliver Gehl, Athur J Vancouver Genis, Konstanteno Vancouver George, L. Eugene Salem, Oregon Gertz, Lena Vancouver Gibson, H. Douglas Vancouver Giegerich, Margaret A. Yellowknife, N.W.T. Gillespie, Douglas C ...Vancouver Gillespie, Malcolm J Vancouver Gillies, Mary Louise Vancouver Gilmore, Molly M North Vancouver Gilpin, Roy W New Westminster Girvin, James A Vancouver Gordon, Griselda M. J. London, Eng. JGorvlch, Menora Vancouver Graham, Peter Cranbrook Gray, Elizabeth P Vancouver Gray, William M Vancouver Green, Mary C Vancouver ' i &r n-«*vnr**v.,r,< 332 The University of British Columbia Faculty op Arts and Science—First Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Greenaway, Jean E Vancouver Gregersen, Gregers P Verdun, Que. Greyell, Velma F Vancouver Griffiths, G. Peter Ocean Falls Grigoruk, Daniel ...Natal Grimson, Victor J Vancouver Groll, Shirlie N Vancouver Grunlund, Barbro E Port Alberni Grunlund, Jean M Port Alberni Haahti, John Stewart Haas, Robert L Vancouver Hackett, Thomas L Vancouver Hadwen, Colleen V Dawson Creek Haggart, Ronald B. Vancouver Hall, Beverley E Vancouver Hall, Jean E Vancouver Halpin, Hilda L Kimberley Hamilton, George C. Vancouver Hamilton, Leila M Vancouver Hankinson, George K...Prince Rupert Hart, F. Brian New Westminster Harwood, Robert S Eburne Hatch, William R Britannia Beach Hawkinson, Joyce P Prince Rupert Haxton, Phyllis Vancouver Heaps, Philip A Vancouver Heard, Francis H Vancouver Heaton, Patrick E Vancouver Helders, John Vancouver Henderson, Clifford B Vancouver Henderson, George C Vancouver Henderson, Ross McG Vancouver Hern, M. Jane Vancouver Herron, D. Lorraine Vancouver Hertig, Lucienne B Rossland Hibberd, Richard A Vancouver Hilbert, John A Vancouver Hill, Ernest C Vancouver Hill, Raymond C. Burnaby Hilliard, Henry F Vancouver Hirtle, Walter H Oliver Hochman, Harriet Vancouver Hodgins, Rosemary E Vancouver Hody, Reginald E Vancouver Holdsworth, John E. Vancouver Hollands, Keith G Sidney Hollenberg, Irvie A Vancouver Holtby, L. Gwynn G...Prince Rupert Homan, Frances M. L Milner Home, Betty-Jean Vancouver Hoskins, Marcella R Vancouver Hough, John D Courtenay Howard, Malvina M Vancouver Howard, William A Hollyburn Hudson, Grace B Vancouver Hunt, F. Owen Port Alberni Hunter, Lawrence P Vancouver Hyde, Ian G. W Montreal, Quebec Idsardi, William F .Vancouver Inglis, B. Stephen Vancouver Irish, Ruth I Vancouver Irwin, L. Beatrice Kamloops Jackson, Brian P Vancouver Jackson, Donald S. East Kingston, N. Hamp., U.S.A. Jaffary, Paul A .Vancouver James, Dorothy C White Rock Jarman, Beatrice L Vancouver Jeffery, Arthur W Vancouver Name Home Address Jenkins, C. Leonard Vancouver Jenkins, James R Chemainus Jobllng, John S Duncan Jones, Margaret H Vancouver Josephson, Helmer W Merritt Kamm, Leonard M Vancouver Kask, A. Charles Lochdale Kayll, S. John Vancouver Keddy, Harry A White Rock Keller, Lloyd B Vancouver Kemp, Reta L Vancouver Kenny, Edith W Vancouver Kent, C. Ernest Vancouver Ker, J. Ross Vancouver Kerk-Hecker, Esther Mary..Vancouver Kerr, A. Scott Victoria Kerr, Joan I Vancouver Kier, Donald T Youbou Killick, George A Penticton Kilty, Mary-Teresa Vancouver King, Donald N Port Alberni King, Malcolm G Vancouver King, P. Joseph Eburne Kinghorn, James M Victoria Kingsley, Mary I Parksville Kirk, Kenneth I. R .....Vancouver Klett, Mary S Vancouver Knapp, Katherine Vancouver Knighton, Norman W Vancouver Kovalvich, William Fernie Kucharsky, Victor Vernon LaCasse, Ernest North Vancouver Lade. Gordon W. Vancouver Laird, Douglas A Vancouver Lane, Sylvia L Vancouver Lavery, Daniel Allenby Lawrence, Charles C Vancouver Lawrence, James A .-...Hatzic Lawrence, M. Georgene. Dawson Creek Lees, Helen M Vancouver Leiterman, Douglas S Vancouver Leshgold, Jack B. Vancouver Leslie, Alexander A ...Kamloops Lewis, Carol Ann....New Westminster Lewis, F. Nancy Vancouver Lewis,, Henry L Vancouver Lindgaard, Harold C Demmitt, Alta. Lindgren, Irene North Vancouver Lindsay, Harold Vancouver Lister, William G Vancouver Little, Robin W Vancouver Livingstone, Michael A. Roberts Creek Lockhart, Alan D New Westminster Lockwood, Frank... New Westminster Longley, Charles E Vancouver Lowther, Bruce A Britannia Beach Lowther, Dorothy E Nanaimo Lum, G. Mun Vancouver Lye, Robert G Kimberley Mackend, Harvie ...New Westminster Macready, John W Nanaimo Maddin, I. Beryl Vernon Malensek, Clementine Vancouver Manning, Rodger P Vancouver Manning, W. Lawrence Vancouver Mariseo, Maurice Vancouver Marken, George A Thrums Marshall, Robert E Vancouver **5!"- wc ^a- w-i-r' "assr-s^w ■ > *; a ,v- List or Students Faculty of Arts and Science—First Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Martin, William R. J. New Westminster Mason, Joan F North Vancouver Mathers, John L Vancouver Matthew, Frances L Vancouver Mayne, Henton B New Westminster Mee, John A,.; ..Vancouver Mehling, Frank R. Vancouver Meldrum, Ronald M Vancouver Michie, Georgia C Vancouver Milan, Betty E Port Alberni Millar, Delbert J Capilano Mironoff, Victor B...New Westminster Mitchell, Esther R Grand Forks Mitchell, H. Patience Vancouver Mitchell, Joan B.. Vancouver Moloney, Patrick J Vancouver Moon, Diana E Vancouver Moore, Colleen J Vancouver Moore, Eugene F Vancouver Moore, Joan I Vancouver Moore, R. John Prince Rupert Moorhouse, Meredith L... Ladner Morris, Gwendolyn E Vancouver Morrison, S. Roy Vancouver Mortison, Margaret E. N Chilliwack Motherwell, Elizabeth L. K Calgary, Alta. Moul, Albert A Port Alberni Moulds, James H Vancouver Muir, Robert A Vancouver Mulligan, Maurice W. Langley Prairie Munro, Raymond G...Entrance, Alta. Myros, Charles V Hazelton McAlpine, Mary Vancouver McArthur, Thomas C. New Westminster McArthur, William M. Lochdale McBride, Russell M Vancouver MacCarthy, Jessie G. New Westminster McCloy, Alistair F Vancouver McClung, P. Maxine Vancouver McGord, Clive D Vancouver McCulloch, James P Comox McDiarmid, Mary E.... Vancouver MacDonald, A. David West Summerland MacDonald, Donald H Vancouver McDonald, Frances S. New Westminster Macdonald, Jerry A ^...Courtenay MacDonald, Robert G Vancouver McDougall, Clarence D. Langley Prairie ■ McDougall, Mary-Jane Vancouver McDowd, Mary M. ...Portland, Oregon McEachern, Alan D Vancouver McEwan, James T Vancouver McFarlane, June E Vancouver McGeer, Patrick L. Vancouver McGregor, Iona M ..Vancouver Macindoe, Grace M Powell River Macindoe. Helen J Powell River Mclver, Donald C Courtenay McKay, Donald Ladysmith McKee, Osborne C." Vancouver McKenzie, Margaret E Vancouver McKenzie, Robert D Chapman Camp Name Home Address MacKinnon, Jean B Vancouver MacKinnon, John A, Vancouver McLaren, Ilia E Vancouver McLauchlin, Donald L ...Vancouver MacLean, Shirley C Vancouver McLellan, Douglas. New Westminster McLellan, Marney J Hedley McLennan, Charles S Vancouver McLennan, Donald J Duncan McLeod, Constance D Vancouver MacLeod, Joan C North Vancouver McLeod, Marilyn J Vancouver MacLeod, William D Vancouver MacLeod, Winona L. New Westminster McLoughlin, Kathleen F Vancouver McMartin, Peter J Vancouver MacMillan, Lois A ....Vancouver McNab, James A ........Vancouver McNair, Mary E Vancouver McNary, Thomas E Vancouver McRae, Alma E Vancouver McRae, K. Peter Vancouver McTaggart, Ralph L ..Vancouver McTavish, W. Bruce Vancouver McTurk, Helen G Kamloops Neighbor, Frances M...Entrance, Alta. Nekrassoff, Marguerite Vancouver Nelles, Gordon B Vancouver Neville, Ralph J Vancouver Newbauer, Mary Frances Grand Forks Newport, Violet G Vancouver Newson, Katherine L Vancouver Ney, Robert S Vancouver Nichols, Jacqueline B Vancouver Nightingale, Frank H Vancouver Nordale, Joann Dawson, Y.T. Nordlund, Lloyd H Kimberley Norris, Flora C Vancouver Nykolyn, J. Alec Sardis O'Connor, Gerald T Vancouver O'Hara, Richard N Vancouver Oliver, C. Edward....New Westminster Oliver, John Vancouver Oliver, R. J. Patrick Killarney, Man. O'Neill, Eileen M Vancouver Orasuk, Peter L Oyama Osen, Einar Vancouver Outram, Donald N Vancouver Ozol, Nelda Vancouver Paddon, Betty L Vancouver Pagura, Peter L Kimberley Pastinsky, R. Rae Vancouver Patterson, Eugene B Vancouver Payne, Doris D Vancouver Peacock, M. Doreen... Milner Pearson, Emma S Vancouver Pegues, Josiah J.. Horsefly Pendleton, Susanne K. New Westminster Penn, Muriel B. Vancouver Perkins, Arthur G Vancouver Perkins, Ronald A Vancouver Perks, Ronald L Bloedel Perry, Hazel E Vancouver Pettenuzzo, Jerry B Prince Rupert Pittson. Victor J New Westminster Plant, George E Port Alberni 334 The University of British Columbia Faculty of Arts and Science—First Year—(Confirmed) Name Home Address Polos, Donald Vancouver Ponsford, Ada M Vancouver Poole, William H Chapman Camp Pope, M. Doreen Courtenay Pope, Stephen H Vancouver Preston, Thomas B Vancouver Prevost, Edward C Vancouver Pringle, Margaret E Mission City Pye, M. A. Eleanor Duncan Quan, Dick Vancouver Rae, Robert McC Vancouver Rally, Charles R. M Vancouver Randall, Robert McG Vancouvsr Rathie, Joy Vancouver Rea, David T Vancouver Redpath, W. Ernest Vancouver Reed, Wilma H Vancouver Reid, Dorothy M New Westminster Reid, Kennth R Vancouver Rice, Ronald G Vancouver Richardson, Paul W Vancouver Rietchel, Helen E Vancouver Rivers, William A Vancouver Rixon, Raymond H Vancouver Robinson, David D. S Vancouver Robinson, Jacquelyn R Vancouver Robinson, M. Kathleen Vancouver. Rochat, R. Charles Powell River Rogers, Mary E. M Ladysmith Roots, J. Walter Vancouver Rorvik, George A Prince Rupert Rose, Norma M Vernon Rosen, Philip E Vancouver Rosengren, R. Morley Milner Ross, Margaret J. Vancouver Ross, William LeB...New Westminster Rowledge, J. James Northfield Runkle, Peter Vancouver Ryan, Ruth C Nanaimo Sainas, Mary Vancouver Sanford, Robert M Vancouver Sapp, Robert E Vancouver Sauder, "William L Vancouver Schjelderup, Hassel C Courtenay Scriven, Pamela M...North Vancouver Scully, John P Vancouver Seale, Beverly C Vancouver Searle, Marion E Vancouver Selkirk, Robert B. .New Westminster Shafer, Dixon H Vancouver Shafer, Donald G Vancouver Shaw, Lois E Vancouver Shearman, Jacqueline Vancouver Shier, R. Philip Vancouver Simpson, Marguerite G Vancouver Sinclair, Kenneth I Vancouver Smetanuk, W. Gordon..Williams Lake -Smith, Allan R. M Vancouver Smith, Denis C North Vancouver Smith, H. Craig Fort St. James Smith, Helen A Vancouver Smith, Helen-Mary Vancouver Smith, James E New Westminster Smith, Jeanette Vancouver Smith, Thomas H New Westminster Somers, D. Marie Vancouver Soon, Q. Y. Isabel Vancouver Spall, Clara J Kelowna Speer, Raymond C Vancouver Name Home Address Spencer, Herbert W Nanaimo Spragge, Donald L Vancouver Staf, Bernice G Aldergrove Stainsby, Donald O Ladner Stanley, Ned B Vancouver Stedman, Shirley-Ruth Vancouver Steiner, Robert R...New Westminster Stenhouse, James F Vancouver Sterling, Doreen M Whonnock Stevenson, Gerald H. Vancouver Stewart, Catherine A Port Alice Stocks, Daphne I Penticton Stringer, A. Roy Vancouver Stuart, Roy A Vancouver Stuef, F. Walter Lake Cowichan Swanson, Lorne E Vancouver Sweeney, W. Alan Ocean Falls Tabbernor, C. Joseph Vancouver Talbot, Colleen A Vancouver Talbot, M. Kathleen T Vancouver Tannar, Norman E .Vancouver Tanner, Aubrey C Essondale Tassie, Peter... Vernon Taylor, Joan R Vancouver Taylor, Shirley I Vancouver Taylor, William L Nelson Temoin, Maurice D Vancouver Ternan, M. Jane Vancouver Thibaudeau, Muriel T Vancouver Thom, H. Gilbert Duncan Thompson, Basil H. M Vancouver Thompson, Ben Vancouver Thompson, G. H. Preston Britannia Beach Thomson, A. Jean Abbotsford Thomson, Marguerite Vancouver Thornber, W. Robert Vancouver Thorne, Leonard R Vancouver Thornton, J. Milton Vancouver Thornton, W. Maitland Vancouver Tiedje, Patricia A Trail Tierney, Camille P Vancouver Tindle, Phillip A Vancouver Tomlinson, Robert B Vancouver Tratch, Ernest P Vancouver Trip, Christian H Vancouver Trorey, G. Alan W Vancouver Turland, Douglas J Vancouver Turner, Patricia A Vancouver Viau, J. Viviane Vancouver Victor, Maurice Vancouver Walden, Adelene M Vancouver Walden, Frank C. Grand Prairie, Alta. Wallace, Stuart H Vancouver Wallace, William H Vancouver Walls, L. Jerrold Vancouver Watson, Jeannie A Vancouver Watson, Kenneth Vancouver Watts, Natalie J Vancouver Webb, W. Philip > Vancouver Webster, David Nelson Weir, C Sheila West Vancouver Weir, K. Marguerite Vancouver Welch, Herbert C Qualicum Beach Welsh, Daynard McC. Tacoma, Wash. Welte, Marion E Vancouver Westinghouse, Margaret V. Saanichton Westwood, Catherine R Ladysmith List of Students 335 Faculty of Arts and Science—First Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Wharton, Agnes Britannia Beach Wheeler, Shelagh J Vancouver White, Massie D. Vancouver Whitney, Joan E : Vancouver Whitney, Raymond B. Palos Verdes Est. Calif. Wilby,. Derek R Victoria Wilcox, Edie A Dawson Creek Wjlklns, Ruth E. A Vancouver Willcox, Jeanne M Vancouver Williams, Barry. H...New Westminster Williams, Dorothy M Vancouver Williams, E. Byllie.-. Vancouver Williamson, Gerald Vancouver Wilson, Beverley Nanaimo Wilson, Catherine A .....Vancouver Wilson, June M Vancouver Wilson, Robert J Nelson Wilson, Robert M Cowichan Station Wong, Elsie Vancouver Wong, John Vancouver Woods, Earl B Courtenay Woods, Leslie V Vancouver Woodward, Shirley A Vancouver Wright, Alma M Vancouver Wright, Charles W Vancouver Yelf, Kathleen E Vancouver. Yuill, Lois A Vancouver Zacks, Arthur Vancouver Zacks, William Vancouver Zahar, Franklin A Vancouver Zarry, Etna V Victoria Zitko, Henry Vancouver Zlvot, Aaron Vancouver SECOND TERM Allward, Gerald C :.. Vancouver Anderson, Dan E Vancouver Anderson, Richard P Courtenay Ball, James Vancouver Barraclough, John R. North Vancouver Begley, Gordon R Vancouver Blake, F. Humfrey Kelowna Bremner, David J.. New Westminster Brown, Richard M Penticton Brown, William M Armstrong Butters, Thomas H West Vancouver Cobb, Charles E Comox Creelman,, Claude W Chilliwack Crossan, Lawrence McA.....Vancouver Curtis, Bertram E Vancouver Darlison, A. Joseph Vancouver Dodd, Frederick D Greenwood Eirikson, Eirik Vancouver Fawcus, Geoffrey C Vancouver Filberg, Robert McC Comox Frith. Patrick V Vancouver Gaskell. Hugh T Royal Oak Gould, Raymond C. D Vancouver Name Hon\\e Address Govier, Oren W Vancouver Graham, Peter W Vancouver Greig, W. Robert Vancouver Guest, Charles R. Vancouver Hamilton, Theodore C Vancouver Heath, Ron New Westminster Helm,' Harold W Vancouver Henschel, Arthur W Vancouver Holdom, James E. B • Vancouver Holt, John A Vancouver Hooper, Michael W Cobble Hill Horwood, James E Marigold Howsam, Peter S Ottawa Huva, Gerhart Summerland Laidlaw, John S Kamloops Lee, George N Vancouver Lock, John B New Westminster Martin, R. Nell Headquarters Mason, Arthur W „ Vancouver Mathers, Jay D Vancouver Mitchell, George J Vancouver Morley, Donald New Westminster Morrow, Frederick C Vancouver Morrow, James A Vancouver Muir, Eric W. A Vancouver Mulvln, Robert W.. Vancouver Mussenden, Raymond N Vancouver Mylrea, Frank Henry Victoria McCandless, John ■. Victoria McColl," Donald J Parksville McDowell, William R. Vancouver MacGregor, Malcolm G Vancouver Mclsaac, John F Powell River Newton, George F Vancouver Nightingale, Jacob A Yarrow Olds, William W. G Vancouver Pappajohn, James P Vancouver Paulsen, Roy C ...Stewart Penny, Grant D Vancouver Ponder, Iola G. D Eugene, Ore. Powell, Patrick A Copper Mountain Prince, George E Vancouver Raine, Joseph Vancouver Rees, S. Lloyd Penticton Reid, James G ...Vancouver Robinson, Davfd E Penticton Robinson, John A Milner Ross, Keith- A Vancouver Rowse, Denis J New Westminster Rush, William L Vancouver Seggie, James M Vancouver Slader, David J. Nelson Smitton, Frank A Vancouver Soward, Stuart E Vancouver Stevens, Hugh G Vancouver Teasdale, J. Arnold Vancouver Techy, Sigmond ..Penticton Tener, John S New Westminster Thomas, John A Vancouver Wright, William D Vancouver HOME ECONOMICS First Year Baldwin, M. Betty ..Vancouver Bayley, Sally M Vancouver Bigsby, E. Jean Armstrong Bishop, Doris M Vancouver Black, Evelyn A. Sidney Bluechel, June E Vancouver Bone, Margaret M..... .....Vancouver Bowen, Jean E Vancouver 336 The University of British Columbia Home Economics—First Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Campbell, Marlon E Summerland Chalmers, Ruth E... Chilliwack Christie, Eileen A Vancouver Clark, Catherine McR Kimberley Collier, Gwen K Bracken, Sask. Cotterall, Gertrude A Vancouver Coulter, Maureen A Vancouver Diamond, Rita Vancouver Dyrndahl, Lillian C. New Westminster Ellis, Beverley G.". Hollyburn Fawcitt, Mildred E. Port Alberni Franklin, Mary E Vancouver Gaspard, Edith M Winnipeg, Man. Greenfield, Margaret E. Langley Prairie Hamilton, M. Marie Port Alberni Harrison, M. Bernice Vancouver Haskins, Wendy L. J Vancouver Hepburn, Phyllis R. New Westminster Hollingum, Betty B Vancouver Hopkins, M. Isabel ...Vancouver Hopkins, Muriel A Vancouver Irving, Betty I Calgary, Alta. Jamieson, Jean E Vancouver Name Home Address Klusendorf, Edith M Vancouver Laird, E. Anne Vancouver Loutit, Kathleen A Vancouver Miller, Marilyn JE Vancouver Montgomery, Mary M Cultus Lake McCarter, Jean L Vancouver McKillop, Margaret J Vancouver McKinley, F. Eva J Vancouver MacQueen, M. Jean Vancouver McTavish, Shirley A Vancouver Park, Joan E Vancouver Perry, Joan B Ladner Roan tree, Frances J Regina, Sask. Sinclair, Frances B Calgary, Alta. Smillie, Elsie R Eburne StaMey, Marie E New Westminster Sutherland, Elizabeth M Penticton Techy, Margaret T Penticton Temple, Elvira M. R Summerland Thorpe, Jacqueline D Nanaimo Turner, Blanche M Vancouver Wallace, Ardath S West Vancouver Walling, Evelyn J.. New Westminster Wright, E. Marion Nanaimo Zink, Norma M Sardis FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE Second Year Abear, Peter T Kamloops Adams, Geraldine G Vancouver Addems, Allan H Vancouver Adkin, Edmond Y Vancouver Aho, Aaro E. Ladysmith Allan, John R Hollyburn Amy, Rozel J New Westminster Anderson, Cathrine McL Vancouver •Anderson, George C Vancouver Anderson, P. Joanne Vancouver Andrews, Dorothy-Ann Vancouver Antille, Frances B Vancouver Appleby, Cyril A Powell River Archer, Douglas H Vancouver Armour, John D Vancouver Armstrong, Robert J Vancouver Arnold, Shirley J New Westminster Atherton, Donald L Vancouver •Bagan, Russell Vancouver •Baillie, R Violet Vancouver •Baker, David J Vancouver Ball, Ernest R Nelson Bampton, Diana L Vancouver Bampton, Virginia F Vancouver Banning, Stanley E. New Westminster Barclay-Ross, L. Mignon . Victoria Barrett, Izadore Vancouver Bartlet, Alexander W Victoria Baxter, Anne H Vancouver •Bell, G. Mary Ladner Bellamy, Donald F Victoria Bennett, Ray N Buena Vista Bennie, James R Vancouver Berto, Irene M Vancouver Bjarnason, Leon E Vancouver •Blair, Gordon H .....Vancouver Blals, M. Andree ...Vancouver Blank, George Vancouver Blower, Thomas J. H Port Alberni •Blundell, Heather Vancouver Booth, Elizabeth A. New Westminster Boultbee, H. Patricia Vancouver Bowell, Nancy E Vancouver Bradshaw, Margaret W Kamloops Brockley, Christopher A. Vancouver •Brooks, Allan C Okanagan Landing Brooks, Elizabeth E Cloverdale Brough, Rosemary J Vancouver Brown, Betty B Vancouver Brown, Donald G Vancouver Brown, Helen M Vancouver •Brusset, Henry L Blairmore, Alta. Bucknall, M. A. Joy Vancouver •Buhler, William A Vancouver Bunting, I. Joan G Fort Fraser •Burns, Margaret M Vancouver Burritt, Eleanor E. Vancouver •Burroughs, William B. Chaplin, Sask. Butters, Isobel J. D Penticton •Byrnes, L. Marguerite Vancouver •Caffrey. Lillian T Vancouver Campbell, Malcolm H Vancouver •Canning, Albert Mission City Capozzi, Harold P Kelowna •Carmichael, Robert M. Powell River Caster, Garnet H. ..Newmarket, Ont. Castillou, Harry G Vancouver Champion, William Vancouver Chang, Jone Vancouver Chow, Richard H Vancouver •Christie, Robert L Vancouver Clark, Mary E Ocean Falls Clarkson, Reginald L Vancouver Clearihue, Joyce G Victoria •Conditioned. IP .•n. - -i\\ <■ -y.>' -- • List of Students 337 Faculty of Arts and Science—Second Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Cllmie, John H Vancouver Coghill, Joy D Vancouver Collins, June V. V Vancouver Cools, Adrienne E.... Okanagan Centre Corbould, Shirley M. New Westminster Cormier, Beverley M. New Westminster Corrlgan, Wallace R ..Vancouver Coughlan, E. Dale Vancouver Couldwell, William J Burnaby Court, Reginald A Vancouver •Cowan, Douglas V Vancouver Craig, Margaret H Chemainus Crapko, Onysia Eburne Cribb, R. Stephen Cranbrook Crook, Lois M. New Westminster Crosby, Donald M Cloverdale •Crowe, Dorothy M Trail Currie, Ian H Nelson Currie, Rolf D Vancouver Cutler, Ryllys M New Westminster Dain, Doris M. R Kelowna Dale, Grant E North Vancouver •Dann, Roy W Vancouver DePencier, Edith M Vancouver Dobbin, M. Mary1. Westbanlo Dolmage, Mary E Vancouver Donegani, Joyce A. P Sea Island Downman, Lorna M. S Duncan Driver, Margaret W. J Kamloops •Drope, Patricia J Regina, Sask. •Eastman, James H Atlin Eberleln, Edwajd G Cranbrook Edge worth,- Leslie Vancouver •Epstein, Rochelle Vancouver Evans, Arthur M Vancouver Evans, Gerald E. ..New Westminster •Ewert, Katherine E. Prince George •Pagan, Mary S West Vancouver Farr, Robin M Vancouver Field, Joan E Vancouver Fleishman, Ruth E ...Vancouver Foerster, Darryl K " Nanaimo Ford, Margaret J New Westminster Forster, Alan B.... Penticton Fowler, Charles S Riondel •Fraser, Leslie J Prince George Frith, Robert S ...Vancouver Frood, David G Vancouver Frost, J. S. Calvin Squamish Fullerton, Margaret A..; Quesnel Fuoco, John R Kamloops Fyfe, Margaret Vancouver Gerrie, Eleanor A West Vancouver •Gibson, Janette I Rosedale, Alta. Goguillon, Irene L. C Victoria •Goodwin, Gwendoline F. St. Catharines, Ont. Graham, Anne E Cranbrook •Graham, Colin L Duncan Graham, J. Alexander Vancouver Granberg, Ingrld H Britannia Beach Granhold, Ella M Port Coquitlam Grant, H. Kenneth Vancouver •Grant, John W. R. New Westminster Grant, Patricia M Vancouver Grant, Winifred D Whonock Graves, Nancy M Vancouver •Conditioned. Name Home Address Green, Joanna E North Vancouver Green, John W. Vancouver Greenwood, Hazel V. E...Fort Langley Griffin, George H. Vancouver Gritten, Richard A Powell River Grover, Archie F Vancouver Grover, Frederick W Vancouver •Haddad, Abe Vancouver Haggart, Elinor G Vancouver •Hamilton, S. Brian... Vancouver •Hanna, A. E. Thomas Vancouver •Harford, Ian M..... Vancouver Harkness, Alan C Victoria Harp, John A Vancouver Harradine, Sylvia F Vancouver Harris, Paul W New Westminster Hawkens, Luclll Vancouver Hayes, Beatrice M Vancouver Hayes, Ean... Vancouver Henderson, James S Vancouver Henderson, R. Gordon...Bowden, Alta. •Hill, Frederick R. L Vancouver Hill, Geoffrey W Vancouver Hill, Shirley I Trail HUlier, Frances C Vancouver Ho, Arthur Vancouver •Holbrook, Douglas R Vancouver Holman, T. David Vancouver Holt, Margaret C New Westminster •Housser, J. Doo Vancouver •Hoy, Benjamin C Kelowna Hudson, Jessie M Vancouver Hugh, Marion J Vancouver Irvine, Henry C Vancouver Irwin, Jane Patricia Ottawa, Ont. Isenor, Maurice G Vancouver James, E. Rosemary J Victoria James, Frances E Victoria •Jamieson, Don,ald W. Vancouver •Jeffery, Mary-Lou E. West Vancouver Jensen, Hennlng Vancouver Jenvey, Gerald J Vancouver Jervis, Herbert W Vancouver Johnson, Derrick F. Victoria •Johnson, Mrs. M. Genevieve . Vancouver Johnston, Florence E Vancouver Jones, Barbara M Vancouver •Jones, G. Alex Vancouver Jones, Ruth G Vancouver Jones, Stanley C Vancouver Jutte, Audrey D Vancouver Kanwischer, William Vancouver •Kelly, James Merritt Kelsberg, Barbara J Vancouver Kerr, Janet M Vancouver Kidd, John R New Westminster King, Michael R Vancouver Kitos, Helen A Vancouver Kitson, John A. Kelowna Laird, Daphne E Vancouver Lam, Milton Steveston Lamb, John F. Vancouver Laubach, Anna L North Vancouver •Lazzarin, John A Quesnel Leddy, Joseph L ..Vancouver Lee, Harry Prince Rupert Lee, Jone TK. D Prince Rupert ■y > "--jt v 338 The University of British Columbia Faculty of Arts and Science—Second Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Lee, Sybil Victoria Lee, W. C Henry Victoria Liddell, Constance A Vancouver •Llemen, Helen L Vancouver Lipson, Peggy Vancouver Lisicka, Iva M. Vancouver Lloyd, Harvey J Vancouver •Loewen, William S Mt. Lehman Lord, M. Helen Vancouver Lotzkar, Helen Vancouver Loucks, John E Vancouver •Louie, Helen Vancouver Louis, Ruth Regina, Sask. Low, John .' Duncan Lubzinski, James F Steveston Lymbery, Alice R Gray Creek Mader, Glenn E Vancouver Mallinson, Thomas J.. Winnipeg, Man. Mann, Barbara Vancouver Manning, Valerie J Vancouver Margeson, Ross D Nanaimo Martin, Deirdre Vancouver Martin, Ruth E Vancouver Mason, Hugh B North Vancouver Mason, Stanley J Vancouver •Maurer, Verene Royal Oak •Mayne, Patricia E Vancouver Medland, Kenneth H Ladysmith Mehling, Agnes E Vancouver Meldrum, Donna G Vancouver Miller, Hugh S Vancouver Miller, Leonard G Vancouver Mills, Ruth C Vancouver Mitchell, Georgina H Vancouver •Mitchell, Iris D Vancouver Mitchner, Morton Vancouver Monk, Richard H. J Eburne Montgomery, Eleanor G. M. Vancouver •Morgan, Douglas S Vancouver Morris, Jack A Chilliwack Morris, Yvette M Vancouver Morrison, J. Patrick..North Vancouver Mundell, John D Vancouver •Murfltt, Reginald F Penticton •Murray, John S ..Vancouver Murray, K. Isobel Vancouver Murray, Mollie M. C South Slocan Mylett, Patrick V Vancouver Macaulay, Archibald R Vancouver •MacBride, F. John..Whitehorse, Y.T. McCallum, Mary F........'. Vancouver •McCusker, Thomas Vancouver McDiarmid, Barbara G Vancouver McDonald, A. Grace Vancouver MacDonald, Donald A. New Westminster MacDonald, Douglas K Kelowna MacDonald, John A Trail McDonald, M. Frances New Westminster Macdonald, Nancy K Penticton McDonald. Roma F. Burnaby McDougall, Edna M Penticton MacFarlane, V. Jean New Westminster MacGilllvray, H. Marianne New Westminster MacGillivray, Marjorie G. Powell River Name Home Address McGlashan, Pamela D Vancouver McGregor, Jessie G. Vancouver McGregor-Eadie, Peter Vancouver •Maclnnes, James A Vancouver McKay, Donald F. Eburne McKenty, J. Mary : Vancouver MacKenzie, Hugh A Prince Rupert MacKenzie, Mrs. M. Laura H. Vancouver MacLeod, A. Shirley Vancouver McPherson, Kenneth F Vancouver •Newman, Russell G Vancouver Nicholson, Katherine M Golden Nieuwdorp, John L Vancouver •Nordan, Harold C. New Westminster Northrop, David N Vancouver Ourom, Lorraine I Battrum, Sask. Outerbridge, Henriette E..Vancouver Panton, Sally A. M Vancouver Pappajohn, Agnes H .....Vancouver Parker, Mary E Merritt Parnum, Ruth B West Vancouver Paton, Gordon MacG Vancouver Paul, Frank Kelowna Paul, Yvonne L... Vancouver Paulik, Wilmar Brighouse Pearce, David Nelson •Peltz, Konrad J. . Carmel, Calif. Perrault, Raymond J Vancouver Peterson, Lester Ray Gibson's Landing Phelan, Mary E Vancouver •Pilkington, Lawrence New Westminster Plenderleith, E. Mavis Nanaimo •Powell, Pauline H Vancouver Purvis, Audrey B.... New Westminster •Radcliffe, Roland W Vancouver Ralston, Derek Vancouver Rampone, Alfred J Kelowna •Reed, T. Gordon Vancouver •Reibin, Peter P Nelson Reid, Agnes New "Westminster Reid, Dianne E ...Vancouver Rennie,. Jean M Vancouver Rice. Ernest T Coalmont Ritchie, Gordon J ...Lynmour •Rittich, Tibor V Kelowna Roberts, Gwendolyn E Vancouver Roberts, William Eburne Robertshaw, M. Arthur ..Vancouver Robertson, Alexander L. .Vancouver Robertson, Murdoch R Vancouver Robinson, Frederick W Vancouver Rodenchuk, Jenny Eburne Roeher, Gottfred A. Hodgeville, Sask. •Rogers, I. Patricia Vancouver Rome, Alexander H Vancouver Rose, Margaret A Vancouver Rosen, Linda C Vancouver Ross, Robert D Vancouver Rossetti, Hector A. Vancouver Rowell, Dorothy M Vancouver Runnalls, M. Jean Prince George •Ryan, Edward D Vancouver Salter, Patricia M Vancouver Sanderson, Joy E Vancouver Scagel, Robert F Vancouver •Schofield, Frances Vancouver Schroeder, Charlotte H Sardis •Conditioned. 1 * List of Students 339 Faculty of Arts and Science—Second Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Scott, George D Vancouver Scott, K. Elizabeth Vancouver Segur, Delphine C Revelstoke Seidler, Alfred Regina, Sask. Sellon, Mathilde S. Vancouver Senay, Charles M...New Westminster Seymour, Jane D Vancouver Shaw, E. June ..West Vancouver Shepherd, Ethel B Steveston Siddoo, Jagdis Vancouver Siddoo, Sarjit K Vancouver Simmons, M. Elizabeth Vancouver Slade, G. Raymond Vancouver Smith, Donald A New Westminster Smith, James A North Vancouver Smith, June M New Westminster Smith, M. Bruce Vancouver Smith, Thomas F North Vancouver Smith, William Vancouver Sortome, E. Eleanor M Kimberley Stacey, H. Elizabeth Vancouver St. Cyr, Guy J Moose Jaw, Sask. Steele, Marjorie Lethbridge, Alta.. Steiner, Irene R Vancouver Stewart, Jack Vancouver Stewart, William D Vancouver Stroyan, Patricia Vancouver Sutherland, Douglas D. Vancouver Sutton, Frank N Vancouver Terier, Robert H New Westminster Thomas, Ethel B Vancouver Thomasson, Averilla K Vancouver Thomson, W. Audrey New Westminster Thorson, Allan Vancouver •Turner, Raymond B Vancouver Twizell, Barbara M ..Vancouver •Vaughan, Margaret K Vancouver •Vernon, Robert C Vancouver Verrall, Vivian M Vancouver Vlag, Ann May A Matsqui JVosper, Catherine E Vancouver Walker, Robert E Vancouver Wallace, Robert Vancouver Ward, George A. H Vancouver Wardle, M. Eunice Vancouver Watt, Marjorie Vancouver Webster, David J Trail Wells, John R. H Vancouver Welsh, Dorothy A Vancouver Whiddington, William B...Vancouver •White, Anna D Vancouver •White, Joseph F Vancouver White, Robert D Cloverdale Whitehead, Calvin J Vancouver Whittaker, William G Youbou Wldman, Charles R Vancouver Wilde, George D New Westminster Name Home Address Wilkinson, Margaret C. Vancouver Williams, Dorothy E. D Vancouver Winter, Walter E Por? Alberni Wong, Vivian M Vancouver Wood, William S Vancouver Woodman, I. Rae.. Vancouver •Woodward, Mary T Vancouver Worthington, Albert E Vancouver Wright, Evelyn M Steveston Wright, R. lone....New Westminster Yates, Douglas E New Westminster •Yip, Wing D Vancouver Yorke, Mrs. Mary Vancouver Young, Archibald D Vancouver Young, E. Bernice ..New Westminster Young, Margaret M Victoria Zubek, John P West Grand Forks SECOND TERM Black, Francis L Kelowna Blake, Ian S Vancouver •Booth, R. Douglas Vancouver Bruchet, Anthony F. C Vancouver Cowan, John C Vancouver Cunningham, Frederick M. Chilliwack Duthie, W- James M. Sardis Fell, Ralph C Victoria •Greer, George M Kamloops Henstridge, William E Vancouver James, Morton S Vancouver Malcolm, Robert A Quesnel •Marsh, Walter C Vancouver Mason, Roy B Hope •Menzies, David C Vancouver •Milner, Ronald S Vancouver Morrison, George E Vancouver McCutcheon, David J Vancouver MacLeod, Kenneth I Vancouver •McPherson, John D Vancouver Percival, J. Kenneth Vancouver Perry, Francis A Vancouver Rideout, Eldon F Sardis Rowell, Hedley J Victoria Russell, Charles H Vancouver Spray, Donald R Vancouver Stigant, Bryan E Vancouver •Sultan, Paul E Vancouver Sutherland, H. Loyd Peachland Thomas, Kenneth J Vancouver Vandrick, S. John A Chilliwack •Walker, Murray K.... Vancouver Wallace, Charles H Vancouver Wayne, Gordon P North Vancouver Wilson, David R Vancouver Wilson, George A. C. New Westminster Wilson, John S New Westminster COMMERCE—Second Year Abbott, Arnold T New Westminster •Acheson, H. Howard Chilliwack Allen, Harry J Vancouver Anderson, Gustav B. New Westminster- •Andrews, Ernest H Vancouver. Argue, James H Cranbrook •Conditioned. -[Partial. Baillie, David Prince Rupert Barnwell, John A Vancouver Bell-Irving, Duncan H. West Vancouver •Belyea, A. Douglas Vancouver Bitz, Marie Regina, Sask. Bodie, Robert T Vancouver 340 The University of British Columbia Faculty of Arts and Science—Commerce—Second Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Carnsew, Valerie I Vancouver Christopher, Charlotte • North Vancouver Chu, Jennie ~~ Vancouver Clucach, Moros Vancouver Cohen, Jack Vancouver Comparelli, David E Vancouver Cribb, John M Vancouver •Davidson, J. Douglas Vancouver d'Easum, Beverley J Vancouver Ellis, D. Catherine Vancouver Estey, Robert M Vancouver Fleming, John B Vancouver Freudiger, Ronald Vancouver Galbraith, John A. B Vancouver •Gardom, Gardy B Vancouver Glucksman, Trevor Vancouver Goodman, Juanita V Vancouver •Greer, Frederick J New Denver Grigg, Naomi I Vancouver Hodgson, Elizabeth J Vancouver Holt, D. Marguerite Vancouver Johnston, Joan Cloverdale Kersey, W. Gordon Vancouver -•King, William N. Vancouver Knutson, Alvin L Prince Rupert Lechtzier, Merton R Vancouver Levy, Albert E Victoria •Marak, Peter '..Vancouver Marshall, Warren E Vancouver •Mill, Ronald McD...New Westminster Munn, Anne C Vancouver •MacAskill, Barbara J Vancouver McConnell, Thomas W Vancouver McCubbin, William D Vernon Name Home Address MacDougall, John F. F Banff, Alta. McFarlane, Alexander W. Gibson's Landing McLeish, Glenna G Vancouver McMullin, Dallas G Vancouver Orton, Anthony C Victoria Peirson, George F Vancouver Peftson, Norman H Vancouver Poulos, John Vancouver Pratt, F. Joan Vancouver Quick, Beverley C Squamish Robinson, Norman A Vancouver •Robinson, Theodore J Vancouver Scott, Margaret C Vancouver Sigalet, Harold J ...Lumby •Switzer, William Calgary, Alta. Thompson, Thomas D Vancouver •Turko, Laurie W Vancouver Varcoe, John B Trail Vaughan, Margaret E Vancouver Wilson, Eric P Vancouver Woodman, MabeJ E Vancouver Wright, Margaret I Rossland Yorkston, Doreen M. New Westminster SECOND TERM Abbott, Robert W. Vancouver Asselstine, James W Vancouver Bradner Gilbert G Westvlew Carey, Leo P .Vancouver Dakin, Frederick W Regina, Sask. •Michas, Lucas Vancouver Wilson, Joseph W Vancouver Wyatt, Robert C Vancouver HOME ECONOMICS—Second Year Allman, Mary B Vancouver Anderson, Evelyn M Vancouver Berry, Helen E Langley Prairie Brody, Florence V Edmonton, Alta. Brown, Patricia R Vancouver •Christie, Margaret S Vancouver •Davids, A. Doreen..Lethbridge, Alta. Dunlop, Audrey M Vancouver Dyson, Sylvea Upper Lynn Eddy, Geraldine M.. New Westminster •Foster, Marion F North Vancouver •Frith, Margaret A Vancouver •Gadbois, Lorraine M. New Westminster Gaff, Beryl A New Westminster George, B. Catherine Vancouver Graham, Margery A.. Langley Prairie Hayes, Dorothy W Vancouver Hayes, Kathleen M Vernon Hill, Shirley J Vancouver Horen, Anita E Vancouver Irving, Lorna E Calgary, Alta. •Kendall, Fredda J...North Vancouver King, Kathleen F Vancouver Lake, Yvonne M Vancouver Leach, Shirley A Vancouver Lindsay, J. Eleanor Kimberley Lowes, H. Ann Calgary, Alta. Mehan, Betty-Louise Vancouver Mjos, Lillian New Westminster MacGillivray, Verda I Vancouver •McKenzie, Jean B Vancouver McLean, Louise L Dewberry, Alta. McRae, Mildred D Mission City Nation, Elizabeth J Vancouver Payne, Teresa E. Edmonton, Alta. Rathlef, Elizabeth I Nanaimo Russell, Ethel M Vancouver Simpson, A. Barbara Vancouver Siscoe, Mrs. Margaret C Vancouver Symonds, Ann P Vancouver •Voss, Helen L Vancouver Walton, Vivian M Vancouver Wilson, H. Rosemary Peachland Wilson, Irene Victoria Wilson, Lorna M Calgary, Alta. Wilson, M. Jean New Westminster FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE—Third Year Adie, Isabel New Westminster Ainsworth, Allan H Vancouver Ajello, Erie A Hollyburn Ajello, Peter A Vancouver Alderdice, Donald F Vancouver Anderson, K. Joyce Vancouver •Conditioned. List of Students 341 Faculty of Arts and Science—Third Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Angove, Edith K. Chapman Camp •Axford, Patricia J Port Moody Baker, Wallace R Vancouver Baldwin, William F. G Vancouver Bales, Russel C Victoria Ball, Marian Victoria Bartholomew, M. Yvonne North Vancouver Barton, George M ...Vancouver Beech, Emma L Vancouver Begert. H. Kendall Vancouver •Bell, William M...-. Vancouver Belton, Nancy K ...loco •Bennett, O. Kenneth Abbotsford Birmingham, W. Pattison. Vancouver Bishop, Francis L Vancouver JBlunden, C. M. Denis Vancouver Borden, Jane L Vernon Borgerson, M. Patricia Vancouver Brine, Ralph H Vancouver Brockman, A MacKenzie Kindersley, Sask. Brown, E. Ann Vancouver Brown, Martin L Vancouver Bryer, Edith M New Westminster Buchanan, Audrey J Vancouver •Bulger, T. D. Clement....... Vancouver Bullen, Charles F....... Vancouver Bunker, Jacqueline L Vancouver •Burroughs, William H. M. Powell River Calder, Sheila H New Westminster Campbell, Annette V. L Vancouver •Campbell, William M Vancouver Canty, J. Leslie Vancouver Carey, Lewis S Port Washington Carre, Hilary M Westbank Carrothers, Alfred W. R Vancouver •Carter, David S.. ...Vancouver Carter, Philip A...: Vancouver Caulderwood, Joan M. D. Abbotsford Chenoweth' Patricia M. C...Vancouver Chu, Dodd Q Vancouver fClark. Esther M Vancouver •Clarke, Joan L Vancouver •Clayton, Blanche P. Victoria •Clerkson, Alice Vancouver Codrington, Robert S Vancouver Colquhoun. J. Lenore Penticton Copp, Marion E New Westminster Couling, Phyllis M Vancouver •Crease, Audrey A Vancouver Culter, Barbara A.. New Westminster Dalawrak, Elsie E Vegreville. Alta. Darling, John G Victoria Davis, Richard N Vancouver Davy. I. Sheila New Westminster Daykin, Harold C Vancouver •DeBeck, Betsy Anne Victoria DeBeck, Myra E Vernon deGrace, Lawrence A. Big Valley, Alta. Dewdney. Pamela R Nelson Done, Dorothy M New Westminster Down, David C Burnaby Dundas, Marion I Vancouver Edmonds, Mildred Victoria Epp, Frank L Vancouver Ewing, Frances M Vancouver Faulkner, Leone C Kelowna •Conditioned. JPartial. Name Home Address Ferguson, Marion A Chilliwack Flavelle, Sidney S Vancouver •Fleetwood, Cecilia C. Cowichan Station •Flesher, Mary F New Westminster Fowler. Evelyn M Vancouver Francis, M. David Redonda Bay Gardner, Claude W Vancouver Garrard, M. B. Audrey Vancouver •Gay, W. George Vancouver Glllis, John G Merritt Giovando, Laurence F Vancouver •Gooderham, M. Eleanor Gleichen, Alta. Grant, Phyllis F Vancouver Gray, Jean K Vancouver Gregorak, William Vancouver Halpin, Kathleen B Kimberley Hamilton, Joan M Vancouver Hanley, John G Vancouver Hardy, Ruth E Vancouver Harman, Joyce A Victoria Harris, Betty H..... Vancouver Harris, Gordon R. Vancouver Harris, M. Julienne Vancouver Haworth, Gerald N. New Westminster Hebb, Marion C Vancouver Henderson, Barbara M Victoria Henderson, Clarence R Falkland Henderson, J. Neil Kelowna Hickey, Gordon R Saskatoon, Sask. •Hicks, Roger B Victoria Hobbins, Rebecca Victoria Hofmann, Freda J ....--....Vancouver Hofmann, William G Vancouver •Holms, Donald L Victoria Hughes, Richard D Vancouver Hulford, Edward J Victoria Jardine, Judith Vancouver Johnson, Caroline L. North Vancouver Johnston, E. Rosemary Vancouver Jones, Arthur F Vancouver Jones, Elvet G Victoria Katznelson, Edith Vancouver Keast, Russell R .....Vancouver Kennedy, John S Vancouver JKennelly, Raymond J Vancouver Killas, Kosta J Prince Rupert King, E. Uene N Vancouver Klopp, Thomas A Cloverdale •Kydd, John G. P Burnaby •Lang, Frank A Vancouver •Lazareff, Anne E Shoreacres Lee, D. Dim Victoria Lee, Glenna L Vancouver •Lee, Rosemary Vancouver •Leitch, Alexander H Vancouver Lew, Anne Vancouver Llndow, Maxine L Salmo •Lowrie, David A Vancouver Mah, Eva Vancouver •Manzer, Nobel R Vancouver •Margach, John A ...Vancouver Martin, Muriel E Vancouver Martinson, Muriel E. North Vancouver Matheson, Betty Jane Vancouver Miller, C. David Sardis Mitchell, Patricia A. M Victoria T-^?;?Pp^r-^ >i 342 The University of British Columbia Faculty of Arts and Science—Third Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Moll, Joyce E. M Vancouver Moore, D. Eileen Vancouver Moresby, William J Victoria Morris, Philip A Vancouver Morton, Kenneth S...New Westminster Moyls, F. David Vancouver Murphy, J. Barney Vernon McConnell, John A Vancouver McDonald, Isabel G ...Ocean Falls Macdonell, John ~ Victoria McDougall, Donald N Vancouver •MacEwen, John A Vancouver Macfarlane, Allan A. J Vancouver •McIntosh, Phyllis J Vancouver •MacKenzie, Malcolm A Vancouver McKim, Audrey E Vancouver MacLaren, Nancy A Oyama •McLennan, H. Ann Vancouver •McLeod, Doreen L. Vancouver McLeod,. Hugh N Victoria McMartin, Donald C Vancouver •McNaughton, Robert H. F. . Vancouver McPherson, Charles J. Vancouver Nager, Dorothy D Calgary, Alta. Naughton, Charles J Vancouver •Newman, Gerald M Vancouver Ney, Marjorie S. A Vancouver Nichols, Dorothy I Vancouver Nickells, Robert G Oak Bay Nielson, Alfreda M Vancouver Noble, John G. Victoria Nordin, Vidar J Vancouver Norton, Mary A. J Vancouver JNutchey, Harry Powell River Oben, Dorothy J New Westminster •Olliver, John F .■- Vancouver Olson, Beatrice E Westview Ozeroff, Michael J Vancouver Pallas, Ethel Vancouver Parker, Margaret J Vancouver Pedlow, Kenneth D Vancouver Peele, Rohan F. M Vancouver Pepper, Peggy E Victoria Peterson, Nancy F Burnaby Petrie, Don J. M Vancouver Pettit, Allison B Vancouver Phillips, Jacquelyn N Vancouver Piderman, Rene J Port Coquitlam Piercy, George I Denman Island •Pitman, Nancy M. A Sherman Poje, Tony Nanaimo Poison, Robert C Vancouver Poore, Dorothy E Vancouver Poulton, Sidney A Vancouver Prowd, Lawrence W Victoria Pudney, Peter H Vancouver Reid, June C Vancouver •Reimer, David P Sardis Richards, Joan A New Westminster •Ripley, Mary E New Westminster •Robertson, James H Fanny Bay Robson, Marita H Vancouver Ross, A. Elizabeth Vancouver Ross, John D Vancouver Ross, Winona P Victoria Rothstein, Morton Vancouver Roulston, Aline M Vancouver Ruccius, Adalbert P. C Vancouver Rumsey, Jane S Calgary, Alta. Name Home Address •Sager, S. Murray Garden Bay •Sanford, Malchia Vancouver Saunders, Marybeth..North Vancouver Savard, Daisy J. I Fraser Mills Schulz, Godfrey Milner •Scott, Roy Vancouver Shields, Lorna M New Westminster •Siemens, Abraham W Abbotsford Silver, Lorna M New Westminster Simpson, Carl Vancouver Sinclair, Jean G White Rock Sinclair, Jean L Victoria Skipsey, J. Leslie Alberni Smart, Catherine J Nanaimo Smith, Dorothy B Vancouver Stacey, Iris Vancouver Stacey, May Vancouver •Stamatis, John T Vancouver Standeven, Rita D Vancouver Stead, Mrs. Kathleen M Vancouver Stevenson, B. Kyle Port Coquitlam Stewart, Ross Vancouver Stokes, John W Cowichan Station Stone, Dorothy I Vancouver Stowe, Norma M New Westminster Strachan, Jessie Vancouver Syrett, John H Victoria Thomas, Blodwen Vancouver •Thompson, Anita J Vancouver Thompson, S. Elizabeth Vancouver Tourtellotte, Alice R Victoria •Trefry, Ethel L Vancouver JTroyer, Rev. J. Gordon New Westminster Tryon, Muriel J. Vancouver Tufteland, Jack W. Lethbridge, Alta. Tunbridge, Marjorie A. Vancouver Urquhart, Doreen B. West Vancouver Usborne, Mrs. Edith F Dawson, Y.T. •Vantreight, Elsie E Victoria Veeberg, Ruth E Cranbrook •Vogt, John New Westminster Walden, Phyllis S .....Vancouver Walsh, Helen M Vancouver Warren, Marjorie I Regina, Sask. Wasylkow, Walter C. New Westminster •Watt, Nancy W. Vancouver Watts, William B Vancouver Weare, Maxwell K...Qu'Appelle, Sask. •Weber, Ronald J Vancouver White, P. Bridget Chilliwack White, Patrick C. T Vancouver White, Roy Eburne Willcox, Edward C.North Vancouver Wilson, Donal S Vancouver Wood, Robin L Esquimau Woodland, Arthur G Vancouver Woodward, Faith M Victoria Worth, Helen C Vancouver Wragg, Laurence E Oshawa, Ont. Wright. George A Prince George •Yeo, Shirley-Anne A Vancouver Young, Diana R ^....Vancouver SECOND TERM Brandreth. Harold G Vancouver •Parsons, Terrance G. New Westminster •Service, P. Kelvin W. Vancouver •Conditioned. -fPartial. 'Vt** . List of Students COMMERCE—Third Year Name Home Address Adams, Donald K Vancouver Bakken, Ole Vancouver Batt, Jacqueline A Vancouver Bennet, Margaret K Vancouver Bertrand, Mrs. Jean F Vancouver Black, Runa A.... Vancouver Blair, Olive M .....Vancouver Bond, William E Prince Rupert Brown, James R Victoria Clarke, Joyce M Victoria Clifford, Richard L. T.,..:....Vancouver Crawford, William M Vancouver Day, M. June Vancouver Dennis, Melvin W Vancouver Duncan, Helen J Vancouver Edwards, Gilbert J. T Vancouver Fieldhouse, Roger H Vancouver Forbes, Jack A Revelstoke •Fowler, Richard W. New Westminster Gilley, Gordon R Vancouver Name Home Address Guimont, Margaret M :.'. Penticton Hacking, George W Vancouver iHammersley, Donald W Vancouver Johnston, Roy F Vancouver Jones, R. Bruce Vancouver Lott, Joseph W Victoria Lowrey, Ray New Westminster Miller, R. S. Garry Vancouver IMorris, Robert A Vancouver MacMillan. Alan U Vancouver O'Brien, William J Vancouver JPeacock, Robert C Nelson /Smith, Arthur B Calgary, Alta. Thompson, Ross S Vancouver Vernon-Jackson, Hugh O. H. Victoria •Wakelynn, Morris Vancouver Wilson, Nancy M Victoria Zahar, Edward Vancouver SECOND TERM Goldberg, Arthur H Vancouver HOME ECONOMICS—Third Year •Cohen, Annette Lethbridge, Alta. •Curnow, T. Bernice. Britannia Beach^ Forbes, Mary A Vancouver Frostrup, Eilsha Vancouver Gibbard, Margaret H Okotoks, Alta. Gulloch,. Muriel I Vancouver Hammond, Mary E Vancouver Johnson, Maxine Vancouver Katainen, Violet O. Webster's Corners McEachern, Lillian M Vancouver MacKenzie, A. Isabel Vancouver Parks, Doreen M New Westminster Rogers, M. Elaine Vancouver Stead, Ursula Duncan Weber, Marjorie E Vancouver White, Leslie A. H Chilliwack FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE—Fourth Year Adutt, Peter S Vancouver Affleck, Edward L Vancouver Airey, Frances M Eburne •Almas, Gabriel Vancouver Anderson, Elizabeth M Vancouver •Appleby, Lyon H. T Vancouver •Armstrong, Kenneth S.....Vancouver Ashton, Harry E. Vancouver Attree, Richard W. A Queen's Bay Aubrey, June L. Vancouver Barraclough, W. Edward.: Nanaimo Baumbrough, Edna D . ...Vernon Beale, Margaret F Vancouver Behnsen, Thelma A Vancouver Bennett, Anne L Vancouver Bertram, Gordon W. Vancouver Bloch, Inez E- Vancouver •Bloom, Martha M Sointula Boothby. Hortense W Mission City Boyd, Alan W. Vancouver Brown, Edward G Vancouver Burnett, Bruce K New Westminster •Burney, Ross H New Westminster Calam, A. Margaret New Westminster Campbell, Gordon Medicine Hat, Alta. Campbell, Nora V Vancouver Carlisle, Sheila J Vancouver Chatwin, Mary K Vancouver Cherniavsky, John R. D Vancouver JChristie. Hugh G. Port Coquitlam Church, John S Victoria Clark, Douglas P West Vancouver •Conditioned. tPartial. tClement, C James Kelowna Cline, Richard E Vancouver •Coady, Campbell J Vancouver Colclough, John R Vancouver Cole, Kathleen M Hollyburn Constabarls, George Vancouver Coote, Arthur R Vancouver Coulter, Shirley V Vancouver Craig, Marie I New Westminster Croll, Margaret F Vancouver Cull, George N Duncan Cuthbert, Grace I Vancouver Dalrymple, Suzanne I Vancouver Daly, Flora Hamilton, Ont. Doyle, Irene V Trail Edwards, Beth E Vancouver Embree, William H Kamloops English, H. Edward Victoria •Evans, Elizabeth ...: Roberts Creek Falconer, Sheila K Victoria Falk, William A Vancouver Farrell, Kathleen W Vancouver Ferguson, Walter H Ladysmith Fischer, Joan G Vancouver Friesen, Edward P Mission City Gallie, Norman P Rossland •Gerein, Leo J Odessa, Sask. Goodlad, John I Port Coquitlam •Gordy, John Kimberley Greene, Barbara H......: Vancouver Greig, M.'Nina Victoria Griffiths, David A Vancouver 344 The University of British Columbia Faculty of Arts and Science—Fourth Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Grinnell, Mrs. M. Patricia.Vancouver Gurwitz, Marcia R Vancouver' Hamilton, J. Kelvin..North Vancouver •Hatter, James Lake Cowichan Hillier, Chesley R Vancouver Hodgson, Margaret A Vancouver Holroyd, Louis V Vancouver Hood, Marjorie H.. Vancouver Huckerby, Fannie M...Kennedy, Sask. •Hunter, J. Gerald Alert Bay Huyck, Edward B Ottawa, Ont. Inch, Beatrice E Vancouver Ireland, Aldythe M Armstrong Irwin, Winnifred M Vancouver Johnsen, Hans P. E Rossland Jones, Myrtle M Cranbrook •Jones, Netta Victoria Julian, Terence S New Westminster Kanwischer, Frederick Vancouver Kazun, Walter J Vancouver •Keeves, Moira E Port Alberni Kendall, Marie J Vancouver Kennedy, Irene M Vancouver Kenny, Douglas T Victoria Ketchen, Keith S Vancouver Kinnaird, Ellen A. Vancouver Kirkpatrick, Sheila W Vancouver Kurth, Burton O Vancouver Lake, June M Vancouver Lawrence, Blair G Vancouver Lees, Sylvia A Vancouver Leith, Anna R Vancouver Liddell, Ruth B Vancouver Livingston, Gertrude H Vancouver Long, Joshua Vancouver Lotzkar, Eva Vancouver Louie, Edward K. H Vancouver Lowther, Roy A Britannia Beach Lyons, Nancy-Lou Powell River Magee, William H. New Westminster Manson, Marion M... Vancouver Manson, Nicol B Vancouver Maunsell, Charles D Victoria Mayo, Eleanor G Vancouver Merry, Margaret G Victoria Metro, John ...Victoria Miller, Gregory.. Prince Albert, Sask. Mitchell, James G Vancouver Moran, John W Vancouver Musfelt, Iola W Vancouver JMuttart, Mary C Vancouver McBay, Robert R. Vancouver McCabe, M. Margaret Vancouver MacCulloch, Armelda A Comox McGhee, Margaret G Port Alice McGregor, George A Vancouver •MacKenzie, J. Conrad Vancouver McLaren, Ada L Vancouver McLeish, Sheila A Vancouver MacLeod, Margaret H Vancouver MacLeod, P. Arnold Vancouver Macpherson, Barbara W. M. Vancouver McPherson, Hugh J Vancouver Nalos, Erika M Vancouver Neilson, James S Vancouver Ney, Phyllis W ...Vancouver Nickerson, Mrs. Ara S Vancouver Norris. Mary F. Vancouver •O'Neill, John J... Kimberley Name Home Address Ore, Elizabeth J Port Alice Ostle, Bernard Vancouver •Palmer, Russell E Vancouver Parker, Douglas G...New Westminster Parker, H. Victor Taber, Alta. Pearce, Irene S New Westminster Pilmer, Margaret Victoria Pitts, Harry Vancouver Pridham, Jean B Creston Pritchard, Phyllis E Victoria Pronger, Ivy R Vancouver Quan, Mary Vancouver Quebec, Mona B. G Vancouver "fRalston, Donald J. C Vancouver Raphael, Leslie A Vancouver Reid, Lois C Vancouver Richardson, S. Leeds Port Alice Robinson, Joyce M Mt. Lehman Robinson, Robert J...New Westminster Rodgers, M. Joan Vancouver -[Schwabe, Miriam F Victoria Scott, John T Vancouver •Seyer, Anthony W Vancouver •Sherratt, Mona M Vancouver Shopland, Stella Vancouver Short, John W Vancouver Sloan, Barbara J Victoria Smellle, Elsie L Vancouver Smith, Barbara A Victoria Smith, Herbert S North Vancouver Smith, P. Anne Vancouver Staley, Ruth M Calgary, Alta. Stamatis, D. Patricia Vancouver Steele, Isobel F. New Westminster Stevens, J. Earl Vancouver Stewart, Ann M Vancouver Stewart, Rosemary G Vancouver Stonhouse, Alice H Vancouver Stothers, John H. Vancouver •Straight, Byron W Vancouver Sutherland, Herbert W Vancouver •Sutton, Douglas M ...Vancouver Tessman, Fred B Vancouver Thomas, Wallace J Vancouver Thompson, Harry ...New Westminster Thompson, William B Vancouver Thompson, William H Vancouver Tierney, Letitia M Vancouver Trumbull, M. Frances Vancouver Tufts, Aileen M Vancouver •Van de Putte, Madeline L. Aldergrove Van Gorder, C. Julia Vancouver •Veitch, E. Bruce Vancouver Vincent, Vivian A Chileotin Wainwright, John W Canoe •Waldie, R. Arthur Trail Walker, Claude E Vancouver Wallace, William J Vancouver Walther, Garth L Victoria •Walton, M. Elizabeth Bralorne Watson, Carol R Victoria Weeks, Donald J Vancouver Wellwood, Mrs. Margaret C. Vancouver •Wener, Robert A Vancouver White, Eleanor J Vancouver White* Loise A.. Vancouver White. Ruth L Vancouver Whittemore, Thomas E Victoria •Conditioned. ^Partial. -%. —.-,-».», , 1 •.. .- If List of Students 345 Faculty of Arts and Science Name Home Address Williams, W. James Vancouver Willson, Margaret M Vancouver Wilson, Atholl ..Vancouver Winch, Eric W New Westminster Withler, Frederick C Boston Bar —Fourth Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Wood, Juanlta E Vancouver Wyatt, Gerard R. Victoria •Yard, W. Edward Vancouver Yeasting, Alice M. Vancouver •Yip, Cecil E. Vancouver COMMERCE—Fourth Year Aitken, Evelyn M Victoria Alexander, D. Robert Vancouver Allison, George W Hollyburn •Aqua, Harry Vancouver Bell, Barbara A Vancouver Bennett, Cyril J Abbotsford Black, Norman J Vancouver Brookes, Miles G New Westminster Burke, Brian E Victoria Camerman, Margaret Vancouver Chambers, Edward J. S Vancouver Cotter, Harry B. C Victoria Coyle. Patricia Vancouver Creighton, Kenneth D Vancouver Cunningham, Patricia M Vancouver Glenesk, Alfred H Vancouver Guy, Beverly E. Vancouver Hardy, Gordon P Vancouver •Hayward, Gilbert J Kamloops High, Robert L Vancouver Hole, Leonard W..' Vancouver ' Johnson, George A Vancouver Korsch, Stanford Vancouver Marhull, Allen Vancouver Matheson, William D. Britannia Beach Morgan, Helen E Vancouver Morgan, Margaret E Vancouver Morritt, Harry H Vancouver McCarter, William K. Victoria McDonald, L. Marion New Westminster McKercher, R. John Burnaby Nlcolls, Joan G Vancouver Paulin, M. Elizabeth Vancouver Payson, Dorothy B , Vancouver Phelps, James W Vancouver Porteous, Stuart W Vancouver Prior, Dennis C New Westminster Renwick, F. Elizabeth Vancouver Smith, Marjorie C. L Vancouver •Still, John T Vancouver Waldron, B. Harry.New Westminster Wills, M. Eileen Victoria Wilson, James R Vancouver Wong, Leslie G. J Vancouver Yorke, Gregory B Vancouver "GRADUATES Aberdeen, J. Fredrick Brighouse Barton, Dorothy F Chilliwack Barton, Edgar C Vancouver Bene, Mrs. Eva M Vancouver Bertrand, Raoul C Vancouver Bowering, Ewart H Oliver Boyd, Ottilie G Lake Cowichan Brearley, Katherine T White Rock Brown, R. Keith West Vancouver Buchanan, James B... Vancouver Burnett, Catharine L Powell River Carefoot, Garnet L Vancouver Carter, Lillian A Nanaimo Casselman, W, G. Bruce Vancouver. Chapman, V. Lennie Vancouver Chave, Cyril S Vancouver Chong, Yoke Vancouver Clague, John E Vancouver Cleveland, E. M. Donald Vancouver Cooper, W. Charles Victoria Cusack. Mrs. Belle McG...Grand Forks Dauphinee, Thos. McC Vancouver Davidson, Robert J. H Vancouver Davie, Robert G. Vancouver Desjardins, Pit U Vancouver Donaldson, John S Vancouver Duncan, Marjorie E Vancouver Duncan, William S Natal Ensor, Annie A Vancouver Farquhar, Hugh E Victoria Ferguson, John C Chilliwack Ferguson. William C Vancouver Findlay, Ivan W Bella Bella Fisher, H. Dean Kamloops Fleck, Janet S Vancouver Flick, Frederick W Oliver Forster, John H Vancouver French, L. Elizabeth ..Toronto, Ont. Frith, Mrs. Elizabeth A Vancouver Garstin, Lawrence H Kimberley Gillie, Bernard C. Victoria Goodman, Abraham H Vancouver Grigg, Vernon H. Vancouver Gutierrez, William D Vancouver Hagen, M. Alice Essondale Hamilton, J. A. Roy. New "Westminster Harper, John A Vancouver Harrop, Esther G. Vancouver Harry, Kenneth F Prince George Height, Joseph S Vancouver Henderson, John Prince George Heywood, Robert H Victoria Hodgson, Barbara E Alberni ' Howard, G. Vincent New Westminster Ivey, Donald G Vancbuver James, Albert H Vancouver Jenkinson, Elizabeth Vancouver Johnson, Arthur C Vancouver Johnson, G. Harold F Vancouver Johnson, Patricia M Ladner Johnstone. Laura Nanaimo Kennedy, Charles D Hollyburn Kippen,'Gladys M Toronto, Ont. Kirk, Robert B. Vancouver Kitley, Philip J Vancouver •Conditioned. fP^SP 346 The University of British Columbia Faculty of Arts and Science—Graduates—(Continued) Name Home Address Lee, Ernest West Vancouver Liu, Faith D Chungking, China Manly, Newell W Sidney Marrion, R. Francis C Vancouver Matheson, Helen R. Vancouver Mercer, Jack E Vancouver Metcalfe, Stanley W Victoria Metzak, Anne E Winnipeg, Man. Michell, Cyril A Victoria Mouat, William J New Westminster Mundell, Percy M Vancouver Murray, Dorothy A Vancouver MacDonald, Wilfred J Vancouver McGeer, J. Peter Vancouver McGill, Donald A. C Vancouver McGown, Walter M Vancouver Macintosh, James A Powell River MacKay, Ronald D Vancouver MacKenzie, W. Hector Vancouver McLean, Harold W Vancouver MacLeod, Robert A. New Westminster McMahon, Vernon H Victoria MacNeill, A. Daisy Vancouver O'Neill, Albert N Prince Rupert Owen, Gladys W Vancouver Peyman, D. Alastair R Vancouver Name Home Address Pickering, Mary G Vancouver Rattenbury, John A. Powell River Ridgway, Walter S Vancouver Robertson, Roderick F Vancouver Robinson, Marian Esquimau Scott, Annie E Vancouver Shore, Alma M Vancouver Smith, Clyde McK Vancouver Smith. David J. S Abbotsford Tatroff, Daniel Vancouver Taylor, Arthur E Vancouver Taylor, Bernard W...New Westminster Taylor, Edward R Vancouver Taylor, G. Stewart Victoria Thomas, Ralph C Vancouver Townsend, John A Vulcan, Alta, Tracy, Wilmot E New Westminster Tyner, Ralph V. New Westminster Wales, Bertram E Vancouver Warden, John G Vancouver Warne, R. Maxwell Keremeos Waters, W. John Vancouver Witherly, Erven O West Vancouver Yerburgh, E. Robert M Vernon SECOND TERM Badger, Elizabeth McN Vancouver SOCIAL WORK Diploma Course Atkins, Eleanor Steveston Beckett, Mrs. Isabella E Vancouver Brock, June C D Kitchener, Ont. Brown, Joanne V Vancouver Christie, Jean Vancouver Garrett, Dorothy E Vancouver Headrick, Olive M.....Vegreville, Alta. Hodge, Muriel Vancouver Holmes, Mrs. Gertrude M.. Vancouver Hooson, William Vancouver Kidd, S. Evelyn Vancouver Lauder, Mrs. Cecilia MT Victoria Locke, Elizabeth M Vancouver Marshall, M. E. Kay Vancouver Special Adams, A. May New Westminster Anderson, Mamie S Regina, Sask. Collier, Mrs. Catherine R. Bracken, Sask. Cowper, Mrs. Margaret L...Vancouver Cox, Mrs. E. G. Robyn Vancouver Curry, Patricia M Vancouver Dales, Alice H Regina, Sask. Davies, Katherine M. S........ Penticton Dewar, Elizabeth H Vancouver England, Alice M. Vancouver Gordon, Mrs. Edith Vancouver Hennessy, Madonna M Vancouver Hopen, Mrs. Lillian Vancouver Hunter, M. Erica England Martin. Carol M. S Vernon Melville, Robert N. S Vancouver McAllister, Mrs. Clare N Victoria McCrae, Mrs. Helen D. Vancouver Sanders, J. Lloyd North Vancouver Seivewright, Pamela McL. Vancouver Smith, Christine M Toronto, Ont. Sparks, John E Vancouver Stewart, Margaret K. Penticton Taylor, Audrey R Winnipeg, Man. Taylor, June C Vancouver Thompson, Doris L Vancouver Williams, Mrs. Gertrude B. Vancouver Course Jenns, Mrs. Alice R Mission City Middlemass, Mrs. Mary S. Calgary, Alta. McGougan, Edward H, B Vancouver Richardson, Mrs. A. Jean ...Vancouver Rogerson, Ena R Regina, Sask. Scarth, Agnes E. P.... Scotstown, Que. Scott, Mrs. Jean P Vancouver Stevenson, E. Vivian... Mortlach, Sask. Strachan, Mrs. Olive M Vancouver Sturgess, Mrs. Gwendolyn..Vancouver , SECOND TERM Smith, Herbert S. H. North Vancouver TEACHER TRAINING COURSE Bell, Ralph R A'ancouver Boyes, Edgar D Vancouver Bradley, Evelyn E. M Vancouver Brown, Norma M Vancouver Godfrey, Barbara E Vernon Green, Charles A Vancouver ■"■»■»-•■«> r List of Students 347 Teacher Training Course—(Continued) Name Name Home Address Hollins, Raymond N Victoria Johnston, Donald W Vancouver Keel, Eileen R New Westminster Mikkelsen, Phyllis M. Vancouver Moresby, Barbara Victoria Pallot, Margaret E Vancouver Parker, Albert M. D. • New Westminster Paul, Mary E Vancouver Home Address Paulsen, -Edmond J. A Trail Pearson, Gwenneth L...Calgary, Alta. Sankey, Gerald R..'. Vancouver Sheeley, Ralph G Mission City Simpson, Keith B Penticton Thomson, Jean M Vancouver SECOND TERM Smith, Leo M Vancouver DIRECTED READING COURSES Allan, James .....Nanaimo Annis, William A Chilliwack Armstrong, Jean E Sirdar Barritt, Dorothy E Chilliwack Bartle, Thelma E Vancouver Bishop, George A Rossland Bowering, Ebbie W Vancouver Bradley, Eleanor J Vancouver Bricker, Emma V. M Dawson Creek Brown, Gilbert G. Ladysmith Bunt, Douglas L Vancouver Burdon-Murphy, Desmond Vancouver Campbell, Jean A. K Vancouver Campbell, Morag E Chilliwack Campbell, Nora M, E Vancouver. Cox, Stanley J Premier Crow, Benjamin W Vancouver Curteis, Thomas N Victoria Dunnett, Malcolm Royal Oak Enwright, John J North Vancouver Fairman, Emma F Victoria Fleming, Robert E Nelson Gibb, Henry D Kamloops Gibbs, Doris B Edgewood Goldie, James Vancouver Greenaway, Ellen M Cloverdale Grimmett, Newton Vancouver Guthrie, Mrs. lone V Victoria Henrickson, Alexander B...Vancouver Hibberson, Robert J Port Alice Home, Anne Kimberley Houston, John Nelson Hutcheson, Amy M...New Westminster Johnson, Guy A Prince George Johnston, May S Lake Cowichan Jones, William R Victoria Kennedy, Mrs. Pearl A ...Vancouver Kitley, Walter J Victoria Langdon, Joan M Vancouver Lips, Annie Terrace Magar, W. Lloyd White Rock Marriott, Earl Creston Martello, Fred J Wynndel Menzies, Carol M Victoria Mercer, J. Alex Copper Mountain Miller, Edward F North Vancouver Morrison, Malcolm C Vancouver Murray, Patrick L ...Chase McAlister, Louise M Vancouver McGregor, Marjorie H Vancouver McHallam, Ena G. Kelowna McKierahan, Edward A Vancouver McLean, Winifred P Port Coquitlam MacLeod, John A. Snag, Y.T. McPhail, W. James A. New Westminster McVea, J. Morrison.New Westminster McWilliams, Robert W Vancouver O'Connor, James J... Calgary, Alta. Osborne, Russell H Vancouver Parfltt, Percy D Victoria Pedley, Marie E New Westminster Penner, Jacob H Vancouver Perkins, Edgar E Rossland Pitcairn, Evelyn M Vancouver Poulton, Mary A Vancouver Price, Robert S Powell River Roberts, R. H. Donald Rossland Ross, Margaret A....New Westminster Schatz, James H :Milner Simpson, Ernest J Vancouver Smith, Donald O Vancouver Smyth, James D Vancouver Smyth, Joseph ' Vancouver Soderholm, Ruth L. G Kimberley Sparkes, Clifford S Vancouver Stewart, Rosa T Nelson Strang, James B Powell River Tilson, B. Cynthia Vancouver Vickberg, Allen C White Rock Vise, P. Margaret....New Westminster Wade, Gladys M Cloverdale Wahl, Edward Prince Rupert Whatmough, Wilfred E Vancouver Woodman, S. Eric....North Vancouver There are also 17 students who are taking a Directed Reading Course in addition to their other work, and who are, therefore registered otherwise. FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE Second Year Adams. William S Vancouver Amy, John C. New Westminster Anderson, Reginald S Vancouver Andrews, John H. M Kamloops Ard, Thomas R. A. Vancouver Armstrong, Henry W. D Trail Babb, A. Leslie Vancouver Bain, William A Vancouver Barrass, Cyril W Vancouver Barron, John M Vancouver Barron, William A Vancouver Barton, Donald C Victoria - -^r^ffiewf^f/ • 348 The University of British Columbia Faculty of Applied Science Name Home Address Baruch, Gideon Vancouver Bauder, E. Marshall Vancouver Bene, Joseph Eburne Bigsby, Floyd W Armstrong Bluechel, Allan J Vancouver Borisuk, Michael Fernie Brandes, Morris Winnipeg, Man. Bredt, Malcolm D Vancouver Bridges, Russell B Hollyburn Brodie, Malcolm N. Vancouver Bruce, James R. D. Vancouver Burnham, G. Alan Vancouver Butters, Robert G...New Westminster Carpenter, Donald M Vancouver Carter, Ralph Vancouver Charles, Richard J Vancouver Cherniavsky, Peter Vancouver Chisholrn, Hugh R. D. New Westminster Collen, William D Oliver Craig, R. Alex New Westminster Dalla-Lana, Ivo J Trail Darling, Peter A Vancouver Davey, Grant M Vancouver Davies, Raymond D Vancouver Davis, Evan T Vancouver Denluck, N. Robert Ranger, Sask. Dennys, Ronald G Vernon DeVito, Fred P Vancouver Dobie, Thomas T Britannia Beach Donovan, Denis N Vancouver Dryer, Lorne K Vancouver Duff, Phillip A Langley Prairie Duffus, H. John Vancouver Edwards, Brian H Vancouver Edwards, Inglis W Vancouver Edwards, Robin W Galena Elia, Nick Vancouver Eng, Thomas S Victoria Fletcher, Alan G North Bend Gabrielse, Hubert Cloverdale Goodmurphy, Ralph M...Regina, Sask. Gordon, Robert N Vancouver Grantham, Ronald D Vancouver Gray, Duncan S Trail Gray, Robert V. Vancouver Gray, Walter J Victoria Gulley, Laurence M Greenwood Hagen, Jon C. Kimberley Hansen, H. David Powell River Harbell, Joseph L Salmon Arm Harrison, Roland S Grand Forks Hirtle, J. Gordon Oliver Ho, Robert J Vancouver Hobson, George W Victoria Hogan, Lewis F Vancouver Holman, M. Neil. Vancouver Holmes, David C Victoria Holmgren, Eric J Nelson Hopkins, Charles N Vancouver Hotham, Geoffrey A Victoria Howard, John M Vancouver Howes, William S Kindersley, Sask. Hudak, Nicholas Vancouver Humble, William H Vancouver Jackson. Kenneth J..West Vancouver James, Herbert B Vancouver Jeffery, C Barrie North Vancouver Johnson, Robert Vancouver Kabush, Harry Vancouver -Second Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Keller, John R Vancouver .Kelly, James Kimberley Kerr, J. S. Stevenson Vancouver Kervlri, Ronald H Marysville Kolberg, Joseph Vancouver Krmpotich, Michael E Vancouver Kuznitzoff, Michael N Vancouver Laakso, Oliver A ...Vancouver Lambe, Edward B. D Prince Rupert Lang, Lorna North Vancouver Lawrie, William E. Vancouver Lawson, Robert D... Vancouver Leaney, David B Vancouver Lee, Edmond J Vancouver Leith, William C Kimberley Lessard, Joseph I Malllardville Lewis, David K Nanaimo- Lipsett, Frederick R Vancouver Low, Raymond Vancouver Lyons, E. Hugh Victoria Mar, Jack B Victoria Maslanka, Walter Vancouver Matson, Herbert M Vancouver Mazzocchi, Americo Fife Mitchell, James A. W. Banff, Alta. Morgan, David W Vancouver Mortwedt, Jess E Beaverlodge, Alta. Mufford, William T Milner Munro, Robert C Winnipeg, Man. Murdoch, John E Vancouver McCrossan, Robert G Vancouver Macdonald, Donald A. West Vancouver McDonough, James E Vancouver McKay, George F New Westminster MacKay, Robert S Vancouver McLaurin, Duncan M.... Victoria McLellan, Gordon N loco MacLeod, Donald M. Vancouver McRae, Roderick K Vancouver Nastich, Milan Brighouse Nelson, Samuel J Vancouver Nicholson. Henry D Vancouver Olson, Philip E. Hope Packford, Alec C Victoria Paulik, Egar Brighouse Pellicano, Joseph Penticton Perrault, Robert H Vancouver Peterson, Earl R Chilliwack Phare. G. Rowland Vancouver Phillips, Randolph D. North Vancouver Pillman, Raymond A Sointula Pinson, William E...New Westminster Player, Glen W Vancouver Pollard, R. Anthony Penticton Pollock, William O Duncan Powley, Maurice B ■. Vancouver Pringle, William L Vancouver Prior, Charles A New Westminster Reid, John D Tuxford, Sask. Reid, Terrance M Vancouver Robertson, James D Ladner Robertson, Philip W Nanaimo Robertson, Robert W Vancouver Robinson, Malcolm C. New Westminster Rockson, Paul Langley Prairie Roddick, James A White Rock Rose, William E Vancouver fifgqertgmrw^tj "-"-»• r3jFyHifpwm'!«t,rw'{' ■•*•*•• j List of Students 349 Faculty of Applied Science- Ndme Home Address Schoening, M. Allan Penticton Scott, James S...; Victoria Sing, James L Vancouver Smith, Leslie F Vancouver Snowling, Richard G. Vancouver Soros, Knute New Westminster Stewart, Mervln J.. New Westminster Stokkeland, Margaret C Ucluelet Sumpton, Murray G...North Vancouver Tait, David H :...New Westminster Taylor, Chester C ../.Vancouver Taylor, Ralph E ...Vancouver Thompson, Mavor S Vancouver Thomson, James G Vancouver Velay, Charles Maillardville —Second Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Wallls, John H Victoria Watt, Arthur Vancouver Whitp, Robert A Vancouver Willcox, J. Allan North Vancouver Williams, Nicholas T.Port Hammond Wilson, Donald D ..Vancouver Wilson, James T Vancouver Wilson, Robert W Vancouver Wiltshire, Edward Vancouver Winter, Wallace H Port Alberni Wolfram, Gordon Eburne Woodward, Frank A.. Victoria Worsfold, David Oliver York, T. Kurt Montreal, Que. Young, William H Chilliwack Third Year Adams, Robert G New Westminster Adie, Lawrence New Westminster Allan, John D Vancouver Ames, Gordon W North Vancouver Andrew, Frederick J Vancouver Bateman, William A Vancouver Beal, Evan S Vancouver Beguin, Andre C Argenta Berson, Morris J Vancouver Beveridge, James A Vancouver Bortolin, Lindo G Powell River Brown, Robert W Vancouver Bruce, John G Vancouver Burgess, Harold N Trail Bushfield, Roy E Vancouver Cains, Richard W Sooke Calver, George L Salmon Arm Campbell, Patrick D Vancouver Carter, A. Gordon Trail Cook, Robert E...: Smithers Cooper, Ernest E Vancouver Coventry, William V Vancouver Cowie, Alexander Vancouver Cox, Robert A. Vancouver Denkman, Norman H Vancouver Douglas, Colin M Vancouver Dyck, Hubert I Wells Evans, .Donald J.....New Westminster Fenn, Raymond A Vancouver Fyles, James T Vancouver Gallon, Alan -V. Vancouver Gamble, George H Vancouver Genge,. Gordon M Vancouver Gill, Lawrence Nanaimo Gill, William D Vancouver Glover, Nelles H Vancouver Greenius, Arnold W Vancouver Hannan, John G Victoria Harris, Ian W. E. , Victoria Hayes, John Vancouver Hazlewood. David A Vancouver Herring, Philip S New Westminster . Hesla, Erling C New Westminster Hill, Robert H Nanaimo Hooley, Roy F Vancouver Home, Edgar B Vancouver Huff, M. Walter West Vancouver Hughes, James H. C Vancouver Hughes, Roger C Courtenay Hunter, Stanley J Hazelton Jack, Peter S Victoria, James, Rodney A. N Vancouver John, John G ..Cranbrook Kaliski, Tadeusz Vancouver Kirkpatrick, Edward T. Vancouver Kirkpatrick, Guy G Vancouver Larson, N. Lawrence Ocean Falls ►Layard, Camvllle P. Sidney Lee, James W North Vancouver Levelton, Bruce H Bella Coola Lewchuk, Michael Vancouver Lister, Robert W -,..... Vancouver Lockhart, Gerald P.. New Westminster Loyd, Don B New Westminster Magee, James B Vancouver Mah, Thomas Vancouver ,Marshall, James Vancouver Marzocco, Edo Kimberley Milan, A. Roy Port Alberni Miller, Wallace B Vancouver Morrison, E. Scott Vancouver ,Murray, Gordon S Vancouver McCarthy, Albert Vancouver Macdonald, Roderick M Courtenay McFeely, Cameron J, Savona MacKay, James W Vancouver MacLean, Fraser A. New Westminster McLellan, Harold D loco McLellan, Jack W Vancouver McLennan, John R. B Vancouver Naylor, Thomas K Vancouver Neilson, Allan P Vancouver Nelson, J. William Port Alberni Newmarch, Thomas F. R Vancouver Oehlerking, Roy F Vancouver Pavich, Michael Vancouver Pearson, Lawrence O Vancouver Pedersen, Chester H Vancouver Philps, Fred M New Westminster Polowy, Joe ...Vancouver Quan, Ben Vancouver Quirk, Edwin T Kimberley Racine, Rejean W...New Westminster, Ralston, Gordon B Victoria Reaville, Eric T Vancouver Redmond. H. Clifford Vancouver Richardson, Kenneth G. "North Vancouver Robinson, John W Port Coquitlam Robinson, William G Vancouver _J» r-r - - 350 The University of British Columbia Faculty of Applied Science—Third Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Ross, William J Vancouver Sainas, Constantine Vancouver Seppala, Keijo H. W Port Hammond Seyer, Frank H Vancouver Shadbolt, Douglas Victoria Sherman, Deane D. Vancouver Slaney, Francis F Hilliers Sllngsby, John C Victoria Speers, Edward A Brandon, Man. Starck, Louis P Vancouver Stilwell, M- Arthur Vancouver Stokes, H. Aldred C. New Westminster Stroud, Ross C Vancouver Sykes, Gordon G Vancouver Tanner, A. Gordon Vancouver Tautorus, Emil Vancouver Thomson, Stanley G Vancouver Name Home Address Thomson, Thomas M Victoria Tinney, Edwy R Vancouver Tukham, Godfred W Headquarters Tweed, William J Vancouver Vaughan, Victor H. D Hollyburn Watts, James A Vancouver Webster, Alan W Dillooet Wheeler, John O Banff, Alta. White, Alan M Dawson, Y.T. Whitney, Gordon E...New Westminster Widmeyer, Walter D Kelowna Wong, Kwong J Vancouver Woods, Eric J. H. Vancouver Woodside, Owen W Vancouver SECOND TERM McGinn, Alexander Vancouver Fourth Year Chemical Engineering Aitken, Thomas Vancouver Allen, George .Cloverdale •Andersen, Albert A. I.. Powell River Banman, John Yarrow Barrow, Gordon M Vancouver Bevan, Rhys D Lower Nicola Beveridge, John W. Vancouver Bowell, Stephen T Vancouver Bramhall, George Vancouver Burrows, Michael .".Rossland Dowding, W. Charles Vancouver Evans, Wilfred M New Westminster Fordyce, David B Vancouver Gee, Roy W. C Vancouver •Jorgensen, Harry D Vancouver Josephson, Gilbert M Merritt Lewis, Robert A Vancouver Machell, Eugene F Matsqui Martin, James P Vancouver Mearns, Alan N Vancouver Miniato, Oswald K Vancouver Moore, Charles A Vancouver Perris, George Vancouver •Ross, George A Victoria Stewart, Donald L. North Vancouver Underwood, Eldin S Vancouver Waters, H. Bryce....New Westminster Welton, R. John H Trail Wood, Norman M Courtenay SECOND TERM •Wate, G. Kenneth Vancouver Civil Engineering Bayly, Lemuel J Chilliwack Currie, Robert H Vancouver Dimock, Arthur C Smithers (Ellis, Gordon McL Vancouver Gallaher, Ernest E Vancouver Golcman, Robert Vancouver Harris. Robert G Penticton Heal, D. Gordon North Vancouver Johnson. Leonard C Victoria Kolbeins, Henry Vancouver Munroe, Lawrence R Victoria •Conditioned. McNaughton, J. Hugh Vancouver O'Neil, William J Vancouver Peatfield, John H. Radium Hot Springs •Robertson, E. Alistair Vancouver Teevan, James T Vancouver Electrical Engineering Ascroft, Gerald C Victoria Auld, Bert A Nelson Bodnar, Michael W. Vancouver Broe, Kenneth L Hammond •Fisher, Ralph E. Grantham's Landing Hammerslag, Julius Vancouver Howlett, Stephen B Victoria •Jones, Hugh C Vancouver Kenny, Wilfrid E Vancouver Kent, Norman S Vancouver Lindenfeld, Peter Vancouver Long, Luke Vancouver Marks, Walter Vancouver ♦Montador, Andrew J Nanaimo Moore, William J. M Victoria McMichael, William G Victoria Nalos, Ervin J Vancouver Nicholson, William V. North Vancouver Olsen, J. Norman Vancouver Reksten, Arvld L Eburne Sansum, John D Vancouver Sukava, Lahja Trail Wight, Lawrence E Vancouver Forest Engineering Bakewell, David R Vancouver Lloyd, William E Victoria Geological Engineering Campbell, Douglas D Vancouver Fyles, John G Vancouver Gouin, Leon O St. Paul, Alta. Hodgson, Alexander G Marysville Seraphim, Robert H Clayburn "Whiting, Francis B Vancouver '-\""""H1*^ List of Students 351 Faculty of Applied^ Science—(Continued) Name Home Address Mechanical Engineering Bird, John McL. Grande Prairie, Alta. Burgess, John A .Trail Chutter, Paul W Vancouver Crocker, Charles B Vancouver Edwards, Owen C Vancouver Gagliardi, Sam Victoria Galloway, Leslie C Vancouver George, Stanley E Vancouver Gordon, Harry Vancouver Horton, J. William Vancouver Johannson, Edgar F...Edmonton, Alta. Lake, Addison A Vancouver •Latimer, Norman H Penticton LeBrun, Julius A Vancouver Lewis, L. Allen New Westminster Lyle, Wallace E. Vancouver Mitten, Leonard A Cranberry Lake Moran, John R Victoria Morriss, Harry F Vancouver McLellan, Robert N Vancouver McLeod, George W Vancouver Newson, Donald A Vancouver Parkinson, Geoffrey V Vancouver Rhodes, Ernest S New Westminster Name Home Address Scott, Tom F Vancouver Skene, Alexander W Calgary, Alta. Stevens, Donald R Calgary, Alta. Sutherland, H. John Vancouver Tapay, Harold M Nanaimo Taylor, David H Vancouver •Thomas, John W Ladysmith Wales, Donn Vancouver Waller, Arnold B Wellington Warrender, A. Campbell Victoria Wong, D. William ...Vancouver Wong, Gilbert Vancouver Metallurgical Engineering Bewell, Bruce E Victoria Dickson, Peter Vancouver Hansen, Harris T Vancouver •Hilton, H. Brian North Vancouver Kilburn, James H Vancouver Rutquist, Fred E Vancouver Scott, Donald A Victoria •Shadwell, Howard J Vancpuver Mining Engineering O'Dynsky, Peter G ...Vancouver Fifth Year Chemical Engineering Bibbs, Richard M Vancouver Brandon, George F Vancouver Clarke, William D Victoria Clifton, Everard H. Britannia Beach Cochrane, James A New Westminster •Coleopy, Norman Hollyburn Cooke, Norman E Vancouver Dawson, John A Huntingdon Dunell, Basil A New Westminster Griffiths, Donald F Monte Lake Howie, Henry J Cloverda!le Leith, James A Kimberley Powell, John R. P Vancouver Robinson, Donald B Oliver Ruck, William Oliver Sceats, Hubert B Victoria Sexsmith, Roderic F. Vancouver Steele, Ian McL North Vancouver Yip, Chuck W Vancouver Younger, Andrew H ..Vancouver Civil Engineering Anderson, J. Douglas Vancouver Binnie. Robert F Vancouver Bunnell, Frank R Vancouver Calderhead, Gordon A. Calgary, Alta. Confortin, John C Squamish Dennison, James A Vancouver Eyre, Alan M Vancouver Fraser, D. Arthur Calgary, .Alta. Graves, Harold B. R Vancouver Grimble, Wilf G Vancouver Hicks, John B Vancouver Hole, Frederick R Vancouver Kent, C Joseph Vancouver Ker, Walter A Vancouver Lefeaux, Stuart S West Vancouver Scott, William B Vancouver * Stamford, Gordon W Victoria Turley, Francis E Nanaimo Wigen, Sydney O Wynndel Electrical Engineering 'Best, George C Victoria Creelman, Elliott A Port Alberni Ellis, Harry McP. New Westminster •Gardner, Melvin T Vancouver Gregory, Edward S Vancouver Guichon, Lloyd J Quilchena Haney, Daniel F Revelstoke Healey, Albert J New Westminster Hetherington, John D Vancouver Isherwood, Sidney D Haney LaBelle, Eugene P Vancouver Lara, Mathias Vancouver LeBus, George H Victoria Louie, John Vancouver Lytle, Dennis D Vancouver Mohr, Frank K Wistaria •Moore, Donald C. Kamloops Newbury. Edward W .... Nanaimo Piercy, Earle W Courtenay Roos, Albert E Kamloops Roper, Austin J- Lethbridge, Alta. Tarrant, Edmund H Vancouver Walker, William M Vancouver Woodcroft, John Victoria Forest Engineering Cawley, P. Guy S Vancouver Flader, Samuel Vancouver Knowles, Robert A Vancouver McCardell, William H Vancouver SECOND TERM Smith, Douglas S Vancouver •Conditioned. 352 The University of British Columbia Faculty of Applied SCience—(Continued) Name Home Address Geological Engineering Jones, Alexander G Victoria Parliament, J. Harvey Vancouver Roots, E. Fredrick Vancouver Sharp, William McM Vancouver Mechanical Engineering Barry, Frank W. Ocean Falls Blumenauer, George H Enderby Bryant, James L Ocean Falls Campbell, Alastair G Vancouver Cochran, Edward O Barriere Doyle, James P Vancouver Finnie, J. Douglas Vancouver Francis, Frank M Vancouver Galbraith, D. Ewen Vancouver Gronlund, Max D Vancouver Hatte, Ross Vancouver Kells, Owen C Vancouver Lawley, Gordon E Eburne Lloyd, George A Vancouver Long, Joseph D Vancouver Maybank, Herbert A. G Olds, Alta. Name Home Address McAdam, James C Vancouver McGuinness, David I Invermere MacKay, Wallace I Vancouver Nelson, James T North Vancouver Orskog, Arthur G Vancouver Payne, Harold R Vancouver Smith, Herbert S Vancouver Taylor, Leonard H ..Vancouver Wannop, Leonard G Vancouver •Williams, Thomas G Vancouver Willis, C. Norman Victoria Woo, John S Vancouver Metallurgical Engineering Barer, Ralph D Vancouver Berryman, David J Oliver Mining Engineering Carver, Robert R Vancouver Morton, Roy E Wells MacKinnon, Donald F...Cadomin, Alta. Olson, Eric R ..Hope Seraphim, Andrew F Clayburn GRADUATES Assaly, Tom C Rosetown, Sask. Bennett, Reginald B Vancouver DeLeen, John L Vancouver Gruenberg, Harry Vancouver Hopper, David A Vancouver Kersey, Lorne R Vancouver Mussallem, Peter M Port Moody Tiedje, John L Trail NURSING Second Year Bell, Mary A Vancouver Brandon, Colleen Revelstoke Breadon, Mary L Vancouver Brown, Margaret M Vancouver Butler, Eugenie R Vancouver Butters, Marguerite C Victoria Chang, Wilma Vancouver d'Easum, Edlin M. New Westminster Elley, Jean E Brighouse Ferguson, Jean M Vancouver Golos, Vivian J Abbotsford Hodges, June L. M.. ....Vancouver Jordan. Patricia I Vancouver Kerr, Helen J. Vancouver Shields, Lila M Eburne Torrance, Ethel E Kimberley Traer, Dolores R Duncan Trethewey, Helen C Vancouver Turnbull, Frances P. New Westminster Watson, Waverlie A... Vancouver Third Year Barber, E. Bernice Vancouver Campbell, Margaret A. (4).Vancouver Forbes, M. Louise (4) .-...Nelson Greenhorn, Doreen. New Westminster •Joh, Anita D Vancouver Montgomery, Nancy J Vancouver Reston, Mary McD. (4) Vancouver Saunders, Ruth E Invermere Stafford, Cora-May Vancouver Vincent, Marguerite V... .Buena Vista White, Eleanor J Vancouver Wilson, Mae B Vancouver Fourth Year Carruthers, Winona L Victoria Chang, Zoe Vancouver Davies, Frances K Britannia Beach Gillies, Barbara B Vancouver Harrison, Suzanne West Summerland Irwin, I. Eleanor Vancouver Jenkins, Margaret R- Vancouver Lazzarin, Fioretta (5) '....Quesnel Murray, Bernice V Merritt Ogilvie, Sheila M. (5) Vancouver OstrOm, E. Margaret West Vancouver Rae, Elizabeth B. (5) Vancouver Read, Joyce M Vernon Scoones, A. Elizabeth....Galiano Island •Conditioned. ' n—•¥ •-, -s ■ List of Students 353 Faculty of Applied Science (Continued) Fifth Year Name Home Address Abernethy, Margaret J Parksville Abrams, Betty M New Westminster Ades, Audrey I Vancouver Atkins, Roma, J Vancouver Augustine, Betty-Valerie Nfew Westminster Boyes, Margaret M Vancouver Dobson, M. Pauline Vancouver Driver, Joyce I Kamloops Duncan, Margaret W. (6).Revelstoke Hazlewood, Mary-Gordon....Vancouver Hobden, F. Elizabeth (6) West Vancouver Humphreys, Marjorie E., Kamloops Name Home Address Lane, Ruth A Vancouver Martin, Sally V New Westminster Messenger, Georgina A (6) Vancouver Morison, Joan D Victoria McWilliams, Helen C (6)..Vancouver Rendell, Norah J ..Vancouver Taylor, Jean E Vancouver Taylor, Joyce M Kamloops Tucker, Norma McC. (6) Winnipeg, Man. Wilkinson, Mary H. Regina, Sask. Witter, Beverly M. (6) Vancouver Sixth Year Adam, J. Kirstine ,....Vancouver Baker, Margaret A. New Westminster Bolton, Nancy New Westminster Gulloeh, Ennis E Vancouver Hawkins, Mary E Vancouver Hicks, Mary N Agassiz McLean-Bell, Janet M. G. (7) Vancouver Sorenson, Marie Nanaimo PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING Campbell, Margaret A Vancouver Hele, Violet A '.. Ganges Home, Jessie V. E Edmonton, Alta. Hyslop, Mrs. Kathleen M...Vancouver Kennedy, Fanny A Vancouver Lazzarin, Flavia G. Quesnel Marano, Liana M Drumheller, Alta. Murdoch, M. Madaline Vancouver McKinlay, Mary E.! Cres'ton MacKinnon, Mrs. F. Elisabeth Victoria McLean, Mary McT Vancouver Purslow, Mrs. Phyllis A. Okanagan Mission Rles, Marguerite I Calgary, Alta. Robinson, K. Estelle.North Vancouver Rogers, Gwendoline E Vancouver Rollo, Gertrude M Vancouver Sabourin, Dorothea M Salmon Arm Smellie, M. S. Ruth Vancouver Stewart, M. Frances Qualicum Beach Treble, Blanche M. E...Wolseley, Sask. .Tredaway, F. Winnifred Edmonton, Alta. Udall, Dorothy E Pioneer Mine Velde, Mabel Shaunavon, Sask. Voss, Helen B. L Irvine, Alta. Wayles, Eden J Vancouver Williams, Mildred J Victoria Willis, Marjorie E Vancouver Williscroft, Iris R Vancouver Wolverton, Janet R Vancouver TEACHING AND SUPERVISION Campbell, Mrs. Joyce Vancouver Griffin, Pauline M Vancouver Madden, Margaret M Vancouver Merritt, Hazel J Vancouver MacDonald, G. Lenora Vancouver Purves, Lavonne B Victoria FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE First Allbury-Clou, Peter J. New Westminster Arnason, S. Baldwin .'.....Vancouver Barber, Louie E Vancouver Baxter, Bernice M Vancouver Bell, Fred S Vancouver Blair, Gilbert J Steveston Chong, G. John Vancouver Dalpre, Roy J; Mission City Davidson, Kenneth E Cloverdale •Conditioned, t Partial. Year Eacrett, George W Mission City Eby, Jocelyn M Hornby Island Gee, W. Kuey Vancouver Gibson, David L ...Vancouver Gibson, Margaret P Burnaby Goodman, C. Eric Osoyoos Graham, Mrs. Joan I Vancouver Graham, Philip D Vancouver Greenwood, Ian F. Nelson Hadland, Richard E Baldonnel J , •-^^naw.-vr-^,!,, 354 The University of British Columbia Faculty of Agriculture—! Name Home Address Heal, Geoffrey H. G Armstrong Holloway, Elaine P ..Hollyburn Hutchings, Frederick R. New Westminster Hyde, Ronald B New Westminster Ingram, Maurice S. Cloverdale Irwin, E. Louise Vancouver Jones, Norman O Cloverdale King, Joyce V Vancouver Kline, Cecil M Calgary, Alta. Knott, Douglas R New Westminster Longfield, Howard F Vancouver May, Ian A Saanichton Meikle, Thomas A Vancouver McGeer, Dudley M...New Westminster McKay, Kenneth A Eburne Nash, Philip E Vancouver First Year—(Continued) Name Home Address Pickles, Norman R Saanichton Reynolds, Robert T Ladner Spicer, Vivien A. M Victoria Taylor, James W Abbotsford Thorsteirison, James E White Rock Tonning,-Eila M New Westminster Vincent, Ronald J. A Burnaby Wallick, Nancy Vancouver White, M. Jacqueline Vancouver Wiggins, Murray M Vancouver York, Alexander McL Vancouver SECOND TERM Richardson, Donald W Chilliwack Smith, Eric S Vancouver Smith, Howard W. D Rock Creek Second Year Bayfield, John T Hollyburn •Buchanan, Sheila C Vancouver Burdock, Robert A Nanaimo Butterworth, Earl McK Kamloops Campbell, Dan R. J...New Westminster Chomyc, Nicholas A...Two Hills, Alta. Day, John H .Vancouver Gregory, Kenneth F Vancouver ♦Huff, Harry L Cee Pee Cee Lambert, Nona C Vancouver Larkin, Grant B Vancouver Leavy, John A Vancouver •Leavy, Leo F. Vancouver Manery, H. Ronald Cawston •Maurer, Alfred R Victoria •Maxwell, James S...New Westminster •Miller, Robert A Victoria •Moyls, Charles M Vancouver •Moyls, W. Joseph Vancouver MacDonald, M. Allan Vancouver MacKay, Margaret C Vancouver •MacLeod, Dorothy M Vancouver Paulsen, Albert Vancouver •Pyne, Francis Regina, Sask. Smith, Derward Vancouver •Stephenson, L. Jacquelyn .Vancouver •Wakely, Walter J Vancouver Wallace, Myron T...New Westminster •Webb, Halcyone Vancouver Young, Soomee Vancouver SECOND TERM •Shewan, Robert H Burnaby Swartz, Burrell Vancouver Third Year Bell, Gordon R Vancouver Blair, David J Steveston Caldecott, Richard S. Vancouver •Carson, Douglas J Kamloops JDeas, Catherine P Hollyburn Devlin, Kenneth A.. North Vancouver Gasperdone, Herbert C Vancouver •Hall, John G Three Rivers, Que. Hall, Sylvia R Kamloops •Hewitt, Ruth L Vancouver •James, Reginald B Bronx, N.Y. Milroy, James E Powell River Monk, Fred C. J Eburne Mowatt, J. Graham Vancouver •McKinnon, Neil C...New Westminster Nilan, Robert A Vancouver •Ripley, Thomas A. F. New Westminster Smith, D. Frederick Brighouse Stevens, Joan M Vancouver Woo, Effie Vancouver Fourth Year Axen, George C Brackendale •Bryant, Eleanor H Ocean Falls Burton, Margaret O Vancouver Cook, Fred D Smithers Denby, Lyall G Victoria •Farrow, John V New Westminster Fleming, Ormond W Vancouver •Hutchinson, Joy-Marie Vancouver Keenlyside, Thomas R Vancouver King, J. David Vancouver Lourie, Helene Vancouver •Masters, L. Reay Victoria Menzies, Vernon H Vancouver Miller, Ian McK Vancouver McLeod, Melville C Vancouver Neilson, James A. S Vancouver tOlliver, Muriel A Vancouver Rush, George E Vancouver tStewart, Wilson B Vancouver •Still, Constance L. B Vancouver •Terrace, James R.W Vancouver Wilkinson, Barclay R Vancouver Willis, Thomas G Keremeos Yip, Yen W Vancouver Young, Victor M Vancouver •Conditioned. (Partial. - ■ List of Students 355 Faculty of Agriculture—(Continued) GRADUATES Name Home Address Ash, A. Bruce Vancouver Awmack, Joseph W Vancouver Eek, Catherine J Vancouver Farstad, Laurence Vancouver Lidster, Echo L. R Vancouver Marshall, Rexford S Kelowna Mulvin, Mary L Vancouver McLean, Alastair Vancouver Novikoff, Morris Vancouver Reid, James A Vancouver Name Home Address Saunders, James B Vancouver Sully, Lynn K New Westminster Tamboline, Florence R Ladner Woodward Eugene D. North Vancouver Wright, Norman S Steveston SECOND TERM Killick, Stanley R...New Westminster Occupational Course Archibald, Robert D.. Edmonton, Alta. Rose, Mark W Mission City Street, William H Victoria Mann, SECOND TERM Hugh A Vancouver 356 The University of British Columbia REGISTRATION FOR 1944-15 FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE First Year Men 416 Women 270 56 191 21 46 127 10 16 106 16 28 23 23 10 38 - 6 Total 686 56 Second Year Second Year Home Economics 221 48 742 412 69 46 Third Year 142 527 269 Third Year Commerce !.... 28 38 16 Fourth Year 106 323 211 Fourth Year Commerce 29 45 Graduates Social Work Special Course 87 1 256 115 24 Diploma Course Teacher Training Course 4 10 27 51 20 Directed Reading Courses 63 101 Less Double Registrations (D.R.C.) -11 - 17 84 1143 975 -2118 All Years SECOND TERM EX-SERVICE PERSONNEL 133 2 135 Second Year Third Year Fourth Year Fifth Year Graduates FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE 176 130 121 106 8 541 178 130 121 106 8 543 All Years SECOND TERM EX-SERVICE PERSONNEL :. ; 3 NURSING Second Year Third Year Fourth Year Fifth Year Sixth Year Certificate Course 20 20 12 12 14 14 23 23 8 8 35 35 112 112 f'^lV^Wt"^ *«*'■ Registration 857 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE First Year 36 10 Second Year 23 7 Third Year 15 5 Fourth Year 19 6 Graduates 11 4 Occupational 3 107 32 SECOND TERM EX-SERVICE PERSONNEL All Years 8 TOTALS 1935 1123 Summer Session 1944 222 219 Botany Evening Class 1944-45 19 20 46 30 20 25 15 3 139 8 3058 441 DEGREES -CONFERRED Mat, 1944 Faculty of Arts and Science The Degree or Master of Arts (Names in alphabetical order) Casselman, Warren Gottlieb Bruce, B.A Major: Chemistry Minor: Bacteriology Thesis: War Problem XR-34 and XR-54. Duncan, Donald Gordon, B.A. Major: Mathematics Minor: Physics Thesis: Special 'study prepared under the direction of the National Research Council. Fowle, Charles David, B.A. Major: Zoology Minor: Biology and Botaiiy Thesis: "The Sooty Grouse, Dendragapus fuliginosus, on its Summer Range." Kuo, Chang-Lu, LL.B. (National Wu-Han University, Wuchong, China) Major: Political Science , Minor: History Thesis: "A Study of a Regional Peace Machinery in the Pacific." Polglase, William James, B.A. Major: Chemistry Minor: Bacteriology Thesis: War Problem XR-37 and XR-54. Underhill, Anne Barbara, B.A. Major: Physics Minor: Mathematics Thesis: "The Stark Effect of Helium in Some B Type Stars." 358 The University of British Columbia The Degree of Bachelor of Arts With Honours (Names in alphabetical order) Adcock, Zelle 2nd Class Honours in Philosophy Anderson, Donald Edward 1st Class Honours in Economics Bakony, Lionel Irwin 2nd Class Honours in Economics Beresford, Lillian Grace 1st Class Honours in Chemistry Buchanan, James Balfour 1st Class Honours in Chemistry Bulman, Norman 1st Class Honours in Chemistry Checov, Louie 2nd Class Honours in Psychology Dodwell, Roland B. 1st Class Honours in Economics Estey, Byron Thomas 2nd Class Honours in Chemistry Farr, David Morice Leigh 1st Class Honours in History Fisher, Harold Dean 2nd Class Honours in Zoology Forster, John Heslop 2nd Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics I George, Margaret Susan 2nd Class Honours in Mathematics Goodman, Abraham Henry 1st Class Honours in History Greer, Paulene Mary 1st Class Honours in Chemistry Hamilton, James Arthur Roy 2nd Class Honours in Biology (Zoology option) Height, Joseph Stuart 1st Class Honours in German and Philosophy Henrikson, Arne 2nd Class Honours in Physics Ivey, Donald Glenn 1st Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics Jarvi, Helga 1st Class Honours in French and German Johnson, Arthur Clark 2nd Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics Mann, John Howard 1st Class Honours in Chemistry Manson, George Gordon 2nd Class Honours in Psychology Mathews, Frank Samuel 1st Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics Mikkelsen, Phyllis Margaret 1st Class Honours in Latin Morton, James William 1st Class Honours in Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine McDiarmid, Muriel Ann Isabel 1st Class Honours in Latin and English McGeer, James Peter 1st Class Honours in Chemistry Nygard, Holger Olof Victorson 1st Class Honours in English Language and Literature Redlich, Berta Barbara 1st Class Honours in Chemistry Reynolds, Aingelda St. Leger Beasley.lst Class Honours in French and German Ridgway, Walter Sydney 2nd Class Honours in Classics Robertson, Roderick Francis 1st Class Honours in Chemistry Rodger, Margaret Jacqueline Cruden ..1st Class Honours in English Language and Literature Sandison, Annabel Mary 2nd Class Honours in Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Scott, Norma Elizabeth 2nd Class Honours in Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Seaton, Norman Theodore 1st Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics Sinclair, Robert Elmer 2nd Class Honours in Mathematics Singer, George Edward 1st Class Honours in Chemistry and Zoology Degrees Conferred 359 The Degree of Bachelor of Arts—Honours—(Continued) Smith, Douglas Scott 1st Class Honours in Biology and Botany (Forestry Option) Smith, Wilma Gene 1st Class Honours in Economics Taylor, Arthur Edwin ! 2nd Class Honours in Chemistry Woo, Mary Muyen 1st Class Honours in Mathematics The Degree of Bachelor of Arts - General Course (Names ip, alphabetical order in each class) Class 1 Adams, Beverley J. Danby, Florence R. C. Davie, Robert G. Grigg, Vernon H., B.Com. Higgins, Ruth E. Almas, D. James Barton, Dorothy F. Bertrand, Raoul C. Bishop, Marion L. Boothe, G. Macrina Bradley, Evelyn E. M. Brown, Norma M. Budd, Joan Carey, Agnes M. Christie, Jean Conkey, Elizabeth E. Craig, M. Patricia De Pencier, E. Audrey Errico, Ernest Francis, Joseph Goard, Harold D. Godfrey, Barbara E. Hammitt, Virginia A. Headrick, Olive Herberts^/Lewis T. Hollins, Raymond N. Inkster, J. Donald Kenny, John E. Kidd, Mary H. Kirkby, Arthur M. Knowles, Robert A. Lane, William T. Lapworth, Phyllis Lee, Jean-Carol Lucas, Colin R. Marshall, Doris P. Moresby, Barbara McAdam, Lorne K. McCallum, Norma R. McCauley, W. Douglas Lam, Andrew Patrick, Barbara A. Pearson, Gwenneth L. Villiers-Fisher, Joan R. Class II McDiarmid, Lorna K. McDougall, Alexander D. McKinlay, William D. Nairne, Mildred M. O'Neill, Margaret M. Pallot, Margaret E. Parker, Albert M. L. Parrott, Harold N. Phillips, David B. Rawlings, Phyllis T. Reid, Margaret McD. Reimer, Nicholas Sanderson, Alan L. Scott, Elizabeth A. Seymour, E. Aileen Simpson, Keith B. Smith, H. Paul Sparks, John E. Taylor, Bruce E. Taylor, June C. Thicke, Joan C. Thompson, Doris L. Thumm, Walter D. Touhey, Thomas B. Turyk, Michael D. Wallace, Robert B. Warne, R. Maxwell Webber, Erminie L. Weber, Virginia Welch, Helen P. Wilkie, Gavin G. Williams, Bernice M. S. Wybourn, Edbrooke S. Wyness, Eleanor J. 360 The University of British Columbia The Degree of Bachelor of Arts—General Course—(Continued) Passed Bakony, Edward G. J. Bonner, Barbara Boultbee, M. Elizabeth Code, Ruth L. Conway, Lorraine C: Foster, Jean E. Garrett, Dorothy E. Grant, Doreen M. Hewitson, June M. Hodge, Muriel Hood, John A. Hooson, William Large, Lorraine D. Lee, Frances B. Lightstone, Jack Maitland, Margaret Millins, Betty P. Morris, Dorothy R. A. Morwood-Clark, Lawrence L. Murray, R. Elaine Macdonald, M. Joan McFarlane, Helen E. McGarry, Kathleen MacKinnon, George L. C. McLean-Bell, Janet M. G. Nimmons, Phillip R. Paul, Mary E. Pollock, John M. Robertson, Donald A. Rose, M. Evelyn Rose, Meryle E. Ryan, Daphne M. Sanders, John L. Sanderson, Phyllis A. Smedley, Jack V. Taylor, Edward R. Touhey, William B. Veregin, Thomas A. Watson, Mary V. Whimster, Muriel F. Williams, L. June Wood, Mary Alice The Degree of Bachelor of Commerce (Names in alphabetical order in each class) Class I Whyte, Robert S. Class II Almas, D. James Bishop, Phyllis D. Boyd, Nora E. Buckland, H. Miram Cawley, P. Guy S. Chong, Peter Chutter, S. Donald C. Edwards, Douglas A. Ellis, Barbara Flader, Samuel Friesen, Edward P. Giuriato, Lino Glover, Maurice H. A. Glover, Percy C. Baillie, Graham C. B. Bakony, Edward G. J. Carmichael, Andrew J. Manzer, Carson G. Nevison, James H, B.A. Johnston, Victor W. Koenigsberg, Irving N. Lucas, Colin R. Marshall, Henry J. Morgan, Phyllis G. Morrow, Margaret E. MacKenzie, Murdo G. Ross, Donald H. MacR., B.A. Saunders, Richard G. Short, John W. Todhunter, S. Caswell Wallace, Robert B. Wilson, Charles H. Passed Nickerson, D'Arcy G. Smedley, Jack V. Whitelaw, Glenn R. Yeasting, Alice M. 'GfKV'nf;. Degrees Conferred 361 The Degree of Bachelor of Education Smith, Henry Bertram, B.A. Faculty of Applied Science The Degree of Master of Applied Science (Names in alphabetical order) Buck, Frank Alan Mackinnon, B.A.Sc .. Chemistry and PhysiCs , Thesis: "The Production of Liquid Hydrocarbons by the Fisher-Tropsch Synthesis." Carlisle, Donald, B.A.Sc Economic Geology and Chemistry and Physics Thesis: "Vanadium in an Interlava Sediment, Quadra Island, British Columbia." Graham, Harold Morton, B.A.Sc. Chemistry and Physics Thesis: "TBe Specific Heat of Cis-Decahydronaphthalene." Mann, Clarence William James, B.A.Sc Chemistry and Physics TTiesis: "Latent Heats of Cis and Trans-Decahydronaphthalene." McLeod, Alexander Allan, B.A.Sc Chemistry and Physics Thesis: "War Problem C.E. 154." Smith, William Roy, B.A.Sc ..Metallurgy and Chemistry Thesis: "The Separation of Schulite from Calcite." Stusiak, Michael, B.A.Sc I -Chemistry and Physics Thesis: "War Problem C.E. 154." The Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science (Names ire alphabetical order ire each class) Chemical Engineering Honours Tiedje, John L. Class I t Assaly, Tom C. Lucas, Arthur R. ' ' Bonutto, Alfred L., B.A. Toombs, E. Harold Ekman, Frank O. Class 11 Carrothers, P. John G. Oles, John E. Frost, Paul J. Shaw, A. John Gitterman, Louis H. Sleigh, E. Barry Hood, John A. Syme, Thomas D. Hooper, Perry McF. Taylor, Norman E. Muir, John W. Turner, A. Desmond Murray, John M. Workman, Allan B. Passed Haile, Isaac (Aegrotat) Soulsby, Alan St. G. Ontkean, Orville M. '/' ■«*-TStfrr^w 362 The University of British Columbia The Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science—(Continued) Civil Engineering Honours Bentall, Robert G. Clay, Charles H. Coope*, Alexander C. Mosher, Vaughan L. Narod, Alvin J. Scarisbrick, Richard .G. Beaton, Stanley J. Gruenberg, Harry Carlile, Jack C. Filman, Norman J. Godfrey, Gerald F. Gush, John B. Hausch, Robert C. Auchinleck, Gilbert F. Clarke, Edna A. Davidson, Robert A. Class II Slater, John S. Smith, H. Leslie Swerdfeger, John H. Wallace, John M. Electrical Engineering Honours Pearson, Carl E. « Class II Julson, O. Melvin Legeer, Ronald J. Nosworthy, Frank M. Rome, Alexander H. Wilding, Malcolm F. Hughes, R. B. Chalmers Mosher, Allison F. Geological Engineering Class II Morris, H. Rodney Passed Burns, David Mechanical Engineering Honours Burton, John A. Caine, Geoffrey R. Anderson, Blair W. Bourns, John D. Chestnut, R. Glenn Christie, A. S. Hugh Crosby, Robert S. Deptford, James A. Douglas, J. Boyd Jagger, Paul S. Kaneen, Arthur G. Langenek, Frederick Livingston, Donald A. Carncross, Charles A. Wighton, John L, B.A. Class II Marzocco, Aldo Moore, Robert G. McCarter, Donal C. MacKay, Ronald N. McLorg, Terence W. Porter, James A. Saunders, Harold L. Scott, H. James Shumas, Fred Small, Fred, B.A. W^pTUg . ,-**-». jjl^rrmi,- , Degrees Conferred The Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science—(Continued) Metallurgical Engineering Honours Goodman, James E. Class I Currie, D. Allan Class II Abbott, Hugh M. Hookings, Paul H. H. Bennett, Orval W. Robinson, M. Dennis E. Mining Engineering Class II Mason, Ralph P. McLean, Donald Passed Gall, Louis J. The Degree of Bachelor of Science in Forestry Class II Matheson, Ian D., B.A. Roussel, David M., B.Com. Robinson, Eric W., B.Com. 1 Nursing and Health (Names in alphabetical order in each class) Class I Jamieson, Doreen L. Rowe, Phyllis S. Mann, Alison M. Class II Cross, Josephine Munro, Mae E. Fleck, Janet S., B.A. MacKay, Jean C. Ladner, Dorothy M. Trout, M. Ferae, B.A. Faculty of Agriculture .The Degree of Master of Science in Agriculture Thomson, J. Lorraine, B.S.A Major: Plant Nutrition Minor: Horticulture Thesis: "A Foliar Diagnosis Study of the Influence of Soil Applications of Micro-Elements on Raspberry Nutrition." The Degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (Names in alphabetical order in each class) Class I Buck, Paul A. Pinchin, Victor L. Hanson, Angus A. Reifel, George H. Lacey, Kathleen M. Robinson, John Marshall, Rexford S. Wright, Norman S. 364 The University of British Columbia The Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science in Agriculture—(Continued) Class II Ash, A. Bruce McLean, Alastair Bell, Ralph R. McManus, Gerald F. Gillingham, Jack T. McMillan, Robert H. Gitterman, Charles O. Reid, James A. Goodwin, C. Rex . Robson, Mabel G. Haggart, Douglas A. Woods, Wilfrid E. Hammond, Paul L. Passed Blair, Robert C. Weir, John Sully, Lynn K. DEGREES CONFERRED October, 1944 The Honorary Degree of Doctor of Laws His Excellency Ray Atherton, A.B. American Ambassador to Canada His Excellency Liu Shih Shun, A.B., A.M., Ph.D. Chinese Ambassador to Canada The Right Honourable Malcolm MacDonald, P.C, M.P., BA. High Commissioner for the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland Major-General George Randolph Pearkes, V.C., C.B., D.S.O., M.C. General Officer, Commander-in-Chief, Pacific Command Faculty of Arts and Science The Degree of Master of Arts Turner, David Binnie, B.S.A., B.A Major: Education Minor: Zoology Thesis: "Conservation in the Schools of British Columbia." The Degree of Bachelor of Arts With Honours Griffin, Frederick Paul 2nd Class Honours in Chemistry ' The Degree of Bachelor of Arts General Course (Names in alphabetical order in each class) Class I Gillie, Bernard C. Wright, Christopher C. Class II Bissell, G. Claude DuMoulin, P. Anne Boyes, John C. P. Fleming, Norma W. Brisco, George E. Herberts, Edward D. Brynjolfson, Stephen G. Hope, Agnes C. Day, Joan I. L. ■ Johnstone, Laura Wr "» "> ■ Degrees Conferred 365 The Degree of Bachelor of Arts—General Course—(Continued) Keeble, Raymond C. W.. Mcintosh, Laura Jean Marshall, M. E. Kay Paulsen, Edmond J. A. Marshall, Solveig L. A. Phillips, Brenda C. Mercer, E. Florence StC. W. Smith, David J. S. Morrison, John T. Spearing, Laurence F. Morton, Evaline A. Passed Belkin, Morris J. Gillis, Glenna H. Bligh, Hildred N. Grimble, Wilfred G. Buck, Arthur A. Hibbert, Barbara Z. Campbell, Norman K. James, Albert H. Chong, Yoke Martin, Carol M. S. Cleland, R. Dick Plercy, Mary Jean C6t4 Elizabeth D. Sale, Thomas D. Farina, Charlie O. St. Denis, Frederic G. Ferguson, John C. Wark, Bruce E. * Foley, Frederick R. Weins, Elvira Franklin, David StG. The Degree of Bachelor of Commerce (Names in alphabetical order in each class) Class II Lawson, David A. Lee, Jack Wai Yen Passed Nobbs, William H. L. Snyder, Edward W. The Degree of Bachelor of Education (Names in alphabetical order in each class) Elmore, Grace H., B.A. Jantz, Leo, B.A. Evans, Stanley, B.A. , Johnson, Gordon E., B.A. Garrison, Florence T., B.A. Maclean, Donald N., B.A. 'Greenwood, Charles G., B.A. Faculty of Applied Science . The Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science Electrical Engineering Sanderson, John A. Nursing and Health Hunter, Trenna G. The Degree of Bachelor of Science in Forestry Roche, Robert G., B.A. Faculty of Agriculture The Degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (Names in alphabetical order in each class). Class II Fraser, C. Arnold Pearson, Harold H. Hill, Robert W. 366 The University of British Columbia MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS, PRIZES, AND BURSARIES Awarded May, 1944 MEDALS The Governor-General's Gold Medal (Head of Graduating Class for the B.A. Degree) Wilma G. Smith The Kiwanis Club Gold Medal (Commerce) Robert S. Whyte The United Empire Loyalists' Association Medal and Prize (History) John F. K. Lidstone The Lefevre Gold Medal and Scholarship (Chemistry) James B. Buchanan The Wilfrid Sadler Memorial Gold Medal (Head of Graduating Class for the B.S.A. Degree) Rexford S. Marshall SCHOLARSHIPS FOR GRADUATES University Graduate Scholarship, $200.00 Donald G. Ivey The Anne Wesbrook Scholarship, $125.00 Muriel A. I. McDiarmid The Dr. F. J. Nicholson Scholarships: 1. For Chemistry, $500.00 Roderick F. Robertson 2. For Geology, $500.00 No award The John and Annie Southcott Memorial Scholarship, $100.00 (B. C. History) No award The Native Daughters of British Columbia Scholarship, $50.00 (Early B. C. History) No award The B'nai B'rith District No. 4 Hillel Foundation Scholarships, $125.00 each: 1. Kathleen M. Lacey. f ^ 2. No award. The Ahepa Scholarship (Proficiency in Greek), $75.00 Walter S. Ridgway The Standard Oil Company of British Columbia Limited Scholarship, $600.00 John L. Tiedje The Britannia Mining and Smelting Company Limited Scholarship, $250.00 awarded in December, 1943, jointly to—• William Roy Smith and Donald Carlisle. The Cariboo Gold Quartz Mining Company Limited Scholarship, $100.00 awarded in December, 1943 John L. DeLeen The Powell River Company Limited Scholarship, $700.00 Albert N. O'Neill The British Columbia Electric Railway Company Limited Research Scholarship, $500.00 Harry Gruenberg The Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada Limited Fellowship, $750.00 No award SCHOLARSHIPS FOR UNDERGRADUATES I. In All Faculties University Great War Scholarships (First Year), $175.00: 1. Beryl A. Gaff. 2. Donald M. MacLeod. II. In Arts and Science Third Year University Scholarships in Arts and Science (general proficiency), $175.00: Group (1)—Charles D. Maunsell. Group (2)—Ruth L. White. The N. Leo Klein Memorial Scholarship (general proficiency, Commerce), $50.00 Marjorie C. L. Smith The Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire Scott Memorial Scholarship, $100.00 Garth L. Walther Medals, Scholarships, Prizes, and Bursaries 367 Scholarships for Undergraduates—(Continued) Second Year University Scholarships in Arts and Science (general proficiency), $175.00: 1. Iris Stacey. 2. Jean K. Gray and Felix A. E. Pirani, equal—full amount by reversion to Jean K. Gray. The Shaw Memorial Scholarship (First in two of English, Latin, and Greek), $125.00 Iris Stacey by reversion to Isabel Adie The McGill Graduates Scholarship (First in English and French), $125.00 Blanche P. Clayton and Marjorie E. Williams, equal —full amount by reversion to Blanche P. Clayton The Terminal City Club Memorial Scholarship (First in English and Economics), $100.00 Laurence F. Giovando The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship (First in Canadian History), $100.00 John F. K. Lidstone (relinquished) First Year Royal Institution Scholarship (general proficiency), *$175.00 Edward B. D. Lambe University Scholarships in Arts and Science (general proficiency), *$175.00: 1. Donald G. Brown. 2. L. Joyce Russell, relinquished. The Beverley Cayley Scholarship (First male student in English), $100.00 Donald G. Brown by reversion to Edward B. D. Lambe by reversion to Donald M. MacLeod by reversion to Richard A. Gritten III. In Applied Science University Scholarship in Nursing and Health (general proficiency), $175.00 awarded in December, 1943 Ann Elizabeth Scoones The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship in Nursing and Health, $100.00 .'. Mary N. Hicks The Dunsmuir Scholarship (Highest in Mining Engineering, proceeding to the Fifth Year), $150.00 E. Robert Olson University Scholarship in Applied Science (general proficiency, proceeding to the Fourth Year), $225.00 Geoffrey V. Parkinson Royal Institution Scholarship in Applied Science (general proficiency, proceeding to the Third Year), $225.00 Donald J. Evans The G. M. Dawson Scholarship (Highest in Geological Engineering—Geological subjects, proceeding to the Fifth Year), $50.00 !e. Fredrick Roots The R. Randolph Bruce Scholarship (Highest in Metallurgical Engineering, proceeding to the Fifth Year), $200.00 Ralph D. Barer The British Columbia Electric Railway Company Limited Scholarships, $200.00 each: 1. Highest in Electrical Engineering and proceeding to Fifth Year George C. Best 2. Highest in Mechanical Engineering and proceeding to Fifth Year C. Norman Willis The B'nai B'rith Auxiliary No. 77 Scholarship (Highest in Chemical Engineering, proceeding to the Fifth Year), $50.00 Donald B. Robinson *Students winning general proficiency scholarships in the First Year of Arts and Science and enterftig the Second Year of Applied Science will be given scholarships of a value of $223.00. c -"--w-f^^-^wp-* •J 368 The University of British Columbia Scholarships for Undergraduates—(Continued) IV. In Agriculture University Scholarship in Agriculture (general proficiency, proceeding to the Second Year), $175.00 Kenneth F. Gregory The David Thom Scholarship (general proficiency, proceeding to the Third Year), $100.00 Thomas G. Willis The British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association Golden Jubilee Scholarship (proceeding to the Horticultural Course of the Fourth Year), $100.00 Lyall G. Denby PRIZES I. In All Faculties The University Essay Prize (Books), $25.00 Holger O. V. Nygard The Players' Club Prize (Original Play), $50.00 No award The Dorothy and William Dorbils Prize, $50.00 Muriel A. I. McDiarmid (Canadian Literature) II. In Arts and Science The Frances Willard Prize, $50.00. Joan I. L. .Day The David Bolocan Memorial Prize, $25.00 Beverley J. Adams The Dorothy and William Dorbils Prize, $50.00 James W. Morton (Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine) The Dorothy and William Dorbils Prize, $50.00 G. Edward Singer (Zoology) The University Graduate Historical Prize (Books), $25.00 David M. Farr III. In Applied Science ' The Convocation Prize (general proficiency in Fifth Year), $50.00 Carl E. Pearson Engineering Institute of Canada—Vancouver Branch—Walter Moberly Memorial Prize (Engineering Thesis in Fifth Year) (Books), $25.00 James E. Goodman (Metallurgical Engineering) "Smelting of Sullivan Tin" The Association of Professional Engineers' Prizes (Books), $25.00 each: 1. Basil A. Dunell, Chemical Engineering, "The Nature and Manufacture of Fuel Gases." 2. John B. Hicks, Civil Engineering, "The Preliminary Survey of the Athabasca Forest Reserve." 3. Harry Ellis, Electrical Engineering, "Generation of Electrical Power at No. 2 Power House, Lake Buntzen." 4. Leonard G. Wannop, Mechanical Engineering, "Carbide High Speed Tools Used at the Heaps Engineering (1940) Ltd." 5. Roy E. Morton, Mining Engineering, "Development of the Myrtle Group." The Provincial Board of Health Prizes in Public Health Nursing, $100.00: 1. Alison M. Mann, $50.00. 2. D. Eleanor Goodwin, $50.00. The Engineering Institute of Canada Prize (Fourth Year), $25.00 Richard M. Bibbs ■»■ « A- .• ■' Medals, Scholarships, Prizes, and Bursaries 369 Prizes—(Continued) The British Columbia Lumber and Shingle Manufacturers' Association Prizes: 1. $100.00, Stuart S. Lefeaux. 2. $50.00, Frank R. Bunnell. 3. $25.00, Frank E. Turley. The William N. Kelly Prize (Highest in Mechanical Engineering 30, Machine Shop Practice, proceeding to the Fourth Year)* $15.00 William MacF. Walker' BURSARIES The Captain LeRoy Memorial Bursary (preference to returned soldiers or dependents), $150.00 Phyllis M. Couling The Khaki University and Y. M. C. A. Memorial Fund Bursaries, $100.00 each, (in alphabetical order): 1. Richard W. A. Attree. 6. Donald B. Robinson. 2. Edna D. Baumbrough. 7. Marjorie A. Tunbridge. 3. Mildred Edmonds. 8. Julia Van Gorder. 4. John W. Nelson. 9. Irene Wilson. 5. Earle W. Piercy. 10. David Worsfold. The University Women's Club Bursary, $100.00. 1 Elsie L. Smellie The Geldart Riadore Bursary, $175.00 David J. Blair The J. M. Taylor Bursary in Metallurgy (Fifth Year), $150.00, awarded in December, 1943, jointly to Donald A. Currie and James E. Goodman The Mary C. Lipsett Bursary, $200.00 Eric W. Winch No. 2 Canadian Army University Course Prizes, awarded to the students with highest standing in the examinations. Senior Level n First Prize ($100.00)— Richard A. Kendall. Second Prize ($100.00)—James Shiu. Junior Level First Prize ($100.00)—David E. Gornall. Second Prize ($100.00)—J. Hugh C. Lane. AWARDED AFTER THE MAY CONGREGATION University and .Royal Institution Scholarships for University Entrance: Provincial—$175.00 Elizabeth May Charnley District 1—$175.00 (Victoria College) Kenneth David Henderson $175.00 (Victoria College) Shirley Mae Drysdale by reversion to Dorothy May Tubbs District 2—$175.00 William Alan Sweeney $1?5.00 John William Clarke District 3—$175.00 Dick Quan $175.00 Margaret Ann Giegerich District 4—$175.00 Yvonne Louise French $175.00 Doris Deborah Payne District 5—$175.00 Anna Jean Thomson $175.00 .-. Bernice Gunhild Staf District &—$175.00.: Elizabeth Jean Bigsby $175.00 Walter Heal Hirtle District 7—$175.00 John Robert Gordon Cox $175.00 ; William Hope Poole 370 The University of British Columbia Awarded After the May Congregation—(Continued) University and Royal Institution Scholarships for Senior Matriculation: Provincial—$225.00 Leslie Trueman Edge $225.00 Winnifred E. Charlotte Morgan by reversion to James Sanford S. Kerr $175.00 Charlotte Heddy Schroeder $175.00 Margaret Winnifred Bradshaw $175.00 Lorna Margaret Scarlett Downman $175.00 Margaret Winnifred Jean Driver American Woman's Club Bursary, $100.00 Iva Maria Lisicka Inter-Sorority Alumnae Club Bursary, $200.00, jointly to Aldythe May Ireland and Kathleen B. Halpin ($100.00 each) Mildred Brock Memorial Bursary, $75.00 Phyllis Mikkelsen Frances Milburn Bursary (Vancouver P.E.O. Sisterhood), $150.00 Mary Quan Lady Laurier Club Bursary, $75.00 Gwenneth L. Pearson Faculty Women's Club Bursary, $75.00 Jacqueline Batt Alumni Association Bursary, $50.00 Doris Deborah Payne William MacKenzie Swan Memorial Bursary, $250.00 Arvid L. Reksten deceased—by reversion to Tom F. Scott Phil Wilson Bursary in Forestry, $225.00 Robert Alan Knowles David Thom Bursary, No. 1, $87.50 Margaret Gibson David Thom Bursary, No. 2, $50.00 Dan Robert Campbell David Thom Bursary, No. 3, $60.00 George Christian Axen Delta Gamma Bursary for the Blind, $100.00 No award Flying Officer Reverend George Robert Pringle Memorial Bursary, $200.00 Lois Catherine Reid Alberta Meat Company Bursary, $50.00 Laurence Reay Masters Rotary Memorial Bursaries, $200.00 each Marie Elizabeth Caplette, Linda Catherine Rosen, Audrey Eleanor McKim, Lorna Margaret Silver, Ian Greenwood Co-operative Seed Growers' Bursary, $100.00 Barclay R. Wilkinson Bursary (anonymous donor), $250.00. Aubrey C. Tanner Alliance Francaise Bursary, $25.00 No award Timber Preservers Limited Prizes: 1. $60.00, Harold Leslie Smith. 2. $25.00, A. Charles Cooper. 3. $15.00 each, John S. Slater and Robert G. Bentall. University Scholarship in Arts and Science (First Year), $225.00, relinquished by L. Joyce Russell, awarded by reversion to M. Allan Schoening Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship, $100.00, relinquished by John K. Lidstone, awarded by reversion to Patrick C. T. White The British Columbia Teachers' Federation Scholarship, $50.00 No award The Summer Session Students' Association Scholarship (completing the Second Year with the highest standing), $30.00 Robert Henry Donald Roberts The Britannia Mining and Smelting Company Limited Scholarship, $250.00 No award The Cariboo Gold Quartz Mining Company Limited Scholarship, $100.00 No award University Scholarship in Nursing and Health, $175.00 Nancy Joan Montgomery , Jv-» gs™F>iP3' THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY SUMMER SESSION, 1946 Seven Weeks—July 2nd to August 16th The Announcement of the courses to be offered in a Summer Session will be issued in January if possible. No course may be offered for which there are fewer than eight registrations. Students, therefore, desiring any courses, particularly Third and Fourth Year courses, are requested to advise the Director of the Summer Session as early as possible and not later than May 15 as to the courses desired. If the demand for these courses seems adequate, an effort will be made to offer them. The regulations, etc., governing the Summer Session, the Directed Reading courses, and the Extra-sessional classes follow. COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A. 1. The degree of B.A. will be granted on completion of courses amounting to 60 units chosen in conformity with Calendar regulations. (See pages 83-99.) 2. Candidates for the degree are advised to attend at least one Winter Session, preferably that of the Fourth Year. 3. The maximum credit for Summer Session work in any one calendar year is six units. 4. Courses of private reading will be open to Summer Session students in the same way as to Winter Session students (see page 89), but only to those students who are proceeding to a B.A. degree at this University (except as at present to M.A. candidates). 5. Directed Reading courses will be offered mainly for students not in attendance. The following regulations pertain to these courses: (a) A minimum registration of twenty is required. (b) An applicant for a Directed Reading course (1) must be at least 18 years of age; (2) must qualify for registration at least as a Second Year student (full undergraduate or conditioned), or must hold a normal school diploma; and (3) must have completed the course prerequisite for the Directed Reading course for which he is applying. (c) The final examinations will be held at the University. (d) If the Directed Reading course is one on which there is a sessional examination in April, the student may either write this sessional examination in April or the Directed Reading course examination at the opening of the Summer Session, otherwise only at the opening of the Summer Session. J* -372 The University or British Columbia (e) No Directed Reading course may be taken for undergraduate credit concurrently with an Extra-sessional course, nor with a course of private reading as outlined on page 89, except by special permission of Faculty. (f) Not more than one Directed Reading course may be taken, during the academic year. 6. Extra-sessional classes to be held at the University may be arranged, and, if so, may be taken for credit by students proceeding to the B.A. degree, who are at least 18 years of age, who are qualified for registration as Second Year students (full undergraduate or conditioned), or who hold normal school diplomas, and who have the prerequisite standing. 7. The maximum credit for work other than that of the regular Summer and Winter Sessions may not exceed 15 units subsequent to Senior Matriculation or First Year Arts, nor 3 units in any one academic year. 8. Extra-mural work done at other universities prior to registration at this University may be accepted if approved by Faculty, but may not exceed the total number of units of credit obtainable at this University without attendance at either Winter or Summer Session. 9. If credit is granted for extra-mural work taken elsewhere, the total amount of work which the student concerned may take at this University without attendance at a Winter or Summer Session will be correspondingly reduced. 10. No credit will be granted for extra-mural work done at other universities in the same academic year in which any work has been attempted at this University, whether in the Summer Session or in the Winter Session or by Reading courses or Extra- sessional classes. Courses which count towards an Honours B.A. degree, the B.Ed, degree, or the M.A. degree in the Winter Session will be allowed •equivalent credit in the Summer Session. REGISTRATION AND ATTENDANCE 1. Students are required to register on or before the opening day of the session,. A fee of two dollars ($2.00) will be charged for late registration. 2. All students desiring to obtain formal credit for work done in the Summer Session must, upon entrance, present evidence of University Entrance standing of this Province, or its equivalent. "- v" • - -■ University Summer Session 878 3. Summer Session students shall be registered as follows: Students proceeding to a degree in due course whose full University Entrance standing has been approved shall register as First Year students until they have completed the 15 units of work prescribed by the Calendar. Students proceeding to a degree in due course with full First Year standing shall register as Second Year siudents until they have completed the Second Year in conformity with Calendar regulations. Those students only may register as Third or Fourth Year students who have completed the work of the previous years in accordance with Calendar regulations. Students who do not come under one of these classes shall register as Partial students. 4. Students must attend regularly the classes in a course for which they register. Those whose unexcused absences from such a course exceed one-eighth of its total number of meetings will not be credited with attendance in that course. FEES For statement of fees, see page 38. EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT 1. Summer Session examinations are held at the close of the Summer Session. Students attending Extra-sessional classes will -be tested by the ordinary Winter Session examinations. 2. The passing mark on each paper is 50 per cent. Credit, however, will not be granted for any part of a course until the whole course has been completed. Part courses in different subjects may not be combined. > 3. In any course which involves both laboratory work and written examinations, students may be debarred from examination if they fail to present satisfactory results in laboratory work, and they will be required to pass in both parts of the course. 4. Supplemental examinations may be granted by Faculty tp students attending the Summer Session or the Extra-sessional classes in the subject or subjects in which they have failed, but a student obtaining less than 30 per cent, in a subject will not be granted a supplemental in that subject. Supplemental examinations on Summer Session courses are held on the opening day of the Summer Session. If the course is given again in the current Summer Session, the candidate may write the final examination in this course as a supplemental. f '7*~*rs " | -j 374 The University of British Columbia Department of University Extension Under a grant from the British Dominions and Colonies Fuiid of the Carnegie Corporation of New York, the University of British Columbia organized early in 1936 a Department of University Extension. This department carries on a comprehensive and varied programme of adult education. The grant from the Carnegie Corporation enabled the University to collect much valuable information on the special requirements of adult education in British Columbia. Various experimental projects were tried and, in accordance with the experience gained, were rejected, modified, or accepted as the basis for a more permanent programme. As a result a practicable policy has been evolved —one adapted to local conditions, yet within the financial resources of the University. Through the activities of the Department of University Extension, the University is contributing enduring benefits to the educational, cultural, and economic life of the Province. From 1938 to 1941, at which time the rural programme was suspended because of war conditions, the Department of University Extension cooperated with the Dominion and Provincial Departments of Labour in the Dominion-Provincial Youth Training Plan. Since 1940 the Department of University Extension has been cooperating with the Dominion Department of Fisheries in providing an educational programme for British Columbia fishermen. For the past three years the Department of University Extension, in conjunction with the Department of Labour, has conducted a series of short courses in Personnel Management. The Department is also conducting film circuits in the rural areas for the National Film Board and the War Information Board. The present activities of the Department include the following: (a) Extension Lectures. Through the Department arrangements are made for members of the University teaching staff to give lectures at various centres throughout the Province. (b) Evening Classes. Each year evening classes on various subjects are held in the city of Vancouver. (c) Discussion Groups. Discussion group courses are offered each year. These include: (i) Canada and the Post-War World, (ii) British Columbia History. University Extension1 375 (iii) Child Psychology for Parents. (iv) Community Clinic. (v) Marriage and Family Life. (vi) Modern Literature. (vii) Art Appreciation. (viii) Music Appreciation. (ix) Acting for Drama Groups. (x) Public Speaking. (xi) Introduction to the Cooperative Movement. (xii) Credit Unions, (xiii) The Cooperative Buying Club. (xiv) Introduction to Navigation. • (d) Visual Instruction. (i) Lantern and Film Slide Service. Approximately 900 sets of lantern and film slides, many with lectures, are available for loan to schools, churches, and other organizations. A catalogue of these may be obtained upon request. ^> (ii) Motion Picture Service. A Film Library of 550 educational subjects has been established. Films from the National Film Board and the National Film Society are distributed in British Columbia through the Extension Department. A catalogue listing the films may be obtained upon application. (e) Dramatics. During the winter the Department offers short courses in dramatics, as well as correspondence courses and general assistance to drama groups throughout the Province. The regular Summer School of the Theatre, suspended in 1942 because of the war, will be re-opened in July, 1945. A large lending library of plays and books on the theatre has been established. (f) Short Courses. Short courses in various subjects are offered by the Department during both the Winter and Summer Sessions. (g) Extension Library. The University Extension Library is maintained for the/ purpose of providing good books in fields of current interest for groups and individuals throughout the Province. Pamphlets on a wide variety of topics are available on request. / 876 The University or British Columbia (h) Radio. For the past four years the Department has cooperated .with the National Farm Radio Forum in organizing listening groups throughout the Province of British Columbia. During the past two years it has also cooperated with the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation and the Canadian Association for Adult Education in forming Citizens' Forums for the programme "Of Things to Come." For the "U. B. C. Music Hour" of the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation, recordings are selected from the Carnegie Music Set. In 1941 and 1942 the Department conducted a Summer School in Radio Script Writing. This has been temporarily suspended owing to war conditions. The Extension Library includes radio texts and plays. (i) Art and Music. J The facilities supplied by the Carnegie Art Teaching Set and the Carnegie Music Set enable the Department to offer courses in this field. Courses in Music Appreciation and in Art Appreciation have been specially prepared by well- known artist-teachers and are available to study groups throughout the Province. A phonograph record loan service has been established for the use of music appreciation groups. (j) Educational Programme for British Columbia Fishermen. Through assistance received-from the Dominion Department of Fisheries, the University has been able to offer courses on Credit Unions and Cooperatives to British Columbia fishermen. ■(h) Public Relations. Frequently items of interest to the public are prepared and released to the press. The Department of University Extension offers its services to any individual, group, or Organization requiring information regarding the University. Full particulars regarding any of the above services will be furnished upon application to the Director, Department of University Extension. UNIVERSITY SERVICE TRAINING CORPS Prior to September, 1939, the University of British Columbia Contingent, Canadian Officers' Training Corps, provided opportunities for University students to obtain War Office certificates of qualification as officers in the Canadian Militia and other Empire forces. At the outbreak of the war the training syllabus for the f>9W®f--%?! University Service Training Corps 877 Corps was modified so that students might take the regular Army qualifying examinations. In August, 1940, the Senate and the Board of Governors of the University passed a regulation making military training compulsory for all physically fit male students for the duration of the war. On November 22, 1941, the University Armoury was officially opened by His Honour Colonel Wm. C. Woodward. This building, 176 by 110 feet, cost approximately $50,000.00. In addition to the drill floor it contains an orderly room, offices, locker rooms, showers, lecture rooms, officers' mess, dining room, and kitchen. Since 1928 all officers and men on the strength of the Unit have waived their Local Headquarters training pay. The funds thus accumulated have been used to provide accommodation for the Corps, On September 22,1943, a $29,000.00 addition to the Armoury was formally presented to the Chancellor, the President, and the Board of Governors at a dinner held in the Armoury. At January 31, 1945, the strength of the Corps was as follows: Officers 31 Other Ranks 1126 (including 110 O.R. 's in " I" Company at Victoria College) Total ...1157 Students who join the U.B.C. Contingent of the C.O.T.C. may go on active service in any of the three Services on leaving or graduating from the University. In order to coordinate the Service training on the campus a Joint Services University Training Committee was formed in October, 1944. The members of this Committee are the President of the University, the Commanding Officers of the C.O.T.C. and U.N.T.D., the Deans of Arts, Agriculture, and Applied Science, and Active Service representatives from the Navy and the Army. Lt.-Col. G. M. Shrum, M.M., Officer Commanding the Canadian Officers' Training Corps, is Senior Officer Commanding, University Service Training Corps. On March 29, 1943, the Board of Governors approved the ■establishment of a University Naval Training Division. Lt. H. M. Mcllroy of the Canadian Officers' Training Corps was appointed Lt.-Cmdr. (Special Branch) and Officer Commanding the U.N.T.D. On December 1, 1944, the strength of the U.N.T.D. was one officer and 177 ratings. The purpose of the U.N.T.D. is to give specialized training to students who are definitely going on active service with the Navy on leaving or graduating from the University. All ■students training with the U.N.T.D. are attested members of the B.C.N.V.R. The training is arranged on a progressive basis from year to year and is given at the University and at H.M.C.S. 378 The University of British Columbia "Discovery", Stanley Park. The two weeks Spring Training, after the University examinations in April, is usually given at H.M.C.S. "Naden", Esquimalt, B.C. The University Air Squadron was formed on June 28, 1943, under the command of Squadron Leader J. A. Harris. On Dec. 31, 1944, the U.A.S. was disbanded in accordance with the policy of reducing Air Training in Canada. The members of the U.A.S. were absorbed into the C.O.T.C. Although the C.O.T.C. files do not contain a complete record of all University students who have enlisted for active service, the following is the number of enlistments recorded for the period September 3, 1939 to January 31, 1945: C. 0. T. C. R. C. N. V. R 259 C. A. (A) 591 R. C. A. F ■ 556 1406 U. N. T. D. R. C. N. V. R 71 U.A.S. R. C. A. F 57 Total 1534 Each service has an orderly room in the Armoury and students wishing information should call at one of these orderly rooms. SUMMARY OF TRAINING PROVISIONS OF THE POST-DISCHARGE RE-ESTABLISHMENT ORDER, P.C. 5210 Department of Veterans' Affairs University Training I. Undergraduate Students—(Paragraph 8, P.C. 5210). The Minister has authority to approve training, including maintenance grant and fees—together with appropriate allowances for dependents,—for any discharged person who has the aptitude and inclination and who (a) has been regularly admitted to a university before his discharge and resumes within one year and three months after discharge a course, academic or professional, interrupted by his service, or Psjs^WP^-p Post-Discharge Re-Establishment 379 (b) becomes regularly admitted to a university and commences any such course within one year and three months after his discharge, or (c) because of ill health or because his admission to the university has been conditional upon his fulfilling some additional matriculation requirements or for any other good reason shown to the satisfaction of the Minister, delays resumption or commencement of such course beyond the aforementioned periods. The -period of assistance in university training is governed by the length of service. Where progress is satisfactory, the assistance may be continued for as many months, in university, as the man served in the Forces. If the student's progress and attainments in his course are such that the Minister deems it in his interest and in the public interest, the payment of the grant may be extended beyond the period of service to permit the man to complete his course. However, the grant shall not be continued to any such person who fails in more than two classes or subjects in any academic year, nor to any such person who having failed in either one or two classes or subjects also fails in either or both supplementary examinations next offered by the university in such classes or subjects. Note. "Attainments" means unconditioned standing in the top 25 per cent of his class on the finaL examinations on the full work of the year next preceding the year in which his period of entitlement expires. II. Graduate Students—(Paragraph 9, P.C. 5210). In case any discharged person (a) has entered upon a graduate course, either academic or professional, in a university before enlistment, or was about to do so at the time of his enlistment, or having completed his undergraduate course in a university after his discharge, enters upon a graduate course as aforesaid, and (b) resumes or commences such graduate course within i. one year from his discharge, or ii. one year from the commencement, next following his discharge, of such course in such university, if his discharge precedes such commencement by not more than three months, or iii. in the case of a discharged person who'completes his undergraduate course after his discharge, as soon as may be after such completion, 380 The University of British Columbia if the Minister, having considered such person's attainments and his course, deems it in the public interest that he should continue such course, the Minister may, subject to the provisions of this Order, authorize the payment to such person of a maintenance grant and fees for as many months as he served. The assistance may be extended if the progress and achievements are so outstanding that it is in the public interest that the grant should be continued. Vocational, Technical, or Other Educational Training- (Paragraph 6, P.C. 5210.) This makes provision for (1) resumption of education leading to high school graduation or University Entrance; (2) "refresher" or "brush-up" courses in the professions. The Minister has authority to approve training, including maintenance grant and fees—together with appropriate allowances for dependents,—to any discharged person, provided he has the aptitude and inclination, where i. such person is pursuing vocational, technical, or other educational training; ii. the Minister approves such training as being training which will fit him or keep him fit for employment or re-employment or will enable him to obtain better or more suitable employment; and iii. he makes progress in such training to the satisfaction of the Minister. Note. This training is governed by the length of service. For most types of training the maximum will be twelve months. In instances where the required training exceeds twelve months grants may be continued for a period not exceeding the length of service. In no case shall grants be paid beyond the period of service except in the case of a disability pensioner. ^ Maintenance Grants A "grant" under the provisions of paragraphs 6, 8, or 9 of this Order means a grant at the rate of $60.00 per month in the case of an unmarried person and at the rate of $80.00 per month in the case of a married person, together with, in either case, such additional allowance for dependents, if any, as is provided by sub-, paragraph 3 hereof, and, in either case, reduced by such amount on account of any pension, wages, salary, or other income such person fyWi&Qffr&Wrr**-*' iJg" *",-<," Post-Discharge Re-Establishment 381 may have received or be entitled to receive in respect of the period for which such grant is paid, as to the Minister seems right. (Sub-paragraph 3). Additional allowance may be paid to or on behalf of the following dependents at the following rates per month and subject to the following conditions: Additional allowance for person in lieu of wife $20.00 Additional allowance for one child 12.00 Additional allowance for second child 12.00 Additional allowance for third child—*. 10.00 Additional allowance for each subsequent child not in excess of three 8.00 Additional allowance for parent or parents 15.00 STUDENT ORGANIZATION Alma Mater Society President: Allan H. Ainsworth. J^ Secretary: Sidney S. Flavelle. Treasurer: R. S. Garry Miller. The Alma Mater Society with its governing executive, the Students' Council, handles all student activities. Each student on admittance -to the University automatically becomes a member of the Society. The nine members of Students' Council are elected from the two upper years every spring, to take office the following year. They control activities of the students and of the clubs and societies under the Alma Mater Society, and are responsible for student discipline. Funds for the Society are obtained from the compulsory fee of $7.00 per student, plus a compulsory levy of $3.00 for retirement Of the Brock Memorial Building bonds and a fee of $3.00 for the Pass System, a total of $13.00. Students may take part in many sports, in debating and public speaking, and in other activities noted below. No student, however, will be allowed during the session to take part in athletic competition or games for any team or organization other than a University team, without the consent in writing of the Men's or Women's Athletic Association duly approved by resolution of the Students' Council. Administrative Facilities For the use of the students, and to carry on the business of the Society, the Students' Council maintains an office in the Brock Memorial Building. The services offered at this office are outlined in the student handbook, the Tillicum, issued each year. Members of Council may be interviewed at the office. 382 The University of British Columbia Book Exchange This bureau operates to exchange second-hand books between students in the most convenient manner possible. The office of the exchange is located in the basement of the Broek Memorial Building, in the north east corner. Employment Bureau The Employment Bureau devotes its activities to the placing of students in part-time work during the academic year. In addition, the Bureau acts as a clearing house for employment information. The service is for both students and employers, but is at present limited by governmental legislation respecting employment. At the time of registering at the University, students interested in part-time employment are requested to register at the Bureau office in the Broek Memorial Building. The Bureau welcomes information of vacant positions. Correspondence should be addressed to the Director, Employment Bureau, Alma Mater Society. Publications Board- The Publications Board has charge of the Totem, the Society's yearbook; of the Tillicum, the student handbook issued to all freshmen; of the Student Directory, listing addresses and phone numbers of all members of the Society; and of the Ubyssey, the triweekly student newspaper. The Literary and Scientific Executive The Literary and Scientific Executive coordinates the following campus clubs and its president represents those clubs on Students' Council. The Players' Club presents to the public one-act plays at Christmas and a full-length play in the spring which tours the province. Other performances are given at army camps. Membership is granted after competitive tryouts. The Musical Society presents its annual operetta in the spring; the orchestra and chorus are under professional leadership. Membership in this likewise is granted after tryouts. The Radio Society broadcasts a weekly radio programme called Varsity Time. It has its own campus studio. Membership is granted to persons able and interested in script writing, announcing, producing, or technical work. The public speaking and debating clubs are the Parliamentary Forum, open to all students, which is a member of the Western tryt*f ^ , ' Student Organization University Debating League, and the Women's Public Speaking Club. Membership in the Canadian Universities Returned Men's Association is open to general service veterans of" this war. The Engineering Clubs are the G. M. Dawson Club, the Forestry Club, the American Institute of Electrical Engineers, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, the American Society of Chemical Engineers, and the Engineering Institute of Canada. Clubs open to students in the upper years are the Letters Club, the Historical Society, the International Relations Club, the Biological Discussion Club, the Mathematics Club, the Physics Club, the Psychology Club, La Canadienne, and Le Cercle Frangais. Membership in the Social Problems Club apd the Chess Club is open to all students. The social clubs are the Cosmopolitan Club and the Chinese Students' Club; the religious clubs are the Student Christian Movement, the Varsity Christian Fellowship, the Menorah Society, and the Newman Club. The Monro Pre-Medical Society, the Law Society, the Commerce Club, and the Home Economics Club are open to students studying for medicine, law, commerce, and home economics respectively. Instrumentalists may play in the Varsity Band, the Varsity Dance Band, the Musical Society Orchestra, or the Concert Orchestra. The Camera Club is equipped with dark room and facilities for all those interested in photography of any kind. The Mamooks is the campus service organization, participating in yell leading, ticket selling, decorating, etc. Recognition of outstanding club members takes the form of election to the Honorary Literary and Scientific Society. A limited number of students, nominated by their respective clubs, are voted this award each year. Women's Undergraduate Society The Women's Undergraduate Society unites all the women of the University under a representative executive body. W.U.S., at present, directs much of its effort to War Work—raising Red Cross funds and carrying out the Compulsory War Work Plan: War Work A, consisting of a physical fitness program; War Work B, including all Red Cross work and other wartime courses; the members of the University detachment of the Red Cross Corps are exempted from other war work. 384 The University of British Columbia Women's Athletics # The Women's Athletic Association, under the jurisdiction of the Women's Athletic Directorate, includes all the women's athletic clubs of the University and is affiliated with the Women's Amateur Athletic Federation of Canada. The W. A. D., made up of the President of W. A. A., the Director of Physical Education for Women, two faculty members, and two students, cooperates in administering the athletic programme of the University. The Directorate is designed to carry out long-term policies by establishing a continuity in the personnel. The chief clubs in the Women's Athletic Association are the Women's Basketball Club, which enters two teams in the City Cagette League, plays challenge games, and competes in the Dominion championships, and the Grass Hockey Club, which enters two teams in the Lower Mainland League and also plays challenge games. Women may also join the Badminton, Tennis, Golf, and Outdoor Clubs, which are under the Men's Athletic Association. Women's gymnasium classes meet during morning hours under a physical instructor. Inter-class matches are arranged in basketball, badminton, archery, volley-ball, swimming, etc., for which points are awarded, the winning classes being the holders of the Chris. Spencer Cup for the ensuing year. Points are given for women's participation on athletic teams, 200 points constituting a Big Block award and membership in the Big Block Club. The Women's Big Block Club was organized to maintain a high standard of awards. Men's Athletics All men students in the Alma Mater Society are members of the Men's Athletic Association. Its executive is composed of the presidents of all branches of sport and the senior managers. The Association is a local board of the Amateur Athletie Union of Canada, and is affiliated with the Western Canadian Intercollegiate Rugby Union comprising the athletic associations of the Universities of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, and British Columbia. Supervising the Association is the Men's Athletic Directorate, made up of the president of the Alma Mater Society, the president of the Men's Athletic Association, two student members, two faculty members, and the Director of Physical Education for Men. It controls badminton, basketball, Canadian rugby, English rugby, golf, grass hockey, ice hockey, ski-ing, soccer, swimming, rowing, track, and the Training Club. ^rp. •«..'■".-jt^ -j?*"' ^-•i1 Student Organization 385 A certain scholastic standing is required of students wishing to jgjf ■" represent the University on any team, and this is sufficiently high to ensure that scholastic achievement is not subordinated to athletic prowess. By this means, athletics at the University are maintained on a sound and healthy level. Detailed information may be obtained from the Student Handbook and from any of the executive of the above sports or the Men's Athletic Directorate. Fraternities Fraternities are officially recognized as active student organizations. They are governed by an Inter-fraternity Council composed of representatives.of each of the fraternities and a member of the Faculty. Mutual friendship and interest in the University are stressed by the individual fraternities. Membership is by invitation. Sororities • ▼ Sororities, also, are officially recognized by Senate as active student organizations. The Women's Panhellenic Association is established to regulate all matters of common interest to the sororities on the campus, and to advise and foster sorority and inter-sorority relations. Membership in sororities is by invitation. ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS OF THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION President: G. E. Ted Baynes, B.A.Sc. i Secretary: Mrs. Shirley Gross. Treaurer: H. S. Fowler. The Alumni Association of the University of British Columbia is composed of Honorary, Active, and Associate members. Honorary membership includes all members of the Board of Governors and any honorary life members appointed by the Association from time to time.. Active membership includes all Association members who have paid their annual fee of $3.00 or a life membership fee of $10.00. Associate membership includes all other graduates of the University. The aims and objects of the Association are: (a) to bring about the unity of all graduates of the University of British Columbia and to further among them the spirit ;. of friendship of undergraduate days ;....■• The University of British Columbia (b) to instill in all graduates of the University of British Columbia a feeling of loyalty to the University and a sense of responsibility for the continuance of the educational work of the University and for service to the public of British Columbia; (c) to support suitable undertakings for the facilitation of the work of the University or of education in general, and to cooperate with organizations with the same aims and objects; (d) to educate public opinion regarding the use and benefit of the University of British Columbia, and education in general; (e) to adopt a definite policy on any question directly or indirectly affecting the University of British Columbia, education in the Province of British Columbia, graduates of the University of British Columbia, or persons engaged in educational work in the Province of British Columbia. The new constitution of the Alumni Association has provided for a system of branches to be organized in any place where there are a sufficient number of University of British Columbia alumni to make an active organization. An executive council composed of a general executive elected at the annual meeting and appointed representatives from each organized branch is the governing body of the Association. Through this council each branch is kept in touch with the activities of the other branches, and is given a voice in the organization and operation of the Alumni Association as a whole. The Association magazine, called The Graduate Chronicle, is issued quarterly throughout the college term to paid up members. Further information concerning the Association may be obtained through the Alumni Office, University: Notices of change of address and reports in regard to the activities of members should be sent to the Alumni Office. SUMMER SESSION STUDENTS' ASSOCIATION 1944-1945 EXECUTIVE President: John Goodlad. Secretary: Jack Merrell. Treasurer: Don Smith. The Summer Session Students' Association of the University of British Columbia is composed of all students in attendance at the Summer Session. All members are required to pay a fee of $2.00, payable at time of registration. This student organization originated as a body to care for the purely social requirements of the Summer Session. Growth and W9mr Student Organization 387 expansion down through the years have brought it to one of major importance on the summer campus. Dances, banquets, teas, musicales, lectures, quiz programmes, athletic tournaments embracing golf, tennis, badminton, horseshoes, and table tennis, all fall within the Association executives' scope. On the more serious side the executive deals with student resolutions, fees, matters of constitution; in reality, all matters pertaining- to student life at the Summer Session. It serves as a liaison group between the student body and the various governing bodies of the University and helps to provide a proper balance between academic pursuit and recreation. The Summer Session Students' Association holds at least two general meetings each summer. The executive meets at least weekly during the summer and as often as is deemed necessary throughout the year. INTER-UNIVERSITY EXCHANGE OF UNDERGRADUATES Through this plan the National Federation of Canadian University Students offers to Canadian students the opportunity to study for one year at a university in another part of Canada. The favoured students, whose number must not exceed one per cent, of the total enrolment, are chosen by a selection committee from their own universities, and the university which the student selects for the year's study remits the fees for that year. The only prerequisite is that any student who desires to take advantage of this opportunity must have completed at least two years of study with at least second class standing in the second year, and must be an undergraduate below the final year. All applications ^rnust be in the hands of the Registrar on or before the first day of March. Further information may be obtained from the Registrar. VICTORIA COLLEGE VICTORIA, B. C. (In Affiliation with the University of British Columbia) Staff John M. Ewing, B.A. (Queen's), D.Paed. (Toronto), Principal, Associate Professor of Philosophy and Psychology. Jeffbeb A. Cunningham, B.A. (Queen's), Vice-Principal, Assistant Professor of Biology and Zoology. E. Stanley Fare, B.A., LL.B. (Toronto), Assistant Professor of Economics. Roger J. Bishop, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Toronto), Assistant Professor of English. .jjf 388 The University of British Columbia W. Harry Hickman, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages. George P. Black, M.A. (Man.), Assistant Professor of Classics, and Librarian. Edward J. Savannah, A.B., S.B. (Calif.), Instructor in Chemistry. Robert T. D. Wallace, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Sydney G. Pettit, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor of History, Psychology, and Sociology. * William H. Hughes, B.A. (Queen's), B.Sc. (Sask.), Assistant Professor of Physics. W. Gordon Fields, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Instructor in Biology. Miss Phyllis Baxendale, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor in English and German. Miss Dorothy M. Cruickshank, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Registrar. Mrs. Barbara Hinton Smith, B.Sc. (Ore.), Instructor in Physical Education for Women. The College at Victoria, B. C, gives instruction in the first two years of the course in Arts and Science (including Commerce). The courses offered are as follows. First and Second Years The work of the first two years consists of 30 units, 15 of which must be taken in each year. Each student must take: Units (a) English 1 in the First Year and English 2 in the Second Year v— 6 (b) The first two courses in a language offered for University Entrance, one course in each year 6 (c) Mathematics 1 in the First Year 3 (d) History 1 or 2 or 3, or Psychology A or 1, or Economics 1 or 2, or Philosophy 1, or Sociology 1 3 (e) Biology 1, or Chemistry A or 1, or Physics A or 1 3 (f) Three courses, not already chosen, selected from the following: Biology 1, Chemistry A, Chemistry 1, Chemistry 2, Commerce 1, Economics 1, Economics 2, Economics 10, French 1, French 2, Beginners' German, Greek A, Greek 2, History 1, History 2, History 3, Beginners' Latin, Latin 1, Latin 2, Mathematics 2, Mathematics 3, Psychology A, Psychology 1, Philosophy 1, Physics A, Physics 1, Sociology 1, Zoology 1 9 The rules and regulations governing the College are the same as those in force at the University. Information regarding Victoria College and calendars of the College may be obtained on application to the Registrar, Victoria College, Victoria, B. C. .«* -fc»_ ., \\ ' ■",''» *' .,' - ' /-» Affiliated Colleges UNION COLLEGE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA (United Church of Canada) VANCOUVER, B. C. (In Affiliation with the University of British Columbia) Principal Rev. J. G. Brown, M.A., D.D. Union College offers courses of instruction in Theology leading to the degree of B.D., and for ordination to the Christian ministry, and, under the general regulations of the University with reference to affiliated Theological Colleges, provides Religious Knowledge options, for which credit is given in the course leading to the B.A. degree. (See page 84.) For further information in reference to Faculty, courses of study, etc., see Calendar of Union College. THE ANGLICAN THEOLOGICAL COLLEGE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA VANCOUVER, B. C. (In Affiliation with the University of British Columbia) Principal Rev. H. R. Trumpotjb, M.A, B.D., D.D. Registrar Rev. D. P. "Watney, B.A., B.D. (On leave of absence.) The Anglican Theological College offers courses in Theology leading to the Diploma of Licentiate in Theology and the degrees of B.D. and D.D., and, under the general regulations of the University in reference to affiliated colleges, provides Religious Knowledge options, for which credit is given in the course leading to the B.A. degree. (See page 84.) For further information in reference to Faculty, courses of study, etc., see Calendar of the College. if-- KEY TO UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA VANCOUVER, EC. WESBROOK CRESC tnflish Sty city of vancouver [formerly west point grey) FARM LANDS Key Map -University or Britbh Columbia and its relation to Greater Vancouver RETERENCE NUMBERS 1 CVMKA3IUM 2 LIBRARY • SCtCHCC 4 AtMWISTKATIOH > auditorium, catkuiiu • ART* T AGRICULTURE . • A»PL1C» SCIENCE • W» terminal m powerhouse ii garascs 12 campus tool mouse is receiving mouse U FHtCHALL I* WORKSHOPS II MKIMG, METALLURGY 4HVMA-UUC* IT ELECTRICAL LABORATORIES : W MECHANICAL LASOAATO-RlES I* rCDCRAL FOREST PRODUCTS LABOR ATO**» m ru« OAIRT JvoCATlONAl ■wn.WWM AGRICULTURAL) ADMINISTRATION 4 AOMCULTURC 7 AGRONOMY Z* Am,H» science a ART* • AUOTORHrti S Kir BARM 2* BUS TERMING • CATETEMA • CAMPUS TOOL HOUSE « DAIRY BARM ST ELECTRICAL LABORATORIES IT PARWCOTTACCS 1* r*RK DAIRY 20 rCMRALfORCST PROOUCTS LAB*. It PlREKALL 14 porcstry field musts sz GARAGCS II GREENHOUSE « GYMNASIUM I MORS* BARM M HORTICULTURAL, barm »ft HVORAULK* LABORATORr ifl LIBRARY t MECHANICAL LABORATOtntf i* MtMIMC* METALLURGY IS PIGGERY t* I HOUSC *0 receiving mouse il »CICNCC X WEEP M*M 24 VOCATIONAL BWLDtNOS Cw CULTURAL) X,13 WORKSHOPS 15 BROCK MEMORIAL 33 ARMOURY 34 Scale or Feet 1000"""@en, "Titles in chronological order: Annual Calendar of the McGill University College of British Columbia (1909 - 1914) ; Calendar of the University of British Columbia (1915 - 1919) ; Calendar University of British Columbia (1920 - 1922) ; The University of British Columbia Calendar (1923 - 1964) ; UBC Calendar (1963 - 1968) ; The University of British Columbia 69/70 Fifty-Fifth Session ; The University of British Columbia 70/71 Fifty-Sixth Session ; The University of British Columbia Fifty-Seventh Session Calendar 1971/72 ; The University of British Columbia Fifty-Eighth Session Calendar 1972/73 ; The University of British Columbia Fifty-Ninth Session Calendar 1973-4 ; The University of British Columbia Vancouver, Canada Sixtieth Session Calendar 1974/5 ; The University of British Columbia Vancouver/Canada Sixty-First Session Calendar 1975-76 ; 1976-1977 The University of British Columbia Sixty-Second Session Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1977/78 Sixty-Third Session Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 64th Session 1978/1979 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 65th Session 1979/1980 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 66th Session 1980-1981 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 66th Session 1981-82 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 68th Session 1982-83 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 69th Session 1983-84 Calendar ; UBC 1984/85 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 71st Session 1985-86 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 72nd Session 1986-87 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 73rd Session 1987-88 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 74th Session 1988-89 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 75th Session 1989-90 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 76th Session 1990-91 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 77th Session 1991-92 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 78th Session 1992-93 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 79th Session 1993-94 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1994/95 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1995/96 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1997/98 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1998/99 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1999/2000 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 2000/2001 Calendar ; 2001/2002 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2003/04 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2004/2005 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2005/2006 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2006/07 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2007/08 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2008/09."@en ; edm:hasType "Periodicals"@en ; dcterms:spatial "Vancouver (B.C.)"@en ; dcterms:identifier "LE3 .B8"@en, "LE3_B8_1945-46"@en ; edm:isShownAt "10.14288/1.0169865"@en ; dcterms:language "English"@en ; edm:provider "Vancouver : University of British Columbia Library"@en ; dcterms:publisher "Vancouver : University of British Columbia"@en ; dcterms:rights "Images provided for research and reference use only. Permission to publish, copy, or otherwise use these images must be obtained from The University of British Columbia Enrolment Services: direct inquiries to www.students.ubc.ca/calendar"@en ; dcterms:source "Original Format: University of British Columbia. Archives"@en ; dcterms:subject "University of British Columbia"@en ; dcterms:title "The University of British Columbia Calendar"@en ; dcterms:type "Text"@en ; dcterms:description ""@en .